Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 51447
FORTWORTH CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ENCLOSURE OF GASEOUS CHLORINE AND MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. CO2273 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONFORMED SEPTEMBER 2018 VOLUME 1 OF 4 DIVISIONS 00 — 05 Betsy Price ....................................... Mayor David Cooke ................................... City Manager Christopher P. Harder, P.E.............. Interim Water Director Charly Angadicheril .......................... Assistance Director, Plant Operations Seiavash Mir .................................... Project Manager Farida Goderya, PhD., RE .............. Senior Project Manager CONFORMED DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION. The addenda issued during the bidding period are unified in this document. If discrepancies between this conformed set and the bidding set are found, the bidding set with the original addenda shall govern. Original sealed by H.I. Musullam, May 15, 2018, Texas PE #84750. Original sealed by Troy T. Laman, May 16, 2018, Texas PE 95761. 2 Q <'rJ SECRETAWRI�N C/rySf Cq�ARY I FT. WORfWx TBPE No. F-882 100 EAST 15TH STREET, SUITE 415 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 P. 817.882.0528 F. 817.882.9975 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585MO/Specifications/ CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ENCLOSURE OF GASEOUS CHLORINE AND MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. CO2273 CONFORMED TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 OF 4 DIVISION 00 — 05 September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -i 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 00 — PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION TITLE 00_05_10 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION (M&C) 00_05_15 ADDENDA 00_11_13 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 00_21_13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00_35_13 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT 00_41_00 BID FORM 00_42_43 PROPOSAL FORM 00_43_13 BID BOND 00_43_37 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON RESIDENT BIDDER 00_45_11 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS 00_45_12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT 00_45_13 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION 00 — 45 — 26 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW 00_45_40 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS 00_52_43 AGREEMENT 00_61_13 PERFORMANCE BOND 00_61_14 PAYMENT BOND 00 61 19 MAINTENANCE BOND 00 61 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 00_72_00 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 00_73_00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -i 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -ii 9585A10 pw:/ICarollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION TITLE 01_11_00 SUMMARY OF WORK 01_11_02 CONTRACT DOCUMENT LANGUAGE 01_14_00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01_23_00 ALTERNATES 01_26_00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01_29_00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01_29_73 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01_29_77 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS AD' 013124 VVEB BASED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT AD' 01_32_17 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS 01_32_34 PHOTOGRAPHIC AND VIDEOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01_33_00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01_35_00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 013544 ENVIRONMENTAL DR/l!'`ED IRG&Alll 01_35_21 SELECTIVE ALTERATIONS AND DEMOLITION 01_35_22 SAFETY PLAN 01_35_44 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL PROCEDURES 013545 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 01_41_00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 014213 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 01_43_39 MOCKUPS 014500 QUALITY CONTROL 01_45_17 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 01_45_24 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 01_50_00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01_56_17 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01_58_13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE 01_60_00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01_66_00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 01_70_00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 01_71_23 FIELD ENGINEERING 01_75_17 COMMISSIONING 01_77_00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01_78_23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -ii 9585A10 pw:/ICarollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION TITLE 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01_78_39 05_12_00 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01_81_01 05_21_00 PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA 01_81_02 05 52 SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA 01_81_04 23 00 WIND DESIGN CRITERIA DIVISION 03 —CONCRETE SECTION TITLE 03_10_00 DIVISION 05 —METALS SECTION CONCRETE FORMWORK 03_11_14 05_12_00 VOID FORMS 03_15_16 05_21_00 CONCRETE JOINTS 03_20_00 05 52 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03_30_00 23 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03_60_00 05_50_00 GROUT DIVISION 04 —MASONRY SECTION TITLE 04_05_17 DIVISION 05 —METALS SECTION MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT 04_05_23 05_12_00 MASONRY ACCESSORIES 04_21_13 05_21_00 BRICK MASONRY 04_22_00 05 52 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 23 00 GLASS UNIT MASONRYADI September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -iii 9585A10 pw:/ICarollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 05 —METALS SECTION TITLE 05_12_00 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05_21_00 STEEL JOISTS 05 52 13 ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS ADI 05_30_00 METAL ROOF DECKING 05_50_00 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS 05_50_01 ANCHORAGES September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -iii 9585A10 pw:/ICarollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ VOLUME 2 OF 4 DIVISION 06 — 26 DIVISION 09 —FINISHES SECTION TITLE 09_91_00 PAINTING 09 96 01 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS` DIVISION 10 —SPECIALTIES SECTION TITLE 10_14_00 SIGNAGE 10 40 10 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 10_44_00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -iv 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 06 —WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES SECTION TITLE TITLE 06 74 00 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTICS FABRICATIONS 06_80_15 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC 06_81_03 DOOR HARDWARE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC HANDRAIL AND GUARDRAIL GLAZING DIVISION 07 —THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION TITLE 07_19_00 WATER REPELLENTS 07_21_14 WALL INSULATION SYSTEM 07_22_00 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION 07_54_24 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07_90_00 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 09 —FINISHES SECTION TITLE 09_91_00 PAINTING 09 96 01 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS` DIVISION 10 —SPECIALTIES SECTION TITLE 10_14_00 SIGNAGE 10 40 10 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 10_44_00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -iv 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 08 —OPENINGS SECTION TITLE 08_11_13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08_33_23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08_71_00 DOOR HARDWARE 08_80_00 GLAZING DIVISION 09 —FINISHES SECTION TITLE 09_91_00 PAINTING 09 96 01 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS` DIVISION 10 —SPECIALTIES SECTION TITLE 10_14_00 SIGNAGE 10 40 10 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 10_44_00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -iv 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 21 —FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION TITLE 21_11_17 FIRE HYDRANTS 21 13 00 FIRE PROTECTION - GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 13 13 FIRE PROTECTION —SPRINKLER SYSTEMS DIVISION 22 —PLUMBING SECTION TITLE 22_42_01 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 22_45_17 EMERGENCY EYE/FACE WASH AND SHOWER EQUIPMENT September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -v 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 23 — HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SECTION TITLE 23 00 00 HVAC - GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 53 HVAC - IDENTIFICATION 23_05_93 26_05_19 HVAC - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 23 07 13 HVAC - THERMAL INSULATION 23 09 00 HVAC - CONTROLS 23 31 13 HVAC - DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES 23_31_16 26_05_43 NONMETAL DUCTS 23 34 00 HVAC - FANS 23 37 74 LOUVERS ADI 23 42 00 HVAC — POSITIVE PRESSURIZATION UNITS 23 81 26 HVAC — PACKAGED DIRECT EXPANSION AIR HANDLING UNITS 23 82 39 HVAC - HEATING EQUIPMENT September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -v 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 26 —ELECTRICAL SECTION TITLE 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PROVISIONS 26_05_13 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES 26_05_19 WIRES AND CABLES (1000 VOLT MAXIMUM) 26_05_26 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM 26_05_29 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE 26_05_33 RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26_05_43 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM 26_05_73 POWER SYSTEM STUDY 26 12 19 PAD -MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -v 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ VOLUME 3 OF 4 DIVISION 31 — 46 DIVISION 26 —ELECTRICAL SECTION TITLE 26 22 13 DISTRIBUTION DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMERS 26_24_14 31_05_15 LOW VOLTAGE GENERATOR QUICK CONNECT SWITCHBOARDS 26_24_16 31_10_00 PANELBOARDS 26_24_19 31_23_17 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS 26_27_13 31_23_19 POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS 26_27_26 31_23_24 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES 26_28_16 31_50_00 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 31_63_29 SWITCHES 26_29_87 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (ECPS) 264100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM 26_41_19 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 26_43_13 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS) 26_50_00 LED LIGHTING SYSTEM VOLUME 3 OF 4 DIVISION 31 — 46 DIVISION 32 —EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION TITLE 32_01_15 PAVEMENT RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION 32_16_14 CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS 32_92_10 SEEDING DIVISION 33 —UTILITIES SECTION TITLE 33_05_16 PRECAST DRAINAGE STRUCTURES September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -vi 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 31 —EARTHWORK SECTION TITLE 31_00_00 EARTHWORK 31_05_15 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 31_10_00 SITE CLEARING 31_23_17 TRENCHING 31_23_19 DEWATERING FOR STRUCTURES 31_23_24 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) 31_50_00 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 31_63_29 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS DIVISION 32 —EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION TITLE 32_01_15 PAVEMENT RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION 32_16_14 CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS 32_92_10 SEEDING DIVISION 33 —UTILITIES SECTION TITLE 33_05_16 PRECAST DRAINAGE STRUCTURES September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -vi 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -vii 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 40 —PROCESS INTEGRATION SECTION TITLE 40 05 00.01 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR GENERAL PIPING 40_05_00.03 PIPE IDENTIFICATION 40_05_00.09 PIPING SYSTEMS TESTING 40_05_06.01 PIPING SPECIALTIES 40_05_06.03 PIPE COUPLINGS 40_05_06.10 STRAINERS 40_05_06.55 PIPING INSULATION 40_05_07.01 PIPE SUPPORTS 40_05_07.03 PREFORMED CHANNEL PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEM 40 05 07.05 NON-METALLIC PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEM 40 05 19.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE: AWWA C151 AD1 40 05 19.06 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE: ASTM A74 40_05_24.01 STEEL PIPE 40_05_31.02 DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING 40_05_31.17 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE: SCHEDULE TYPE 40_05_31.22 CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (CPUC) PIPE: ASTM F441 40_05_51.01 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR VALVES 40_05_52 SPECIALTY VALVES 40_05_63 BALL VALVES 40_05_64 BUTTERFLY VALVES 40_05_65.01 GATE, GLOBE, AND ANGLE VALVES 40_05_67.37 PRESSURE REDUCING AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES 40_05_67.40 AIR AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES 40_61_00 INSTRUMENTATION GENERAL PROVISIONS 40_61_26 INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM TRAINING 40_61_96 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS 40_62_63 OPERATOR INTERFACE TERMINAL 40_63_00 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (PLCS) 40_66_00 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT 40_66_33 FIBER OPTIC DATA NETWORK 40 67 00 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS -CONTROL PANELS 40_68_60 APPLICATION SERVICES 40_70_50 INSTRUMENTATION SUPPORT HARDWARE 40_73_00 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTATION DEVICES September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -vii 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 41 — MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT SECTION TITLE 41_22_25 HAND CHAIN OPERATED MONORAIL HOIST DIVISION 43 — PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION, AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT SECTION TITLE 43_25_00.10 SUBMERSIBLE PROCESS LIQUID SUMP PUMPS 43_41_46 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANKS 43_42_21.21 CHLORINE (BASE BID) BULK STORAGE TANKS AND SULFUR DIOXIDE (ADDITIVE BID) DIVISION 44 — POLLUTION AND WASTE CONTROL EQUIPMENT SECTION TITLE 44 13 01 CHLORINE SCRUBBER SYSTEM DIVISION 40 —PROCESS INTEGRATION SECTION TITLE 40_73_46 05 10 WEIGHT MEASUREMENT 40_75_00 05 11 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTATION DEVICES 40_78_00 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES 40 80 00 INSTRUMENTATION - TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 40_95_15 31 12 INPUT/OUTPUT LIST 40_97_40 SECURITY SYSTEM DIVISION 41 — MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT SECTION TITLE 41_22_25 HAND CHAIN OPERATED MONORAIL HOIST DIVISION 43 — PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION, AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT SECTION TITLE 43_25_00.10 SUBMERSIBLE PROCESS LIQUID SUMP PUMPS 43_41_46 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANKS 43_42_21.21 CHLORINE (BASE BID) BULK STORAGE TANKS AND SULFUR DIOXIDE (ADDITIVE BID) DIVISION 44 — POLLUTION AND WASTE CONTROL EQUIPMENT SECTION TITLE 44 13 01 CHLORINE SCRUBBER SYSTEM VOLUME 4 OF 4 ENGINEER DRAWINGS AD' Addendum No. 1 AD2 Addendum No. 2 September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -viii 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/FoN WoNh/9585A10/Specifications/ DIVISION 46 — WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT SECTION TITLE 46 05 10 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 46 05 11 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 46_05_12 CONTAINMENT PAD 46 05 94 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TESTING 46 31 12 CHLORINATION SYSTEM ``"' VOLUME 4 OF 4 ENGINEER DRAWINGS AD' Addendum No. 1 AD2 Addendum No. 2 September 2018 — CONFORMED TOC -viii 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/FoN WoNh/9585A10/Specifications/ CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ENCLOSURE OF GASEOUS CHLORINE AND MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. CO2273 Original sealed by Leonard H. Allen, Jr, May 14, 2018, Texas PE #111050. CIVIL Original sealed by Chad A. Green, May 16, 2018, Texas PE #119980. HVAC Original sealed by Michelle E. Hollenbaugh, May 15, 2018, Texas PE #24288. ARCHITECTURAL Original sealed by Matthew F. Dobbertien, May 16 2018, Texas PE #122117. C"07 tuft 11,0! . TBPE No. F-882 MECHANICAL September 2018 — CONFORMED 9585A10 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ENCLOSURE OF GASEOUS CHLORINE AND MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. 02273 Original sealed by Ricardo J. Azcarate, May 17, 2018, Texas PE #81863. HVAC & FIRE PROTECTION 23 00 00 - HVAC - General Provisions 23 05 53 - HVAC - Identification 23 05 93 - HVAC - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 23 07 13 - HVAC - Thermal Insulation 23 09 00 - HVAC - Controls 23 31 13 - HVAC - Metal Ductwork and Accessories 23 31 16 - HVAC - Non -Metal Ductwork and Accessories 23 34 00 - HVAC - Standard Fans 23 42 00 - HVAC - Positive Pressurization Units 23 81 26 - HVAC - Direct Expansion (DX) Air Handling Units 23 82 39 - HVAC - Heating Equipment 21 13 00 - FIRE PROTECTION - General Provisions 21 13 13 - FIRE PROTECTION - Sprinkler Systems AACE Azcarate & Associates Consulting Engineers 7920 Belt Line Road, Suite 350 Dallas, Texas 75254 September 2018 — CONFORMED 9585A10 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ENCLOSURE OF GASEOUS CHLORINE AND MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. 02273 Original sealed by Puneet Gupta, May 17, 2018, Texas PE #115692. DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL All Gupta & Associates, Inc. consuhing engineering TBPE # F-2593 13717 Neutron Road Dallas, TX 75244 September 2018 — CONFORMED 9585A10 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ENCLOSURE OF GASEOUS CHLORINE AND MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. 02273 Original sealed by Larry J. Reynolds, May 17, 2018, Texas PE #98651. DIVISION 40 - INSTRUMENTATION All Gupta & Associates, Inc. consuRing engineenng TBPE # F-2593 13717 Neutron Road Dallas, TX 75244 September 2018 — CONFORMED 9585A10 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ENCLOSURE OF GASEOUS CHLORINE AND MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. 02273 Original sealed by Amanda M. Smayda, May 17, 2018, Texas PE #113026. STRUCTURAL 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 11 14 VOID FORMS 03 15 16 CONCRETE JOINTS 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 30 00 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 60 00 GROUT 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL 0521 00 STEEL JOISTS 05 30 00 METAL ROOF DECKING 05 50 00 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 01 ANCHORAGES 06 74 00 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTICS FABRICATIONS 316329 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS JL- i6,3srrttrt,;nt TBPE # F-7986 100 GLASS STREET, SUITE 201 DALLAS, TEXAS 75207 September 2018 — CONFORMED 9585A10 000510-1 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION (M&C) Page 1 of 2 SECTION 00_05_10 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION (M&C) CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 000510-2 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION (M&C) Page 2 of 2 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 9/11/2018 - Ordinance No. 23368-09-2018 & Resolution No. 4973-09-2018 DATE: Tuesday, September 11, 2018 REFERENCE NO.: **C-28837 LOG NAME: 60CHLORINE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of a Construction Contract with Crescent Constructors, Inc., in the Amount of $8,573,000.00, Authorize Execution of Amendment No. 2 to City Secretary Contract No. 45595, in the Amount of $780,000.00, an Engineering Agreement with Carollo Engineers, Inc., for Additional Construction Services and Management each for the Construction of the Enclosure of the Gaseous Chlorine and Sulfur Dioxide Storage Facilities Project, Adopt Resolution Expressing Official Intent to Reimburse Expenditures with Proceeds of Future Debt, Provide for Project Staff Costs and Contingencies and Adopt Appropriation Ordinance (COUNCIL DISTRICT 5) RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council: Adopt the attach Resolution expressing Official Intent to Reimburse expenditures with proceeds from future debt for the construction of the Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Sulfur Dioxide Storage Facilities Project; 2. Adopt the attached Appropriation Ordinance increasing appropriations in the Commercial Paper Fund in amount of $9,870,000.00 for construction of the Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Sulfur Dioxide Storage Facilities Project; 3. Authorize the execution of a construction contract with Crescent Constructors, Inc., in the amount of $8,573,000.00 for Construction of the Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Sulfur Dioxide Storage Facilities Project and provide for project staff costs and contingencies; 4. Authorize Amendment No. 2 to City Secretary Contract No. 45595, in the Amount of $780,000.00, an Engineering Agreement with Carollo Engineers, Inc., for additional construction services and construction management for the construction of Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Sulfur Dioxide Storage Facilities Project (City Project No. 02273). DISCUSSION: The Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility uses gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide in the chlorination and dechlorination treatment process. The aging equipment associated with this treatment process is in need of replacement and upgrades and the facilities need to be updated and improved to reduce the risk of leaks, increase the functionality and reliability of the systems and reduce maintenance costs. This Project consists of modifications, additions, and/or replacements of the chlorine and sulfur dioxide storage tanks in order to improve safety and reduce risk. On April 22, 2014 (M&C C-26779), the City Council authorized an engineering agreement with Carollo Engineers, Inc., to evaluate options to reduce risk and replace aging equipment at the chlorine and sulfur dioxide facilities. On April 4, 2017 (M&C C-28171), the City Council authorized Amendment No. 1 to the engineering agreement for the preparation of plans and specifications to make the recommended modifications to the chlorine and sulfur dioxide storage facilities. As part of Amendment No. 2, the Engineer will perform construction phase services, including project and construction management, shop drawing reviews, and special inspections. This Project was advertised on May 24, 2018 and May 31, 2018 in the Fort Worth Star -Telegram. On June 28, 2018, the following bids were received. BIDDER BID AMOUNT Contract Crescent Constructors, 480 $8,573,000.00 Calendar Inc. Days Archer Western $8,638,000.00 Construction Felix Construction $8,812,798.00 Company Garacon Construction, $9,336,389.00 Inc. In addition to the contract cost $260,000.00 is required for staff project management and inspection and $257,000.00 for project change orders and contingency for a total construction cost of $9,090,000.00. This project is anticipated to be included in a future revenue bond issue for the Water and Sewer Fund. Available cash within the Water and Sewer portfolio and the City's portfolio along with the appropriation authority authorized under the Callable Commercial Paper Program (CP) will be used to provide interim financing for this project until debt is issued. To the extent resources other than the Water and Sewer portfolio are used to provide interim financing, the Water and Sewer Fund will be charged interest that is equivalent to the overall rate of return being earned by the City portfolio (currently approximately one -percent annually). Should the City's portfolio not support the liquidity needed to provide an interim short-term financing source, another funding source will be required, which could mean issuance of securities under the CP Program or earlier issuance of Water and Sewer revenue bonds than is currently planned. Once debt associated with this project is sold, bond proceeds will be used to reimburse the Water and Sewer portfolio and the City's portfolio in accordance with the attached Reimbursement Resolution. The City Council adopted the Water Department's Fiscal Year 2018-2022 Five Year Capital Improvement Plan on September 26, 2017. This City Council adopted plan includes this specific project, with funding identified through the CP program to be reimbursed with future revenue bonds. In accordance with the provisions of the Financial Management Policy Statement, Staff anticipates presenting revenue -supported debt issuances to the City Council for consideration within the next three years. This debt must be issued within approximately three years to provide reimbursement for these expenses. If that does not occur, the costs will no longer be reimbursable by issuing tax-exempt debt and the funding source will have to be made whole through budgetary methods. Adoption of this resolution does not obligate the City to sell bonds, but preserves the ability to reimburse the City from tax-exempt bond proceeds. Construction is anticipated to commence in November 2018, with a contract time of 480 calendar days. The construction is estimated to be completed by end of April 2020. M/WBE OFFICE: Crescent Constructors, Inc., is in compliance with the City's DBE Ordinance by committing to seven percent MBE participation and documenting good faith effort. Crescent Constructors, Inc. identified several subcontracting and supplier opportunities. However, the firms contacted in the areas identified did not respond or did not submit the lowest bids. The City's MBE goal on this project is 25 percent. MWBE OFFICE: Carollo Engineers, Inc. is in compliance with the City's BDE Ordinance by committing to 43 percent SBE participation on this Amendment No. 2. The City's goal on this Amendment is 19 percent. Additionally, Carollo Engineers is a certified M/WBE firm. This project will have no impact on the Water Department's annual operating budget when completed. This project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 5, the Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility serves ALL COUNCIL DISTRICTS, Mapsco 68. FISCAL INFORMATION / CERTIFICATION: The Director of Finance certifies that upon approval of the above recommendations and adoption of the attached appropriation ordinance, funds will be available in Water & Sewer Commercial Paper Fund for the of Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Sulfur Dioxide Storage Facilities Project. The Water and Sewer Commercial Paper Fund includes authority of $150,000,000.00 for the purpose of providing interim funding for Water and Sewer Capital Project. After this transfer, the balance will be $116,890,765.00 for future capital projects. Funding will be as depicted in the table below for the Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Sulfur Dioxide Storage Facilities Project. FUND Existing Additional Project Total* Appropriations Appropriations $0.00 2017A Water & Sewer Bond 60CHLORINE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE 60CHLORINE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE FUND IDENTIFIERS (FIDs): (Public) MWBE.12df (CM Internal) Fund $795,000.00 FID Table.pdf $795,000.00 56011 Project Program Activity Budget Reference # Fund Account Water & Sewer Commercial $0.00 ID ID Paper Fund 56016 FO_M $9,870,000.00 $9,870,000.00 Sewer Capital Fund- Legacy Project Program Activity Budget Reference # Amount $212,000.00 59607 $212,000.00 $0.00 9. Project Total $1,007,000.00 $9,870,000.00 $10,877,000.00 * Numbers rounded for presentation purposes. 60CHLORINE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE 60CHLORINE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE FUND IDENTIFIERS (FIDs): (Public) MWBE.12df (CM Internal) 3. iD FID Table.pdf (CFW Internal) Department Project Program Activity Budget Reference # Fund Account Carolla Engineers Form 1295.12df Amount ID ID year (Chartfield 2) FO_M 7. Department Account Fund Project Program Activity Budget Reference # Amount ID ID year (Chartfield 2) CERTIFICATIONS: 9. LOCATION MAP.pdf (Public) Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Jay Chapa (5804) Originating Department Head: SAM Crescent Constructors..pdf (CFW Chris Harder (5020) Additional Information Contact: Seiavash Mir (8404) ATTACHMENTS 1. 2. 60CHLORINE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE 60CHLORINE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE Crescent Constr Crescent (Public) MWBE.12df (CM Internal) 3. 60CHLORINE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE FID Table.pdf (CFW Internal) 4. 60CHLORINE SULFUR DIOXIDE REIMB RESOLUTION.docx (Public) 5. Carolla Engineers Form 1295.12df (Public) 6. Carollo Engineers Sam Form.pdf (CFW Internal) 7. Carollo MWBE Compliance Memo.pdf (CFW Intemal) 8. Crescent Construction Form 1295 Chlorine.tzdf (Public) 9. LOCATION MAP.pdf (Public) 10. SAM Crescent Constructors..pdf (CFW Internal) CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FoRM 1295 L, of Complete Nos. 1 - 4 and 6 if there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3. 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 1 Natne of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business, 2018 379597 Crescent Constructors. Inc Plano, TX United States Date Filed: 07/13/2018 2 -Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is being filed, City of Fort Worth Date Acknos e , erl- ...� provide 3 Provide the Identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and a description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract. 02773 Heavy Utility Construction of Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements 4 Name of Interested Parry City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary Daigre, Michael Plano. TX United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑ 6 UNSWORN DECLARATION My name is Michael G. Daigre and my date of bi,th is My address is 2560 Technology Dr. Suite 400 Plano Tx 75074 USA (street) (city) (stata) (zip code) (cow)try) I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed in COUin County, State of Texas on the J3 day of J111Y^, 20 18 . KYNDALLROSS (month) (year) NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF TEXAS f MY COMM. EXP. 12222&114401).0) NOTARY ID 13140446 & Signature o authorized agent oontracting business entity - aS� (Oec!a anl' Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission woiw. ethics, state. tx. us Version V1.0.6711 000515-1 ADDENDA Page I of 2 SECTION 00_05_15 ADDENDA CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 000515-2 ADDENDA Page 2 of 2 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ENCLOSURE OF GASEOUS CHLORINE AND MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. CO2273 ADDENDUM NO. 1 June 14, 2018 The following additions, deletions, modifications, or clarifications, along with all attachments shall be made to the appropriate sections of the Specifications and Contract Documents and shall become a part of the Contract Documents. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. This Addendum shall become part of the Contract and provisions of the Contract apply. The following sections are modified as indicated below. VOLUME 1 — DIVISION 00 — 05: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS A1-1. SECTION 01 31 19 — PROJECT MEETINGS a. REPLACE Paragraph 1.04.A. in its entirety with the following, "A. Engineer with the assistance of the City will schedule and administer meetings throughout the progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals." A1-2. SECTION 01_31_24 —WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT a. DELETE Section in its entirety. A1-3. SECTION 01 35 14 — ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES a. DELETE Section in its entirety. A1-4. SECTION 04 23 00 —GLASS UNIT MASONRY a. ADD Section in its entirety with the attached section. A1-5. SECTION 05 52 13 —ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS a. ADD Section in its entirety with the attached section. VOLUME 2 — DIVISION 06 — 26: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS A1-6. SECTION 23 31 13 — HVAC — METAL DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES a. REPLACE Paragraph 2.15.A. in its entirety as follows: "A. Refer to Section 23 37 74 — Louvers." A1-7. SECTION 23 37 74 — LOUVERS a. ADD Section in its entirety with the attached section. VOLUME 3 — DIVISION 31 — 46: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS A1-8. SECTION 40 05 19.01 —DUCTILE IRON PIPE: AWWA C 151 a. ADD Section in its entirety with the attached section. �r Cpr.n*m. TBPE No. F-882 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/rX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Bid Assist/AD1/Addendum Nol.docx 9585A10 City of Fort Worth, Texas Water Department Addendum No. 1 — City Project No. CO2273 VCWRF Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project June 14, 2018 Page 2 of 5 A1-9. SECTION 46 31 12 —CHLORINATION SYSTEM a. REPLACE Appendix A —Chlorine Gas Feed Equipment dated April 11, 2018 with the attached Appendix A — Chlorine Gas Feed Equipment dated June 08, 2018. VOLUME 4 — DRAWINGS Al -10. DRAWING 02CO2 SHEET 48 — CHLORINE AREA YARD PIPING — AREA II a. REPLACE Keynote 9 with the following: 1) "CONNECT NEW 3" CV LINES TO EXISTING CV LINES." b. REPLACE the callout for 3" CG (VAC) lines associated with Keynote 9 with 3" CV. c. REPLACE the callout for 3" CG in Section A TRENCH SECTION with 3" CV. d. REPLACE the callout for "CG Vacuum" lines in Section C with "CV". Al -11. DRAWING 39D01 SHEET 40 — EXISTING CHLORINE BUILDING PLAN a. ADD General Note 8 to read as follows: "8. DEMOLISH EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD DROP CEILING IN ITS ENTIRETY TO PROVIDE MORE OVERHEAD CLEARANCE FOR NEW EVAPORATORS. REPLACE ALL DEMOLISHED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND WIRE, EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING, MECHANICAL, HVAC, SUPPORTS, AND PIPING IN KIND." Al -12. DRAWING 39D02 SHEET 41 — EXISTING CHLORINE BUILDING SECTIONS a. ADD General Note 8 to read as follows: "8. DEMOLISH EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD DROP CEILING IN ITS ENTIRETY TO PROVIDE MORE OVERHEAD CLEARANCE FOR NEW EVAPORATORS. REPLACE ALL DEMOLISHED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND WIRE, EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING, MECHANICAL, HVAC, SUPPORTS, AND PIPING IN KIND." Al -13. DRAWING 39D03 SHEET 42 — EXISTING CHLORINE BUILDING PHOTOS a. ADD General Note 8 to read as follows: "8. DEMOLISH EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD DROP CEILING IN ITS ENTIRETY TO PROVIDE MORE OVERHEAD CLEARANCE FOR NEW EVAPORATORS. REPLACE ALL DEMOLISHED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND WIRE, EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING, MECHANICAL, HVAC, SUPPORTS, AND PIPING IN KIND." Al -14. DRAWING OOGS06 SHEET 61 — SUGGESTED EXCAVATION PLAN. a. ADD the following to NOTES BY SYMBOL "O" for Note 5, "EXISTING 108 INCH DIA PIPE TO REMAIN": 1) "CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CENTERLINE LOCATION OF PIPE VIA NOW DESTRUCTIVE METHODS. MINIMUM SETBACK DISTANCE FROM CENTERLINE IS 8'-0" FOR EXCAVATION, SHORING, AND CONSTRUCTION DISTURBANCE." TBPE No. F-882 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Bid AssisVAD1/Addendum Nol.docx 9585A10 City of Fort Worth, Texas Water Department Addendum No. 1 — City Project No. CO2273 VCWRF Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project June 14, 2018 Page 3 of 5 b. ADD the following to NOTES BY SYMBOL "O" for Note 7, "EXISTING 84 INCH DIA PIPE TO REMAIN": 1) "CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CENTERLINE LOCATION OF PIPE VIA NON- DESTRUCTIVE METHODS. MINIMUM SETBACK DISTANCE FROM CENTERLINE IS 7'-0" FOR EXCAVATION, SHORING, AND CONSTRUCTION DISTURBANCE." Al -15. DRAWING 28501 SHEET 64 — EXISTING SULFUR DIOXIDE BULK STORAGE FRAMING PLAN a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -16. DRAWING 28502 SHEET 65 — EXISTING SULFUR DIOXIDE BULK STORAGE SECTIONS AND DETAILS I a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -17. DRAWING 28503 SHEET 66 — EXISTING SULFUR DIOXIDE BULK STORAGE SECTIONS AND DETAILS II a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -18. DRAWING 40SO4 SHEET 70 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING OVERALL SECTION I a. REPLACE drawing in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -19. DRAWING 40505 SHEET 71 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING OVERALL SECTION II a. REPLACE drawing in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -20. DRAWING 40506 SHEET 72 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING MANWAY ACCESS PLATFORM a. REPLACE drawing in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -21. DRAWING 40508 SHEET 74 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS I a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. A1-22.DRAWING 40509 SHEET 75 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS II a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -23. DRAWING 40510 SHEET 76 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS III a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -24. DRAWING 40511 SHEET 77 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS IV a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. COP -014,01. TBPE No. F-882 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Bid Assist/AD1/Addendum Nol.docx 9585A10 City of Fort Worth, Texas Water Department Addendum No. 1 — City Project No. CO2273 VCWRF Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project June 14, 2018 Page 4 of 5 Al -25. DRAWING 40512 SHEET 78 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS V a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. A1-26.DRAWING 40514 SHEET 80 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS VII a. REPLACE drawing in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -27. DRAWING 40516 SHEET 82 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS IX a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -28. DRAWING 41501 SHEET 83 — CHLORINE SCRUBBER FOUNDATION PLAN a. REPLACE drawings in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -29. DRAWING 41502 SHEET 84 — CHLORINE SCRUBBER UPPER PLAN a. REPLACE drawing in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -30. DRAWING 41506 SHEET 88 — CHLORINE SCRUBBER SECTIONS AND DETAILS II a. REPLACE drawing in its entirety with the attached drawing. Al -31. DRAWING 28M03 SHEET 92 — EXISTING SULFUR DIOXIDE BULK STORAGE MODIFICATIONS — PLAN AND SECTIONS a. ADD General Note 10 to read as follows: "10. PROVIDE 2" OF POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION FOR EACH TANK, WATERPROOFED AND COVERED WITH 0.010 MIL STAINLESS STEEL JACKET." Al -32. DRAWING 40H0l SHEET 119 — CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING — FLOOR PLAN a. ADD General Note 9 to read as follows: "9. DO NOT ROUTE REFRIGERANT OR CONDENSATE PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ALL PANELS." CLARIFICATIONS Question: Will the MBE goal calculations exclude costs associated with sole -source manufacturers and specialty chlorine scrubber equipment? Answer: Sole -source equipment and specialty chlorine scrubber equipment costs will be excluded/exempt from the MBE participation calculation in a total excluded/exempt amount not to exceed $1.3 M. c TBPE No. F-882 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort WMW9585A10/Bid AssiSYAD1/Addendum MA= 9585A10 City of Fort Worth, Texas Water Department Addendum No. 1 - City Project No. CO2273 VCWRF Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project June 14, 2018 Page 5 of 5 This Addendum No. 1, pages 1 through 5, shall become part of the Contract and all provisions of the Contract shall apply thereto. The time provided for completion of the Contract is not changed. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda by number in the space provided in the Proposal. END OF ADDENDUM NO. Digitally signed by Matthew F. Dobbertien Contact Info: Caroll Engineers, Inc. Date: 2 3 3''00' It it N * *♦0 w x.* .:............ ............ ? .o 0 MAI:THEWF. DOBB *IEN w 0.. 122117 r ATTACHMENTS: SECTION 04_23_00 - GLASS UNIT MASONRY SECTION 05_52_13 -ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS SECTION 23_37_74 - LOUVERS SECTION 40_05_19.01 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE: AWWA C 151 SECTION 46_31_12 - APPENDIX A - CHLORINE GAS FEED EQUIPMENT DATED JUNE 08, 2018 DRAWING 28501 SHEET 64 - EXISTING SULFUR DIOXIDE BULK STORAGE FRAMING PLAN DRAWING 28502 SHEET 65 - EXISTING SULFUR DIOXIDE BULK STORAGE SECTIONS AND DETAILS I DRAWING 28503 SHEET 66 - EXISTING SULFUR DIOXIDE BULK STORAGE SECTIONS AND DETAILS II DRAWING 40SO4 SHEET 70 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING OVERALL SECTION I DRAWING 40505 SHEET 71 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING OVERALL SECTION II DRAWING 40506 SHEET 72 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING MANWAY ACCESS PLATFORM DRAWING 40508 SHEET 74 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS I DRAWING 40509 SHEET 75 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS II DRAWING 40510 SHEET 76 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS III DRAWING 40511 SHEET 77 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS IV DRAWING 40512 SHEET 78 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS V DRAWING 40514 SHEET 80 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS VII DRAWING 40516 SHEET 82 - CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS IX DRAWING 41501 SHEET 83 - CHLORINE SCRUBBER FOUNDATION PLAN DRAWING 41502 SHEET 84 - CHLORINE SCRUBBER UPPER PLAN DRAWING 41506 SHEET 88 - CHLORINE SCRUBBER SECTIONS AND DETAILS II C Cpov'111'S' TBPE No. F-882 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Bid AssisUAD1/Addendum Nol.doa 9585A10 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY ENCLOSURE OF GASEOUS CHLORINE AND MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. CO2273 ADDENDUM NO. 2 June 21, 2018 The following additions, deletions, modifications, or clarifications, along with all attachments shall be made to the appropriate sections of the Specifications and Contract Documents and shall become a part of the Contract Documents. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. This Addendum shall become part of the Contract and provisions of the Contract apply. The following sections are modified as indicated below. VOLUME 2 – DIVISION 06 – 26: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS A2-1. SECTION 09 96 01 – HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS – a. ADD sub -paragraph 3.17.C.2.b.4 as follows: "4) 20 -percent caustic soda." b. DELETE sub -Paragraph 3.17 CA in its entirety. VOLUME 3 – DIVISION 31 – 46: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS A2-2. SECTION 40 05 00.01 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR GENERAL PIPING – a. REPLACE Paragraph 3.03, PIPING SCHEDULE in its entirety with the attached. A2-3. SECTION 44 13 01 – CHLORINE SCRUBBER SYSTEM a. ADD the following sub -paragraphs AFTER Paragraph 2.08.8: "1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Chemtrol Division of Nibco. b) Georg Fischer Piping Systems. c) Plast -O -Matic Valves, Inc. d) Hayward Flow Control. 2. Valves: Ball type: a) Material: CPVC b) End connection: Double -or single -union -type. c) Seals: EPDM 3. Valve body material: a) Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPUC), as best suited for each individual service condition. C CAP—194%. TBPE No. F-882 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Bid AssisUAD2/Addendum No2.docx 9585A10 City of Fort Worth, Texas Water Department Addendum No. 2 — City Project No. CO2273 VCWRF Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project June 21, 2018 Page 2 of 5 4. Union connections material: a) NPT or socket ends conforming to ASME B16.5 pipe flanges and flange fittings, Class 150. 5. Seats and seals material: a) EPDM. 6. Maximum inlet pressure rating: a) CPVC: 150 pound per square inch at 122 degrees Fahrenheit." b. ADD the following sub -paragraphs AFTER Paragraph 2.10.J: "1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Rotork IQ3 range. b) Limitorque Accutronix. 2. Provide actuators complete and operable with all components and accessories required for operation. 3. Size the actuator to move valves at minimum 12 inches per minute under maximum load. Measure rate of closure for valves at maximum diameter of disc, plug, or ball. Size actuators so that gear boxes are not required where possible." VOLUME 4 - DRAWINGS A2-4. DRAWING OOG03 SHEET 03 -ABBREVIATIONS a. ADD the following abbreviations: 1. EVP - EVAPORATOR 2. HTR - HEATER 3. OHCD - OVERHEAD COILING DOOR 4. TK- TANK" A2-5. DRAWING OOTP04 SHEET 21 - PIPING TYPICAL DETAILS a. ADD the attached Piping Typical Detail P302/Typ. A2-6. DRAWING 28M03 SHEET 92 - EXISTING SULFUR DIOXIDE BULK STORAGE MODIFICATIONS a. ADD General Note 11 to read as follows: "11. PROVIDE NEW FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC VENT DUCT CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SULFUR DIOXIDE SCRUBBER (16" V and 6" V) PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 23 31 16." A2-7. DRAWING 39M03 SHEET 97- EXISTING CHLORINE BUILDING - EVAPORATOR ROOM PLAN a. ADD General Note 10 to read as follows: "10. ALL NEW PIPE PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PER P302/TYP UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PLUG EXISTING PIPE PENETRATIONS WHERE PIPING IS ABANDONED WITH GROUT. " C CAp`88'1' TBPE No. F-882 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Bid Assist/AD2/Addendum No2.docx 9585A10 City of Fort Worth, Texas Water Department Addendum No. 2 — City Project No. CO2273 VCWRF Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project June 21, 2018 Page 3 of 5 b. ADD General Note 11 to read as follows: "11. ADJUST LOCATION OF TEE AND BLIND FLANGE AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE FOR FUTURE CONNECTION OF EVAPORATORS." A2-8. DRAWING 40M04 SHEET 105 —CHLORINE STORAGE BUILDING SECTIONS AND DETAILS — If a. DELETE Callouts for Keynotes 1, 2, and 3 in DETAIL 3 FILL STATION OUTSIDE. b. ADD General Note 8 to read as follows: "8. PIPE PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PER P302/TYP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED." A2-9. DRAWING 41 M02 SHEET 107— CHLORINE SCRUBBER ISOMETRIC VIEW— I — DENORA a. ADD General Note 11 to read as follows: "11. Coordinate location of pipe and duct support with scrubber control panel canopy and electrical equipment. Shift as needed to miss the canopy and electrical equipment." A2-10. DRAWING 41 M03 SHEET 108 — CHLORINE SCRUBBER ISOMETRIC VIEW— II — DENORA a. ADD Keynote 7 to read as follows: "7. DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE." b. ADD Keynote 8 to read as follows: "8. SCRUBBER BYPASS." c. ADD Keynote 9 to read as follows: "9. TANK INTERCONNECTION." A2-11. DRAWING 41 M08 SHEET 113 — CHLORINE SCRUBBER ISOMETRIC VIEW I — EVOQUA a. DETAIL 2 — PIPE SUPPORT 1. REPLACE Callout "COLUMN HSS 6x6x1/2" with "Column HSS 12x12x1/2". 2. DELETE Callout " (8) 3/4" Dia HILTI HIT-HY 200 EPDXY ADHESIVE ANCHORS W/ HILTI HIT-HY 200 SAFE SET SYSTEM W/ 8" MIN EMBED". 3. DELETE Callout "PL 3/4 x 1'4" x V-4" " b. DETAIL 3 — PIPE SUPPORT 1. REPLACE Callout "COLUMN HSS 6x6x1/2" with "Column HSS 10x10x1/2". 2. DELETE Callout " (8) 3/4" Dia HILT[ HIT-HY 200 EPDXY ADHESIVE ANCHORS W/ HILTI HIT-HY 200 SAFE SET SYSTEM W/ 8" MIN EMBED". 3. DELETE Callout "PL 3/4 x 1'4" x V-4" " c. DETAIL 4 — PIPE SUPPORT 1. REPLACE Callout "COLUMN HSS 6x6x1/2" with "Column HSS 12x12x1/2". 2. DELETE Callout " (8) 3/4" Dia HILTI HIT-HY 200 EPDXY ADHESIVE ANCHORS W/ HILTI HIT-HY 200 SAFE SET SYSTEM W/ 8" MIN EMBED". OC cop"..0010%• TBPE No. F-882 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Bid AssisVAD2/Addendum No2.docx 9585A10 City of Fort Worth, Texas Water Department Addendum No. 2 — City Project No. CO2273 VCWRF Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project June 21, 2018 Page 4 of 5 3. DELETE Callout "PL 3/4 x 1'-4" x V-4" " 4. ADD Callout "Min Concrete Paving/ Slab thickness is 1 ft" d. SECTION A 1. REPLACE Callout "PL 3/4 x V-4" x V-4" " with "PL 3/4 x V-6" x V-6" " 2. REPLACE Callout "2"(typ)" with "W(typ)" 3. REPLACE Callout " (8) 3/4" Dia HILTI HIT-HY 200 EPDXY ADHESIVE ANCHORS W/ HILTI HIT-HY 200 SAFE SET SYSTEM W/ 8" MIN EMBED" with " (8) 3/4" Dia HILTI HIT-HY 200 EPDXY ADHESIVE ANCHORS W/ HILTI HIT-HY 200 SAFE SET SYSTEM W/ 10" MIN EMBED" CLARIFICATIONS Question: For sole source vendors, what is the progress payment schedule? Answer: Payment schedule for sole source vendors shall be per Document 00_73_00 - 5 Paragraph 6.05 G. CTBPE No. F-882 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Bid AssisUAD2/Addendum No2.docx 9585A10 City of Fort Worth, Texas Water Department Addendum No. 2 — City Project No. CO2273 VCWRF Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project June 21, 2018 Page 5 of 5 This Addendum No. 2, pages 1 through 5, shall become part of the Contract and all provisions of the Contract shall apply thereto. The time provided for completion of the Contract is not changed. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda by number in the space provided in the Proposal. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 Digitally signed by Troy T. Laman Contact Into: Carollo Engineers, Inc. Date: 20 .2113:50:2 OS' 4.�'''''� OF To 0#s++ 0 TA. ROY.T. .LA I1ilAN 0 00 95761 +0-. </CENs1. '16 ATTACHMENTS: SECTION 40_05_00.01 — PIPING SCHEDULE DETAIL P302/Typ C CAp`000%. TBPE No. F-882 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585W/Bid Assist/AM/Addendum No2.docx 9585A10 N 0 11J Z I11 U) Z Q LU U Q J n w LU J Z) r) Ill U CO June 2018 — Addendum No. 2 40_05_00.01-13 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/40_05_00.01 (AD2) 9585A10 N C d E E O U M w z a a w a a U to c c c c c c C O O O O O J Z Z Z Z Z Q Q a) L .� .� N a) N C 3 N C a a a �o �o �o 0 w N C) Ca - Q N C a) T H CO a LL co T M W C N N Q E0 CQ Q U O CO J 00 E ao E E D a Q Q W V V O -� 0) O -� c) CV 04CL ~ 0 c) a I I MI Z N y �I U H �I U H Cl)l Cl)I Cn EL U) Ot v O1m5 01 EL IL a s `° a `° v co 0 v N N y N 7 N ,� N N 7 __ N 000 000 000 000 co y ca y Y N N N Y `V M.2 C5 L3 2 U 2 U 2 U 2 U 2 U a N L L N N N N CO F- F- _ U U N a) �Co a) TQ-- N � a_Nia U QQUa) 2 QQCD a) a) IL NN NN > N N > ` N d a) V C y 4) 'E :E L J J C. J J > J J O .N C Q .0 Q Q Z Z 0 C C C v v C C N co co O O C d N d N V O CD a) = ` .Oco a) C t > co > U -0 Q U L C1 U U :E U N � CD N J C7 C7 > > 0 M U U U U U U as June 2018 — Addendum No. 2 40_05_00.01-13 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/40_05_00.01 (AD2) 9585A10 June 2018—AddendumNo. 2 40_05_00.01-14 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/40_05_00.01 (AD2) w c a� E E O U O Z U a W W U rn c c a c c c Z U Z Z Z m = fyA O nLO LO LO LO LO CL LO LO LO N d O H N tM C -0 a a �LL W C m U) J O O W N C 0 cn C 0 () F- N N :7 y 0 ^�� Om rn oQ� M C-1) _I Z N N LOl L F� of Lnl O Q of O� O� ml FL aEL N C cn Q m n o o v IL �U �Ua v v d _ N d N j fA d N 7 CO) 00 00 00 y Co d Y 1C N Y n s v S S S d V v U) U) U) cn m o U a a C:>E a� U U U Q Cn (N N d y C_ y y _ N J J E E u Q J Q J Q O La C Z N O .-O 70 L V co 3 O rn OC �L�o C T rn > "3 '� t Cl N p U ` O Q C) m cu Uw' 0 N M ca V o U O a a o June 2018—AddendumNo. 2 40_05_00.01-14 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/40_05_00.01 (AD2) June 2018 — Addendum No. 2 40_05_00.01-15 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Foq Worth/9585Al O/Specifications/40_05_00.0l (ADT) LO a� U.) O Ov=iN01 LI rn O S i2 W a a a ca a p W @ a a W a W a W M a a W a W U - N M C O O O N O w C c O C O C O c O c O c O J Z Z Z Z Z Z 2 2 = 2 m 0 rn CD a d � n n a n LO 0 d N r 0 � O � H cm � O C J a LU a W w C U w Q 2 iW ' c Q 0 0 c Q 0 0 N N N N N N N N M O O - O - 3;:- lL') Q �I Q �I �I z D = CDU = CDU OI OI OI OI d a O� n � C a O� a a v C) CD v �Io d N d N j fA d fA 7 —_ d Cl) OD 00 OO y m y Y Cc 0) �° e U CD J Z 2 2 2 ` fn L V V L U N N co co a a a m U U U U iu a� C y y O O N J J J J 'E E U LO J Q J Q J Q J Q p N C z co CO O C V w 0 0 L4) +0) 0 O .y � = N � N R � Q d co ` 'C O Vl y C > O V > > O U- L Q a 2 L Q O O Z O June 2018 — Addendum No. 2 40_05_00.01-15 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Foq Worth/9585Al O/Specifications/40_05_00.0l (ADT) June 2018 — Addendum No. 2 40_05_00.01-16 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fod Worth/9585Al O/Specifications/40_05_00.01 (AD2) c a c (D a) E a� •0 01 (0 U E -5a> Lo U 01 O U c O cn a a> w a a a a a C9 o a w Tw 106- a w a w a w a w a w U N c 4) 4) 4) 4) 4) 4) a) c c 0 c 0 c 0 c 0 c 0 c 0 c 0 J Z Z Z Z Z Z Z v ncn 2 2 2 2 3 Q 3 Q a) M rn rn N a> Ca C7 m N c ) a) c in a) a d Ca - a a a N a � oO � oN O Q Z Q Z N C) � C I1 L N C� cu Cf) Cf) CO cn W J c cn D 0 p W 2 N O O N N CV N y C d O a) M O O Cl) M I Z z a) a) LI O �I O �I O LO O O M I M I E EL d N O Nt OI O� OI O a Nt Nt Nt y N y N j N N N 7 __ N 000 M 000 000 000 a00 U {_6 a) Y W N N Y a) M.2 — L 3::.2 2 J 2 2 2 2 a U Cl) U v U U U) CO w w �° U U U U)i a> Q ca a> .a -0 U)i a) Q ca a� •a ay' a a a a a �� m— a c— U o o U U a CD CD 0 Q Q o CO o m U CO Q � Q a N C y y — O O L �p IC C Q CD O Q = Q Q Q Z N � d_ 0 R C C C d C 'R C N C V `O `O `O 3 J 3J J a7 > J y 00 °� Q Q Q E Q E Q Cl) rN+ O -0 0 "- O E M a) AS W a w a a U) c"n v) N a")p u p o.0 as a N N U) June 2018 — Addendum No. 2 40_05_00.01-16 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fod Worth/9585Al O/Specifications/40_05_00.01 (AD2) June 2018 - Addendum No.2 40 05 00.01-17 9585&10 @3 Am_�ci wry rt+n mgm & o Az,\ -% \ m G Q- CD Q- ca E »20220 § \t�Mt� A o ƒU) u / ? a ? tM a_ ± y 2 0 b b ƒ ƒ b tM 2 c c ± c @ ° 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 U)CD 7« 7y 7« \« / CD c::, / 2 2 $2 $2 $2 J7 U) k k Q- 70 g* ) ./ ƒ a o 70 f/ f/ 4 _3222 4 2 3 E CO CO � �- LU f a/ E / �� E < < ® CO ® < LU _ Q d q q q q 04 04 CL 0 04 2 ©� G g g ± 0 0 0 0 ? & a.a� t-�)_2-CD G S ? 2 S ? c _ 2�� 2� � �ƒ I I I I I I a. CO CO CO CO h CO CO w w «w\ 4w\ wƒ/ O ƒ O ƒ /E���/E O ��E� OO�<2®62E-wo=E -7 _- CO kJ 3/C2 -M 44 15< < 2 « 2 < 2 « g < o_a Z a. _0 2 ■ ■ aig § §E '0 CA 9 /k %§� %¢2G_ k 2CL 0 /� m�� �0 m§�>c e < « > / � / Cl) a2 June 2018 - Addendum No.2 40 05 00.01-17 9585&10 @3 Am_�ci wry rt+n mgm & o Az,\ z O F- 0 w (1) LL O 0 z w N E C CD a June 2018 — Addendum No. 2 40_05_00.01-18 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/40_05_00.01 (AD2) c a) E E O U rn c O V)0 (D a) U L U _c _c C S LN E E J C c a) a7 L c O 'D L 0) N a) 0) O U 7 0 (o a d 0) C N ++ 00 L L E w H L Q zO .0 .0 a)in Q O () a) L) a) a) (D c Q U 30 N 7 7 :p C C _ Q C p 0• 0• O — a) (D Q C -0 -p Q C C C U 75 N d aj N N— C C �p CU CN cn y y y C 7 a) N 'p w J c 0 0 > 'E c c >. >. >. >. a3i .c > HE z QnddddUU)UU> t V n- Cn rn W U 2 af d C fl �c���z ELaaCLmmwcUnwU)> a 0 -o c0 z CD cn ri 4L IL CL O CD 0 N L_ a) E c c co f-coH C O O O — c .0 O iC O U) w C O C (o ,O U CO O FL r(D O 6 J D) LL- !r- U c a) C U C Q1 U Q1 N 0) a) 0 Q. a) O C O a+ d c cn v) N a) � rn a) fl- U O y C _ E E o a) U cncncn a) c °�� z p O p E O 0 a7 Q Q > c a7 •0 >1 L N L _CL N T O N a)O OQ L QO (ch D U CD 0'rn N L p ) 0 0 •0 m to E(DQO0 a - U •Q N L (D fo c O` O` O C C a) .>`. >Q,, a) 0 in in E p 0 �) co N a Co p_) 3 aw) v c O(D Q U' 2 J U) •N o0 U U U U U U 0 w U' O � L C) U C:, •> L I U) n" cn d O 2= U L aiS — J d F- d Q °;M ���LO< -j inQm000UUUow(D O M as -0 OI Q -v z O F- 0 w (1) LL O 0 z w N E C CD a June 2018 — Addendum No. 2 40_05_00.01-18 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/40_05_00.01 (AD2) CONCRETE WALL OR SLAB MASONRY WALL ° GROUT ALL AROUND 1/2" ° fJ CAULK ALL AROUND 1/2" MINIMUM SPACE. WITH SYNTHETIC RUBBER a ° 3/4" MAXIMUM SPACE. SEALING COMPOUND._.�~i " - s F = =* . , - . Mx,•-' r.. ✓: �, t'•: ,•..� s.. its: �. c_ PACK WITH MORTAR— � d A a ADDITIONAL I S180 REINFORCING TYP, ° — POINT MORTAR AT WALLS AND UNDERSIDE OF SLAB SLEEVE NOTES: 1. 6"0 DIAMETER SLEEVES AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE OR SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE. 2. SLEEVES LARGER THAN 6"0 SHALL BE 1/4" THICK STEEL PIPE. 3. STEEL SLEEVE SHALL BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. 4. SLEEVES FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SHALL BE SCHEDULE 80 PVC. P302 SLEEVE INSTALLATION THROUGH DRY WALLS AND nP FLOOR SLABS NS 08/01/05 - �' 001113-1 INVITATION TO BIDDERS Page 1 of 2 SECTION 00_11_13 INVITATION TO BIDDERS RECEIPT OF BIDS Sealed bids for the construction of the Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project will be received by the City of Fort Worth Purchasing Office: City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division 200 Texas Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 until 1:30 PM, CST, Thursday, June 28, 2018 , and bids will be opened publicly and read aloud at 2:00 PM CST in the Council Chambers. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: Construct New Chlorine Storage Building with chlorine storage room, electrical room, and fire riser room. Construct New Chlorine Scrubber Facility to treat accidental chlorine releases. Demolish existing Chlorine Storage area. Replace eight (8) existing chlorine evaporators with new chlorine evaporators and associated valves, piping, safety devices, pipe supports and wiring. Provide new flexible tubing for chlorine vacuum piping. Construct new access road for chemical deliveries. Replace transformer and perform all necessary electrical, controls, and instrumentation improvements. As an additive bid alternate, replace two (2) existing sulfur dioxide storage tanks with two (2) new sulfur dioxide storage tanks with associated piping, valves, safety devices, weighing devices, appurtenances and insulation. PREQUALIFICATION The improvements included in this project must be performed by a contractor who is pre -qualified by the City at the time of bid opening. The procedures for qualification and pre -qualification are outlined in the Section 00 21 13 — INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by visiting the City of Fort Worth's Purchasing Division website at http://www.fortworthtexas.gov/purchasing/ and clicking on the Buzzsaw link to the advertised project folders on the City's Buzzsaw site. The Contract Documents may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or suppliers. The contractor is required to fill out and notarize the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and the form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained alt https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-info.htm . Copies of the Bidding and Contract Documents may be purchased from Carollo Engineers, Inc., which is as follows: 100 E 15th St, Suite 415 Fort Worth, TX 76102. (817) 882-0528. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised May 2018 00_11_13-2 INVITATION TO BIDDERS Page 2 of 2 The cost of black and white hard copy Bidding and Contract Documents is: Set of Bidding and Contract Documents with full size drawings: $500 Set of Bidding and Contract Documents with half size drawings: $300 PREBID CONFERENCE A prebid conference may be held as described in Section 00_21_13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS at the following location, date, and time: DATE: Thursday, June 07, 2018 TIME: 9:30 AM PLACE: Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility 4500 Wilma Lane, Arlington, Texas 76012 LOCATION: Training room, Admin Building CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject bids. FUNDING Any Contract awarded under this INVITATION TO BIDDERS is expected to be funded from revenues generated from user fees and dedicated by Resolution of OWNER'S administrative board to the work under this INVITATION TO BIDDERS. INQUIRIES All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed to the following: Attn: Farida Goderya, City of Fort Worth Email: Farida.Goderya@fortworthtexas.gov Phone: 817-392-8214 AND/OR Attn: Troy Laman, Carollo Engineers, Inc. Email: tlaman@carollo.com Phone: 817-882-0528 ADVERTISEMENT DATES Thursday May 24, 2018 Thursday May 31, 2018 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised May 2018 SECTION 00_21_13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 00_21_13 - 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 1 of 10 1.1. Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, which are defined in Section 00_72_00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.2. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1.2.1. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 1.2.2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 1.2.3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City (on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 2. Copies of Bidding Documents 2.1. Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.2. City and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. Prequalification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors) 3.1. All Bidders and their subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types requiring prequalification at the time of bidding. Bids received from contractors who are not prequalified (even if inadvertently opened) shall not be considered. Prequalification requirement work types and documentation are as follows: 3.1.1. Paving — Requirements document located at; https://projectpoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthgov/Resources/02%20- %20Construct ion%20 Doc uments/Contractor%2 0 Preq ual ification/TPW%20Pav in g%20Cont ractor%20Prequalification%20Program/PREQUALIFICATION%20REQUIREM ENTS%2 OFOR%20PAV ING%2000NTRACTORS. PDF?public 3.1.2. Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting — Requirements document located at; https:Hprojectpoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthgov/Resources/02%20- %20Construction%2ODocuments/Contractor%2OPrequalification/TPW%2OPaving%2OCont ractor%20Prequal ification%20Program/PREQUALI FICATION%20REQUIREM ENTS%2 OFOR%20PAVING%2000NTRACTORS. PDF?public CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 002113-2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 2 of 10 3.1.3. Water and Sanitary Sewer — Requirements document located at; https:Hproiectpoiiit.buzzsaw.con /fortworthgov/Resources/02%20- %20Construction%2ODocuments/Contractor%2OPrequalification/Water%2Oand%2OSanitar v%20Sewer%2OContractor%2OPrequal i fication%2OProgram/W SS%20pregual%20req uire ments.doc?public 3.2. Each Bidder unless currently prequalified, must be prepared to submit to City within seven (7) calendar days prior to Bid opening, the documentation identified in Section 00_45_11, BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS. 3.2.1. Submission of and/or questions related to prequalification should be addressed to the City contact as provided in Paragraph 6.1. 3.3. The City reserves the right to require any pre -qualified contractor who is the apparent low bidder(s) for a project to submit such additional information as the City, in its sole discretion may require, including but not limited to manpower and equipment records, information about key personnel to be assigned to the project, and construction schedule, to assist the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder(s) to deliver a quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount bid within the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the City Council. Failure to submit the additional information, if requested, may be grounds for rejecting the apparent low bidder as non-responsive. Affected contractors will be notified in writing of a recommendation to the City Council. 3.4. In addition to prequalification, additional requirements for qualification may be required within various sections of the Contract Documents. 3.5. Special qualifications required for this project include the following: None. 4. Examination of Bidding and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site 4.1. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall: 4.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 4.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 4.1.3. Consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 002113-3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3 of 10 4.1.4. Study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical data." 4.1.5. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 4.1.6. Perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during the construction of the project. On request, City may provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 4.1.7. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the Bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be allowed. 4.1.8. Promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 4.2. Reference is made to Section 00_73_00— Supplementary Conditions for identification of - 4.2. 1. f: 4.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. 4.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 002113-4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 4 of 10 4.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder (i) that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts, etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in Paragraph 6., and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. 4.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract Documents. 5. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc. 5.1. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.2. Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the project. 5.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits and/or easements. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 002113-5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 5 of 10 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to City in writing on or before 2 p.m., the Monday prior to the Bid opening. Questions received after this day may not be responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as having received the Bidding Documents. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. Address questions to: City of Fort Worth 200 Texas Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 Attn: Farida Goderya and/or: Email: Farida.Goderya(&fortworthtexas. gov Phone: 817-392-8214 Carollo Engineers, Inc. 100 E. 15th St., Suite 415 Fort Worth, TX 76102 Attn: Troy Laman Email: tlaman a,carollo.com Phone: 817-882-0528 6.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by City. 6.3. Addenda or clarifications may be posted via Buzzsaw at https://projectpoint.buzzsaw.com/ bz_rest/Web/Home/Index?folder=37331#/_bz_rest/Web/Item/ Items?folder=2054635. 6.4. A prebid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 7. Bid Security 7.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Bond made payable to City in an amount of five (5) percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price on form attached, issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 of the General Conditions. 7.2. The Bid Bond of all Bidders will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the complete Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider Bidder to be in default, rescind the Notice of Award, and the Bid Bond of that Bidder will be forfeited. Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid Bond of all other Bidders whom City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be retained by City until final contract execution. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 00_21_13-6 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 6 of 10 8. Contract Times The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the attached Bid Form. 9. Liquidated Damages Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 10. Substitute and "Or -Equal" Items The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or -equal" items. Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a "substitute" or "or -equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6.05C. of the General Conditions and is supplemented in Section 0125 00 of the General Requirements. 11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 11.1. In accordance with the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance No. 20020-12-2011 (as amended), the City has goals for the participation of minority business and/or small business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The Bidder shall submit the MBE and SBE Utilization Form, Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Form, Prime Contractor Waiver Form and/or Good Faith Effort Form with documentation and/or Joint Venture Form as appropriate. The Forms including documentation must be received by the City no later than 2:00 P.M. CST, on the second business day after the bid opening date. The Bidder shall obtain a receipt from the City as evidence the documentation was received. Failure to comply shall render the bid as non-responsive. 11.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 12. Bid Form 12.1. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be obtained from the City. 12.2. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed by printing in ink and the Bid Form signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit price item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid," "No Change," or "Not Applicable" may be entered. Bidder shall state the prices, written in ink in both words and numerals, for which the Bidder proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required. All prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between price in written words and the price in written numerals, the price in written words shall govern. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 002113-7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 7 of 10 12.3. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. 12.4. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 12.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 12.6. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 12.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 12.8. All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signature. 12.9. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 12.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 12.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00_43_37 — Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder. 13. Submission of Bids Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding Documents, at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO BIDDERS, addressed to Purchasing Manager of the City, and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope, marked with the City Project Number, Project title, the name and address of Bidder, and accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 14. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 14.1. Bids addressed to the Purchasing Manager and filed with the Purchasing Office cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening. A request for withdrawal must be made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. After all Bids not requested for withdrawal are opened and publicly read aloud, the Bids for which a withdrawal request has been properly filed may, at the option of the City, be returned unopened. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 002113-8 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 8 of 10 14.2. Bidders may modify their Bid by electronic communication at any time prior to the time set for the closing of Bid receipt. 15. Opening of Bids Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly at the place where Bids are to be submitted. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 16. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for Notice of Award and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. City may, at City's sole discretion, release any Bid and nullify the Bid security prior to that date. 17. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract 17.1. City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City. City also reserves the right to waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the Work with the Successful Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. 17.1.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists among the Bidders, Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City, City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract, Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 17.2. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 00_21_13-9 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 9 of 10 17.4. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the best interests of the City. 17.6. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. 17.7. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 90 days after the day of the Bid opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award will be issued by the City. 17.8. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid. 18. Signing of Agreement When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. Within 14 days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement to City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other required documentation. City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 00_21_13 - 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 10 of 10 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 21, 2015 0035 13 BID FORM SECTION 00 35 13 Page 1 of 1 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT Each bidder, offeror, or respondent (hereinafter also referred to as "you") to a City of Fort Worth (also referred to as "City") procurement are required to complete Conflict of Interest Questionnaire (the attached CIQ Form) and Local Government Officer Conflicts DIS,-IOSUre Statement (the attached CIS Form) below pursua A to state law. This affidavit will certify that the Bidder has on file with the City Secretary the required documentation and is eligible to bid on City Work. The referenced forms may also be downloaded from the website links provided below. ht.12 Wwww.ethic:s state tx usrtormsiCIQpdf htt .11www ethics state. Ix, usl!pjq S ndf X— CIQ Form is on file with City :Secretary CIQ Form is being provided to the City Secretary X- CIS Form is on File with City Secretary — CIS Form is being provided to the City Secretary BIDDER: By: Michael G. Daigre Crescent Constructors, Inc. 2560 Technology Dr Suite 400 Signature: Plano, Tx 75074 Title: END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Form Revised 20120327 0035 13 SECTION 00 41 00 BID FORM TO: The Purchasing Manager c/o: The Purchasing Division 1000 Throckmorton Street City of Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FOR: Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project City Project No.: CO2273 1. Enter Into Agreement 0041 00 BID FORM Page 1 of 3 Pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder, having thoroughly examined the Contract Documents, including plans, special contract documents and the General Specifications for Water Department Projects, the site of the project and understanding the amount of work to be done, and the prevailing conditions hereby proposes to do all the work, furnish all the labor, equipment and material which is necessary to fully complete the work as provided in the plans and contract Documents and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas; and binds himself upon acceptance of this bid proposal to execute a contract and furnish an approved Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and such other bonds, if any, as may be required by the Contract Documents for the performing and completing of the said work. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification 2.1. In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond. 2.2. Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 days of notification of award. 2.3. Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 2.4. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid. 2.5. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 2.6. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process. b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free and open competition. c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non - CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Form Revised 20150821 00 41 00 competitive levels. 00 41 00 BID FORM Page 2 of 3 d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. 3. Prequalification The Bidder acknowledges that the following work types must be performed only by prequalified contractors and subcontractors: a. Wastewater Treatment Plant 4. Time of Completion 4.1. The Work will be substantially complete within 480 days after the date when the the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 4.2. The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 515 days after the date when the the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 4.3. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work {and/or achievement of Milestones) within the times specified in the Agreement. 5. Attached to this Bid The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: a. This Bid Form, Section 00 4100 b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. c. Proposal Form, Section 00 42 43 d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37 e. MWBE Forms (optional at time of bid) f. Prequalification Statement, Section 00 4512 g. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 "If necessary, CIQ or CIS forms are to be provided directly to City Secretary h. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to Bidders 6. Total Bid Amount 6.1. Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening. 6.2. It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and then totaling all of the extended amounts. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Form Revised 20150821 0041 00 6.3. Evaluation of Alternate Bid items and Basis of Award Total Base Bid Total Base Bid with Additive Alternate 7. Bid Submittal This Bid is submitted on June 28, 2018 Respectfully submit( (Signature) Michael G. Daie, President Title: Michael G. Daigre, President Company: Crescent Constructors, Inc. Address: 2560 Technology Dr Suite 400 Plano, Tx 75074 State of Incorporation: Lexqs Email: MikeD@crescentconstructors.com Phone: 972-422-0014 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Forth Revised 20150821 0041 00 BID FORM Page 3 of 3 by the entity named below. Receipt is acknowledged of the following Addenda; Addendum No. 1: Addendum No. 2: Addendum No. 3'. Addendum No, 4: Corporate Seal: 00 41 00 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID 00 42 43 aIDPROPOSAL Page i of I Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidders Proposal idlist Specification Unitof Bid Various Item I Description I Section No. Measure Quantity Unit Price Bid Value No t 1 excluding drilled piers listed in item B-6. Bid Summary Base Did Additive Alternate Bid 5 y� AA Construction and operational completion of work, equipment, improvements, and modifications associated } -1 B-1 Various LS 1 with the New Chlorine Storage Building (Area 40), A-1 renovation of the sulfur dioxide storage area (Area 28) Various t 1 excluding drilled piers listed in item B-6. s� Construction and operational completion of work,`Mir" B-2 equipimprovements, and modifications associated Various LS 1 with the New Chlorine Scrubber (Area 41), excluding drilledment, iers listed in item B-6. Construction and operational completion of work, improvements, v� B-3 equipment, and modifications associated Various LS 1 with the existing chlorine building (Area 38 and Area 39) excluding item B-4. Pre-negoatioed lump sum bid for eight (8) chlorine evaporators and associated appurtenances and services as B-4specified in Section 46 31_12 including the Attachment 46_31_12 LS 1 $ 524,389.00 with firm agreement on Supplier equipment and services (all Contractor installation costs, overhead, and markup shall be included in item B-3). Development, design, and implementation o a trench v n B-5 safety system as required by OSHA and for the assumption Various LS 1 of responsibilitV for said sstem. C B-6 Construction and complete installation of drilled piers at the new chlorine storage area (Area 40) and new chlorine 316329 VLF 4000 V l Jy,,AC Area 41 a I Rscrubber onstrucUon an comp etion of all paving, grading, pipe chases, and general site work as well as all items not Included In bid items B-1 thru B-6 for complete and i '] B-7 Various LS 1�. L�I operational equipment, systems, and appurtenances, Including mobilization, demobilization, bonds, general condi ions overhead and profit. ^+ Additive Alternate Bid 5 y� AA TotalBoseBid with Additive END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTTI STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Form Re, kM 20120120 00 42 43 Additive Alternate for construction and operational completion of all work associated with the replacement and A-1 renovation of the sulfur dioxide storage area (Area 28) Various LS 1 TotalBoseBid with Additive END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTTI STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Form Re, kM 20120120 00 42 43 SECTION 00 43 13 BID BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 00 43 13 BID BOND Page 1 of 1 That we, (Bidder Name) Crescent Constructors, Inc. ' hereinafter called the Principal, and (Surety Name) Travelers Casualty. & Surety Co. of America a corporation or firm duly authorized to transact surety business in the State of Texas, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Five Percent of Greatest Amount Bid and No/100 , Dollars ($•5% of GAB .00), the payment of whlcn sum will be well and truly made and the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firm by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following project of the Obligee, identified as Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the Contract in writing with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such proposal, then this bond shall be null and void. if the Principal fails to execute such Contract in accordance with the terms of such proposal or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the proposal or fails to satisfy, all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the proposal, this bond shall become the property of the Obligee, without recourse of the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate Obligee for the difference between Principal's Total 'Bid Amount and the ' next selected Bidder's Total Bid Amount. SIGNED this 28 day of June , 2018. By: Company Name Here Cres t Constructors, Inc. Pl - . Michael Da President "By: Travelers Casualty & Surety Co. of America 01,_ D Peter M. Russell `Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney -in -Fact END OF SECTION Impressed Surety Seal Only \ , CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Form Revised 20110627 00 43 13 Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America A40 Travelers Casualty and Surety Company TRAVELERS J St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Peter M. Russell, of Richardson, Texas, their true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 3rd day of February, 2017. r4 ON State of Connecticut By: City of Hartford ss. Robert L. Raney, Se or Vice President On this the 3rd day of February, 2017, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. p.S My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021 0yt �,p i Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it Is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which remains in full force and effect. Dated this 28th day of June , 2018 y V by 1. ' -N� GKA SR Kevin E. Hughes, Assi tant Secretary To verify the authenticity ofthis Power ofAl ttorney, please call us at 1-800-421-3880. Please refer to the above-named Al ttorney4n-Fact and the details ofthe bond to which the power is attached, SECTION 00 43 13 BID BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 00 43 13 BID BOND Page 1 of 1 That we, (Bidder Name) Company Name Here hereinafter called the Principal, and (Surety Name) Surety Name Here a corporation or firm duly authorized to transact surety business in the State of Texas, hereinafter called the Surety, are hell and unto the City. hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Spell Out Numbers Here — and No/100 Dollars ($ Numerals Here )), the payment of which sum will be well and truly made and the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firm by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following project of the Obligee, identified as Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the Contract in writing with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such proposal, then this bond shall be null and void. If the Principal fails to execute such Contract in accordance with the terms of such proposal or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the proposal or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the proposal, this bond shall become the property of the Obligee, without recourse of the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate Obligee for the difference between Principal's Total Bid Amount and the next selected Bidder's Total Bid Amount. SIGNED this day of By: Company Name Here *By: Surety Name Here 12018. (Signature and Title of Principal) (Signature of Attorney -of -Fact) *Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney -in -Fact Impressed Surety Seal Only END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Forth Revised 20110627 00 43 13 00 43 37 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW SECTION 00 4:137 Page 1 of 1 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON RESIDENT BIDDER Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State Law. A copy of the statute is attached. Nonresident bidders in the State of our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. DQ BIDDER: Crescent Constructors, Inc. 2560 Technology Or Suite 400 Plano, Tx 75074 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Form Revised 20110627 By: Michael G. Daigre Signature) Title: President Date: 01; I ID I k 00 43 37 00_45_11 - 1 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 1 of 2 SECTION 00_45_11 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS 1. Summary. All contractors are required to be prequalified by the City prior to submitting bids. To be eligible to bid the contractor must submit Section 00_45_12, Prequalification Statement for the work type(s) listed with their Bid. Any contractor or subcontractor who is not prequalified for the work type(s) listed must submit Section 00_45_13, Bidder Prequalification Application in accordance with the requirements below. The prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. The information must be submitted seven (7) days prior to the date of the opening of bids. For example, a contractor wishing to submit bids on projects to be opened on the 7th of April must file the information by the 31 st day of March in order to bid on these projects. In order to expedite and facilitate the approval of a Bidder's Prequalification Application, the following must accompany the submission. a. A complete set of audited or reviewed financial statements. (1) Classified Balance Sheet (2) Income Statement (3) Statement of Cash Flows (4) Statement of Retained Earnings (5) Notes to the Financial Statements, if any b. A certified copy of the firm's organizational documents (Corporate Charter, Articles of Incorporation, Articles of Organization, Certificate of Formation, LLC Regulations, Certificate of Limited Partnership Agreement). c. A completed Bidder Prequalification Application. (1) The firm's Texas Taxpayer Identification Number as issued by the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts. To obtain a Texas Taxpayer Identification number visit the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts online at the following web address www. window. state.tx.us/taxpermit/ and fill out the application to apply for your Texas tax ID. (2) The firm's e-mail address and fax number. (3) The firm's DUNS number as issued by Dun & Bradstreet. This number is used by the City for required reporting on Federal Aid projects. The DUNS number may be obtained at www.dnb.com. d. Resumes reflecting the construction experience of the principles of the firm for firms submitting their initial prequalification. These resumes should include the size and scope of the work performed. e. Other information as requested by the City. 2. Prequalification Requirements a. Financial Statements. Financial statement submission must be provided in accordance with the following: (1) The City requires that the original Financial Statement or a certified copy be submitted for consideration. (2) To be satisfactory, the financial statements must be audited or reviewed by an independent, certified public accounting firm registered and in good standing in any state. Current Texas statues also require that accounting firms performing CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 004511-2 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 2 of 2 audits or reviews on business entities within the State of Texas be properly licensed or registered with the Texas State Board of Public Accountancy. (3) The accounting firm should state in the audit report or review whether the contractor is an individual, corporation, or limited liability company. (4) Financial Statements must be presented in U.S. dollars at the current rate of exchange of the Balance Sheet date. (5) The City will not recognize any certified public accountant as independent who is not, in fact, independent. (6) The accountant's opinion on the financial statements of the contracting company should state that the audit or review has been conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. This must be stated in the accounting firm's opinion. It should: (1) express an unqualified opinion, or (2) express a qualified opinion on the statements taken as a whole. (7) The City reserves the right to require a new statement at any time. (8) The financial statement must be prepared as of the last day of any month, not more than one year old and must be on file with the City 16 months thereafter, in accordance with Paragraph 1. (9) The City will determine a contractor's bidding capacity for the purposes of awarding contracts. Bidding capacity is determined by multiplying the positive net working capital (working capital = current assets — current liabilities) by a factor of 10. Only those statements reflecting a positive net working capital position will be considered satisfactory for prequalification purposes. (10) In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new financial statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated with proper verification. b. Bidder Prequalification Application. A Bidder Prequalification Application must be submitted along with audited or reviewed financial statements by firms wishing to be eligible to bid on all classes of construction and maintenance projects. Incomplete Applications will be rejected. (1) In those schedules where there is nothing to report, the notation of "None" or "N/A" should be inserted. (2) A minimum of five (5) references of related work must be provided. (3) Submission of an equipment schedule which indicates equipment under the control of the Contractor and which is related to the type of work for which the Contactor is seeking prequalification. The schedule must include the manufacturer, model and general common description of each piece of equipment. Abbreviations or means of describing equipment other than provided above will not be accepted. 3. Eligibility to Bid a. The City shall be the sole judge as to a contractor's prequalification. b. The City may reject, suspend, or modify any prequalification for failure by the contractor to demonstrate acceptable financial ability or performance. c. The City will issue a letter as to the status of the prequalification approval. d. If a contractor has a valid prequalification letter, the contractor will be eligible to bid the prequalified work types until the expiration date stated in the letter. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 004512 BID FORM Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 45 12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. Major .Work Type ContractorlSubcontractor Company Name Prequalification Expiration Date Wastewater Treatment Plant Prime/ General Contractor Crescent Constructors, Inc. 7/3112019 The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed. BIDDER: Crescent Constructors, Inc. 2560 Technology Dr. Suite 400 Plano, Tx 75074 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Form Revised 20120120 By: Michael G. Daigre ud. � •I N Signature) Title: President Date: 06) - Iry L.IA lf 004512 SECTION 00_45_13 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION PACKET Crescent Constructors, Inc. 2560 Technology Drive, Ste. 400 Plano, TX 75074 Phone (972) 422-0014 Fax (972) 422-0016 Proiects In Progress Owner: City of Frisco Project Name: Lone Star Ranch Lift Station Contact: LeffGotnar, P.E. (Carollo Engineers) 972-239-9949 Scope: Lift Station with new bioxide chemical injection and odor control scrubber Estimated Completion Date: March 2018 Contract Price: $6,089,000 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Casa View Pump Station Electrical Improvements Contact: Puneet Gupta, P.E. (Gupta & Associates) 972-490-7661 Scope: Electrical Improvements @ Pump Station Estimated Completion Date: May 2018 Contract Price: $4,017,000 Owner: City of Baird Project Name: Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements Contact: James A. Phillips, P.E. (Jacob & Martin, LLC) 325-695-1070 Scope: .25 MGD Lagoon Pond System WWTP, LS, Force Main, and Irrigation Pump Structure Estimated Completion Date: April 2018 Contract Price: $2,780,000.00 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Exchange Parkway GST Contact: Aaron Redder, P.E. (Freese & Nichols) 214-217-2200 Scope: Two 13.5 MG Ground Storage Tank (Preload) Estimated Completion Date: January 2019 Contract Price: $19,069,000.00 Owner: City of Burleson Project Name: Hulen 3.0 MG GST Contact: Aaron Conine, P.E. (Freese & Nichols) 817-735-7300 Scope: 3.0 MG Ground Storage Tank (DN Tanks) Estimated Completion Date: April 2018 Contract Price: $2,997,000.00 Owner: City of Frisco Project Name: Lebanon Lift Station Contact: Clayton Barnard, P.E. (Freese & Nichols) 214-544-6401 Scope: New Lift Station Substructure & Building with Bioxide chemical injection and odor control scrubber Estimated Completion Date: October 2018 Contract Price: $6,773,000.00 Crescent Constructors, Inc. 2560 Technology Drive, Ste. 400 Plano, TX 75074 Phone (972) 422-0014 Fax (972) 422-0016 Owner: NTMWD Project Name: Meter Vault Standardization, Set Control Phase II Contact: Rebecca Diviney, P.E. (Freese & Nichols) 214-544-6401 Scope: Construction of 4 Meter Vaults Estimated Completion Date: April 2019 Contract Price: $5,541,000.00 Owner: NTMWD Project Name: Princeton Lift Station Improvements Contact: Gary Green, P.E. (Parsons) 972-244-6000 Scope: Lift Station Improvements Estimated Completion Date: September 2018 Contract Price: $7,997,000.00 Owner: NTMWD Project Name: Virginia Parkway GST Contact: Kyle Sanderson, P.E. (Kimley Horn) 972-770-3033 Scope: Construction of a 6.7 MGD GST (Preload), Electrical Building, Vaults & Yard Piping. Estimated Completion Date: November 2018 Contract Price: $8,173,000.00 Owner: Upper Trinity Regional Water District Project Name: Tom Harpool Regional WTP Contact: Jim Gallovich, P.E. (Carrollo) 972-239-9949 Scope: Installing three (3) new vertical turbine pumps and motors, discharge piping, hydraulic imp, and two (2) finished meter vaults Estimated Completion Date: May 2019 Contract Price: $4,037,000.00 Owner: City of Forney Project Name: Pump Station No. 2 Imp. & 5.0 MG GSR Contact: Larry Freeman, P.E. (Freeman Millican, Inc) 214-503-0555 Scope: Construction of 5.0 MG GSR (Preload) and the addition of two (2) new 6,000 gpm 400 HP vertical turbine pumps inside existing pump cans with new discharge piping Estimated Completion Date: August 2019 Contract Price: $5,957,000.00 Owner: City of Irving Project Name: Urban Center Lift Station Contact: Brian Wright, P.E. (Alan Plummer Associates) 817-806-1700 Scope: 45MGD Lift Station, discharge piping, rerouting 5 (five) existing interceptors, siphon rehab, and associated metering Estimated Completion Date: October 2019 Contract Price: $11,265,000.00 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Crescent Constructors, Inc. 2560 Technology Drive, Ste. 400 Plano, TX 75074 Phone (972) 422-0014 Fax (972) 422-0016 Completed Proiects (Listed from Oldest to Newest) Owner: City of Heath Project Name: Terry Lane and Candlelight Lift Stations Crescent was subcontractor to Four D Construction Contact: Jason Daniels (972) 286-0094 Amount: $283,000 Scope: Install two new sewage lift stations Completion Date: January 30, 2006 Owner: Mercedes Homes of Texas, LLP and Lake Cities Municipal Utility Authority Project Name: Oaks at North Lakeview Lift Station Contact: Jeff Knight (940) 497-2999 Amount: $112,856 Scope: Install new sewage lift station Completion Date: June 30, 2006 Owner: Town of Little Elm Project Name: Mansell Pump #4 and PRV Valves Contact: Kevin Johnson, P.E. (Freese and Nichols) (972) 548-2400 Amount: $289,900 Scope: Install one New Horizontal Pump in future slot, and install two new PRV Valve Vaults Completion Date: July 30, 2006 Owner: Trinity River Authority Project Name: TRA- Colleyville Northwest Meter Station Contact: Phil Phillip, P.E. (GSWW Engineers) (817) 306-5820 or Greg Dickens, P.E. (Currently with the City of Keller) 817-743-4080 or Richard Postma, P.E. (TRA) (817) 366-6420 Amount: $697,000 Scope: Rebuild levee of Bear Creek, install meter station, and interconnect piping. Completion Date: Phase 1: September 30, 2006 Phase 2: Feb. 25, 2006 Owner: City of Waxahachie, TX. Project Name: Indian Pump Station Improvements Contact: Gary Hendricks, P.E. (Birkhoff, Hendricks, & Conway) (214) 361-7900 Amount: $315,000 Scope: Install two new vertical turbine pumps in existing pump cans and connect discharge piping. Completion Date: November 9, 2006 Owner: City of Burleson, Texas (Subcontractor to Landmark Structures) Project Name: Turkey Peak Elevated Tank Contact: Patrick Piehl (Landmark Structures) 817-439-8888 Amount: $98,500 Scope: Perform yard mechanical piping for elevated tank contractor Completion Date: November 30, 2007 7/3/2018 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Owner: City of Burleson, TX. Project Name: Upper Pressure Plane Improvements — Phase II Contact: Ron King, P.E. (Freese & Nichols) (817) 735-7300 or Lance Burton, P.E. (Burleson, TX.) (817) 447-5400 ext. 278 Amount: $1,217,000 Scope: Pump Station & Upper Pressure Plane Improvements (Piping throughout City) Completion Date: June 15, 2007 Owner: City of Lucas, TX. Project name: Lucas Pump Station #2 & Highland Circle Waterline Contact: Kevin Johnson, P.E. (Freese and Nichols) (972) 548-2400 or Stacy Caudell, P.E. (City of Lucas) 972-727-0091 x 246 Amount: $172,980 Scope: Phase 1- Install 1100 LF of 8" Waterline Phase 2: Install 8" EMO Butterfly Valve and Energy Dissipator in Existing Vault Completion Date: Phase 1: September 7, 2006 Phase 2: August 30, 2007 Owner: City of Richardson, TX. Project Name: Westside Pump Station Improvements Contact: Greg Nelson, P.E. (Black & Veatch Engineers (214) 570-7000) Amount: $413,000 Scope: Install two new horizontal pumps in existing pump station and connect suction and discharge piping. Completion Date: October 5, 2007 Owner: City of Wylie, Texas Project Name: Nortex Pump Station Contact: Joe Carter, P.E. (Birkhoff, Hendricks, & Conway) 214/361-7900 Chris Holstead, P.E. (972-442-8109) Owner Amount: $1,158,000 Scope: New Water Pump Station Completion Date: October 10, 2007 Owner: City of Denton, Texas Project Name: Gravity Filter Improvements #3 & #4 Contact: R. Todd Townsend (CDM) 214/346-2800 Scope: Remove and Replace Filtration Equipment at Gravity Filters #3 and #4 Completion Date: October 3, 2007 Contract Price: $427,000 Owner: City of Denton, Texas Project Name: Gravity Filter Improvements #1 & #2 Contact: R. Todd Townsend (CDM) 214/346-2800 Scope: Remove and Replace Filtration Equipment at Gravity Filters #1 and #2 Completion Date: January 3, 2008 Contract Price: $167,000 7/3/2018 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Owner: City of Denton, Texas Project Name: Digester Improvements Contact: R. Todd Townsend (CDM) 214/346-2800 Owner: Rusty Willard (940) 391-8129 Scope: Remove and Replace Gas Holder Digester Cover Completion Date: March 3, 2008 Contract Price: $643,000 Owner: City of Fort Worth, Texas Project Name: Alta Mesa Pump Station Improvements Contact: Chris Harder, P.E. (In -House City Engineer/Manager) 817/392-8293 Scope: Refurbish Existing Pump Station Completion Date: April 30, 2008 Contract Price: $394,781 Owner: City of Keller, Texas Project Name: Pearson Lane Lower Pressure Plane Pump Station Contact: Bahram Niknam, P.E. (Deltatek Engineering) 469/374-9800 Scope: Construct New Pump Station Completion Date: April 30, 2008 Contract Price: $1,113,000 Owner: City of Grand Saline, Texas Project Name: Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements Contact: Walter F. Hicks, P.E. (Wisenbaker, Fix and Associates) 903/581-8141 Scope: Refurbish Existing Wastewater Treatment Plant Completion Date: April 3, 2008 Contract Price: $418,000 Owner: City of Cedar Hill, Texas Project Name: Miscellaneous Improvements to Flameleaf Pumping and Storage Facility Contact: Bahram Niknam, P.E. (Deltatek Engineering) 469/374-9800 Scope: Construct New Pump Station Completion Date: May 3, 2008 Contract Price: $598,010 Owner: Lake Cities Municipal Utility Authority Project Name: Lake Cities Lift Station No. 8 Contact: Mike Saunders 682/225-6395 Scope: Replace Existing Lift Station Completion Date: July 10, 2008 Contract Price: $279,000 Owner: City of Decatur, Texas Project Name: Wise County Water Supply District 1.0 MG GST & Pump Station Contact: Mike Shelton, P.E. 817/335-6511 Scope: Construct New 1.0 MG GST & Pump Station Completion Date: June 1, 2008 Contract Price: $1,983,000 7/3/2018 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Owner: City of Fort Worth, Texas Project Name: Lake Worth Lift Station Replacement Project Contact: Chris Harder, P.E. (In -House City Engineer/Manager) 817/392-8293 Scope: Replace Existing Lift Station Completion Date: December, 2008 Contract Price: $983,000 Owner: Greater Texoma Utility Authority Project Name: 2007 Digester Gas Improvements in the City of Sherman, TX Contact: Glen Middleton (Carollo Engineers) 972/239-9949 Scope: Replace Digester Gas System Completion Date: December 3, 2008 Contract Price: $993,000 Owner: City of Heath, Texas Project Name: Shepherds Glen Lift Station Contact: Damir Lulo (Freeman-Millican Engineers) 214-503-0555 Scope: New Lift Station Completion Date: November 30, 2008 Contract Price: $363,600 Owner: Greater Texoma Utility Authority Project Name: South Plant Pump Station in the City of Anna, TX Scope: New Pump Station Contact: Tim Morris (Morris Engineers) 903/868-1644 Scope: Pump station with chemical injection systems Completion Date: June 24, 2009 Contract Price: $1,062,425 Owner: Trinity River Authority of Texas (TRA) Project Name: TRA Lift Station No. 7 Improvements Contact: Daniel Stoutenberg (Freese and Nichols) 817/735-7300 Scope: Refurbish Existing Lift Station Contract Price: $2,558,000 Owner: City of Plano Project Name: Mapleshade Lift Station Contact: John Birkhoff, P.E. (Birkfhoff, Hendricks, and Conway) (214) 361-7900 Scope: New Lift Station Contract Price: $2,357,000 Owner: City of Meridian, Texas Project Name: Meridian Treated Water Delivery System Contact: Stephen Riedl (Chiang, Patel & Yerby) 214-638-0500 Scope: Two (2) New Pump Stations with Chlorine Disinfection Systems and New Ground Storage Tank Completion Date: February 28, 2010 Contract Price: $1,330,000 Owner: Brown County Water Improvement District No. 1 Project Name: West WTP Rehabilitation Contact: Chris Jones (Freese & Nichols) 817-735-7300 Scope: Water Treatment Plant Improvements 7/3/2018 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Completion Date: February 28, 2010 Contract Price: $2,097,400 Owner: City of University Park Project Name: Germany Park Booster Pump Station Contact: Mr. Patrick Moseley, P.E. (Alan Plummer Associates, Inc.) 214-631-6100 Scope: New Water Pump Station Completion Date: September 30, 2010 Contract Price: $3,887,000 Owner: City of Plano Project Name: Shiloh Pump Station Rehabilitation Contact: Mr. John Birkhoff, P.E. (Birkthoff, Hendricks, and Carter) 214- 361-7900 Scope: Rehabilitation of Existing Pump Station Completion Date: August 15, 2010 Contract Price: $921,000 Owner: Trinity River Authority Project Name: TRA Booster Pump Station Phase I Scope: New Booster Pump Station and Utility Lines Contact: Mr. Billy Wendland, P.E. (Burgess & Niple, Inc.) 817-306-1444 Ext. 105 Completion Date: August 30, 2010 Contract Price: $4,110,000 Approx. value of 1,500 LF of 36" RCCP utility line portion is $1.7 Million Owner: City of Carrollton, Texas Project Name: Columbian Club Pump Station Scope: Two (2) new Diesel Generators, MCC, Pump and Valve replacement Contact: Mr. John Birkhoff, P.E. (Birkthoff, Hendricks, and Carter) 214-361-0204 Completion Date: October 31, 2010 Contract Price: $2,297,000 Owner: City of Southlake, Texas Project Name: T.W. King Pump Station VTP#3 Contact: Mr. Bahram Niknam, P.E. (Deltatek Engineering) 469-374-9800 Scope: install one new vertical turbine pump Completion Date: August 15, 2010 Contract Price: $121,000.00 Owner: City of Grapevine, Texas (Crescent was subcontractor to Cooper General Contractors) Project Name: Park Improvements at the Vineyards Campground & Cabins Contact: Mr. Patrick Palacios, P.E. (Jacobs Engineering Group) 214-638-0145 Scope: Installing lift stations, gravity sewer lines and force main for pump station at campground Estimated Completion Date: September 30, 2010 Contract Price: $215,000.00 Owner: City of Emory, Texas Project Name: City of Emory - Wastewater Treatment Facilities Improvements Contact: Mr. Mic`ael J. Donnan, F.E. (Hayter Engineering, Inc.) 903-785-0303 Scope: New SBR wastewater treatment plant and polymer feed systems Estimated Completion Date: June 15, 2011 Contract Price: $1,871,520.00 7/3/2018 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Owner: City of Denton, Texas Project Name: Pecan Creek Water Reclamation Plant — Peak Flow Pump Station Contact: Mr. Pawan Gunjur, P.E. (CP & Y) 214-638-0500 Scope: Storm Water Holding Basin Lift Station Estimated Completion Date: July 30, 2011 Contract Price: $953,000.00 Owner: City of Denison, Texas Project Name: Randell Water Treatment Plant Improvements Contact: Ms. Suzanne Abbe, P.E. (Alan Plummer Assoc., Inc.) 817-806-1700 Scope: Construct 2.0 MG prestressed concrete clearwell and miscellaneous improvements to existing water treatment plant Contract Price: $2,581,000.00 Owner: Trinity River Authority of Texas Project Name: Bear Creek Lift Station Rehabilitation — Lift Station Rehabilitation Contact: Mr. Jared Schmerse, P.E. (CP & Y) 214-638-0500 Scope: Rehabilitation of existing lift station Contract Price: $1,762,335.00 Owner: Trinity River Authority Project Name: Colleyville West Booster Pump Station Contact: Mr. Billy Wendland, P.E. (Burgess & Niple, Inc.) 817-306-1444 Ext. 105 Scope: New booster pump station & force main utility lines Estimated Completion Date: October 31, 2011 Contract Price: $2,227,000.00 Approx. value of 24" RCCP utility line portion is $1.5 Million Contact: Mr. Damir Lulo, P.E. (Freeman-Millican, Inc.) 214-503-0555 ext. 105 Scope: Construct new Pump Station with a 15,000 g.p.m. initial capacity, a water quality control building housing chlorine and ammonia sulfate systems and a chlorine scrubber Estimated Completion Date: February 28, 2013 Contract Price: $6,003,452.00 Contact: Mr. David A. Gudal, P.E. (Alan Plummer Assoc., Inc.) 817-806-1700 Scope: Construct new raw water PS & intake channel, electrical building and components, and piping, LAS & sodium chlorite disinfection systems Estimated Completion Date: December 15, 2012 Contract Price: $3,793,000.00 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: South Delivery Points Improvements Priorty #1 Contact: Jeff Payne, P.E. (Freese and Nichols) 214-217-2200 Scope: Construct Four (4) New Meter Vaults for Three (3) Delivery Points Estimated Completion Date: May 31, 2013 Contract Price: $1,977,000.00 7/3/2018 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Electrical Improvements @ Raw Water Pump Station No. 2 Contact: Joe Kotrla, P.E. (McCreary and Associates) 972-458-8745 Scope: Construct New Electrical Building with Switchgear for Pump Station Estimated Completion Date: December 31, 2013 Contract Price: $5,157,000 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Floyd Branch Regional WWTP 2012 Odor Control Improvements Contact: James S. McMillen, P.E. (Perkins Engineering) 817-7 19-0372 Scope: Odor Control Improvements including a new BioTrickling Filter/Scrubber Estimated Completion Date: December 31, 2013 Contract Price: $817,000 wner: City o E ss Name: Reclaimed Water Delivery System & Pump Station Phase I Contact: Bran Wright, P.E. (Alan Pliuier & Associates, Inc.') '017-8106-1700 Scope: Reclaimed Water Pump Station w/ 12,000 LF of Utility lines from 4" to 24", sodium chlorite injection system Estimated Completion Date: June 2014 Contract Price: $2,960,720.25 Owner: City of Plano Project Name: J Place Sanitary Sewer Lift Station Replacement Contact: John Birkhoff, P.E. (Birkhoff, Hendricks, & Carter, LLP) 214-361-7900 Scope: Lift Station Replacement Estimated Completion Date: February 25, 2014 Contract Price: $726,000 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Wylie No. 3 Delivery Point Metering Upgrade Contact: Jay London, P.E. (Pacheco Koch) 972-235-3031 Scope: Delivery Point Metering Upgrade Estimated Completion Date: June 10, 2014 Contract Price: $250,000 Owner: City of Rowlett Project Name: Castle Drive 24" Waterline Contact: James Sibert, P.E. (Freese & Nichols) 214-217-2200 Scope: Installing New 24" Waterline Estimated Completion Date: June 2014 Contract Price: $1,187,000 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Farmersville Pump Station No. 2 Contact: Kevin R. Glovier, P.E. (The Wallace Group) 214-747-3733 Scope: Furnish & Install One Vertical Turbine Pump 7/3/2018 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Estimated Completion Date: October, 2014 Contract Price: $143,700 Owner: City of Rowlett Project Name: Rowlett Road Lower Pressure Plane Pump Station Contact: Chris Poteet (Freese & Nichols) 214-217-2200 Scope: Construction of Pump Station Estimated Completion Date: January, 2015 Contract Price: $3,711,000 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Lake Tawakoni WTP Sludge Lagoon Imp. Contact: David Vallejo, P.E. (Black & Veatch) 469-513-3175 Scope: New Sludge Lagoon & Pump Station at existing WTP Estimated Completion Date: January 2015 Contract Price: $3,463,000 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Electrical Improvements at HSPS 1-1 Project No. 202 Contact: Joseph Kotrla, P.E. (McCreary & Associates) 972-458-8745 Scope: Modifications of Pump Station and Electrical Improvements Completion Date: June 2015 Contract Price: $3,656,478.80 Owner: Benbrook Water Authority Project Name: Benbrook Water Treatment Plant Improvements Contact: David M. Smith, P.E. (Rush Creek Consulting, Inc.) 817-913-8764 Scope: Filter Refurbishment Estimated Completion Date: July, 2015 Contract Price: $925,000 Owner: Town of Flower Mound Project Name: Western Pump Station Phase I Contact: Kyle Sanderson, P.E. (Kimley Horn and Associates) 972-776-1732 Scope: Construction of a 26MGD Pump Station & 5.0 MG Ground Storage Tank Estimated Completion Date: February, 2016 Contract Price: $10,199,000 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: South Mesquite Creek RWWTP Screenings Handling Improvements Project No. 327 Contact: Mark Gorthey, P.E. (CDM Smith) 214-346-2800 Scope: Screening Improvements Estimated Completion Date: February, 2016 Contract Price: $3,270,000 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Rockwall #2 Flow Meter Project No. 286 Contact: David Perkins, P.E. (KSA Engineers) 972-542-2995 Scope: Flow Meter Estimated Completion Date: May, 2016 7/3/2018 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Contract Price: $730,600 Owner: Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Wilson Creek Regional WWTP Filter Improvements Project No. 309 Contact: Jeffrey E. Caffey, P.E. (Alan Plummer & Associates) 214-631-6100 Scope: WWTP Filter Improvements Estimated Completion Date: May, 2016 Contract Price: $2,687,997 Owner: City of McKinney Project Name: University Pump Station l OMG Ground Storage Tank Contact: Matt Hickey, P.E. (Birkhoff, Hendricks, & Carter) 214-361-7900 Scope: l OMG Wire Wound GST w/emergency generator Estimated Completion Date: December 2016 Contract Price: $6,398,000 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Dublin Relift Station Improvements Project No. 315 Contact: Kevin Meyers, P.E. (Black & Veatch) 469-513-3175 Scope: Relift Station Improvements Estimated Completion Date: June, 2016 Contract Price: $5,594,563 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Chapman Lake PS Electrical Imp Project No. 373 Contact: Jeff Hensley, P.E. (Freese & Nichols) 972-542-2995 Scope: Electrical Improvements Estimated Completion Date: April, 2017 Contract Price: $4,258,000 Owner: Greater Texoma Utility Authority & City of Sherman Project Name: WWTP Headworks LS Replacement & Electrical Upgrade Contact: Larry Freeman, P.E. (Freeman — Millican, Inc.) 214-503-0555 Scope: Headwork Imp & Electrical Upgrade Estimated Completion Date: March 2017 Contract Price: $4,616,245.96 Owner: North Texas Municipal Water District Project Name: Casa View Control Structure Improvements & GST Improvements No.326 Contact: Ashlyn Kelbly, P.E. (Kimley Horn) 972-770-1300 Scope: Structure and GST Improvements Estimated Completion Date: September 2017 Contract Price: $6,125,600 Owner: Upper Trinity Regional Water District Project Name: Lakeview Water Reclamation Plant Odor Control and Misc. Improvements Contact: Joshua P. Frisinger, P.E. (Alan Plummer & Associates) 817-806-1700 7/3/2018 Crescent Constructors, Inc. — Completed Projects Scope: Bio Scrubber, Chemical Feed Systems and Misc. Improvements Estimated Completion Date: August 2017 Contract Price: $2,133,000 7/3/2018 Ryan Glanz, PE - Project Manager Education BSCE Civil Engineering Purdue University MBA. Operations Management; University of North Texas Registrations/Licenses Professional Engineer in Texas Since 2004 #94607 Training/Certifications OSHA 10 Hour Certification OSHA 30 Hour Certification NCCCO Crane Awareness Cert Trench Safety TXDOT Traffic Control Certified First Aid/CPR SWPPP Mr. Glanz has over 18 years of experience in the construction of water and wastewater facilities. As a project manager he has overall respon- sibility for project success, ensuring project goals and objectives are accomplished according to design specifications. His experience in- cludes value engineering, procurement, cost projections and manage- ment, as well as coordination and oversight of subcontractors and vendors. In addition, he manages the project schedule and budget to ensure work is completed on-time and within the project budget. Project Experience Crescent Constructors, Plano.TX Project Manager, Meter Vault Set Point Control PH 2 Project, NTMWD, Rowlett, TX $6M - The project consists of mechanical piping modifications, new meter vault construction, electrical and instrumentation modifications. Project Manager, Casa View Control Structures & Ground Storage Tank Improvements, NTMWD, Dallas, TX $6M - The project consists of mechanical piping modifications, new meter vault construction, ground storage tank repairs, electrical and instrumentation modifications. Project Manager, Casa View Control Electrical Improvements, NTMWD, Dallas, TX $4M - The project consists of mechanical piping modifications, new meter vault construction, new masonry building, grading and drainage improve- ments, electrical and instrumentation modifications. Project Manager, Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements, City of Baird, Baird, TX $3M -The project consists of mechanical piping modifications, construction of multiple large poly lined detention ponds, lift station construction, pipe line installation, grading and drainage improvements, electrical and instrumenta- tion modifications. Project Manager, 3 MG Ground Storage Tank, City of Burleson, Burleson, TX $3M -The project consists of construction of 3 MG ground storage tank, me- chanical piping modifications, grading and drainage improvements, electrical and instrumentation modifications. RAMA Enterprises, Dallas, TX Project Manager, Elm Fork WTP, City of Dallas, Carrollton, TX $2M -The project consists of construction of concrete inlet and outlet struc- tures for detention ponds, mechanical modifications, electrical building, grad- ing, and concrete paving. MASTER Nov 201 Project Manager, BHP Ground Storage Tank, BHP SUD, Royse City, TX $2M -The project consists of construction of 3 MG ground storage tank, mechanical piping modifications, lift sta- tion, meter vaults, vertical turbine pumps, grading and drainage improvements, electrical and instrumentation modifications. Project Manager, Walnut Creek WTP Improvements 1 & 2, Walnut Creek SUD, Bridgeport, TX $1M -Two projects that consisted of mechanical piping modifications, chlorination system, construction of multiple large concrete lined detention ponds, lift station construction, chlorination building construction pipe line installa- tion, grading and drainage improvements, electrical and instrumentation modifications. Project Manager, Bright Star WTP Expansion, Bright Star SUD, Emory, TX $2M -Project consists of mechanical piping modifications, chlorination system, pre-packaged WTP tank installa- tion, chlorination building construction pipe line installation, grading and drainage improvements, electrical and instrumentation modifications. Project Manager, River Oaks WTP Improvements, River Oaks, River Oaks, TX $1 M - Project consisted of mechanical piping modifications, chlorination system, construction of multiple large concrete lined cletention ponds, lift station construction, grading and drainage improvements, elec- trical and instrumentation modifications. Project Manager, Northshore Lift Station Improvements, City of Rockwall, Rockwall, TX $1 M - Project consisted of lift station construction, mechanical piping modifications, submersible pump install, grading and drainage improvements, electrical and instrumentation modifications. Project Manager, Champion Lift Station Improvements, City of Carrollton, Carrollton, TX $21VI - Project consisted of lift station construction, mechanical piping modifications, submersible pump install, grading and drainage improvements, electrical and instrumentation modifications. Cajun Constructors, Lewisville. TX Project Manager, Midland WTP Improvements, City of Midland, Midland, TX $21 M - Construct 2.5 MGD clearwell tank, welded RCCP Pipe installation, vertical turbine and horizontal split case pump installation, clarifier installation, chlorine scrubber and injector installation, various pump installations, structural steel erection, electrical and instrumentation systems. Project Manager, SAWS ASR Wellfield Addition, San Antonio Water System, San Antonio, TX $20M - Construct 13 vertical turbine water wells, welded steel pipe, HDPE fused pipe, electrical and in- strumentation systems, flexbase and asphalt roads. Project Manager, Alta Mesa Pump Station, City of Dallas, Dallas, TX $71VI - Construct pump station, shoring of 40 ft deep excavation, welded RCCP Pipe, installation of hori- zontal split case pumps, masonry, electrical and instrumentation. systems. Project Manager, Sabine Creek WWTP, NTMWD, Royse City, TX $61VI - Grassroots construction of a Wastewater Treatment Plant. 1.5 MGD Plant. 35' Deep Lift Station, Aeration Basin, Two 50' clarifiers, UV Disinfection System, Tertiary Filter System, Blowers, Etc. David Caldwell - Project Manager Education BS, Construction Engineering Technology, Louisiana Tech University, Ruston, LA Training/Certifications OSHA 10 Hour Certification OSHA 30 Hour Certification Crane Awareness Course Trench Safety First Aid/CPR SWPPP Mr. Caldwell has over 17 years of experience in the construction of water and wastewater facilities. As a project manager he has overall responsibilityfor project success, ensuring project goals and objec- tives are accomplished according to design specifications. His experi- ence includes value engineering, procurement, cost projections and management, as well as coordination and oversight of subcontractors and vendors. In addition, he manages the project schedule and budget to ensure work is completed on-time and within the project budget. Project Experience Crescent Constructors Plano TX Project Manager, Princeton Lift Station, North Texas Municipal Water District, Wylie, Texas Project Manager, Exchange Parkway Ground Storage Tanks, North Texas Municipal Water District, Allen, Texas Project Manager, Lone Star Ranch Lift Station, City of Frisco, Frisco, Texas Project Manager, Lebanon Road Lift Station, City of Frisco, Frisco, Texas MWH Constructors, Grapevine, TX Project Manager, Stewart Creek West WWTP Expansion to 10 MGD, North Texas Municipal Water District, Frisco, Texas AUI Contractors Fort Worth TX Project Manager, DWU Southside Wastewater Treatment Plant, 2010 Major Maintenance & Rehab Improvements, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX Project Manager, Southside Wastewater Treatment Plant Odor Control Improvements, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX Project Manager, Baker No. 3 Storm Water Pump Station, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX $42.5M — This project includes the construction of Baker #3 Storm Water Pump Station and the refurbishment of the New Baker Pump Station. The Baker #3 Pump Station will receive four concrete volute pumps (CVP) with a combined capacity of 700,000 GPM. This is only the second installment of CVP's it the nation. Project Manager, Eastside Water Treatment Plant Filter to Waste & Electrical Improvements, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX $22M —This project consists of demolition of basins 4 and 6, replacement of valves and actuators in filter galleries 1, 2, and 3, new filter control structures, junction boxes, and concrete flumes for the filter galleries, demolition and replacement of electrical switch gear, installation of new process analyzers and turbidity meters. Project manager, Riverside Wastewater Treatment Plant Digester Sludge Removal, City of Fort Worth, TX $6.8M—This project included treatment, removal, and disposal of PCB contaminated sludge in eight digester ba- sins, neutralizing and disposing of over 3,000,000 gallons of contaminated water, demolition of the digesters and control rooms and final grading of the site. Project Manager, TRA CRWS Pump Station 14 Service Water Pumping Improvements, Trinity River Authority, Dallas, TX $4M —This project included the demolition of the mechanical equipment in the existing pump station and replac- ing the system with new piping, valves, pumps, HVAC, and Electrical. Project Manager, Southside Wastewater Treatment Plant 2012 Major Maintenance, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX $8.2M—This project included emergency storage basin wall demo and rehab, miscellaneous road repair, fire alarm and sprinkler installation, remote monitoring system, high water alarms, lagoon cleaning, miscellaneous electrical improvements, digester roof repair, chlorine and S02 feed lines and fuel station and canopy Project Manager, TRWD Richland Chambers Wetland Phase II — Wetlands Relift & Trinity River Pump Station Improvements, Trinity River Authority, Richland Chambers Lake, TX $3.5M -This project consists of modifications to the Trinity River Pump Station and the Relift Pump Station at the Richland Chambers Wetlands including installation of stainless steel and carbon steel 24" - 60" raw water pipe lines, valves, submersible pumps, air scoured static screen systems, and slide gates. Project Manager, Eagle Mountain Water Treatment Plant Clearwell #3, City of Fort Worth, TX $2.9M -This project consisted of the addition of a 3.5 MG Storage Tank and associated piping. AU self -performed 17,000 CY of excavation along with 4,400 CY of select backfill. This project increased Eagle Mountain Lake's current fresh water supply and allows them to meet an increasing demand. Project Manager, Village Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements, City of Fort Worth, TX $1.4M -The project includes removal and installation of six new digester mixers and construction of a new co - digestion building and recirculation pump station. Project Manager, Fate Pump Station #2 Improvements Phase I, City of Fate, TX $4.3M -The project includes construction of a new 2 million gallon ground water storage tank and construction of a new 13 MGD water pump station with associated piping. Project Manager, East Brown Pump Station & Ground Storage Reservoir, City of Wylie, TX $3.7M - This project consisted of construction of a new 1.5 MG ground storage reservoir, high service pump station and meter vault with associated underground pipe and valves. Project Manager, DeCordova Bend Dam Low Flow Outlet Works Repair, Brazos River Authority, Lake Granbury, TX $2.2M - Improvements/Rehab to Low Flow Outlet side of dam. Cajun Constructors, Lewisville, TX Project Manager, John W. Turk Jr. Power Plant, Raw Water Intake Facility, Fulton, AR $6.2M - Design Build Project which included construction of a raw water pump station on the river. Project Manager, WinStar Wastewater Treatment Plant, WinStar Casino, Thackerville, OK $4.6M - The project consisted of constructing a new Water / Wastewater plant for the casino and golf course. Project Manager, Southside Wastewater Treatment Plant Flow Distribution Structure, and Pump Station C Modifications, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX $15.6M -The project consisted of constructing a new flow diversion structure, modifications to the old diversion structure, and installation of new compaction and conveyor equipment for the Influent Pump Station C. Project Manager, Twin Oaks Water Treatment Plant Phase II, Carrizo Aquifer Storage and Recovery Program, San Antonio Water Systems, San Antonio, TX $21.2- The project included the installation of a new clearwell, construction of a new high service pump station, and associated yard 48" - 96" yard piping & valves. Project Manager, Clute-Lake Jackson Pump Station, Velasco Drainage District, Lake Jackson, TX $13.5M -The project included the construction of a new storm water pump station, installation of diesel pumps, and 96" piping. Project Manager, BEPC Raw Water Facilities Jack County Generating Plant, Brazos Electric Power Cooperative, Lake Bridgeport, TX $3.3M - The project included the construction of a new raw water pump station and intake structure. Project Manager, Southside WWTP Peak Flow Basin Improvements, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX $10.9M — The construction of a peak flow basin, piping, and gates used for peak flow events. Project Manager, Iron Bridge Pump Station, City of Lake Tawakoni, TX $3.91VI — The installation of 84" piping, valves, and concrete valve structures that tied into the pump station. Project Manager, Reclaimed Water Transmission Pump, River Road Wastewater Treatment Plant, City of Amarillo, TX $2.8M — Installation of new vertical turbine pumps Project Manager, Barscreen, Clarifier and Finished Water Reservoir Project, River Road Wastewater Treatment Plant, City of Amarillo, TX $5M — The project consisted of construction of the barscreen building, reservoir, and installation of clarifier equip- ment. Assistant Project Manager, Hackberry Pump Station, City of Irving, TX $10.5M — Construction of a new pump station including: pumps, piping, valves, electrical, and HVAC work. Assistant Project Manager, Southcliff Pump Station and Reservoir Project, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX $6.2M — Removal of the existing equipment and installation of new pumps, piping, and valves. Assistant Project Manager, Southside Wastewater Treatment Plant — Solids, Screening, and Thickening Facility, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX $15.2M — Construction of the new facility, including: piping, valves, equipment, HVAC, Odor Control System, and Electrical. Assistant Project Manager, Southside Wastewater Treatment Plant Chemical Handling Project, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, TX $3.4M — Installation of new chlorine equipment, piping, and valves. Assistant Project Manager, Lawton Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements, City of Lawton, OK $17.6M— The project consisted for constructing clarifiers, filters, high service pump station, blower building, aera- tion basin, peak flow basin, and digesters. Project Manager, Installation of Digester Recirculation Scumbusters, City of Duncan, OK $45k — Installation of digester mixing pumps. Bob Tewell --- Project Superintendant Education Greenville College Greenville. Illinois Train ing/Certificatic � 1 OSHA 10 Hour Certification Crane Awareness Course Trench Safety First Aid/CPR SWPPP Confined Space Training Smith System Driving Training Supervised Training in Accident Reduction (S.T.A.R.T.) Welding Certification Surveying Course Awards Received 2011 AUI Superintendent of the Year 2011 AUI Executive of the Year ABC Excellence in Construction - for Hackberry Pump Station - Irving Tx 1994 ACI Excellence in Pre- Cast- Egyptian Concrete Plant %ir. Tewell has over 43 vears in the construction industry with 33 of those beim a project superintendent, As a superintendent he assists with the preparation of the preconstruction plans and hazard analysis, organizes and oversees all employees and tasks on site, directs work of subcontractors, ensures proper and sufficient materials and equipment are readily available to maintain deadlines. He inspects all work in progress to ensure conformance to the specifications of the job and construction schedule and is responsible for the implementation and cooperation of the project safety plan. Project Experience Crescent Constructors Plano TX Project Superintendent, Pump Station No. 2 Improvements and 5MG GSR, City of Forney, Forney, Tx $7M — This project includes the addition of two (2) new 6,OOOgpm 400 HP vertical turbine pumps inside existing pump cans, discharge pip- ing, electrical and control building, and a new 5 MG ground storage reservoir. Project Superintendent, Toni Harpooi Regional WWTP, Upper Trinity Regional Water District, Aubrey, Tx $4M - This project consisted of the installation of three (3) new verti- cal turbine pumps and motors, discharge piping, hydraulic improve- ments, and two (2) new finished meter vaults. MWH Constructors, Grapevine, Tx Project Superintendent, Apex Phase III Expansion WTP, City of Cary, North Carolina $45M — This project consisted of six (6) new filters, two (2) new sludge blanket clarifiers, new ozone generators, new chemical lines and pumps, dewatering conveyors and scales, as well as a new ozone and chemical finish building. Project Superintendent, Bachman Expansion WTP, City of Dallas, Dallas, Tx $53M - This project included a new clear well, new lime silos, chemi- cal trenches, chemical lines and pumps, and had a major tie-in to add six (6) new vaults. AUI Contractors, Fort Worth, TX Project Superintendent, Eastside WTP, City of Dallas, Dallas, Tx $22M -This project included filter rehabilitation, electrical improvements adding four (4) new transformer pads, piping rehabilitation, demo work on 3 galleries to install new actuators and air piping, four (4) new junction boxes with associated flumes to make a total of 562 feet, and three (3) new filter control struc- tures with connecting piping. Project Superintendent, Southside Wastewater Treatment Plant Odor Control improvements, Dallas Wates Utilities, Dallas, TX $11 M -This project consisted of the removal of the existing oder control system, the installation of the new odor control system, installation of new biofilters at Pump Station C, Aerated Grit Building and Pista Grit Building, and construction of two large valve vaults at the Filter Basins with 54'- 66' yard piping and valves. Project Superintendent, Southside WWTP, City of Dallas, Dallas, Tx $7M -This project included the rehabilitation of mono fields, there was major grading to remove 320,000 cubic yards of dirt, adding a new box culvert and rip rap around the ponds on site. Reynolds, Inc Project Superintendent, Bob Sandlin WTP, City of Mt. Pleasant, Mt. Pleasant, Tx $16M -This project consisted of the construction of the five (5) MGD Southside WTP with modifications to the ex- isting Lake Bob Sandlin Raw Water Pump Station, new construction of a ten (10) million -gallon raw water reser- voir, modifications to the existing raw water booster pump station and the existing WTP, the development and integration of SCADA, as well as improvements to the electrical and power facilities. Oscar- Ronda, Project Superintendent, Eastside WTP Expansion, City of Dallas Utilities, Sunnyville, Tx $97M -This project included the demolition of three existing clearwells to add four (4) new one hundred million gal- lon clearwells with flume boxes connecting to one major junction box connecting to TPC one, two, and three, as well as two new junction boxes. Project Superintendent, Camp Wisdom Pump Station, City of Dallas Utilities, Dallas, Tx $8.5M - This project consisted of four (4) new split -case pumps, pump suction and discharge piping, valves and appurtenances, plumbing fixtures and piping, HVAC equipment installation, and instrumentation. It added a new diesel generator and fuel system, associated equipment and accessories, new flow meter vaults, site work, demo- lition work, landscaping, and fencing. Project Superintendent, Tom Harpool WTP, City of Aubrey, Aubrey, Tx $34M -This project included a new Zenon membrane system with the capacity to produce eighteen million gallons of water daily, adding two (2) new ten million gallon ponds, a lift station with four (4) vertical turbine pumps, a pneumatic system that supplied back wash plant water, and a new chemical building with caustic sodium hypo- chlorite, ammonia, and fluoride systems. Cajun Constructors, Lewisville, Tx Project Superintendent, Clute Lake Jackson Pump Station Expansion, Lake Jackson, Tx $13.5M -This project consisted of adding a new pump station facility that included four (4) new horizontal turbine pumps, 10' discharge piping, valves and appurtenances, electrical gear, bar screens, plumbing fixtures and pip- ing, HVAC equipment installation, instrumentation, and a new diesel generator. Major sheet piling was also added to protect the station from the water channel and Brazio River. Project Superintendent, Southside WVVTP Peak Flow Basin, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, Tx $10.9M -This project included the new construction of a one hundred and twenty million gallon concrete lined peak flow basin with a bentonite slurry cutoff trench, construction of a new flow meter vault as well as rehabilitation to the existing vault, new guardrail and non -potable water wash down system, asphalt road repairs, and the installa- tion of two (2) new ground water monitoring wells. Project Superintendent, Lockheed Martin RCS and WCP Structure, Burns and McDonald. Fort Worth, Tx UAW This project consisted of new chiller plant piping and concrete structures for RCS and piping. Project Superintendent, Greenville WTP, City of Greenville, Greenville, Tx $400K -This project included renovations to the existing filter land 2. Project Superintendent, Hackberry Pump Station, City of Irving, Irving, Tx S1 1,2M - This project consisted of the new construction of a pump station facility with split case pumps, new flow meter vaults, new radio transmission building. pump suction and discharge piping, valves and appurtenances, electrical gear, plumbing fixtures and piping, HVAC equipment installation, a diesel generator and fuel system, and new landscaping and fencing. This project won the 2003 ABC Excellence in Construction Award. Project Superintendent, Southside WTP Solid Screening and Thickening, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, Tx $15M - This project included the new construction of a dual feed electrical substation with a three channel screening area, pig catching facility, solids handling pumps, gravity bell thickeners, polymer storage and feed equipment, odor containment enclosure, FRP ductwork, and biofilters. Project Superintendent, Southside Wastewater Treatment Plant Chemical Handling Plant, Dallas Water Utilities, Dallas, Tx $3,400 - This project included the demolition of the existing chlorine and sulfur oxide building walls, demolition of existing chlorine and sulfur dioxide equipment and piping, new construction of sulfur dioxide buildings, chemical feed equipment, piping and appurtenances, construction of new emergency gas scrubbing system, as well as other miscellaneous improvements. Project Superintendent, Village Creek WTP, City of Forth Worth, For Worth, Tx $10.4M - This project consisted of the new construction of a digester gas compressor building, installation of new stainless steel digester gas piping, installation of five (5) new digester compressors, reconditioning of ten (10) ex- isting digester compressors, demolished all existing gas piping located in digester galleries, new site paving, pip- ing, and electrical work. Project Superintendent, Alabama Wastewater Expansion, City of Fort Payne, Fort Payne, Al $12M - The project included the expansion of the existing WWTP adding a new influent junction box, 6 MGD oxi- dation ditch, clarifiers, screw pump station, raw wastewater pump station, clarifier splitter box, digesters, and un- derground piping. Assistant SuDerintenrlent. Haskell Street WTP Procp,;s Uprirade, City of El Paso, EI Paso, Tx S20M — This project consisted of adding new aeration basins, new blower building, return activated sludge pump- ing stations, plant watE.r pump station, electrical equipment building, and mixed sludge pump station. Modifica- tions were made to the existing oxygenation basins, secondary clarifiers, chlorine building, 3hlorine contact basin, secondary distribution structures and WAS pumping station, and dewatering system with modifications to the ex- isting pump and power building to function as an office/ shop. Brad Little - Project Superintendent Master Nov2017 11r. Little has 17 years of experience in the water and wastewater in- dustry, spending the majority of his career as a project superintendent. His experience covers both common and alternative delivery methods and he is familiar with all policies and procedures. Mr. Little oversees all crews on the field to ensure the project successfully meets the qual- ity, standards, budgetary, and scheduling goals. Project Experience Train ingtCertifications Superintendent, Bachman Water Treatment Plant Improvements, Dallas 00- n A,O-nour Water Utilities, Dallas, TX Confined Space Training Mr. Little was the project superintendent for this $48M, 150-mgd water treat - Crane Rigging and Signal Training ment plant improvement project that includes new raw water and ozone water meter vaults, rapid mix pump facilities, solids handling improvements, chlorine Forklift Operation and Safety Training and ammonia systems, polymer system and associated piping. He is respon- Trained Welder and Fitter sible for managing the daily operations, and directs the work of assistant su- CPR, First -Aid and AED perintendents and field personnel. Years of Experience Superintendent, Filter Rehabilitation Plant 2 & 3, North Texas Municipal Water District, Wylie, TX IvIVJFiC t Total: 17 This $6M project included rehabilitation on 23 Leopold filters. This included removal of all media and block. Then the filter structure was prepped and painted and new air scour piping, filter block and medial installed. He man- aged all field employees, subcontractors and vendors. Mr. Little worked closely with District personnel to coordinate this project while keeping the plant operational. Superintendent, Chlorine Railcar Building and Scrubber, North Texas Municipal Water District, Wylie, TX This $6M project included construction of a new chorine rail car building, chlorine evaporators, piping and scrubber system. The railcar building will hold 160 tons of liquid chlorine. The excavation for this building require shor- ing a 60 -in raw waterline that could not be interrupted. Mr. Little was the su- perintendent for the general contractor and was responsible for coordination with subcontractors, vendors and District personnel. He also managed the assistant superintendent, foremen, and field personnel. Superintendent, Basin 5 & 6 Pump Station, North Texas Municipal Water District, Wylie, TX Mr. Little was the superintendent for this $400K project that included a de- watering pumps and piping for Basins 5 & 6 at Plant 2 for the NTMWD. This project was in progress with the chlorine railcar building. Both jobs were fin- ished on time and under budget. Master Nov2017 Superintendent, Floyd Branch Wastewater Treatment Plant, North Texas Municipal Water District, Richardson, TX This project included improvements to the Floyd Branch wastewater treatment plant clarifier and dewatering build- ing. This $7M project included a new circular clarifier, and dewatering/odor control facility. This project is in a very tight area with very little room for construction. Mr. Little was responsible for all coordination with subcontractors and District and for all field operations and field personnel. This project finished on time and under budget. Superintendent, Mountain Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant Glar+r1Pr and Filters Pmeto ct. Trinity River Authority, Midlothian, TX The Mountain Creek Regional Wastewater System has a 3-mgd treatment plant and 23 miles of pipeline, includ- ing a new lift station, force main, and existing 0.9-mgd wastewater treatment plant to serve the South Dallas area. This project uses UV disinfection and includes drum screens, aeration basins, aerobic digesters, and final clarifi- ers. Treated effluent is discharged into a stream that makes its way into Joe Pool Lake nearby. Mr. Little was the superintendent for the general contractor on this $10M project. The project finished on time and under budget. Superintendent, Johnson County Pump Stations, Johnson County SLID, Keene, TX Mr. Little was the superintendent on this $16M project. This project included multiple sites and delivery points stretched over 60 miles. There were two pump stations at two different sites with ground storage tanks. Each pump station included four 400 HP pumps, valves, piping and pre stressed tanks. Mr. Little was responsible for coordinating with Johnson County SUD, EOR, and all subcontractors. He was also responsible for assistant su- perintendents, foremen and all other field personnel. This project was finish on time and under budget. Superintendent, Midway Road Pump Station, City of Lewisville, TX This $15.5M project included a 5 MG pre -stressed concrete storage tank, pump station building with five 350 HP vertical turbine pumps, meter vaults, piping/valves and paving. Mr. Little was the superintendent for the general contractor, overseeing all field activities, personnel, and subcontractors. Superintendent, Denton Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion, Trinity River Authority, Roanoke, TX This $39M project expanded capacity at an existing wastewater treatment plant to 11.5 mgd. Work included con- struction of a new wastewater train, as well as modifications to existing facilities. Construction also included a new aeration basin, blower building with new blowers, new UV structure and equipment, new filter structure with new disk filters, new centrifuges, four new clarifiers, sludge pump stations; new head works with grit removal system, new bar screens, new pump station with vertical turbine pumps, yard piping, and major electrical and instrumenta- tion renovations. Mr. Little managed all onsite work performed on the project. Superintendent, Denton Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant Dewatering Facility, Trinity River Authority, Roanoke, TX Mr. Little was the superintendent on this $9M project. The plant is capable of treating 11.5 mgd and the system includes 25 miles of interceptor pipelines varying from 15 to 36 inches in diameter. The project included a new dewatering building and peak flow basin. He was responsible for all coordination of subcontractors. He was also responsible for all field employees. This project was completed early and under budget. Superintendent, Longview Water Treatment Plant Filter Improvements and Reservoir, City of Longview, TX Mr. Little was the superintendent on this $6M filter improvement project. This project included rehab of 8 filters, construction of 30 MG lagoon, raw water pump station and Powder activated carbon facility. He was responsible for coordination of subcontractors, and supervision of all field personnel. This project finished on time and well under budget. Charlie Bigham- Project Superintendent Master Nov2017 Mr. Bigham has worked in the municipal and industrial construction 7 markets throughout his 30 plus years, holding positions ranging from research developer to project superintendent. He oversees all crew ' .t members, safety requirements, and deadlines while keeping the project on budget and on time. Project Experience Superintendent, Baird WWTP Improvements, City of Baird, Baird, Tx Mr. Bigham was the superintendent on this improvement project to a 25MGD Facultative Lagoon Pond System WWTP He also oversaw improve- ments to the lift station, force main, irrigation pump structure, irrigation efflu- ent line, and irrigation pivot. Training/Certifications Superintendent, Casa View Control Structure and GST Improvements CPR and First Aid No 326, North Texas Municipal Water District, Dallas, Tx Confined Space Training Mr Bigham was the assistant superintendent on this improvement project, Trench Safety Training adding two new flow control meter vaults, motor operated butterfly valves, and rehabilitating two concrete cast -in-place ground storage tanks. Mr. Years of Experience Bigham helped managed all subcontractors, field personnel, and scheduling Crescent 4 for this project that finished ahead of schedule. Total: 30 Superintendent, Chapman Lake Pump Station Electrical Improvements No 373, North Texas Municipal Water District, Sulphur Springs, Tx On this 4.5 million dollar project, Mr. Bigham oversaw she new construction of an electrical building, PLC cabinet, as well as the replacement of a new 416OV switchgear. Mr. Bigham ensured the project stayed on schedule by directing all crew members, subcontractor scheduling, and all self perform work on site. Superintendent, Dublin Relift Station Improvements, North Texas Municipal Water District, Parker, Tx Mr. Bigham was the assistant superintendent on this 6.4 million dollar project Ito build a new diversion structure and wet well, a new electrical building, new pad mounted standby generator, and 100ft communication tower. With the close supervision of Mr. Bigham this project finished ahead of schedule and under budget. Superintendent, Wilson Creek Regional WWTP Filter Improvements, North Texas Municipal, Wylie, Tx This 2.8 million dollar project included demolishing the existing filter equip- ment, installing a new disk filtration system, making structural modifications to the existing filter basins, and installing new slide gates. Mr Bigham over- saw all crew and subcontractor scheduling, as well as shipments and deliver- ies. Master Nov2017 Patrick Jones - Project Superintendent Superintendent, South Mesquite Wastewater Treatment Plant Screenings Handling Improvement Project, North Texas Municipal Water District, Mesquite, TX Mr. Jones was the superintendent on this $3.6M wastewater treatment plant pro- ject. This project improved the screenings and handling and rehabilitated the headworks. Mr. Jones managed subcontractor and crew scheduling, reviewed submittals and directed all work and crews onsite. Project Superintendent, Thomas E. Taylor Regional Water Treatment Plant, Upper Trinity Regional Water District, Lewisville, TX Mr. Jones was the project superintendent on this $3M project. This facility treats up to 70-mgd and provides treated water to Denton County. This project installed the onsite sodium hypochlorite generating system and utilizes state-of-the-art technology to treat the water. This system replaces the older hypochlorite system installed 10 years prior. Mr. Jones ensured the project remained on schedule and on time by directing onsite crews, ordering materials in a timely fashion and man- aging subcontractor scheduling. Superintendent, Lower Pressure Plane Pump Station, City of Rowlett, TX Mr. Jones was the superintendent on this $3.7M project for the City of Rowlett. Mr. Jones reviewed submittals, scheduled subcontractors, and directed all self - perform work onsite. Master Nov201 Mr. Jones has 15 years of water and wastewater experience, spending the last seven as a project superintendent. He ensures all field work is properly pre planned and safely implemented. Mr. Jones ensures all work is performed according to work documents, contract documents. specifilca- tions and drawings. He directs all self -perform work and ensures that crews meet schedule deadlines and maintain the budget and quality. Training/Certifications Project Experience OSHA 10 -hour Assistant Superintendent, Stewart Creek West Wastewater Treatment Plant CPR First Aid and AED Expansion, North Texas Municipal Water District, Frisco, TX Mr. Jones serves as assistant superintendent on this expansion, increasing the Years of Experience wastewater plant capacity from 5 to 10 MGD. MWHC is the general contractor, Crescent 1 self -performing 75% of the work, including excavation, concrete, miscellaneous otal 16 metal work, underground and mechanical piping and equipment installation. Mr. Jones is directing all crews onsite and ensuring the project remains on budget and on time. New additions include an influent pump station, submersible pumps and associated equipment and piping, headworks building, primary and second- ary clarifier, and a new primary sludge pumping station. Superintendent, South Mesquite Wastewater Treatment Plant Screenings Handling Improvement Project, North Texas Municipal Water District, Mesquite, TX Mr. Jones was the superintendent on this $3.6M wastewater treatment plant pro- ject. This project improved the screenings and handling and rehabilitated the headworks. Mr. Jones managed subcontractor and crew scheduling, reviewed submittals and directed all work and crews onsite. Project Superintendent, Thomas E. Taylor Regional Water Treatment Plant, Upper Trinity Regional Water District, Lewisville, TX Mr. Jones was the project superintendent on this $3M project. This facility treats up to 70-mgd and provides treated water to Denton County. This project installed the onsite sodium hypochlorite generating system and utilizes state-of-the-art technology to treat the water. This system replaces the older hypochlorite system installed 10 years prior. Mr. Jones ensured the project remained on schedule and on time by directing onsite crews, ordering materials in a timely fashion and man- aging subcontractor scheduling. Superintendent, Lower Pressure Plane Pump Station, City of Rowlett, TX Mr. Jones was the superintendent on this $3.7M project for the City of Rowlett. Mr. Jones reviewed submittals, scheduled subcontractors, and directed all self - perform work onsite. Master Nov201 Superintendent, Johnson County Pump Stations and Delivery, Johnson County, Clayborn, TX Mr. Jones was the superintendent on this $8M project. The contract included the construction of three pump stations and associated buildings and tanks spread out around Johnson County. Superintendent, Lake Tawakoni Sodium Chlorine Dioxide System, North Texas Municipal Water District, Terre[, TX Mr. Jones was the superintendent on this $2M water treatment plant, installing a new chemical storage system. Superintendent, Duck Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant Sludge Transfer Station, City of Garland, TX Mr. Jones was the superintendent on this $2M project. The Duck Creek WWTP is an activated sludge and trickling filter/solids contact plant that treats 40 mgd before discharging the effluent into Duck Creek. Superintendent, Floyd Branch Regional WWTP, North Texas Municipal Water District, Richardson, TX Mr. Jones was the superintendent on this $2M project installing UV facilities at the 4,75-mgd Floyd Branch RWWTP. 6'aster Nov<il ; - FORTWORTH i May 24, 2018 Mr Michael G Daigre Crescent Constructors Inc 2560 Technology Dr Ste 400 Plano, TX 75074 PREQUALIFICATION TO BID CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS Dear Mr. Daigre: Thank you for your submittal of information and data toward prequalification to perform our work. We are pleased to advise that your prequalification has been finalized. A bid limit $17,502,170.00 has been established for your organization based on the financial data submitted. Your firm is prequalified to perform the following work: -- Facility work in Water Treatment Plants, Pump Stations, Storage Tanks, Wastewater Treatment Plants, Lift Stations — Miscellaneous work restricted to City of Fort Worth CayloT 5MG GST Part 1 and 2 The prequalification and bid limit established above will remain current through 7/31/2019 This date was established to be sixteen (16) months from the date of the most recent financial statement received, unless rescinded for cause. Should you desire prequalification in the future beyond the aforementioned, submittal of updated financials, work experience, and equipment list will be necessary for this department to establish a new bid limit. Please be advised that the plans and documents for the work to be performed must be submitted to and approved by the City of Fort Worth Water Department. We appreciate your interest in our work and should you have some question in this or other matters within our purview, please do not hesitate to contact Mr. John Kasavich at (817)392-8480 or Norma Sauceda at (817)392- 6055. 817)3926055. Yours very truly, MAIL TO: John Kasavich, P.E. Fort Worth Water Department Engineering & Regulatory Services f Chris Harder, P. E. 200 Texas Street Acting Director Fort Worth, TX 76102 WATER OF Farr Watm * 1000 ThaocKMoirroN STRW * Farr Woirm, T©w 76102 817-392-8240 * Fm 817-392-8195 0 Printed an recycled paper Crescent Constructors, Inc - Owned Equipment Equipment Model Make Year Cranes 30 Ton Crane Link Belt 2009 50 Ton Crane Groove 2014 80 Ton Crane Groove 2017 Backhoes 416 Backhoe 2wd Caterpillar 2014 416 Backhoe Caterpillar 2014 416F Extenda-Hoe Caterpillar 2014 416F -4E Extenda-Hoe Caterpillar 2014 416F -4E Extenda-Hoe Caterpillar 2017 416F -4E Extenda-Hoe Caterpillar 217 420F -4S Caterpillar 2017 Excavators PC 200 Excavator Komatsu 2013 PC 290 Excavator Komatsu 2013 PC 360 Excavator Komatsu 2017 PC 490 Excavator Komatsu 2017 Dozers D39ex Dozer Komatsu 2006 D6k Dozer Caterpillar 2017 Loaders WA270-8 Loader Komatsu 2017 WA270-8 Loader Komatsu 2017 Skid Steers 265D Skid Steer Caterpillar 2017 185cfm Chicago 185cfm Chicago 185cfm Chicago 185cfm Doosan Crescent Constructors also owns several pick-up trucks, trailers, and small tools 004526- 1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Page I of 2 SECTION 00 45 26 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(x), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project No, CO2273 Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: Crescent Constructors, Inc. ME Michael G. Daigre, President Company (Pte se Pr'nt) J It A Ai A 2560 Technlogy Dr, Suite 400 Signature: • Address Plano, Tx 75074 _ Title: President City/State/Zip (Please Print) THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared Michael G. Daigre known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed -the same as the act and deed of Crescent Constructors, Inc. the capacity therein stated. for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this 28 ,day of June ---,2018. USA HILL 4WYA NOTARY PUBUC, STATE OF TEXAS Notary Public in and fbr the State of Texas MY COMM. EXP. ?12112022 NOTARY 10#112412838.9 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 02273 Revised July I, 2011 00 45 26-2 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Page 2 of 2 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure ofGascous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 02273 Revised July 1, 2011 Rug ,.8 05 12: 1 S Harrison Steck t8171 348-0407 P-3 Corporations Section Roger Williams P.0 ;Box 13597 �,Secretary of State Austin, Texas 78711-3697 Y' f Office of the Secretary of State CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF CRESCENT CONSTRUCTORS, M. Filixtg Number: 800531672 The wxkraignad, as Secretary of Stam of Texas, hereby eeraftes that Articles of Wcoqnttion for the above named corporation have ban received in this office and bave been found to conform to law. Aecmdugly, tate tlu krsigned, as Sectetary of State, and by virtue of the authocity vested in the Secretary by law, hereby issues this Catificate of kuorporaden, Issuuace of alis Certificate of Incorporation docs not authorize the use of a name in this stare in violation of the rights of another under the federal Tradema t: Act of 1%6, the Tan trademark law, the Assumed Business or Professional Name Act, or the common law. Dated; 08/15/2005 Effective: 08/15/2005 w\► i�i1 a .1 �' l v + Roger Williaaas Secretary of State Come vWt us on the imereet at hMV/www.sos,mw.tx.u=/ PSzoee: (412) 463-5555 Fax: (512) 463-3704 TTY: 7-1 Prepared by: Debi ytojica Documeac 100447350002 I8 05'12:1SP Harrison Steck (8171 �j4o-u"u, ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION of CRESCENT CONSTRUCTORS, INC. The undersigned natural person of the age of twenty-one (21) years or more, is a citizen of the State of Texas, acting as incorporator of a Corporation under the TExas BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT, and hereby adopts the following Articles of Incorporation for such Corporation: ARTICLE 1. MOM The name ofthe Corporation is CRESCENT CONSTRUCTORS, Z4C. ARTICLE U. DURA QN The Corporation's period of dunation is perpetual. The address of the Corporation's principal office is: 1100 Grinnell Drive Richardson, Texas 75081 The street address of the Corporation's initial registered office is 1100 Sinclair Building, 512 Main Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is Toby W. Burke. ARTICLE V. DDIRECTOR5 The number of directors constihrting the initial Board of Directors is One (1). The number of director's may be increased or decreased from time to time by amendment Articles of IaGorpoeation dr t`tett Constructors, Inc. t 1;+id 05, 12:13P Harrison Steck te17) 348-0407 P. to the Bylaws of the Corporation. ;the name and address of the persons who are to serve as the initial directors are: Michael G. Daigre 1100 Crrinrtell Drive Richardson, Texas 75081 ARTICLE Vi. MR—POSE The purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is organized shall be to Cable (i) generally in the construction, alteration or repair of buildings or structures on real estate; (ii) the real estate business, including but not limited to, the purchase, improvement, development, leasing, We and exchange of real estate; and (iii) in any lawful purpose or purposes that are conferred on corporations under the laws of the Stale of Texas and that are necessary or proper in connection with that purpose. ARTICLE VII. s____MA�lt!�E STRiJCnx 7.1. Classesofof� The Corporation may issue two classes of shares, designated as Class A and Class B. The Corporation may issue a total of 500,000 shares. The authorized number of Class B shares is 250,000 and the par value of each is $1.00. The authorized number of Class A shares is 250,000, which shares are witbout par value. The Class A shares are common shares. The Class B shares must be issued as fully paid, nonassessable shares. 7.2. Clog B Spam. The Class B shares shall not be issued in series. The Class B shares are designated as twelve percent (12%) cumulative shares. These shares sball be paid cumulative dividends at the annual rate of twelve percent (I No), as set forth in Paragraph 7.3 below, are nonparticipating as set forth in Paragraph 7.4 below, are noncovertible as set forth in Paragraph 7.5 below, are callable or rc decmable by the Corporation as set forth in Paragraph 7.6 below, and have the voting rights as set forth in Paragraph 7.7 below. 7.3. Dividends. The Class B shareholders are entitled to receive dividends out of any funds legally available for that purpose at the annual rate of twelve percent (125/6) of the par value and no more, payable in cash at the intervals that the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The dividends will accrue from the date the Class B shares are issued and are considered to accrue from day to day, whether or not earned or declared_ The dividends will be payable before any dividends are paid, declared, or set apart for the Class A shares. Finally, the dividends are cumulative so that if for any Articles of Incorporation for Crescent Constructors, Inc. + 2 00_45_40 - 1 Minority Business Enterprise Specifications Page 1 of 2 SECTION 00_45_40 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS APPLICATION OF POLICY If the total dollar value of the contract is greater than $50,000, then a MBE subcontracting goal is applicable. POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in the procurement of all goods and services. All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid. MBE PROJECT GOALS The City's MBE goal on this project is 25% of the total bid value of the contract (Base bid applies to Parks and Community Services). Note: If both MBE and SBE subcontracting goals are established for this project, then an Offeror must submit both a MBE Utilization Form and a SBE Utilization Form to be deemed responsive. COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS On City contracts $50,000 or more where a MBE subcontracting goal is applied, Offerors are required to comply with the intent of the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance by one of the following: 1. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MBE subcontracting participation, or 2. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MBE Joint Venture participation, or 3. Good Faith Effort documentation, or; 4. Prime Waiver documentation. SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The applicable documents must be received by the Purchasing Division, within the following times allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications. The Offeror shall deliver the MBE documentation in person to the appropriate employee of the purchasing division and obtain a date/time receipt. Such receipt shall be evidence that the City received the documentation in the time allocated. A faxed and/or emailed copy will not be accepted. 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business goal is met or exceeded: day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 2. Good Faith Effort and received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business Subcontractor Utilization Form, if day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening participation is less than statedgoal: date. 3. Good Faith Effort and received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business Subcontractor Utilization Form, if no day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening MBE participation: date. 4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form, received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business if you will perform all day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening contract in /su lier work: date. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvement Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 02273 Revised June 9, 2015 00_45_40-2 Minority Business Enterprise Specifications Page 2 of 2 5. Joint Venture Form, if goal is met received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business or exceeded. day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S BUSINESS DIVERSITY ENTERPRISE ORDINANCE WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THE REQUIRED MBE DOCUMENTATION WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE. A SECOND FAILURE WILL RESULT IN THE OFFEROR BEING DISQUALIFIED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR. THREE FAILURES IN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD WILL RESULT IN A DISQUALIFICAITON PERIOD OF THREE YEARS. Any Questions, Please Contact The MIWBE Office at (817) 212-2674. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvement Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 02273 Revised June 9, 2015 FORT WORTH City of Fort Worth Minority Business Enterprise MBE Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form ATTACHMENTIA Page 1 of 4 OFFEROR COMPANY NAME: Crescent Constructors, Inc Check applicable block to describe Offeror M/W/DBEry/1 NON-MM/DBE PROJECT NAME: VCWRF Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine & Misc Improvements BID DATE 6/28/2018 City's MBE Project Goal: 25 % Offeror's MBE Project Commitment: 16.1 Bio PROJECT NUMBER CO2273 Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with requested documentation, and received by the Purchasing Division no later than 2:00 p.m. on the second City business day after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. The undersigned Offeror agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the MBE firm(s) listed in this utilization schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. MBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the six (6) county marketplace at the time of bid or the business has a Significant Business Presence in the Marketplace. Marketplace is the geographic area of Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker, and Wise counties. Prime contractors must identify by tier level of all subcontractors/suppliers. Tier: means the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor/consultant i.e. a direct payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered 1 st tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2nd tier: The prime contractor is responsible to provide proof of payment of all tiered subcontractors identified as a MBE and counting those dollars towards meeting the contract committed goal. ALL MBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD. Certification means those firms, located within the Marketplace, that have been determined to be a bondafide minority business enterprise by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) or other certifying agencies that the City may deem appropriate and accepted by the City of Fort Worth. If hauling services are utilized, the Offeror will be given credit as long as the MBE listed owns and operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to be used on the contract. The MBE may lease trucks from another MBE firm, including. MBE owner -operated, and receive full MBE credit. The MBE may lease trucks from non -MBEs, including owner -operated, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the MBE as outlined in the lease agreement. Rev. 2/10/15 FottTWoe Ir— ATTACHMENT IA Page 2 of 4 Offerors are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority and non -MBEs, MBE firms are to be listed first, use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal. SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER NCTRCA N ° Company Name T n Detail Detail Address i M W Subcontracting Supplies DollarAmount Telephone/Fax e B B M Work Purchased Email r E E B E Contact Person Denali Services, LP 1 Trucking Aggregates 55,000.00 Mark Gobert 3160 Commonwealth Dr Suite 190, Dallas, TX 75247 ❑ ❑ mark.gobert@denaliservices. com 214-630-4400 Mayer Electric Supply 2 Electrical Gear 130,000.00 ehelton@mayerelectric.com Eric Helton 2525 E. Hwy 121, Suite 300 ❑ Lewisville, TX 75056 972-624-8326 Soto Steel 1 Reinforcing Reinforcing Steel 179,000.00 Angel Soto Steel Tying Supply 830 Buckalew Street ❑ Dallas, TX 75208 angel@sotossteelinc.com 214-680-2333 Ram Tool 1 Small Tools and 63,000.00 Chris Matranga Concrete 1432 MacArthur Dr Carrollton, TX 75007 E Accessories chris,matranga@ramtool.com 972-466-1050 TruBlue Services, LLC 1 Seeding & 5000.00 Thomas Carrell Erosion Control 9487 Boat Club Rd Fort Worth, Texas 76179 � ❑ thomas@trublueserviceslic.co M 817-602-1923 T.Smith Inspections & Testing, 1 Materials 10,000.00 LLC Testing Aaron Cotton, Jr. 2211 Century Center Blvd., Suite El Irving, TX 75062 acofton@tsitservices.com 972-573-6083 Rev. 2/10/15 Fox` T Ir— ATTACHMENT 1A Page 3 of 4 Offerors are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority and non -MBEs. MBE firms are' to be listed first, use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal. SUBCONTRACTORISUPPLIER NCTRCA N o Company Name T n Detail Detail Address i M W Subcontracting Supplies Dollar Amount Telephone/Fax e B B B Work Purchased Email E E E Contact Person Cow Town Redi Mix Concrete 1 Concrete 180,000.00 Max Ulrich PO Box 162327 Fort Worth, TX 76160 maxcowtown@yahoo.con 817-454-2371 Ricochet Fuel 1 Fuel 68,000.00 1201 Royal Parkway Euless, Tx 76040 El817-268-5910 A -Star Masonry & Stucco 1 Masonry 247,000.00 Daniel Arias 11509 Seagoville Rd ❑ Balch Springs, TX 75180 dag@masonryandstucco.com 972-557-4186 Urban Infraconstruction, LLC 1 Concrete Paving 46,000.00 Anup Tamrakar 2512 Gravel Dr Forth Worth, TX 76118 ❑ anup@urbaniconstruct.com 817-616-5544 DeNora Water Technologies 1 Chlorine 524,389.00 Mark Piere Equipment 3000 Adavance Ln ❑ ❑ Colmar, PA 18915 215-997-4000 (pre -purchased roduct TBD 1 Chlorine 950,000.00 Scrubber ❑ ❑ (sole sourced product) Rev. 2/10/15 FoH ATTACHMENT IA Page 2 of 4 Offerors are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority and non -MBEs. MBE firms are to be listed first, use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal. SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER NCTRCA N ° in Company Name T Detail Detail Address Telephone/Fax i I M W Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Email B E B E BM E Contact Person Tank and Vessel Builders 1 Pressure Vessels 225,000.00 Daryl Harris 100 East T&P Lane, ❑ ❑ f Baird, TX 79504 325-854-8450 (sole sourced product) 1 Scales 40,000.00 (sole sourced product) TBD 1 Pipe & Valves 600,000.00 ❑ ❑ TBD 1 Metal Fabrication 280,000.00 Industrial Corrosion 1 Doors 16,000.00 Products Bob Hook Tulsa, OK bobhook79@gmail.com 918-557-2042 1 Overhead 21,000.00 Doors i Rev. 2/10/15 FORT WORTH ATTACHMENT IA Page 3 of 4 Offerors are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority and non -MBEs, MBE firms are to be listed first, use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal. SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER NCTRCA N ° Company Name T n Detail Detail Address Tetephonei'Fax i e M W Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Email g B E E g Contact Person E Dobbs Coating Systems 1 Painting 185,000.00 CindyFillenworth 1888 Mineral wells Hwy Weatherford, TX 76088 F El cfillenworht@dobbscoatingsy stems.com 817-341-1777 Bland Insulation Inc. 1 Pipe Insulation 75,000.00 Shaun Strong PO Box 589 Mabank, TX 75147 blandinsulation@embargmail. com 903-887-7473 Big Dog Drilling, LLC 1 Drilled Piers 136,000.00 Brett Halliday 1154 Old Millwood ❑ ❑ Rockwall, TX 75084 bhalliday@bigdogdrilling.net 972-771-0173 West Roofing, Inc. 1 Roofing 29,000.00 Andrew Halusek 2659 Lombardy ❑ ❑ Dallas, TX 75220 achaluske@hotmail.com 972-869-2655 SRS Tank 50,000,00 Tony Briseno Decommissioni 411 Bolliger Blvd �/ ng and Purging Forth Worth, TX 76108 tbriseno@nrcc.com 817-246-3338 United Rentals Shoring Materials 110,000.00 Jmes Mitchell 1 3120 Spur 482 F] r/ Irving, TX 75062 jamitche@ur.com 972-579-1590 Rev. 2/10/15 FoRTWORTH ATTACHMENT IA Page 2 of 4 Offerors are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority and non -MBEs. MBE firms are to be listed first, use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal. SUBCONTRACTORISUPPLIER NCTRCA N o Company Name T " Detail Detail i Address Telephone/Fax i M W Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Email ' B E B E B E Contact Person Walker Industrial 1 Electrical $1,136,000.00 Cliff McLeod PO Box 166109 El F-1✓ Irving, TX 75016 mmcleod@walkertx.com 817-540-7777 TBD 1 Fire Protection 25,000.00 ❑ ❑ Suburban Heating & AC 1 HVAC 329,000.00 Bill Duncan 3918 Peachtree St❑ TX 75227 F-1Dallas, 214-381-1127 bill@suburbanheatandair.com ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ I Rev. 2/10/15 FORT'�ORTH ATTACHMENT 1A Page 4 of 4 Total Dollar Amount of MBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ 1,103,000.00 Total Dollar Amount of Non -MBE Subcontractors/Suppliers s 2,993,000.00 TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ 4,096,000.00 The Offeror will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions to this certified list without the prior approval of the Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office through the submittal of a Request for Approval o Change/Addition form. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the ordinance. The Offeror shall submit a detailed explanation of how the requested change/addition or deletion will affect the committed MBE goat. If the detail explanation is not submitted, it will affect the final compliance determination. By affixing a signature to this form, the Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MBE(s) and any special arrangements with MBEs, The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company. The Offeror agrees to allow the transmission of interviews with owners, principals, officers, employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers participating on the contract that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a material breach of the contract and may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and debarment from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. Authorized Signa lure President Crescent Constructors, Inc. Company Name 2560 Technology Dr. Suite 400 Address Plano, Tx 75074 City/State/Zip Printed Signature Michael G. Daigre, President Contact Name/Title (if different) P:972-422-0014/ F:972-422-0016 Telephone and/or Fax MikeD@crescentconstructors.com E-mail Address 7/2/2018 Date Rev. 2/10/15 005243-1 Agreement Page 1 of 6 SECTION 00_52_43 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on is made by and between the City of Forth Worth, a Texas home rule municipality, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager, ("City"), and Crescent Constructors Inc. authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, ("Contractor"). City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Project identified herein. Article 2. PROJECT _. The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project City Project No. CO2273 Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1 Time is of the essence. All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence to this Contract. 3.2 Final Acceptance. — The Work will be substantially complete within 480 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 515 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 3.3 Liquidated damages Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that City will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.2 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay City one thousand five hundred Dollars ($1,500) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.2 for Substantial Completion until the City issues the Letter of Substantial Completion in accordance with SC -14.10 of the Supplementary Conditions. After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work for Final Acceptance within 35 days from the date of Substantial Completion, or any proper extension thereof granted by the City, Contractor shall pay City one thousand five hundred Dollars ($1500) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.2 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised January 6, 2017 00_52_43-2 Agreement Page 2 of 6 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds of Eifi,ud-Fi-H-d-ds—tyT6ceelb mndaadoo/100 Dollars ($ 8,573,000.00 }. Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.1 CONTENTS: A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between City and Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 1. This Agreement. 2. Attachments to this Agreement: a. Bid Form 1) Proposal Form 2) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non -Resident Bidder 3) Prequalification Statement 4) State and Federal documents (project specific) b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table c. Insurance ACORD Form(s) d. Payment Bond e. Performance Bond f. Maintenance Bond g. Power of Attorney for the Bonds _ h. Worker's Compensation Affidavit i. MBE and/or SBE Commitment Form j. Form 1295 Certification No. 2018-379589 3. General Conditions. 4. Supplementary Conditions. 5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not ... attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project's Contract Documents. 6. Drawings. _ 7. Addenda. 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: a. Notice to Proceed. b. Field Orders. — c. Change Orders. d. Letter of Substantial Completion. e. Letter of Final Acceptance. , CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised January 6, 2017 005243-3 Agreement Page 3 of Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and causes of actions. 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 7.1 Terms. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article l of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 7.2 Assignment of Contract. This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City. 7.3 Successors and Assigns. City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 7.4 Severability. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon CITY and CONTRACTOR. 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. 7.6 Other Provisions. The Contractor agrees to pay at least minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised January 6, 2017 005243-4 Agreement Page 4 of 6 7.7 Authority to Sign. Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement, if other than duly authorized signatory of the Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised January 6, 2017 00_52_43-5 Agreement Page 5 of 6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have executed this Agreement in multiple counterparts. This Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by the Parties ("Effective Date"). CONTRACTOR: Crescent Constructors, Inc. CITY OF FORT WORTH By: � .l By:—AV - (Signature) Jay Chapa Assistant City Manager Michael G. Daigre (Printed Name) Title: President J� Address: 2560 Technology Dr. Ste. 400 City/State/Zip: Plano, TX 75074 Date OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX Date ( W l City S (Seal) M&c C — 2-88 37 ... ............. y Date: TI I O Contract Compliance Manager: By signing, I acknowledge that I am the person responsible for the monitoring and administration of this contract, including ensuring all performance and reporting r qui • merits. F arida Goderya, PhD, P.E. Senior Project Manager A oved o Form and Legality: Douglas W. Black Assistant City Attorney APPROVAL RECOMMENDED Ll C Chrlstopher Harder, P.E. INTERIM DIRECTOR, Water Department CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised January 6, 2017 00_52_43-6 Agreement on Page 6 of 6 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY r� ! i w CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S Project No. CO2273 Revised January 6, 2017 PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTS WITH COMPANIES BOYCOTTING ISRAEL Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terns "boycott Israel" and "company" shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. Signature _Michael G. Daigre Print Name _October 9, 2018 Date SECTION 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND #106919168 THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT That we, Crescent Constructors, Inc. 00_61_13 -1 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 1 of 2 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: known as "Principal' Travelers Casualty & Surety Company of America herein and a corporate surety(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of, Eight Million Five Hundred Seventythree Thousand )ollars ($_ 8,573,000 lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Princii al has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the JLday offi r 2018 , which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as the Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility, Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project, City Project No. 02273. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect, PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statue. CrrY Olt FORT WOXTFr Enclosure of Osseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD 06NS717RUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 00_61 13-2 PERFORMANCEBOND Page 2 of 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the.,,_,�day of () CAb be 2018 PRINCIPAL: Crescent Constructors, Inc. x,1 BY: ignature 7 V Michael Daigre, President Name and Title Address: 2560 Technology Drive, Suite 400 Plano, TX 75074 Witness as to Principal SURETY: Travelers Casualty & Surety Company of America BY �- Signature Peter M. Russell, Attorney -In -Fact Name and Title Address. One Tower Square Hartford, CT 06183 Jmoaz A Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: 214-570-6000 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 00_61_14 - 1 PAYMENTBOND Page 1 of 2 SECTION 00 61 la PAYMENT BOND #106919168 THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, Crescent Constructors, Inc. known as "Principal" herein, and Travelers Casualty & Surety Company of America a corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of Eight Million Five Hundred Seventythree Thousand Dollars ($_8,573,000 ), lawfuI money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, Prirnciipaal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the day of � � r - # 2018 , which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said Contract and designated as the Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility, Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project, City Project No. CO2273. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS ProjcctNo. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 00 61 14.2 PAYMENT BOND Page 2 of 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of t 2018 . ATTEST: (I'rtncipal) eeretary witness as to Principal ATTEST: (Surety) Secretary Witness as to Surety PRINCIPAL: Crescent Constructors, Inc. rwBY;: I Michael Daigre, President Name and Title Address: 2560 Technology Drive, Suite 400 Piano, TX 75074 SURETY: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Signature Peter M. Russell, Attorney -In -Fact Name anti Title -! Address: One Tower Square Hartford, CT 06183 Telephone Number 214-570-6000 Note; If signed by an officer or the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided, The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Mispell—nous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 006119-1 MAINTENANCE BOND Page t of4 SECTION 00-61-19 MAINTENANCE BOND #106919168 THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we Crescent Constructors, Inc. , known as "Principal' herein and Travelers Casualty & Surety Company of America a corporate surety (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the sum of Eight Million Five Hundred Seventythree Thousand Dollars ($ 8,573,000 ); lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the �� day of _ e,- . 20.18 , which Contract is hereby referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, the "Work") as provided for in said contract and designated as the Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility, Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project, City Project No. CO2273 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City ("Maintenance Period"); and WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance Period. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 006119-2 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 2 of 4 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal land the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall he in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 0061 19-3 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 3 of 4 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the- __/ -(-? day of QC=+ kW_ r 2018 1� V 10k VAS Witness as to Principal ATTEST: —m.._.-�:,..�., (Sur;—t–y)) SecreM7 ILl"L 51d1L6:Pv Witness as to Surety PRINCIPAL: Cresce Constr dors Inc % BY:: Signature - Michael Daigre, President Name and Title Address: 2560 Technology Drive, Suite 400 Plano. TX 75074-- --- ,-__..... ......... __ SURETY: Travelers Casualty & Surety Company of America BYf S gnatum Peter M. Russell, Attorney -In -Fact Name and Title Address: One Tower Square Hartford, CT 06183 Telephone Number: 214570-6000 *Note: If signed by art ofrice•.r of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified cxlm t from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure Of Gascous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Impravemeuts Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America A A� Travelers Casualty and Surety Company TRAVELERS J St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Peter M. Russell, of Richardson, Texas, their true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 3rd day of February, 2017. HWNFOM i L m HAF�F0it7.COWL sm � F 0 7L +�G . * State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. By: Robert L. Raney, Se or Vice President On this the 3rd day of February, 2017, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. 4 My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021 t tip i Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which remains in full force and effect. Dated this stn day of October , 2018 ��ylsypi eJ���r •fps ir`__ HARMORDI VA A .(L +w' e%.:- Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power ofAttorney, please calf us at 1-800-421-3880. Please refer to the above-named Attorney -in -Fact and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America and its affiliates' toll- free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-328-2189- You -800-328-2189You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or com plaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax:.(512) 475-1771 Web: hftp://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: Con sumerProtection(obtdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning y our premium or about a claim you should contact your Agent or Travelers first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Texas legal and regulatory requirements. (PN -042-B) Ed. 10.18.07 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 Page ARTICLE 1 — DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY.............................................................................. 1 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................................................................. 1 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................. 7 ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS............................................................................................... 8 2.01 Copies of Documents.................................................................................................................... 8 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed.................................................................. 8 2.03 Starting the Work.......................................................................................................................... 8 2.04 Before Starting Construction........................................................................................................ 8 2.05 Preconstruction Conference......................................................................................................... 9 2.06 Public Meeting.............................................................................................................................. 9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules.................................................................................................... 9 ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ........................................ 9 3.01 Intent............................................................................................................................................. 9 3.02 Reference Standards................................................................................................................... 10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies..................................................................................... 10 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.................................................................. 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents.................................................................................................................... 11 3.06 Electronic Data........................................................................................................................... 12 ARTICLE 4 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ....................................... 12 4.01 Availability of Lands................................................................................................................... 12 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions.......................................................................................... 13 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions............................................................................. 13 4.04 Underground Facilities.............................................................................................................. 14 4.05 Reference Points......................................................................................................................... 15 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site.............................................................................. 16 ARTICLE 5 — BONDS AND INSURANCE.............................................................................................. 17 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers................................................................................................... 17 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds....................................................................... 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ..............................................................................................................18 5.04 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................20 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace.............................................................21 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES...........................................................................21 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence................................................................................................21 6.02 Labor; Working Hours................................................................................................................22 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment............................................................................................22 6.04 Project Schedule.............................................:............................................................................23 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals.........................................................................................................23 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................26 6.07 Wage Rates............................................................................................:.....................................27 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties............................................................................................................29 6.09 Permits and Utilities....................................................................................................................29 6.10 Laws and Regulations.................:................................................................................................30 6.11 Taxes............................................................................................................................................30 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas.........................................................................................................31 6.13 Record Documents.......................................................................................................................32 6.14 Safety and Protection...................................................................................................................32 6.15 Safety Representative...................................................................................................................33 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................33 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification................................................................................................33 6.18 Submittals....................................................................................................................................34 6.19 Continuing the Work....................................................................................................................35 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee.........................................................................35 6.21 Indemnification..........................................................................................................................36 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................37 6.23 Right to Audit...............................................................................................................................37 6.24 Nondiscrimination.......................................................................................................................38 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE...........................................................................................38 7.01 Related Work at Site....................................................................................................................38 7.02 Coordination...............................................................................................................................39 ARTICLE 8 - CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES.............................................................................................39 8.01 Communications to Contractor..................................................................................................39 8.02 Furnish Data...............................................................................................................................39 CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 20I6 8.03 Pay When Due............................................................................................................................ 39 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests................................................................................... 39 8.05 Change Orders........................................................................................................................... 40 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals............................................................................................... 40 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities........................................................................................ 40 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition.................................................................... 40 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program............................................................................................... 40 ARTICLE 9 — CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION................................... 40 9.01 City's Project Manager.............................................................................................................. 40 9.02 Visits to Site................................................................................................................................ 40 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work................................................................................................... 41 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................... 41 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed.......................................................................................... 41 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ........................ 41 ARTICLE 10 —CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK ................................................ 42 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................................. 42 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work............................................................................................. 42 10.03 Execution of Change Orders....................................................................................................... 42 10.04 Extra Work.................................................................................................................................. 42 10.05 Notification to Surety ................................................................................................................... 43 10.06 Contract Claims Process............................................................................................................. 43 ARTICLE 11 — COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT...................................................................................................................................... 44 11.01 Cost of the Work.......................................................................................................................... 44 11.02 Allowances.................................................................................................................................. 47 11.03 Unit Price Work........................................................................................................................... 48 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement...................................................................................................... 49 ARTICLE 12 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME........................ 50 12.01 Change of Contract Price............................................................................................................ 50 12.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................ 51 12.03 Delays.......................................................................................................................................... 51 ARTICLE 13 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVEWORK................................................................................................................................. 52 13.01 Notice of Defects.......................................................................................................................... 52 CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 13.02 Access to Work..............................................................................................................................52 13.03 Tests and Inspections....................................................................................................................52 13.04 Uncovering Work..........................................................................................................................53 13.05 City May Stop the Work................................................................................................................ 54 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work....................................................................................54 13.07 Correction Period.........................................................................................................................54 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work.......................................................................................................55 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work.................................................................................................56 ARTICLE 14 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION................................................56 14.01 Schedule of Values........................................................................................................................56 14.02 Progress Payments........................................................................................................................57 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title.....................................................................................................59 14.04 Partial Utilization.........................................................................................................................59 14.05 Final Inspection............................................................................................................................60 14.06 Final Acceptance..........................................................................................................................60 14.07 Final Payment..............................................................................................................................60 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release..........................................................61 14.09 Waiver of Claims..........................................................................................................................62 ARTICLE 15 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION..........................................................62 15.01 City May Suspend Work...............................................................................................................62 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause.....................................................................................................63 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience..........................................................................................65 ARTICLE 16 —DISPUTE RESOLUTION.................................................................................................66 16.01 Methods and Procedures..............................................................................................................66 ARTICLE 17 —MISCELLANEOUS ..........................................................................................................67 17.01 Giving Notice................................................................................................................................67 17.02 Computation of Times...................................................................................................................67 17.04 Survival of Obligations.................................................................................................................68 CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page I of 74 ARTICLE 1– DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed -defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between City and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Award – Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement. 6. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 7. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to City. 8. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 9. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 007200-2 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 of 74 10. Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 11. Buzzsaw – City's on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system. 12. Calendar Day – A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 13. Change Order—A document, which is prepared and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 14. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a home -rule municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized under his behalf, each of which is required by Charter to perform specific duties with responsibility for final enforcement of the contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager and is the entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 15. City Attorney – The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 16. City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. 17. City Manager – The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 18. Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim. 19. Contract—The entire and integrated written document between the City and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Documents and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-3 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 of 74 20. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement. All items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 21. Contract Price—The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 22. Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance. 23. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement. 24. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions for definition. 25. Damage Claims — A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim. 26. Day or day — A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 27. Director of Aviation — The officially appointed Director of the Aviation Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 28. Director of Parks and Community Services — The officially appointed Director of the Parks and Community Services Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 29. Director of Planning and Development — The officially appointed Director of the Planning and Development Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 30. Director of Transportation Public Works — The officially appointed Director of the Transportation Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 31. Director of Water Department — The officially appointed Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 32. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 007200-4 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 of 74 33. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 34. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the City. 35. Extra Work - Additional work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents. Extra work shall be part of the Work. 36. Field Order — A written order issued by City which requires changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the Engineer. Field Orders are paid from Field Order Allowances incorporated into the Contract by funded work type at the time of award. 37. Final Acceptance – The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. 38. Final Inspection – Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 39. General Requirements --Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents. 40. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. 41. Hazardous Waste—Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations, as amended from time to time. 42. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 43. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 44. Major Item – An Item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price or $25,000 CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-5 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 of 74 whichever is less. 45. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 46. Notice of Award—The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, City will sign and deliver the Agreement. 47. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work specified in Contract Documents. 48. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls. 49. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 50. Plans – See definition of Drawings. 51. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 52. Project—The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 53. Project Manager—The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Site. 54. Public Meeting – An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 55. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 56. Regular Working Hours – Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday (excluding legal holidays). 57. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 007200-6 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 of 74 58. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 59. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 60. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of Contractor. 61. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 62. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 63. Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 64. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to whom City makes an Award. 65. Superintendent – The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor. 66. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 67. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 68. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 007200-7 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 of 74 any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 69. Unit Price Work—See Paragraph 11.03 of these General Conditions for definition. 70. Weekend Working Hours — Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. 71. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 72. Working Day — A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.13 through E are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). C. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 007200-8 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 of 74 a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City's written acceptance. D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide" or the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Copies of Documents City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the Contract Documents, and four (4) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 14 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 2.03 Starting the Work Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. 2.04 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 007200-9 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 9 of 74 2.05 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.06 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to City in accordance with the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by City. D. The Specifications may vary in form, format and style. Some Specification sections may be written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and some sections may be relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as "the Contractor shall," "in conformity with," "as shown," or "as specified" are intentional in streamlined sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in making Contract Claims. E. The cross referencing of specification sections under the subparagraph heading "Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:" and elsewhere within each Specification section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on the cross referencing provided and shall be CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 10 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 10 of 74 responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of City, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein against all applicable field measurements and conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 11 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 11 of 74 6.17.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents). 2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Plans shall govern over Specifications, Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General Conditions and Specifications, and quantities shown on the Plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. City's review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.18.C); or 3. City's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 12 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 12 of 74 extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of City and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by City or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to City or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies included in the Contract Documents (also known as hard copies) and other Specifications referenced and located on the City's Buzzsaw site. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving parry. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring parry makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. City will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. 1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements. 2. The City has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00- 13 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 13 of 74 Any outstanding removal or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated by others. B. Upon reasonable written request, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2. those drawings known to City of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 14 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 14 of 74 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4, is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), notify City in writing about such condition. B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or 3. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated.• The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00- 15 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 15 of 74 Documents; c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated: 1. If an Underground Facility which conflicts with the Work is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. City will review the discovered Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change may be required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility. 2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may be issued to reflect and document such consequences. 3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. 4.05 Reference Points A. City shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in City's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. City will provide construction stakes or other customary method of marking to establish line and grades for roadway and utility construction, centerlines and benchmarks for bridgework. Contractor shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations. Contractor shall report to City whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. The City shall be responsible for the replacement or relocation of reference points or property monuments not carelessly or willfully destroyed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify City in advance and with sufficient time to avoid delays. B. Whenever, in the opinion of the City, any reference point or monument has been CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 16 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 16 of 74 carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost for replacing such points plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A); and (iii) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 17 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 17 of 74 or in any affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered suitable for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. City may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by City's own forces or others. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 18 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 18 of 74 C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond. D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. 1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the Supplementary Conditions as "Additional Insured" on all liability policies. 2. The Contractor's general liability insurance shall include a, "per project" or "per location", endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers' compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 19 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 19 of 74 insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions 6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the "occurrence basis". If coverage is underwritten on a claims -made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims -made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 10. Any self-insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups, must also be approved by City. 11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first -dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage's and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 20 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 20 of 74 13. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies. 14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor's insurance. 5.04 Contractor's Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers' Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project (if CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 21 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 21 of 74 identified in the Supplementary Conditions). C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on "any auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 6 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 22 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 22 of 74 authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication) to perform Work: 1. for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior 2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday 3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal holiday. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-23 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 23 of 74 installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the time of bid, unless otherwise specified. 6.04 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the schedule specification 0132 16. 3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Time may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals " A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal" Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. the City determines that: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 24 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 24 of 74 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 0125 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; b) be similar in substance to that specified; c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of final completion on time; b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-25 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 25 of 74 change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. City's Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an "or - equal." City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City's Cost Reimbursement: City will record City's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.13. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 26 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 26 of 74 Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense. G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order. H. Time Extensions: No additional time will be granted for substitutions. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. B. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection (excluding those acceptable to City as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C). C. The City may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities on the project, and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Minority Business Enterprise Compliance: It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the Contract Documents provide for a MBE goal, Contractor is required to comply with the intent of the City's MBE Ordinance (as amended) by the following: 1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a MBE on the Contract and payment therefor. 2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MBE without written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Ordinance. 3. Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 27 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 27 of 74 the actual work performed by an MBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the Contract in accordance with Paragraph 15.02.A. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than three years. E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. F. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. G. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. H. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of City. 6.07 Wage Rates A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 20I6 00 72 00 - 28 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 28 of 74 C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31 st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 29 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 29 of 74 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay for the use of said fees or royalties to others. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.09 Permits and Utilities A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses except those provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. City shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement, except for permits provided by the City as specified in 6.09.13. City shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for all permits and licenses as provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the Contract and the City approves the changes, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. The City will not reimburse the Contractor for any cost associated with these requirements of any City acquired permit. The following are permits the City will obtain if required: 1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 30 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 30 of 74 2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits 4. Railroad Company Permits C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The City anticipates acquisition of and/or access to permits and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding permits and licenses. 6.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.02. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time. 6.11 Taxes A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H, Sections 151.301-335 (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provision of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. B. Texas Tax permits and information may be obtained from: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-31 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 31 of 74 1. Comptroller of Public Accounts Sales Tax Division Capitol Station Austin, TX 78711; or 2. hllp;//www.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/taxforms/93-forms.html 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. 3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and the costs of such direct action, plus 25 % of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-32 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 32 of 74 D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.13 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. 6.14 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-33 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 33 of 74 affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City's safety programs, if any. D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program, if any, with which City's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 6.15 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor's designated safety representative at the Site. 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change Order may be issued. B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 34 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 34 of 74 discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due or become due the Contractor on the Project. 6.18 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as City may require. 1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. 2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. 3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For -Information -Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City's review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. City's Review: 1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-35 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 35 of 74 Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City's review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. City's review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.19 Continuing the Work Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-36 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 36 of 74 release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. recommendation or payment by City of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 5.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6.21 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT. OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-37 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 37 of 74 Now __ 1 I _ 1 1 , I W -BY -110 _: 1 1 ' 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to City. C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City's review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City's review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C. 6.23 Right to Audit A. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. B. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. 002273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-38 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 38 of 74 effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. 6.24 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit- related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. ARTICLE 7 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City's employees, or other City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City's employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-39 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 39 of 74 others whose work will be affected. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. 7.02 Coordination A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such coordination. ARTICLE 8 — CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications to Contractor. 8.02 Furnish Data City shall timely furnish the data required under the Contract Documents. 8.03 Pay When Due City shall make payments to Contractor in accordance with Article 14. 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests City's duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 40 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 40 of 74 relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.05 Change Orders City shall execute Change Orders in accordance with Paragraph 10.03. 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03. 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition City's responsibility with respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. ARTICLE 9 — CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 City's Project Manager City will provide one or more Project Manager(s) during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City's Project Manager during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Seiavash Mir or his/her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of the Water Department. 9.02 Visits to Site CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 20I6 00 72 00-41 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 41 of 74 A. City's Project Manager will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City's Project Manager will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City's Project Manager will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City's Project Manager's efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City's Project Manager's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents including those set forth in Paragraph 8.07. 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work City's Project Manager may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on City and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work City will have authority to reject Work which City's Project Manager believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 13, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City's Project Manager will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City's written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. City will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-42 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 42 of 74 B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred. C. City's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field Order may be issued by the City. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.17. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed. 10.04 Extra Work A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the City insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 43 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 43 of 74 B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or Extra Work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extra Work. 10.05 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.06 Contract Claims Process A. City's Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims. B. Notice: 1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the Contract Claim. 2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the City on or before 45 days from the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City allows additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Contract Claim). 3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01. 4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02. 5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor's written statement that CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 44 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 44 of 74 the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. 6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Contract allows additional time). C. City's Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the Contractor, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part; 2. approve the Contract Claim; or 3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. City's written action under Paragraph 10.06.0 will be final and binding, unless City or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 11— COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work. Such costs shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.0I.B, and shall include but not be limited to the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include; CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 45 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 45 of 74 a. salaries with a 55% markup, or b. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend Working Hours, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by City. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. 3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by City, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to City and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 6. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 46 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 46 of 74 c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. d. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of City. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. g. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and communication services at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded.- The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.0l.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 47 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 47 of 74 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.0I.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.0 LA and 11.01.13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to City an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City. B. Pre-bid Allowances: 1. Contractor agrees that: a. the pre-bid allowances include the cost to Contractor of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the pre-bid allowances have been included in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of City. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No, CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 48 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 48 of 74 Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation, but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price. D. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 if. 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work. E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in accordance with Paragraph 10.01. 1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid for at the Contract unit price. 2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order. 3. If no unit prices exist, this will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance with Article 12. 4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 49 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 49 of 74 a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that in the Contract or b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity. 5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than 125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%. 6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price. 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of work performed or material moved, handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are designated as final payment quantities, unless revised by the governing Section or this Article. B. If the quantity measured as outlined under "Price and Payment Procedures" varies by more than 25% (or as stipulated under "Price and Payment Procedures" for specific Items) from the total estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized work done for payment purposes. The party to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations showing the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be made at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 10. C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or decreased by the amount involved in the change, and the 25% variance will apply to the new plans quantity. D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than $250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans quantity. E. For callout work or non -site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are not applicable. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 50 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 50 of 74 ARTICLE 12 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.0l.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work; or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum or unit price is not reached under Paragraph 12.013.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's additional fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1, 11.0l.A.2. and 11.0l.A.3, the Contractor's additional fee shall be 15 percent except for: 1) rental fees for Contractor's own equipment using standard rental rates; 2) bonds and insurance; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01 .A.4 and 11.0I.A. 5, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent (5%); 1) where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a and 12.0l.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-51 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 51 of 74 at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.I and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25%; c. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.0I.A.6, and 11.01.13; d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such net decrease. 12.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can show by Critical Path Method analysis how the Extra Work or claimed delay adversely affects the critical path. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the performance or completion of any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Contract Claim is made therefor. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph. B. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 52 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 52 of 74 D. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. ARTICLE 13 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals required for City's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to City. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory ("Testing CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 53 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 53 of 74 Lab") to perform any inspections or tests ("Testing") for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03 D result in a "fail", "did not pass" or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor's cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. 3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor. 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing Lab is paid. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense. G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued under Section 13.03 D. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at City's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); or City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.08 in which case Contractor shall still be responsible for all CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 54 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 54 of 74 costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. 13.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City's written instructions: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 55 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 55 of 74 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor may dispute this requirement by filing a Contract Claim, pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 56 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 56 of 74 any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City's representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City's other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values The Schedule of Values for lump sum contracts established as provided in Paragraph CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 57 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 57 of 74 2.07 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to City. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments: 1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the City. 2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress payment, Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate insurance or other arrangements to protect City's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to City. 4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Contract Documents. B. Review of Applications: 1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. City's processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on City's observations of the executed Work, and on City's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of City's knowledge: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 58 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 58 of 74 a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Work performed under Paragraph 9.05, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to City in the Contract Documents; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor, or c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work. 4. City may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or the completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or his subcontractors, requiring correction or replacement; b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment; c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; d. City has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or e. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Retainage: 1. For contracts less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten percent (10%). 2. For contracts greater than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 59 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 59 of 74 five percent (5%). D. Liquidated Damages. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement, will be deducted from the monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the City. E. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents. F. Reduction in Payment: 1. City may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because: a. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; b. there are other items entitling City to a set-off against the amount recommended; or c. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor written notice stating the reasons for such action and pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use, subject to the following conditions: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 20I6 00 72 00 - 60 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 60 of 74 1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 14.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the City and the date of Final Inspection. Should the City determine that the Work is not ready for Final Inspection, City will notify the Contractor in writing of the reasons and Contract Time will resume. 14.06 Final Acceptance Upon completion by Contractor to City's satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment.- 1. ayment. 1. Upon Final Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-61 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 61 of 74 a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. B. Payment Becomes Due: 1. After City's acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and any sum City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and payable. 2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor's insurance provider for resolution. 3. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims. B. Partial Retainage Release. For a Contract that provides for a separate vegetative establishment and maintenance, and test and performance periods following the CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 62 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 62 of 74 completion of all other construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work. An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained. 14.09 Waiver of Claims The acceptance of final payment will constitute a release of the City from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of City related to or connected with the Contract. ARTICLE 15 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 63 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 63 of 74 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of limitation, may justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04, or failure to adhere to the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance #20020-12-2011established under Paragraph 6.06.D); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of City; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents; or 5. Contractor's failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or 6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose; or 7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the Work satisfactorily; or 8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur, City will provide written notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after receipt of notice. 1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to perform the construction Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contractor and Surety have received notice of conference to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 64 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 64 of 74 2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the Work and complete it as described below. a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the site and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated into the Work stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor or Surety but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as City may deem expedient. 3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by City arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, City shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the completion of the said Work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or for the price paid therefor. 5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim on account of the method used by City in completing the Contract. 6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by law. C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.13, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. D. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by City will not CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00-65 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 65 of 74 release Contractor from liability. E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this Article. 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate the Contract. Any termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the City regarding such discretionary action. B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the Work terminated by notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the City: a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the City. 5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 66 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 66 of 74 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest. C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by City. D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the City shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the City upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an extension is made in writing within such 60 day period by the Contractor, and granted by the City, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. ARTICLE 16 — DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 67 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 67 of 74 A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision under Paragraph 10.06 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E. B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be commenced within 60 days of filing of the request. C. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City's action under Paragraph 10.06.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.1) shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 —MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 17.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 00 72 00 - 68 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 68 of 74 Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revision: February 2, 2016 SECTION 00_73_00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Supplementary Conditions 00_73_00-1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page I of 8 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 —72 — 00 - General Conditions, and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisionsof the General Conditions that are modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. Defined Terms The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. Modifications and Supplements The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and other Contract Documents. SC -1.01, "Defined Terms" Add Definition: Substantial Completion — The date at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of the City, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Agreement and all Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. SC -3.03B.2, "Resolving Discrepancies" Plans govern over Specifications. SC -4.01A Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the Contract Drawings. SC -4.01A.1., "Availability of Lands" The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of May 3, 2018: Outstanding Right -Of -Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired PARCEL OWNER TARGET DATE NUMBER OF POSSESSION None CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 15, 2017 007300-2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 8 The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. SC -4.01A.2, "Availability of Lands" Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated as of May 3, 2018 EXPECTED UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF OWNER ADJUSTMENT As indicated on Drawings The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. SC -4.02A., "Subsurface and Physical Conditions" The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: A Geotechnical Engineering Report No. 95175181_, dated January 23, 2018, prepared by Terracon a sub -consultant of Carollo a consultant of the City, providing additional information on the Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project. The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: 1988 24 MGD Phase IIA Effluent Filter Area, Project No. 84-016001-00, Freese and Nichols, Inc. 1989 24 MGD Phase IIB Aeration Area, Project No. 84-6001-00, Freese and Nichols, Inc. 2016 Peak Flow Management, Project No. 0515-106002, CDM Smith, SC -5.03A., "Certificates of Insurance" The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees. (1) City (2) Consultant: Carollo Engineers, Inc., (3) Other: None. Each policy shall contain a cross liability or severability of interest clause or endorsement. Insurance covering the specified additional insureds shall be primary insurance, and all other insurance carried by the additional insureds shall be excess insurance, and with respect to workers' compensation and employer's liability, comprehensive automobile liability, commercial general liability, and umbrella liability insurance, Contractor shall require Contractor's insurance carriers to waive all rights of subrogation against Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, and agents. SC -5.04A., "Contractor's Insurance" CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 15, 2017 00_73_00-3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 8 The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC -5.04 shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC -5.04A. Statutory limits Employer's liability $100,000 each accident/occurrence $100,000 Disease - each employee $500,000 Disease - policy limit SC -5.04B., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.0413. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC -5.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC -5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits of: $1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate limit The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment — Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. SC 5.04C., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC -5.04C. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC -5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: (1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned. $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: $250,000 Bodily Injury per person / $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / $100,000 Property Damage Contractor's Pollution Liability Insurance Contractor shall purchase and maintain a policy covering third - party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs, as a result of pollution conditions arising from Contractor's operations and completed operations. This insurance shall be maintained for no less than three years after final completion. Coverage shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: $1,000,000 Each Occurance $2,000,000 General Aggregate Contractor's professional liability insurance: If Contractor will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract, through a delegation of professional design services or otherwise, then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining applicable professional liability insurance. This insurance shall provide protection against claims arising out of performance of professional design or related services, and caused by a negligent error, omission, or act for which the insured party is legally liable. It shall be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after Substantial Completion. If such professional design services are performed by a Subcontractor, and not by Contractor itself, then the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied through the purchasing and maintenance of such insurance by such Subcontractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 15, 2017 007300-4 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 8 $ 1,000,000 Each Occurance $2,000,000 General Aggregate SC -5.04D., "Contractor's Insurance" The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks. The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a "Right of Entry Agreement" with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right -of -entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company's properties. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: (1) General Aggregate: (2) Each Occurrence: _ Required for this Contract $Confirm Limits with Railroad $Confirm Limits with Railroad X Not required for this Contract With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at -grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at -grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at -grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 15, 2017 007300-5 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 5 of 8 The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. SC -6.05.G Substitutes and "Or -equals" Add the following new paragraph to the end of Paragraph 6.05 I. Sole Source Equipment: "The Owner has negotiated a price for the sole source equipment indicated in the bid proposal. The vendors of this equipment has agreed to sell the specified equipment and services to the Contractor for the amounts indicated in the Proposal Form. The Contractor, in accepting this contract, agrees to enter into an agreement with the listed equipment vendors based on the terms and conditions in the documents in Appendix A of Section 46_31_12, and the documents for construction of this contract, and agrees to make payments directly to the equipment vendors from the money received by the Contractor from the Owner in payment for material and equipment. Equipment will be delivered F.O.B by the vendor to the project site. The Contractor shall be responsible for receiving, inspecting, unloading, protecting, installing, and paying for the equipment, and shall be obligated to work with the selected equipment vendors in scheduling delivery of the equipment, and the dates that manufacturer's representatives are available to assist in installation, adjusting, and start-up of the equipment, all as if the Contractor himself had selected the equipment. The equipment procurement information included in Appendix A of Section 46_31 12 is made part of these Contract Documents, and all duties and obligations therein are agreed to be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools, equipment and machinery necessary to receive, inspect, unload, and install completely in proper operating condition the sole source procurement equipment for this project. Contractor shall also furnish all incidental items not provided as a part of the equipment vendors terms and conditions included in Appendix A, but which may be required in the Contract Documents for a complete installation, such as welding, gaskets, flange bolts, connecting piping, wiring, conduit, instrument gauges, piping and valves, protective coatings, and all other appurtenances as necessary. Contractor shall fully satisfy himself as to the condition of all equipment and appurtenances when he accepts them for installation. The Owner will make payment for sole source equipment in accordance with the following schedule (minus retainage): 1. 20 percent upon release of shop drawings for fabrication. 2. 50 percent upon equipment delivery to Owner's Site. 3. 20 percent upon satisfactory system testing to demonstrate compliance with the specifications. 4. 10 percent upon satisfactory completion of training of Owner personnel, delivery of all submittals, and final acceptance. 5. No Payment will be made to the vendor until an agreement between the Owner and the Contractor has been executed SC -6.07., "Wage Rates" The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s) applicable to this project and is provided in the Appendixes: CFW Horizontal and Vertical Wage Rate Tables are included in this document and are available at the City of Fort Worth Buzzsaw website. SC -6.09., "Permits and Utilities" SC -6.09A., "Contractor obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 1. Stormwater Discharge. 2. Building Permit from City Planning Department. 3. Permits as needed from the City Fire Marshall. SC -6.09B. "City obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 15, 20I7 007300-6 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 6 of 8 4. NPDES Wastewater Discharge Permit. SC -6.09C. "Outstanding permits and licenses" The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of March 19,2018 : Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION Hazmat Fire Building Permit SC -6.21., "Indemnification" In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Engineer, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. SC -6.24B., "Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended" During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with the Regulation relative to nondiscrimination in Federally -assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by 49 CFR, section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. 3. Solicitations for Subcontractors, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontactor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports: The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information and its facilities as may be determined by City or the Texas Department of Transportation to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the City, or the Texas Department of Transportation, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract, City shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Texas Department of Transportation may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 15, 2017 00_73_00-7 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 7 of 8 a. withholding of payments to the Contractor under the Contract until the Contractor complies, and/or b. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as City or the Texas Department of Transportation may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request City to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of City, and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Additional Title VI requirements can be found in the Appendix. SC -7.02., "Coordination" The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at the Site: Vendor cope of Work Coordination Authority None city SC -8.01, "Communications to Contractor" SC -9.01., "City's Project Manager" The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Farida Goderya or his/her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of the Water Department. SC -13.03C., "Tests and Inspections" None. SC -14.10, "Substantial Completion" Add the following, Section as follows: 14.10 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents and this Agreement, such that the City may implement or use the Work for its intended purpose, Contractor shall notify the City in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that the City issue a letter of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to the Cityan initial draft punch list to be completed or corrected before final acceptance. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If City does not consider the Work substantially complete, Ci will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. C. If City considers the Work substantially complete, City will deliver to Contractor a letter of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the Letter of Substantial Completion a list of items to be completed or corrected before Final Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 15, 2017 007300-8 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 8 of 8 D. At the time of receipt of the letter of Substantial Completion, City and Contractor will confer re a� rding City's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. All surety and insurance shall remain in effect until Final Payment. E. After Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to Final Acceptance. In appropriate cases, Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items, following the progress payment procedures set forth herein. SC -16.01C.1, "Methods and Procedures" None. END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1/22/2016 F. Griffin SC -9.01., "City's Project Representative" wording changed to City's Project Manager. 8/15/2017 F. Goderya Added SC -1.01., and 14.10., "Substantial Completion" CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised August 15, 2017 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Heavy and Highway Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate Asphalt Distributor Operator $ 15.32 Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $ 13.99 Asphalt Raker $ 12.69 Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 11.74 Concrete Finisher, Paving and Structures $ 14.12 Concrete Pavement Finishing Machine Operator $ 16.05 Concrete Saw Operator $ 14.48 Crane Operator, Hydraulic 80 tons or less $ 18.12 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less $ 17.27 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom Over 80 Tons $ 20.52 Crawler Tractor Operator $ 14.07 Electrician $ 19.80 Excavator Operator, 50,000 pounds or less $ 17.19 Excavator Operator, Over 50,000 pounds $ 16.99 Flagger $ 10.06 Form Builder/Setter, Structures $ 13.84 Form Setter, Paving & Curb $ 13.16 Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted $ 17.99 Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted $ 21.07 Front End Loader Operator, 3 CY or Less $ 13.69 Front End Loader Operator, Over 3 CY $ 14.72 Laborer, Common $ 10.72 Laborer, Utility $ 12.32 Loader/Backhoe Operator $ 15.18 Mechanic $ 17.68 Milling Machine Operator $ 14.32 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade $ 17.19 Motor Grader Operator, Rough $ 16.02 Off Road Hauler $ 12.25 Pavement Marking Machine Operator $ 13.63 Pipelayer $ 13.24 Reclaimer/Pulverizer Operator $ 11.01 Reinforcing Steel Worker $ 16.18 Roller Operator, Asphalt $ 13.08 Roller Operator, Other $ 11.51 Scraper Operator $ 12.96 Servicer $ 14.58 Small Slipform Machine Operator $ 15.96 Spreader Box Operator $ 14.73 Truck Driver Lowboy -Float $ 16.24 Truck Driver Transit -Mix $ 14.14 Truck Driver, Single Axle $ 12.31 Truck Driver, Single or Tandem Axle Dump Truck $ 12.62 Truck Driver, Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi Trailer $ 12.86 Welder $ 14.84 Work Zone Barricade Servicer $ 11.68 The Davis -Bacon Act prevailing wage rates shown for Heavy and Highway construction projects were determined by the United States Department of Labor and current as of September 2013. The titles and descriptions for the classifications listed are detailed in the AGC of Texas' Standard Job Classifications and Descriptions for Highway, Heavy, Utilities, and Industrial Construction in Texas. Page 1 of 1 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Commercial Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate AC Mechanic $ 25.24 AC Mechanic Helper $ 13.67 Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16.83 Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper $ 12.70 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19.45 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee $ 13.31 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91 Carpenter $ 17.75 Carpenter Helper $ 14.32 Concrete Cutter/Sawer $ 17.00 Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Finisher $ 15.77 Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Form Builder $ 15.27 Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11.00 Drywall Mechanic $ 15.36 Drywall Helper $ 12.54 Drywall Taper $ 15.00 Drywall Taper Helper $ 11.50 Electrician (Journeyman) $ 19.63 Electrician Apprentice (Helper) $ 15.64 Electronic Technician $ 20.00 Floor Layer $ 18.00 Floor Layer Helper $ 10.00 Glazier $ 21.03 Glazier Helper $ 12.81 Insulator $ 16.59 Insulator Helper $ 11.21 Laborer Common $ 10.89 Laborer Skilled $ 14.15 Lather $ 12.99 Metal Building Assembler $ 16.00 Metal Building Assembler Helper $ 12.00 Metal Installer (Miscellaneous) $ 13.00 Metal Installer Helper (Miscellaneous) $ 11.00 Metal Stud Framer $ 16.12 Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12.54 Painter $ 16.44 Painter Helper $ 9.98 Pipefitter $ 21.22 Pipefitter Helper $ 15.39 Plasterer $ 16.17 Plasterer Helper $ 12.85 Plumber $ 21.98 Plumber Helper $ 15.85 Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12.87 Page 1 of 2 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $ 11.08 Roofer $ 16.90 Roofer Helper $ 11.15 Sheet Metal Worker $ 16.35 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11 Sprinkler System Installer $ 19.17 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14.15 Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00 Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74 Waterproofer $ 15.00 Equipment Operators Concrete Pump $ 18.50 Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel $ 19.31 Forklift $ 16.45 Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50 Front End Loader $ 16.97 Truck Driver $ 16.77 Welder $ 19.96 Welder Helper $ 13.00 The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted and published by the North Texas Construction Industry (Fall 2012) Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman Trubitt, PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXO's (The Construction Association) website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp Page 2 of 2 SECTION 01_11_00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Detailed description of the Work. 1.02 THE WORK A. The Work consists of construction of the Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project, including the following elements described in general, non-inclusive terms: 1. Construction of a new Chlorine Storage Building in accordance with applicable Chlorine Institute standards and federal and state regulations including but not limited to the following: a. Three (3) 25 -ton chlorine storage tanks, valves, and appurtenances. b. Load cells to measure tank weight. c. Chlorine fill station. d. Interconnecting valves, safety devices, piping, pipe supports, expansion chambers, wire and communication cables and appurtenances. e. Overhead monorail crane with trolley and hoist. f. Pipe supports. g. Tank access platform. h. Sump for washdown water and chlorine. i. Electrical room with switchgear and control panels j. Fire riser room with tepid water system. k. Chlorine detection and alarm equipment. I. Exhaust fans. m. Motorized louvers. n. Chlorine scrubber ductwork. o. Lighting. p. Wet pipe fire protection system. q. Electrical unit heaters. r. Chlorine safety equipment. s. Overhead coiling doors. t. Air conditioning units. 2. Construction of a new Chlorine Scrubber System including but not limited to the following a. Scrubber caustic soda concrete containment structure with tank and equipment pads. b. Two (2) fiberglass reinforced plastic storage tanks. c. Initial fill of caustic soda. d. Scrubber reactor. e. Pumps and fans as required for air and caustic soda movement. f. Interconnecting ductwork, valves, dampers, and piping. 1) Pipe and duct supports. g. Caustic soda fill station. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_11_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_11_00 (CONFORMED) h. Sump and sump pump with control panel. i. Vendor control panel. 3. Replacement of eight (8) existing chlorine evaporators with new chlorine evaporators, including piping, pipe supports, valves, safety devices, expansion chambers, wire and communication cables and appurtenances. a. Chlorine scrubber ductwork and connection in the existing evaporator room. b. Evaporator room modifications as needed to accommodate replacement of existing evaporators with new evaporators. 4. Construction of a new access driveway for chemical deliveries. 5. Protection of existing facilities, pipes, and utilities. 6. Maintaining plant disinfection during construction and associated coordination with plant staff. a. Temporary piping, power, valves and equipment as needed to maintain plant disinfection. 7. Electrical improvements. 8. Controls and control panel improvements. 9. Site civil and yard piping improvements. 10. All incidentals for a complete and useable facility. 11. Repair and reconstruction of existing improvements affected by the work. 12. Maintain safety and safe working environment in industrial chlorine environment. Provide safety equipment and safety plan to implement safety best practices. 13. Additive Bid Alternate 1- replacement of two (2) existing 25 -ton sulfur dioxide storage tanks with two (2) new 25 -ton sulfur dioxide storage tanks with associated access platform, valves, safety devices, expansion chambers, hydraulic load cells, insulation, appurtenances, and piping... B. Except as specifically noted otherwise, Contractor shall provide and pay for: 1. Insurance and bonds. 2. Labor, materials and equipment. 3. Tools, equipment, and machinery required for construction. 4. Utilities required for construction. 5. Temporary facilities and construction aides including sheeting and shoring. 6. Traffic control and dust control measures. 7. Other materials, facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. C. Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits including OSHA excavation permits, Department of Transportation permits, government fees, and licenses. D. Comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, orders, and other legal requirements of public authorities having bearing on the performance of the Work. 1.03 LOCATION OF PROJECT A. The Work is located at Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility, 6800 Wilma Lane, Arlington, Texas 76012. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_11_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_11_00 (CONFORMED) 1.04 ACTIVITIES BY OTHERS A. Owner, utilities, and others may perform activities within project area while the Work is in progress. 1. Schedule Work with Owner, utilities, and others to minimize mutual interference. 2. Provide for Owner's ability to disinfect and chlorinate at all times. 3. Provide for Owner's ability to receive chlorine and sulfur dioxide deliveries at all times. B. Activities by others which may affect performance of the work include. 1. Biosolids Storage Tank 2. Electrical SG. Contractor is Texsun 3. Digester Cleaning. Contractor is Synagro C. Cooperate, communicate, and coordinate in advance with others to minimize interference and delays. 1.05 PARTIAL USE OR OCCUPANCY A. Substantial Completion on the following portions of Work for Owner's occupancy including specified testing, training of Owner's personnel, and other preparations necessary for Owner's occupancy or use: 1. New Chlorine Storage Building. 2. New Chlorine Scrubber. B. Following occupancy, Owner will: 1. Provide power to operate equipment and systems. 2. Repair damage caused by Owner's occupancy. C. Following occupancy, Contractor will: 1. Correct defective work. 1.06 ALTERNATES A. As specified in Section 01_23_00 - Alternates. 1.07 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Contractor shall maintain and take responsibility for overall coordination of the Work. B. Obtain construction schedules form each subcontractor and require each subcontractor to maintain schedules and coordinate modifications. C. Contractor shall have a preconstruction video made that records the project sites (with the Engineer and Owner present) including all concrete and asphalt pavements, curb and gutter, fencing to remain, structures to be demolished, and existing structures and facilities that are to be modified. Record video within 2 weeks after receiving Notice to Proceed. 1. The original and 2 copies of the DVD shall be turned over to Engineer and Owner prior to beginning construction activities. a. Submit video within three (3) weeks of the notice to proceed. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_11_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_11_00 (CONFORMED) 2. The format of the video file on the DVD shall be 1 file that can be played on a desktop in the windows media player. 3. The video shall clearly identify existing site and structural conditions prior to construction. D. Use of Premises 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and equipment stored on the Site. E. Examination of the Site 1. Visit the site, to compare drawings and specifications with any work in place, and observe all site conditions, including other work, if any, is being performed. Failure to visit the site shall not relieve the Contractor from the necessity of furnishing materials or performing work required to complete work in accordance with the Contract Documents. F. Partial Owner Occupancy 1. The City reserves the right to take possession and use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time of completion of the Work, providing it does not interfere with the Contractor's work. Such possession or use of the Work shall not be construed as final acceptance of the project or any portion thereof PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_11_00-4 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/Client/TXIFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01-1100 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_11_02 CONTRACT DOCUMENT LANGUAGE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Explanation of arrangement, language, reference standards and format. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Construction Specifications Institute (CSI): 1. MasterFormatTM. 2. SectionFormatTM. 3. PageFormatTM. 1.03 PROJECT MANUAL ARRANGEMENT A. Document and Section numbers used in Project Manual, and Project Manual arrangement are in accordance with CSI MasterFormatTM, except where departures have been deemed necessary. B. Sections are written in CSI SectionFormatTM, Three -Part Section Format, except where departures have been deemed necessary. C. Page format for Sections in the Project Manual is in PageFormatTM, except where departures have been deemed necessary. 1.04 CONTRACT DOCUMENT LANGUAGE A. Specification Section Paragraphs entitled "Section Includes" summarize briefly what is generally included in the section. 1. Requirements of Contract Documents are not limited by "Section Includes" paragraphs. B. Specifications have been partially streamlined by intentionally omitting words and phrases, such as "the Contractor shall," "in conformity therewith," "shall be" following "as indicated," "a," "an," "the" and "all." 1. Assume missing portions by inference. C. Phrase "by Engineer" modifies words such as "accepted," "directed," "selected," "inspected," and "permitted," when they are unmodified. D. Phrase "to Engineer" modifies words such as "submit," "report," and "satisfactory," when they are unmodified. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_11_02-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Speclications/01_11_02 (CONFORMED) E. Colons () are used to introduce a list of particulars, an appositive, an amplification, or an illustrative quotation: 1. When used as an appositive after designation of product, colons are used in place of words "shall be." F. Word "provide" means to manufacture, fabricate, deliver, furnish, install, complete, assemble, erect in place, test, render ready for use or operation, including necessary related material, labor, appurtenances, services, and incidentals. G. Words "Contractor shall' are implied when direction is stated in imperative mood. H. Term "products" includes materials and equipment as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_11_02-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_11_02 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_14_00 WORK RESTRICTIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Requirements for sequencing and scheduling the Work affected by existing site and facility, work restrictions, and coordination between construction operations and plant operations. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Baseline Schedule with MOP tasks. B. Method of Procedure (MOP) Form. C. Method of Procedure (MOP) Log. D. Progress Schedule with MOP tasks. 1.03 GENERAL CONSTRAINTS ON SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING OF WORK A. Wastewater projects: 1. The Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility is the City of Fort Worth's only means of treating domestic and industrial wastewater prior to discharging to the Trinity River. Impairing the operational capabilities of this treatment plant will result in serious environmental damage and monetary fines. 2. Conduct Work in a manner that will not impair the operational capabilities of essential elements of the treatment process or reduce the capacity of the entire treatment plant below levels sufficient to treat the quality of raw wastewater to the water quality limitations specified in the discharge permit. 3. Conduct commissioning and process start-up activities as specified in Section 01_75_17 - Commissioning in a manner that will not impair the operational capabilities of essential elements of the treatment process or reduce the capacity of the entire treatment plant below levels sufficient to treat the quality of raw wastewater to the water quality limitations specified in the discharge permit. 4. The status of the treatment plant shall be defined as "operational" when it is capable of treating the entire quantity of wastewater received to the water quality limits specified in the discharge permit. B. Work sequence and constraints: 1. Utilize description of critical events in work sequence in this Section as a guideline for scheduling and undertaking the Work. 2. Work sequence and constraints presented do not include all items affecting completion of the Work, but are intended to describe critical events necessary to minimize disruption of the existing facilities and to ensure compliance with NPDES permit requirements. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) C. Instrumentation and controls process performance testing: 1. After the Process Operational Period, test PCIS system as specified in Section 01_75_17 - Commissioning. 1.04 SHUTDOWN AND CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS A. General shutdown constraints: 1. Execute the Work while the existing facility is in operation. 2. Some activities may be accomplished without a shutdown. 3. Apply to activities of construction regardless of process or work area. 4. Activities that disrupt plant or utilities operations must comply with these shutdown constraints. 5. Organize work to be completed in a minimum number of shutdowns. 6. Provide thorough advanced planning, including having required equipment, materials, and labor on hand at time of shutdown. 7. Where required to minimize treatment process interruptions while complying with specified sequencing constraints, provide temporary pumping, power, lighting, controls, instrumentation, and safety devices. 8. Final determination of the permitting of shutdowns will be the sole judgment of the Owner. 9. Owner maintains the ability to abort on the day of the scheduled shutdown. B. General maximum plant flow work limitations: 1. Activities that disrupt plant operations are prohibited during the following flow conditions, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer. a. Flow condition: Maximum month, 300 mgd. C. Unit process availability work limitations: 1. Shutdowns and tie-ins or other activities that disrupt plant operations are prohibited unless the following unit process availability conditions exist and unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer. 2. At a minimum, the following facilities must be in service in order to proceed with a scheduled shutdown. a. Headworks and primary sedimentation. b. Aeration. c. Secondary Clarification. d. Filters. e. Disinfection. D. Shutdown activities: 1. Scheduling: a. Perform between the hours of 4 a.m. and 8 a.m. or as approved by Owner. 2. Unplanned shutdowns due to emergencies are not defined in this Section. E. Plant Shutdown 1. Maximum duration for a complete plant shutdown shall be 30 minutes during the period of lowest daily flow as determined by the Owner. 2. Complete plant shutdowns may or may not be allowed, at the Owner's sole discretion. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) F. Dewatering of existing process and disposal of residue: 1. When the Owner has turned the process unit over to the Contractor for modification or temporary use, the Contractor is responsible for costs and procedures required to dewater and dispose of liquid, solids, etc. in the process unit. a. Drainage and disposal of process unit liquids, solids, etc. into another treatment process unit on the plant site may be allowed if approved in advance by the Engineer and Owner, and is conducted in accordance with Owner's requirements. b. Costs for dewatering, disposal of solids and residuals, and preparation of surfaces for the Work are Contractor's responsibility. 1) Includes tipping fees for the removal and disposal of the grit/debris. c. Dewatering of grit/debris to meet landfill requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. d. Contractor shall provide adequate time in schedules for draining and cleanup of basins and channels.] G. Process area construction constraints: 1. The following sequences and constraints shall be observed while working in and around each of the following process areas. a. Material hauling operations: 1) Contractor shall comply with restrictions regarding Contractor's use of site and premises as specified in Section 01_14_00 - Summary of Work. 1.05 METHOD OF PROCEDURE (MOP) A. MOP Instructions: See Appendix A. B. Prepare MOP for the following conditions: 1. Shutdowns, diversions, and tie-ins to the existing facility. 2. Process start-up activities. 3. Power interruption and tie-ins. 4. Switch over between temporary and permanent facilities, equipment, piping, and electrical and instrumentation systems. 5. Process constraints requiring interruption of operating processes or utilities. C. Other Work not specifically listed may require MOPS as determined necessary by the Contractor, Owner, or Engineer. D. Submit Baseline Schedule 01_32_17 - Progress Schedules and Reports - Medium Projects with proposed MOPS. E. Submit MOP Log at construction progress meetings. F. No consideration will be given to claims of additional time and cost associated to preparing MOPS required by the Owner and Engineer to complete this work in a manner that facilitates proper operation of the facility and compliance with effluent discharge criteria. G. Where required to minimize treatment process interruptions while complying with specified sequencing constraints, provide temporary pumping, power, lighting, controls, instrumentation, and safety devices. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A101Specificationsl0l_14_00 (CONFORMED) 1.06 COMPLIANCE WITH NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM PERMIT A. The existing facility is operating under the terms of a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit issued by the TCEQ. This permit specifies the water quality limits that the plant must meet prior to discharge of effluent .A copy of the existing permit is on file for review at the Owner's offices. B. Perform work in a manner that will not prevent the existing facility from achieving the finished water quality requirements established by regulations. C. Bear the cost of penalties imposed on the Owner for discharge violations caused by actions of the Contractor. 1.07 REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATION OF PLANT AND MAINTAINING CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES A. Facilities or conditions required to keep the existing plant operational include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Electrical power including transformers, distribution wiring, and motor control centers. 2. Headworks/ Dissolved Air Flotation 3. Primary Clarifiers 4. Aeration Basins 5. Secondary Clarifiers 6. RAS/WAS/Scum Pumping 7. Filters. 8. Disinfection (Chlorination and Dechlorination) 9. Solids Storage 10. Solids Thickening. 11. Solids Dewatering. 12. Solids Digestion. 13. Plant water system. 14. Plant air. 15. Laboratory facilities. 16. Office, toilets, and washrooms. 17. Fencing and gates. 18. Lighting. 19. Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning. 20. Instrumentation, meters, controls, and telemetry equipment. 21. Safety equipment and features. 22. Parking for City employees and vehicles required for operation and maintenance of the Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility. 23. Telephone system. 24. Storm drainage. 25. Natural gas service. B. Conduct the Work and provide temporary facilities required to keep the existing plant continuously operational. C. Do not remove or demolish existing facilities required to keep the existing plant operational at the capacities specified until the existing facilities are replaced by temporary, new, or upgraded facilities or equipment. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) Test replacement facilities to demonstrate operational success prior to removing or demolishing existing facilities for a minimum period of 14 days of continuous operation. 1.08 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE ACCESS A. Provide safe, continuous access to process control equipment for plant operations personnel. 1.09 UTILITIES A. Provide advance notice to and utilize services of utility locating services for location and marking of underground utilities operated by utility agencies other than the Owner. B. Maintain electrical, telephone, water, gas, chlorine piping, sulfur dioxide piping sanitary facilities, and other utilities within existing facilities in service. Provide temporary utilities when necessary at no additional cost to the Owner. C. New yard utilities were designed using existing facility drawings. 1. Field verification of utilities locations was not performed during design. 2. Services crossed or located nearby by new yard utilities may require relocation and possible shutdowns. 3. Pipe alignments as indicated on the Drawings. 1.10 WORK SEQUENCE A. Chlorination and dechlorination facilities: 1. Keep existing chlorination facilities in operation during construction of new chlorination- facility additions. 2. Construct new access road to chlorine fill station prior to placing the chlorine tanks and fill station into service. Pay for and provide extra hose to chlorine supplier as needed for delivery during construction. 3. Install and test hydraulic load cell tank weighing system before the initial fill of chlorine. Ensure that tanks have been cleaned and purged with nitrogen with all new chlorine lines tested before the initial fill of chlorine. 4. Test new tanks in continuous operation for at least 14 days before demolishing the existing chlorine tanks. Demolish northern most existing tank first. 5. Contractor shall coordinate all chlorine equipment isolations and shutdowns with plant staff. Plant staff will perform valve actuation for desired isolation at the request of the Contractor. Contractor shall schedule all such Work with the owner in advance using the Method of Procedure. 6. Compliance chlorination points are CCB 21, CCB22, CCB 31, and CCB 32. Maintaining disinfection at the chlorine contact basins is critical to meeting the TPDES permit. 7. Keep existing chlorine gas header inside in operation until all evaporators have been replaced with new evaporators and tested for a minimum of 14 days of continuous operation. 8. Provide temporary liquid chlorine header and/or gas header if needed to install replacement evaporators. Replace evaporators as soon as possible. 9. A minimum of four (4) evaporators must be in service at all times. a. Install four (4) evaporators on north and south side in separate phases. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) b. First, install four (4) new replacement evaporators on the north side of the evaporator room and place them into service. Test for 14 days minimum and then move to the south side to install four (4) new replacement evaporators. 10. Switch over to new chlorination system including new tanks and evaporators, when tested and continuously operational. 11. Install chlorine vacuum tubing on chlorine vacuum lines outside of the existing chlorinator room during a shutdown of the pipe to be repaired. Isolate the line by isolating the chlorinator the pipe's dedicated feed point. 12. Dechlorination facilities are located at the northwest corner of the plant. Keep dechlorination facilities in operation during construction of replacement dechlorination facilities as part of Bid Alternate 1. The OWNER requires one tank in operation at all times and if active work is not ongoing within a single work week, then a second tank must be brought online for 100% redundancy. The improvements may be sequenced as follows: a. Install and test hydraulic load cell tank weighing system before the initial fill of sulfur dioxide. b. Install all piping and appurtenances for the new Sulfur Dioxide Tank in empty bay at west end. This empty bay has existing supports for placing the tank. Coordinate tank with existing supports. c. Route outlet piping down the east side of the tank and turn north atop the trunnion to the containment wall. Mount the 1 -inch outlet piping to the wall and follow wall around to existing concrete pipe trench, as seen on the drawings. d. Test, and fill the new Sulfur Dioxide Tank in an empty bay. e. Empty and purge the eastern -most Sulfur Dioxide Tank and make connection to the newly installed Tank outlet piping in the concrete pipe trench. f. Operate the newly -installed Sulfur Dioxide Tank as the primary means to dechlorinate the wastewater effluent. g. Empty and purge the middle Sulfur Dioxide Tank. h. Remove and replace the middle Sulfur Dioxide Tank along with all piping and appurtenances. i. Test and Fill the middle Sulfur Dioxide Tank for OWNER approval. j. Remove decommissioned the eastern -most Sulfur Dioxide Tank along with all piping and appurtenances. Protect the concrete trunnions in place. B. Scrubber facilities 1. Construct scrubber facilities before placing new chlorine storage area in service. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Cllent/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX A "Method of Procedure" (MOP) Instructions and Forms Definition and Purpose "Method of Procedure" (MOP) is a detailed document submitted by the Contractor to request process shutdown(s), utility tie-in(s), work in areas that may risk unanticipated outages, or flow diversions to accommodate site construction activities during a project. Such activities may include (but are not limited to) new tie-ins to utilities or structures, mechanical modifications to process piping or equipment, demolition, bulkhead installation, and cleaning processes. The MOP provides a detailed plan to the Owner and Engineer that describes specific aspects of the work including purpose, time of execution, and anticipated impacts on treatment processes. The MOP also includes contingency measures and provisions for rapid closure in the event that shutdown or work progress difficulties are encountered. Information from relevant trades associated with the requested shutdown, diversion, or tie-in is also included. The Owner should use the information within the MOP to define operational procedures and methods to safely and successfully assist the Contractor. MOP Process Summar WHO STEP TIMING Contractor 1. Identify MOPs needed on MOP Log and Baseline Schedule. 7 days prior to Preconstruction Scheduling Meeting Contractor, Owner, Engineer 2. Pre -MOP Meeting. More than 28 days prior to work Contractor 3. Submits MOP. No later than 28 days prior to work Owner 4. Reviews MOP. Owner 5. MOP finalized. 7 days prior to work Contractor 6. Complete Readiness Checklist. 5 days prior to work Contractor 7. Complete Safety Checklist. Just prior to commencing work Contractor 8. Complete Work. Contractor 9. Update MOP Log and Progress Schedules. Monthly September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) MOP Process Detail STEP 1. Identifies MOPs needed on MOP Log and Baseline Schedule. Contractor submits a preliminary list of anticipated project MOPs on MOP Log. MOPs identified but not limited to those shutdowns, diversions, or tie-ins described in the Contract Documents. Incorporate MOPs as tasks in Baseline Schedule. Date scheduled MOPs to coincide with the appropriate construction activities. STEP 2. Pre -MOP Meeting. Contractor requests a Pre -MOP Meeting with the Owner and Engineer to discuss the nature of the shutdown, diversion, or tie-in, and to gather the information necessary to complete the MOP Form. The pre -MOP meeting may be waived by the Owner or Engineer if the work is deemed to be minor. STEP 3. Submits MOP. Contractor completes the MOP Form and submit 3 copies for approval to the Owner's Project Manager (OPM). STEP 4. Reviews MOP. OPM distributes MOP Form for review by the Owner's Construction Coordinator, O&M Representative, and Engineer's Project Representative. Review MOP Form for completeness, accuracy, compliance with both the construction schedule, constraints defined in contract documents, and to ensure that the requested work does not negatively impact plant operations or other concurrent project activities. Additional information may be requested to better understand the nature of and method for completing the Work. STEP 5. MOP finalized. Once the MOP is agreed to by all parties, the MOP will be finalized by signature. Copies are distributed to the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor. STEP 6. Complete Readiness Checklist. Contractor verifies everything is ready for the work. STEP 7. Complete Safety Checklist. Contractor ensures safety. STEP 8. Complete work. Contractor complete work. STEP 9. Update MOP Log and Progress Schedules. Contractor updates MOP Log weekly and distributes at the regularly scheduled construction progress meetings. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) 4C can I/ . Owner: Contractor: Project Name: Submittal Title: METHOD OF PROCEDURE (MOP) FORM Date: Carollo Project No.: Submittal No.: _ SpeclDwg. Reference: MOP # Task Title (Provide 00 word title): Submittal Date: (No later than 28 days prior to work) SCHEDULE OF WORK ACTIVITY START: Date/Time END: Date/Time REQUESTOR: PRIMARY POINT OF CONTACT: PHONE/PAGER: SECONDARY POINT OF CONTACT: PHONE/PAGER: NOTIFY ❑ Control Room, Phone ❑ I Security, Phone BUILDING: LOCATION OF WORK FLOOR/LEVEL: DESCRIPTION OF WORK: (Provide sufficient details on process isolation, work sequencing, and safety (i.e., control of significant hazards unique to the work) to demonstrate an understanding of the work and how it will be completed within the constraints, and its impact on the processes and facility.) Task Summary: Processes Affected: Trades Affected: WORK PLAN: Work Sequencing: Process Isolation: Spill Prevention Plan: Contingency Plans: CRITICAL EQUIPMENT/TOOLS: (pumps and discharge hoses with correct fittings, blind flanges and pipe plugs, no -hub fittings, properly sized electrical service components, generators,portable lighting, chlorine for potable waterpipe breaks, etc. E]J Acoustic Ceiling/or Walls Access ❑ Excavation Permit ❑ I Lock Out/Tag Out ❑ Chemical Use Approval ❑ Fire Sprinkler Impairment ❑ I Life Safety Systems ❑ Confined Space Permit ❑ Flammable Materials ❑ Roof Protocol ❑ Critical Lift Plan ❑ Flush / Discharge ❑ Work After Dark ❑ Energized Electrical Work ❑ High Pressure Test ❑ ❑ Elect. Panel Schedules ❑ Hot Work/Open Flame ❑ EXISTING SERVICES AT RISK: ❑ I Breathing Air ❑ Elect Normal ❑ Process Access ❑ Telephones ❑ I Chemical Distribution ❑ Fire Protection ❑ Safety Showers ❑ UPS ❑ City Water ❑ HVAC ❑ SCADA ❑ VAX/DATA ❑ Communication ❑ Inert Gas ❑ Security ❑ ❑ Domestic Drain ❑ Instrument - Air ❑ Solvent Drain ❑ ❑ Elect -Bus Duct ❑ Life Safety System ❑ Specialty Gases ❑ ❑ Elect Emergency ❑ Natural Gas ❑ Storm Drain ❑ REVIEWER'S INSTRUCTIONS / COMMENTS: ❑ PREJOB BRIEFING MUST BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK: Full Name(printed) Signature Phone Date Submitted B S stem Owner Reviewer if needed September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10ISpeckationsl0i_14_00 (CONFORMED) Reviewer if needed September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-10 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) READINESS CHECKLIST (5 days prior to work) Checklist provided as a guide but is not all inclusive. Confirm all parts and materials are on site: 2. Review work plan: 3. Review contingency plan: September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-11 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) SAFETY CHECKLIST (Just prior to commencing work) Checklist provided as a guide but is not all inclusive. 1. Location awareness: a. Emergency exits: b. Emergency shower and eyewash: C. Telephones and phone numbers: d. Shut-off valve: e. Electrical disconnects: 2. Inspect work area: a. Take time to survey the area you are working in. Ensure that what you want to do will work. Do you have enough clearance? Is your footing secure? Do you have adequate lighting and ventilation? Are surrounding utilities out of the way for you to perform your work? 3. SDS (Safety Data Sheets): a. Understand the chemicals and substances in the area you are working in by reading the SDS. 4. Lockout/Tagout Procedure: a. Lockout/tagout energy sources before beginning work. b. Make sure all valves associated with the work are locked out and tagged out on each side of the penetration. C. Make sure the lines are depressurized. 5. Overhead work: a. Use appropriate personal protective equipment; i.e., safety harness, lifeline, etc. b. Select appropriate tie -off points; i.e., structurally adequate, not a pipe or conduit, etc. C. Spotter assigned and in position. d. Pipe rack access; i.e., check design capacity, protective decking or scaffolding in place, exposed valves or electrical switches identified and protected. 6. Safety equipment: a. Shepherd's hook. b. ARC flash protection. C. Fire extinguisher. d. Other: 7. Accidents: a. Should accidents occur, do not shut off and do not attempt to correct the situation, unless you are absolutely positive that your action will correct the problem and not adversely affect other people or equipment. 8. Review process start-up documents: a. In the event the system is shutdown, the Control Center should have a working knowledge of the process start-up procedures in order to deal effectively with unforeseen events. 9. Evacuation procedures: a. Do not obstruct evacuation routes. b. Take time to survey the area for evacuation routes. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-12 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) Method of Procedure (MOP) Log Sample MOP Number Task Title Date Requested Date Approved Date Work Planned Work Completed (yes/no) 001 002 003 September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_14_00-13 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_14_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_23_00 ALTERNATES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Identification and description of Alternates. 1.02 PROCEDURES A. Alternates will be exercised at Owner's option. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the Work, including changes under Alternates accepted by Owner in Notice of Award. 1.03 ALTERNATES A. Alternate 1- Replace existing sulfur dioxide equipment with new sulfur dioxide tanks, piping, pipe supports, valves, safety devices, access platform, fill station, insulation, heaters, weighing system, instrumentation, pressure switches, pressure gauges, wire, conduit, cable as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. Provide all equipment, labor, existing equipment and utility protection, pipe testing, tank testing, coordination, materials, power, temporary systems, construction planning and sequencing as needed to provide a complete and operable sulfur dioxide dechlorination system. Maintain sulfur dioxide dechlorination system operation through the entire duration of construction. A combination of existing, new, and temporary systems may be used to accomplish dechlorination. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_23_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrFX/Fort Worthl9585A10/SpeOications/01_23_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_26_00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for executing a change in the Work. 1.02 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS A. Change Order Cost Basis Summary Form: 1. Submit a sample to Engineer for review within 15 calendar days following Notice to Proceed. a. Items will be reviewed and their value, percentage, or calculation method mutually agreed to by the Contractor and Owner prior to executing a Change Order on the Project. 2. Used by the Contractor for pricing each Change Order required for additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. 3. Include the following information: a. Agreed upon markups, percentages, and procedures for calculating all surcharges, etc. associated with the Cost of the Change Order Work. b. References for unit price information and special unit price information. c. Attachments with the following information: 1) Certified labor rates breakdown. 2) Equipment rates. 3) Bond and insurance rates (PI&I). 1.03 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION OR INTERPRETATION (RFI) A. Contractor may issue RFIs to request additional information. 1. Interpretation of the documents. 2. Request for information that may be missing. 3. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents 4. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents 5. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and Specifications a. Identify the conflict and request clarification B. General Instructions: 1. Use RFI Form that has been approved by the City. 2. Number RFIs consecutively. Prefix with "RFI" followed by series number, "- xxx", beginning with "01" and increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal a. Add a consecutive letter to the RFI number on modified submittals of the same RFI (i.e., RFI 4B). September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_26_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Cllent/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_26_00 (CONFORMED) 3. Provide RFI for 1 item. a. There may be exceptions when multiple items are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group of items as a whole. b. RFIs with multiple items will be rejected without review. 4. Contractor sign and date RFIs indicating review and approval. a. Contractor's signature indicates that they have satisfied RFI review responsibilities and constitutes Contractor's written approval of RFI. b. RFIs without Contractor's signature will be returned to the Contractor unreviewed. Subsequent submittal of this information will be counted as the first resubmittal. C. Engineer will render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract within 21 days. 1. In the event the Contractor identifies an RFI as critical to the progress of the project, Engineer will make every effort to reduce the RFI response time. 1.04 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. Owner or Engineer may initiate changes by submitting a Request for Proposal (RFP) to Contractor including the following information: 1. Detailed description of the Change, Products, and location of the change in the Project. 2. Supplementary or revised drawings or specifications. 3. Projected time span for making the change, and a specific statement if overtime work is authorized. 4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. 5. Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute the changes, or to stop work in progress. B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a Change Proposal to Engineer containing the following: 1. Description of proposed changes. 2. Reason for making changes. 3. Specific period of time during which requested price will be considered valid. 4. Effect on Total Contract Cost and/or Contract Time. 5. Documentation supporting any change in Total Contract Cost and/or Contract Time, as appropriate. 1.05 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE AUTHORIZATION A. In lieu of a Request for Proposal (RFP), Engineer may issue a Work Change Directive Authorization for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Authorization will describe changes in the Work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change, and will designation method of determining any change in the Contract Sum and/or the Contract Time, as appropriate. C. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Work Change Directive Authorization as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_26_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_26_00 (CONFORMED) D. Contractor may sign and date the Work Change Directive Authorization to indicate agreement with the terms. 1.06 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE PROPOSALS A. Change proposal: 1. Support with sufficient substantiating data to allow Engineer to evaluate the quotation. a. Lump sum. b. Unit prices: Use previously established unit prices. c. Time-and-material/force account basis: 1) Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work, and date of the order. 2) Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 3) Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. 4) Receipts and invoices for: a) Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. b) Products used, listing of quantities. c) Subcontracts. 2. Provide additional data to support time and cost computations: a. Labor required. b. Equipment required. c. Products required: 1) Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. 2) Quantities required. d. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. e. Credit for work deleted from Contract, similarly documented. f. Overhead and profit. g. Justification for change to Contract Time. 1.07 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS AND FIELD ORDERS A. Engineer will prepare each Change Order and Field Order. B. Change Orders: 1. Will describe changes in the Work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change. 2. Will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. 3. Recommendation of Change Proposal is indicated by Engineer's signature. 4. Upon signature and execution by Owner, the Change Proposal becomes a Change Order altering the Contract Time and Total Contract Cost, as indicated. a. Owner's Representative will transmit one signed copy each to Contractor and Engineer. 5. Contractor may only request payment for changes in the Work against an approved Change Order. 6. If either Engineer or Owner's Representative disapproves the Change Proposal, the reason for disapproval will be stated. a. A request for a revised proposal or cancellation of the proposal will be shown. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_26_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_26_00 (CONFORMED) C. Field Orders: 1. Order minor changes in the Work without changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.08 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Content of Change Orders will be based on, either: 1. Engineer's Proposal Request and Contractor's responsive Change Proposal as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor. 2. Contractor's Change Proposal for a change, as recommended by Engineer. B. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time and serve as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. C. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Content of Change Orders will be based on, either: 1. Engineer's definition of the scope of the required changes. 2. Contractor's Change Proposal for a change, recommended by Engineer. 3. Survey of completed work. B. The amounts of the unit prices to be: 1. Those stated in the Contract. 2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to start of the work: 1. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes. 2. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms. D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work: 1. Engineer or Owner will issue a Work Change Directive authorization directing Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices, and will cite the applicable unit prices. 2. At completion of the change, Engineer will determine the cost of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used. 3. Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item and any claims for a change in Contract Time. E. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time and serve as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. F. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_26_00-4 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/ClienUTX/For Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_26_00 (CONFORMED) 1.10 TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE AUTHORIZATION A. Engineer will issue a Work Change Directive for the Owner's signature authorizing Contractor to proceed with the changes. B. At completion of the change, Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting data as specified in this Section. C. Engineer will determine the allowable cost of such work, as provided in the Contract Documents. D. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time and serve as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. E. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement. 1.11 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment forms to record each Change Order as a separate item of Work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum. B. Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time. Revise sub schedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes. C. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_26_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9565A110/Specifications/01_26_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_29_00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Procedures for submitting applications for payment and means used as a basis for Progress Payments, including: 1. Cost Summaries. 2. Payment for Mobilization. 3. Commissioning and Process Start -Up. 4. Demobilization. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 1.03 BASIS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Base Application for Payment on the breakdown of costs for each scheduled activity in the Progress Schedule and the Percentage of Completion for each activity. Generate Application for Payment by downloading cost data from the Progress Schedule to a spreadsheet type format. Identify each activity on the Progress Schedule that has a cost associated with it, the cost of each activity, the estimated Percent Complete for each activity, and the Value of Work Completed for both the payment period and job to date. 1.04 PAYMENT REQUESTS A. Prepare progress payment requests on a monthly basis. Base requests on the breakdowns of costs for each scheduled activity and the percentage of completion for each activity. B. Indicate total dollar amount of work planned for every month of the project. Equate sum of monthly amounts to Lump Sum Contract Price. C. Generate Progress Payment request forms by downloading cost data from the schedule information to a spreadsheet type format. Identify each activity on the Progress Schedule that has a cost associated with it, the cost for each activity, the estimated percent complete for each activity, and the value of work completed for both the payment period and job to date. D. Provide Summary of Cost Information. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_29_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_29_00 (CONFORMED) 1.05 COST SUMMARIES A. Prepare Summary of Cost Information for each Major Item of Work listed in the Schedule of Values. Identify the Value of Work Completed for both the payment period and job to date. B. Cash flow summary: Prepare cash flow summary, indicating total dollar amount of work planned for each month of the project. Equate sum of monthly amounts to Lump Sum contract price. 1.06 PAYMENT FOR MOBILIZATION A. Limit amounts included under mobilization to the following items: 1. Moving on the site any equipment required for first month operations. 2. Installing temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. 3. Establishing fire protection plan and safety program. 4. Developing construction water supply. 5. Providing field office trailers for the Contractor and the Engineer, complete with all specified furnishings and utility services including telephones. 6. Providing on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified. 7. Arranging for and erection of Contractor's work and storage yard, employee parking facilities, and entrance road. 8. Submit all required insurance certificates and bonds. 9. Obtaining all required permits, licenses, and fees. 10. Submit preliminary schedule of values of the Work. 11. Submit preliminary schedule and develop baseline schedule. 12. Submit standardized traffic maintenance and control plans. 13. Submit cash flow in tabular and graphical formats. 14. Submit Contractor's quality control plan. 15. Submit Schedule of Submittals. 16. Submit pre -construction photographs and videos. 17. Provide and erect the project sign. 18. Post all OSHA, (state agency), Department of Labor, and all other required notices. 19. Location and flagging of construction and clearing. 20. Have Contractor's project manager and/or general superintendent on job site full-time. B. Furnish data and documentation to substantiate the amounts claimed under mobilization. C. Limit price for mobilization to no more than 5 percent of Contract Price. D. No payment for mobilization, or any part thereof, will be recommended until all mobilization items listed above have been completed. 1.07 PAYMENT FOR COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP A. Total Price for commissioning and process start-up shall not be less than 3percent of Contract Price. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_29_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_29_00 (CONFORMED) 1.08 PAYMENT FOR DEMOBILIZATION A. Total Price for demobilization shall not be less than 3 percent of Contract Price. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_29_00-3 9585A10 pwalCarollolDocumentsiCllenVT)UFortWorth19585A10iSpecificatlonsi01_29_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_29_73 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Requirements for preparation, format, and submittal of Schedule of Values. 1.02 PREPARATION A. Print out Schedule of Values from accepted Preliminary or Baseline Schedule submitted and accepted under Section 01_32_17 - Progress Schedules and Reports - Medium Projects. Schedule of Values shall be a listing of all cost loaded, on- site construction activities from the progress schedule, listed in numerical order, showing that the sum total of all cost loaded activities equals the value of Contract. B. When the schedule is changed or revised to include added or deleted work, the Schedule of Values shall also be revised such that the sum total of all cost loaded activities continuously equals the current Contract value. C. Prepare Schedule of Values identifying costs of Major Items of Work and other costs shown in sample included at end of this Section. D. Divide the work into a minimum of the following major items of work: 1. Project Administration/ General Conditions. 2. New Chlorine Storage Building. 3. Existing Chlorine Building Improvements. 4. Demolition. 5. New Chlorine Scrubber Facility. 6. Bid Alternate- Sulfur Dioxide. 7. Site Civil. 8. Electrical. 9. Instrumentation and Controls. E. Assign prices to Major Items of Work which aggregate the Contract Price. Base prices on costs associated with scheduled activities based on the Project Schedule for each Major Item of Work. F. All work associated with Bid Items shall include all subsidiary work associated with Division 00 and Division 01 specifications. No separate payment will be made for Work associated with these divisions. G. Correlate line items with other administrative schedules and the forms required for the work, including the progress schedule, payment request form, listing of subcontractors, schedule of allowances, schedule of alternatives, listing of products and principal suppliers and fabricators, and the schedule of submittals. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_29_73-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_29_73 (CONFORMED) H. Provide breakdown of the Contract Sum in accordance with measurement and payment sections and with sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of payment requests and progress reports. 1. Break down principal subcontract amounts into several line items per lump sum Bid Items listed in the Proposal Form. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal of the Schedule of Values is a condition precedent to the issuance of any payment under this Contract. B. Submit preliminary schedule of values. C. Submit corrected schedule of values within 10 days upon receipt of reviewed Schedule of Values, but no later than 10 days prior to anticipated submittal of first Application for Payment. D. Upon request, support prices with data which will substantiate their correctness. E. If activities are added or removed from the Progress Schedule revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit. 1.04 SAMPLE SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Following is an acceptable form for Schedule of Values: September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_29_73-2 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_29_73 (CONFORMED) [(SAMPLE ONLY) SCHEDULE OF VALUES NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEM LUMP SUM COST 1. Mobilization. 2. General earthwork and grading. 3. Miscellaneous yard piping. List Major Items of Work identified in Paragraph 1.02 C and number consecutively. 4. Electrical work 5. Major Items of Work (for example, pump station, headworks, etc.) 6. General instrumentation work not included on Major Items of Work. 7. Start-up and demobilization 8. Miscellaneous work items and other prices not included in previous items and necessary to complete the Work. TOTAL LUMP SUM BID] PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_29_73-3 9585A10 pw:I/Carollo)Documents/CllenVTX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/01_29_73 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_29_77 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. 1.02 FORMAT A. Develop satisfactory spreadsheet -type form generated by downloading cost data from the Progress Schedule. 1. Submit payment requests using City- approved Contractor's Application for Payment Form and attach spreadsheet with cost data related to Progress Schedule. 2. Submit draft example of Contractor's Application for Payment Form 15 working days prior to first Application for Payment. B. Fill in information required on form. C. When Change Orders are executed, add Change Orders at end of listing of scheduled activities: 1. Identify change order by number and description. 2. Provide cost of change order in appropriate column. D. After completing, submit Application for Payment. E. Engineer will review application for accuracy. When accurate, Engineer will transmit application to Owner for processing of payment. F. Execute application with signature of responsible officer of Contractor. 1.03 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. Provide Substantiating Data with cover letter identifying: 1. Project. 2. Application number and date. 3. Detailed list of enclosures. 4. For stored products with item number and identification on application, description of specific material, and proof of insurance coverage for offsite stored products. 5. Submit "certified" payroll, if applicable. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 4 copies of Application for Payment and Substantiating Data with cover letter. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_29_77-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrFX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_29_77 (CONFORMED) 1.05 PAYMENT REQUESTS A. Prepare progress payment requests on a monthly basis. Base requests on the breakdowns of costs for each scheduled activity and the percentage of completion for each activity. B. Indicate total dollar amount of work planned for every month of the project. Equate sum of monthly amounts to Lump Sum Contract Price. C. Generate Progress Payment request forms by downloading cost data from the schedule information to a spreadsheet type format. Identify each activity on the Progress Schedule that has a cost associated with it, the cost for each activity, the estimated percent complete for each activity, and the value of work completed for both the payment period and job to date. D. Prepare summary of cost information for each Major Item of Work listed in the Schedule of Values. Identify the value of work completed for both the payment period and job to date. E. Payment period: 1. Monthly Application for Payment period shall begin on the 1 st day of each month, and end on the last day of each month. 2. Submit Application for Payment to Engineer no later than the 5th day of each month for work completed the previous month. 3. Engineer will finalize and submit recommendation for Application for Payment to Owner by the 15th day of each month to allow time for processing and approval. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_29_77-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_29_77 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_31_19 PROJECT MEETINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Requirements for conducting conferences and meetings for the purposes of addressing issues related to the Work, reviewing and coordinating progress of the Work and other matters of common interest, and includes the following: 1. Qualifications of Meeting Participants. 2. Preconstruction Conference. 3. Progress Meetings. 4. Pre -Installation Meetings. 5. Schedule Update Meetings. 6. Quality Control Meetings. 7. Pre -Shutdown Meetings. 8. Pre -Process Start-up Meetings. 9. Electrical and Instrumentation Coordination Meetings. 10. Close-out meeting. 11. Post Construction Meeting. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS OF MEETING PARTICIPANTS A. Representatives of entities participating in meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of entity each represents. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Meeting will be held within 14 days after execution of the agreement and before work is started. City will arrange preconstruction conference in place convenient for most invitees. B. Preconstruction Conference invitees: Contractor's project manager and superintendent, Owner, Engineer, representatives of utilities, major subcontractors, major suppliers and others involved in performance of the Work, and others necessary to agenda. C. Engineer will preside at conference. D. Purpose of conference: To establish working understanding between parties and to discuss Construction Schedule, shop drawing and other submittals, cost breakdown of major lump sum items, processing of submittals and applications for payment, and other subjects pertinent to execution of the Work. E. Agenda will include: 1. Introduction of Project Personnel 2. General Description of Project 3. Contract Time September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_31_19-1 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_31_19 (CONFORMED) 4. Notice to Proceed 5. Construction Staking 6. Progress Payments 7. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures 8. Field Orders 9. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 10. Insurance Renewals 11. Payroll Certification 12. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing 13. Public Safety and Convenience 14. Documentation of Pre -Construction Conditions 15. Weekend Work Notification 16. Legal Holidays 17. Trench Safety Plans 18. Confined Space Entry Standards 19. Coordination with the City's representative for operations of existing water systems 20. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 21. Coordination with other Contractors 22. Early Warning System 23. Contractor Evaluation 24. Special Conditions applicable to the project 25. Damages Claims 26. Submittal Procedures 27. Substitution Procedures 28. Correspondence Routing 29. M/WBE or MBE/SBE procedures 30. Final Acceptance 31. Final Payment 32. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 33. Distribution and discussion of list of major subcontractors and suppliers. 34. Proposed progress schedules and critical construction sequencing. 35. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 36. Schedule changes to the Contract. 37. Project coordination. 38. Designation of responsible personnel. 39. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions. b. Proposal requests. c. Submittals. d. Change Orders. e. Request for Information/Interpretations. f. Applications for Payment. g. Record Documents. 40. Use of premises: a. Office, construction, and storage areas. b. Owner's requirements. 41. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids. 42. Temporary utilities. 43. Safety and first aid procedures. 44. Security procedures. 45. Housekeeping procedures. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_31_19-2 9585A10 pw:/ICarollo/DocumentslClienUTX/Fort Worthl9585A10ISpecificationsl01_31_19 (CONFORMED) 46. Questions and Comments F. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. 1. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. G. Engineer will record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties. 1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. City Will SGhedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the WoFk at . um weekly mnteFvals. Engineer with the assistance of the City will schedule and administer meetings throughout the progress of the Work at maximum monthly interyals.AD1 B. City will make arrangements for meetings and preside at meetings. Contractor shall prepare agenda with copies for participants, C. Attendance required: Owner, Engineer, Contractor, Contractor's Project Manager, superintendent, quality control manager, project scheduler, major subcontractors and suppliers as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Additional invitees: Owner utility companies when the Work affects their interests, and others necessary to agenda. E. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meeting/minutes. 2. Safety and security. 3. Construction schedule summary. 4. Items which impede construction schedule 5. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other construction contracts 6. Revisions to construction schedule 7. Coordination of schedules 8. Review monthly pay request 9. Review of 6 weeks schedule. 10. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 11. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 12. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 13. Request for information (RFI's) status. 14. Review Record Documents. 15. MOP's/shutdown coordination. 16. Change order management status. 17. Maintenance of quality standards (QA/QC). 18. Field observations, problems, and conflicts. 19. Commissioning and process start-up. 20. General Items. 21. Action items. 22. Next meeting. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_31_19-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_31_19 (CONFORMED) F. Engineer will record minutes and distribute copies within 5 calendar days after meeting to participants, with copies to Contractor, Owner, and those affected by decisions made. G. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested by the City, Engineer, or Contractor. 1.05 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections or requested by Engineer, convene pre -installation meeting at Project site before commencing work of specific section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, Work of specific section. C. Notify Engineer 7 calendar days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Contractor will record minutes and distribute electronic copies within 7 calendar days after meeting to participants, with copies to Engineer, Owner, and those affected by decisions made. 1.06 SCHEDULE UPDATE MEETINGS A. Engineer will schedule meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals. Engineer will make arrangements for meetings B. Contractor will prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside at meetings. C. Attendance required: Owner, Engineer, Contractor, Contractor's Project Manager, General Superintendent, project scheduler, major subcontractors and suppliers as appropriate to agenda topics for each meetings. D. Additional invitees: Owner utility companies when the Work affects their interests and others necessary to the agenda. E. Agenda prepared by Contractor: 1. Review Monthly Schedule, (Actual Progress and Variance). a. "Activities Started/Completed" this period. b. "Activities Started/Completed" "Variance" Baseline vs. current. c. "Added/Deleted Activities". d. "Revised Activity Descriptions". e. Any significant Proposed Logic Changes. 2. Review milestone "Substantial Completion" Schedule: a. "Critical" Activities - "Critical Area, Float and Vital Statistics". 3. Review "Cumulative and Monthly Costs" graph. 4. Review "Budgeted Cost" indicating the Current Project Budgeted Cost. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_31_19-4 9585A10 pw:/ICarollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_31_19 (CONFORMED) F. Contractor will record changes for update and distribute electronic copies within 7 calendar days after meeting to participants and interested parties. 1.07 QUALITY CONTROL MEETINGS A. Contractor will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum weekly intervals. B. Contractor will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: Construction Manager and staff, Contractor's Quality Control Manager and staff. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress and schedule. 3. Review of out -of -compliance inspection or test results. 4. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 5. Review of offsite fabrication and delivery schedules. 6. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 7. Coordination of required inspections and tests. 8. Review 6 -week schedule report with upcoming inspections and special tests. 9. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 10. Other business relating to Work. E. Contractor will record minutes and distribute electronic copies within 5 calendar days after meeting to participants, and those affected by decisions made. F. Quality control meeting can be performed for 1. Coordination with other construction projects. 2. Resolution of construction issues. 3. Equipment approval. 1.08 PRESHUTDOWN MEETINGS A. Follow Owner's standard Construction Method of Procedure (MOP). See Appendix A of Section 01 14 00 - Work Restrictions for MOP format. B. All short-term and longer-term shutdowns and other tie-ins that require an Owner approved MOP also require a pre -shutdown meeting at Project site prior to commencing shutdown for tie-in or modification of specific plant systems. C. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by shutdown, including Engineer, specific work crews, Owner's construction, operations, and maintenance staff. D. Notify Engineer 7 calendar days in advance of meeting date. E. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review accepted MOP including conditions of shutdown, preparation, and installation procedures. 2. Review timelines and sequences. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_31_19-5 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocuments/ClientrfX/Fort Worth/9585At0ISpeciticationsl01_31_19 (CONFORMED) 3. Review responsibilities. 4. Review dry run plan and schedule, as necessary. 5. Review coordination with related work. F. Contractor will record minutes and distribute copies within 5 calendar days after meeting and prior to scheduled shutdown to participants, with copies to Engineer, Owner, and those affected by decisions made. 1.09 PRE-PROCESS START-UP MEETINGS A. All processes and equipment that requires testing and process start-up also requires a pre -startup meeting at Project site before commencing process start-up of specific plant systems. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by process start-up and testing, including Engineer, specific work crews, Owner's construction operations, and maintenance staff. C. Notify Engineer 7 calendar days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review accepted MOP including conditions of process start-up and testing, preparation, and installation procedures. 2. Review timelines and sequences. 3. Review responsibilities. 4. Review dry run plan and schedule, as necessary. 5. Review coordination with related work. E. Contractor will record minutes and distribute electronic copies within 5 calendar days after meeting and prior to scheduled process start-up to participants, with copies to Engineer, Owner, and those affected by decisions made. F. Follow Owner's standard Construction Method of Procedure (MOP). See Appendix A of Section 01 14 00 - Work Restrictions for MOP format. 1.10 ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Electrical Meetings: 1. Pre -submittal review meeting as specified in Section 26_05_00 - Common Work Results for Electrical. 2. Electrical System Study Meetings (3 separate meetings) as specified in Section 26_05_74 - Electrical System Studies. 3. Other meetings as required and as otherwise specified. B. Instrumentation and Control Meetings: 1. Pre -Submittal Conference as specified in Section 40_61_00 - Common Work Results for Process Control and Instrumentation Systems. 2. System Configuration Meetings (3 separate meetings) as specified in Section 40_61_00 - Common Work Results for Process Control and Instrumentation Systems. 3. Graphics Meetings (2 separate meetings) as specified in Section 40_68_16 - Control Systems: PCS Software. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01 31_19-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_31_19 (CONFORMED) 4. Report Meetings (2 separate meetings) as specified in Section 40_68_16 - Control Systems: PCS Software. 5. Other meetings as required and as otherwise specified. 1.11 CLOSE-OUT MEETING A. Engineer will schedule close-out meeting. B. Engineer will make arrangements for meeting, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside at meeting. C. Attendance required: Owner, Engineer, Contractor, Contractor's Project Manager, Superintendent. D. Agenda: 1. Review punch list completion. 2. Transfer of record documents. 3. Finalize payment. E. Engineer will record minutes and within 5 calendar days after meeting distribute copies to participants. 1.12 POST CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Meet with and inspect the Work 11 months after date of Substantial Completion with Owner and Engineer. B. Owner will arrange meeting at least 7 days before meeting. C. Meet in Owner's office or other mutually agreed upon place. D. Inspect the Work and draft list of items to be completed or corrected. E. Review service and maintenance contracts, and take appropriate corrective action when necessary. F. Complete or correct defective work and extend correction period accordingly. G. Require attendance of Contractor, Project Manager, or Superintendent, appropriate manufacturers and installers of major units of constructions, and affected subcontractors. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION AD1 Addendum No, 1 September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_31_19-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_31_19 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_32_17 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Preparation, submittal, and maintenance of computerized progress schedule and reports, contract time adjustments, and payment requests, including the following: 1. Preliminary Schedule. 2. Baseline Schedule. 3. Monthly Schedule Updates. 4. Weekly Summary Schedule. 5. Schedule of Submittals. 6. Manpower Schedule. 7. Equipment Schedule. 8. Commissioning and Process Start-up Schedule. 9. As -built Schedule. 1.02 SCHEDULER A. Designate, in writing and within 5 calendar days after Notice of Award, person responsible for preparation, maintenance, updating and revision of all schedules. B. Qualifications of scheduler: 1. Authority to act on behalf of Contractor. 2. 5 years verifiable experience in preparation of complex construction schedules for projects of similar value, size, and complexity. 3. Knowledge of critical path method (CPM) scheduling utilizing Primavera P6 Professional. C. Owner reserves the right to disapprove scheduler when submitted by Contractor if not qualified. Owner reserves the right to remove scheduler from the project if found to be incompetent. 1.03 SCHEDULING FORMAT AND SOFTWARE A. Schedule format: Utilize CPM format. B. Prepare computerized schedule utilizing Primavera P6 Professional, most current version. 1. Provide 1 licensed copy of the scheduling software to the Engineer, registered in the Engineer's name, for the duration of the project. 2. The provided copy of the software shall be a standalone version for installation on a standalone computer. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) 1.04 PRECONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING MEETING A. Engineer will conduct Preconstruction Scheduling Meeting with Contractor's Project Manager, General Superintendent, and scheduler within 7 calendar days after Notice To Proceed. This meeting is separate from the Preconstruction Conference Meeting and is intended to cover schedule issues exclusively. B. At the meeting, review scheduling requirements. These include schedule preparation, reporting requirements, updates, revisions, and schedule delay analysis. Present schedule methodology, planned sequence of operations, and proposed activity coding structure. C. Review the draft cost -loaded baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate understanding of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints related to the schedule D. Coding structure: 1. Submit proposed coding structure, identifying the code fields and the associated code values it intends to use in the project schedule. 2. A minimum, include code fields for Project Segment or Phase, Area of Work, Type of Work. 3. Submittal/Procurement/Construction and Responsibility/Subcontractor. Refer to NETWORK DETAILS AND GRAPHICAL OUTPUT for listing of activity categories to be included in the schedule. E. Naming convention: Name schedule files with the year, month and day of the data date, revision identifier, and a description of the schedule. 1. Example 1: 2014_07_30 rev 1 draft baseline schedule.xer. 2. Example 2: 2014_09_30 rev 2 sep final update.xer. F. Filing: Post submitted files to Owner's construction document control system. 1.05 SCHEDULE PREPARATION A. Preparation and submittal of Progress Schedule represents Contractor's intention to execute the Work within specified time and constraints. Failure to conform to requirement may result in termination for cause as specified in Document 00_72_00 - General Conditions under Suspension of Work and Termination. B. Contractor's bid covers all costs associated with the execution of the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule. C. During preparation of the preliminary Progress Schedule, Engineer will facilitate Contractor's efforts by being available to answer questions regarding sequencing issues, scheduling constraints, interface points, and dependency relationships. D. Prepare schedule utilizing Precedence Diagramming Method (PDM). September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) E. Prepare schedule utilizing activity durations in terms of working days. Do not exceed 15 working day duration on activities except concrete curing, submittal review, and equipment fabrication and deliveries. Where duration of continuous work exceeds 15 working days, subdivide activities by location, stationing, or other sub -element of the Work. Coordinate holidays to be observed with the Owner and incorporate them into the schedule as non -working days. F. Failure to include an activity required for execution of the Work does not excuse Contractor from completing the Work and portions thereof within specified times and at price specified in Contract. Contract requirements are not waived by failure of Contractor to include required schedule constraints, sequences, or milestones in schedule. Contract requirements are not waived by Owner's acceptance of the schedule. In event of conflict between accepted schedule and Contract requirements, terms of Contract govern at all times, unless requirements are waived in writing by the Owner. G. Reference schedule to working days with beginning of Contract Time as Day "1". H. Baseline Schedule and Project Completion: Should Contractor submit a Baseline Schedule showing project completion more than 20 working days prior to Contract completion date Owner may issue Change Order, at no cost to Owner, revising time of performance of Work and Contract completion date to match Contractor's schedule completion date. Adjust accordingly any Contract milestone dates. Contract float is for the mutual benefit of both Owner and Contractor. Changes to the project that can be accomplished within this available period of float may be made by Owner without extending the Contract time, by utilizing float. Time extensions will not be granted nor delay damages owed until Work extends beyond currently accepted Contract completion date. Likewise, Contractor may utilize float to offset delays other than delays caused by Owner. Mutual use of float can continue until all available float shown by schedule has been utilized by either Owner or Contractor, or both. At that time, extensions of the Contract time will be granted by Owner for valid Owner -caused or third party -caused delays which affect the planned completion date and which have been properly documented and demonstrated by Contractor. J. Schedule logic: Assembled to show order in which Contractor proposes to carry out Work, indicate restrictions of access, availability of Work areas, and availability and use of manpower, materials, and equipment. Form basis for assembly of schedule logic on the following criteria: 1. Which activities must be completed before subsequent activities can be started? 2. Which activities can be performed concurrently? 3. Which activities must be started immediately following completed activities? 4. What major facility, equipment or manpower restrictions are required for sequencing these activities? K. Non -sequestering of float: Pursuant to float sharing requirements of Contract, schedule submittals can be rejected for, use of float suppression techniques such as preferential sequencing or logic, special lead or lag logic restraints, extended activity durations or imposed dates. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) L. Interim milestone dates, operational constraints: In event there are interim milestone dates and/or operational constraints set forth in Contract, show them on schedule. Do not use Zero Total Float constraint or Mandatory Finish Date on such Contract requirements. M. Schedule windows for owner -furnished, Contractor -installed equipment or materials: Immediately after Award of Contract, obtain from Engineer anticipated delivery dates of Owner furnished equipment or materials. Show these dates in the schedule in same manner indicated by Engineer. N. Cost loading: All schedules: 1. Only on-site construction activities. 2. The sum total of all cost loaded activities equal the current value of the Contract, including change orders, at all times. 3. Owner acceptance of the Baseline Schedule creates the Schedule of Values required as specified in Section 01_29_73 - Schedule of Values. 4. Provide updated Schedule of Values as the monthly Payment Application as specified in Section 01_29_77 - Applications for Payment. 5. Payments will not be made until updated Schedule of Values is accepted. 1.06 NETWORK DETAILS AND GRAPHICAL OUTPUT A. Produce a clear, legible, and accurate calendar based, time scaled, graphical network diagram. Group activities related to the same physical areas of the Work. Produce the network diagram based upon the early start of all activities. B. Include for each activity, the description, activity number, estimated duration in working days, total float, and all activity relationship lines. C. Illustrate order and interdependence of activities and sequence in which Work is planned to be accomplished. Incorporate the basic concept of the precedence diagram network method to show how the start of 1 activity is dependent upon the start or completion of preceding activities and its completion restricts the start of following activities. D. Indicate the critical path for the project. E. Delineate the specified contract duration and identify the planned completion of the Work as a milestone. Show the time period between the planned and Contract completion dates, if any, as an activity identified as project float unless a Change Order is issued to officially change the Contract completion date. F. Identify system shutdown dates, system tie-in dates, specified interim completion or milestone dates and contract completion date as milestones. G. Include, in addition to construction activities: 1. Submission dates and review periods for major equipment submittals, shoring submittals, and indicator pile program: a. Shoring reviews: Allow 4 -week review period for each shoring submittal. b. Pile indicator program: Allow 3 -week review period for analysis of program. 2. Any activity by the Owner or the Engineer that may affect progress or required completion dates. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) 3. Equipment and long -lead material deliveries over 8 weeks. 4. Approvals required by regulatory agencies or other third parties. H. Produce network diagram on 22 -inch by 34 -inch sheets with grid coordinate system on the border of all sheets utilizing alpha and numeric designations. Identify the execution of the following: 1. Mobilization. 2. All required submittals and submittal review times showing 30 calendar day duration for such activities and equal amount of time for re -submittal reviews. 3. Equipment and materials procurement/fabrication/delivery. 4. Excavation. 5. Shoring design and submission of detailed shoring submittals. Identify submission as a milestone. 6. Shoring review, shoring materials procurement, shoring installation, and shoring removal. 7. Piles. 8. Backfill and compaction. 9. Dewatering. 10. Grading, subbase, base, paving, and curb and gutters. 11. Fencing and landscaping. 12. Concrete, including installation of forms and reinforcement, placement of concrete, curing, stripping, finishing, and patching. 13. Tests for leakage of concrete structures intended to hold water. 14. Masonry. 15. Metal fastenings, framing, structures, and fabrications. 16. Wood structures, finish carpentry, architectural woodwork, and plastic fabrications. 17. Waterproofing and dampproofing, insulation, roofing and flashing, and sealants. 18. Doors and windows, including hardware and glazing. 19. Finishes including coating and painting, flooring, ceiling, and wall covering. 20. Building specialties including furnishings, laboratory equipment, and toilet and bath accessories. 21. Process equipment, including identification of ordering lead-time, factory testing, and installation. 22. Pumps and drives, including identification of ordering lead time, factory testing, and installation. 23. Conveying equipment including hoists and cranes, conveyor systems, and materials handling equipment, including identification of ordering lead-time and installation. 24. Other mechanical equipment including fans and heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment. 25. Trenching, pipe laying, and trench backfill and compaction. 26. Piping, fittings and appurtenances, including identification of ordering and fabrication lead time, layout, installation and testing. 27. Valves, gates, and operators, including identification of order lead-time, installation, and testing. 28. Plumbing specialties. 29. Draft Operations and Maintenance Manuals. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-5 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/ClienUMFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) 30. Delivery and installation on four (4) evaporators with associated electrical, controls, piping, valves, and safety devices on the north side of the existing evaporator room. 31. Delivery and installation on four (4) evaporators with associated electrical, controls, piping valves and safety devices on the south side of the existing evaporator room. 32. Test all chlorine gas piping. 33. Test all liquid chlorine piping. 34. Delivery and installation of pureflex tubing on chlorine vacuum lines. 35. Delivery and installation of three (3) new chlorine storage tanks with associated piping, valves, and safety devices in the new chlorine storage room. 36. Bid Alternate - Delivery and installation of two (2) new sulfur dioxide storage tanks with associated piping, valves, and safety devices in sulfur dioxide storage areas. 37. Excavate and shore New Chlorine Storage Building, 38. Excavate and shore Chlorine Scrubber Facility. 39. Complete piers for New Chlorine Storage Building. 40. Complete piers for Chlorine Scrubber Area. 41. Complete concrete slab for New Chlorine Storage Building. 42. Complete structural framing for New Chlorine Storage Building. 43. Complete walls for New Chlorine Storage Building. 44. Complete concrete slab for Chlorine Scrubber. 45. Complete concrete walls for Chlorine Scrubber. 46. Delivery and installation of Chlorine Scrubber mechanical equipment. 47. Delivery and installation of Chlorine Scrubber vendor control panel. 48. Completion of Chlorine scrubber ductwork. 49. Completion of Chlorine scrubber caustic piping. 50. Delivery and installation of MCC -CS. 51. Delivery and installation of fire alarm control panel. 52. Delivery and installation of HVAC control panel. 53. Design and installation of wet pipe fire protection system. 54. Deliver and install overhead coiling doors. 55. Deliver and install exhaust fans. 56. Deliver and install louvers. 57. Shutdowns and Methods of Procedure. 58. Electric transmission, service, and distribution equipment, including identification of ordering lead-time, and factory testing. 59. Other electrical work including lighting, heating and cooling, and special systems, including identification of ordering lead-time. 60. Instrumentation and controls, including identification of ordering lead-time. 61. Preliminary testing of equipment, instrumentation, and controls. 62. Commissioning Phase: a. Source Testing. b. Owner Training. c. Installation Testing. d. Functional Testing. e. Overall Facility Testing. 63. Process Start-up Phase: a. Process Start-up. b. Process Operational Period. c. Instrumentation and Controls Performance Testing. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/For Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) 64. Substantial completion. 65. Punch list work. 66. Record Documents. 67. Warranties and Bonds. 68. Final Operations and Maintenance manuals. 69. Demobilization. 1.07 SUBMITTAL OF PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Submit preliminary and baseline schedule. B. Submit, on a monthly basis, updated schedules as specified. C. Submit final schedule update as specified. D. Submit revised schedules and time impact analyses as specified. E. Submit schedules in the media and number of copies as follows: 1. 3 sets of the CPM network and/or bar chart (as specified by the Owner) on D -size sheets. Color -coding to be specified by the Owner. 2. 3 sets of Tabular reports listing all activities sorted numerically identifying duration, early start, late start, early finish, late finish, total float, and all predecessor/successor information. 3. 2 sets of CPM Schedule data electronic files in a native backed -up file (.xer) stored on CD/DVD. 1.08 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE A. Submit Preliminary Schedule within 14 calendar days after Notice to Proceed. Include a detailed plan of operations for first 90 calendar days of Work after receipt of Notice to Proceed. B. Meet with Engineer within 7 calendar days after receipt of Preliminary Schedule to review and make necessary adjustments. Submit revised preliminary schedule within 5 calendar days after meeting. C. Submit schedule of costs for all activities on revised Preliminary Schedule. D. Schedule of costs: 1. Schedule of Values required under Section 01_29_73 - Schedule of Values for first 90 calendar days of Work. 2. Submittal and acceptance of Preliminary Schedule is condition precedent to making of progress payments under Section 01_29_77 - Applications for Payment and payments for mobilization costs otherwise provided for in the Contract. 3. No pay item Work shall commence until Preliminary Schedule and schedule of costs have been accepted by Owner. E. Incorporated unchanged, the accepted Preliminary Schedule as first 90 calendar days of activity in Contractor's Baseline Schedule. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) F. Updated monthly during first 90 calendar days after Notice to Proceed. Updated Preliminary Schedule shall be the payment application required under Section 01_29_77 - Applications for Payment. 1.09 BASELINE SCHEDULE A. No more than 45 calendar days after Notice to Proceed, submit the Baseline Schedule for all Work of the project. Show sequence and interdependence of all activities required for complete performance of all Work, beginning with date of Notice to Proceed and concluding with date of final completion of Contract. B. Acceptance of the Baseline Schedule by the Owner is a condition precedent to making payments as specified in Section 01_29_77 - Applications for Payment after the first 90 calendar days after Notice to Proceed. 1.10 WEATHER DAYS ALLOWANCE A. Include as a separate identifiable activity on the critical path, an activity labeled "Weather Days Allowance." Insert this activity at the end of the schedule. B. Weather Days are defined as a day when the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather, or conditions resulting there from, from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force for at least 5 hours toward completion of the current critical path item, or item]. C. Duration of Weather Days Allowance is specified in Document 00_72_00 - General Conditions and 00_73_00 - Supplementary Conditions or 30 working days whichever is greater. The Contract Time includes a weather day allowance of 30 working days. No extension in Contract Time will be allowed for the first t 30 working days lost due to weather conditions. D. Insert an activity in critical path to reflect weather day occurrences when weather days are experienced and accepted by Engineer. Identify this activity as a weather delay. E. Reduce duration of Weather Days Allowance activity as weather delays are experienced and inserted into the schedule. Remaining weather days in Weather Day Allowance at completion of project is considered float. F. Weather conditions that prevent or inhibit the Contractor's performance of the Work and affect the Critical Path indicated on the Schedule shall be referred to as a Weather Day. A Weather Day is defined as the Contractor being unable to perform at least 4 hours of work on the Critical Path. The Contractor shall provide a written notice to the Engineer of the occurrence of a weather day within 2 days after the onset of such weather and shall describe in reasonable detail the type of weather encountered and the Work interfered with or interrupted. A schedule update will not suffice as a written notice. The Engineer will determine if the weather day constitutes a use of a portion of the Weather Day Allowance. After use of all the Weather Day Allowance, the Engineer will determine if the Contractor is entitled to an extension of the Contract Time due to weather conditions. Weather days are considered excusable delay as defined in this Section. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) 1.11 REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE OF SCHEDULES A. Engineer will review Baseline Schedule, Schedule Updates, Schedule Revisions, and Time Impact Analyses to ascertain compliance with specified project constraints, compliance with milestone dates, reasonableness of durations and sequence, accurate inter -relationships and completeness. B. Engineer and Owner will issue written comments following completion of review of Baseline Schedule within 21 calendar days after receipt. C. Written comments on review of Schedule Updates and Schedule Revisions and Time Impact Analyses will be returned to Contractor within 14 calendar days after receipt by Engineer. D. Revise and resubmit schedule in accordance with Engineer's comments within 7 calendar days after receipt of such comments, or request joint meeting to resolve objections. E. If Engineer requests a meeting the Contractor and all major subcontractors must participate in the meeting with Engineer. 1. Revise and resubmit schedule within 7 calendar days after meeting. F. Use accepted schedule for planning, organizing, and directing the work and for reporting progress. G. Engineer's submittal review response: 1. When schedule reflects Owner's and Contractor's agreement of project approach and sequence, schedule will be accepted by Owner. 2. Engineer's submittal review response for schedule submittal will be "Receipt Acknowledged - Filed for Record" including applicable comments. 3. Acceptance of the schedules by the Owner is for general conformance with the Contract Documents and for Owner's planning information, and does not relieve the Contractor of sole responsibility for planning, coordinating, and executing the Work within the contract completion dates. Omissions and errors in the accepted schedules shall not excuse performance less than that required by the Contract Documents. Acceptance by the Owner in no way constitutes an evaluation or validation of the Contractor's plan, sequence or means, methods, and techniques of construction. 1.12 SCHEDULE UPDATES A. Any update: 1. Prepare update using most recent accepted version of schedule including: a. Actual start dates of activities that have been started. b. Actual finish dates of activities that have been completed. c. Percentage of completion of activities that have been started but not finished. d. Actual dates on which milestones were achieved. e. Update activities by inputting percent complete figures with actual dates. f. Use retained logic in preparing Schedule Updates. g. When necessary, input remaining durations for activities whose finish dates cannot be calculated accurately with a percent complete figure only. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientlTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) h. Revisions to the schedule may be included that have been previously approved as specified in this Section under Revisions to Schedule. B. Monthly updates: 1. Submit written narrative report in conjunction with each Schedule Update including descriptions of the following: a. Activities added to or deleted from the schedule are to adhere to cost and other resource loading requirements. 1) Identify added activities in manner distinctly different from original activity designations. b. Changes in sequence or estimated duration of activities. c. Current or anticipated problems and delays affecting progress, impact of these problems and delays and measures taken to mitigate impact. d. Assumptions made and activities affected by incorporating change order work into the schedule. 2. Submit updated schedule and materials specified under Submittal of Progress Schedules, 5 calendar days before the monthly schedule update meeting. 3. Since Monthly Schedule Update is the application for progress payment required as specified in Section 01_29_77 - Applications for Payment, submittal and acceptance of the monthly Schedule Update is a condition precedent to the making of any progress payments. C. Weekly progress meeting: 1. Update the schedule prior to weekly progress meeting. a. Identify overall progress of each Major Item of Work in the Summary Schedule. b. If there are significant changes to the schedule, submit a written report at the weekly progress meeting. 2. Should monthly Schedule Update show project completion earlier than current Contract completion date, show early completion time as schedule activity, identified as "Project Float". 3. Should monthly Schedule Update show project completion later than current Contract completion date, prepare and submit a Schedule Revision in accordance with the Revisions to Schedule. 1.13 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULE A. Submit Revised Schedule within 5 calendar days of any of the following occurring: 1. When delay in completion of any activity or group of activities indicates an overrun of the Contract time or milestone dates by 20 working days or 5 percent of the remaining duration, whichever is less. 2. When delays in submittals, deliveries, or work stoppages are encountered making necessary the replanning or rescheduling of activities. 3. When the schedule does not represent the actual progress of activities. 4. When any change to the sequence of activities, the completion date for major portions of the work, or when changes occur which affect the critical path. 5. When Contract modification necessitates schedule revision, submit schedule analysis of change order work with cost proposal. B. Create a separate submittal for Schedule Revisions including a Recovery Schedule: 1. Comply with schedule updates as specified in this Section. 2. Do not submit with Schedule Updates. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-10 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) C. Schedule Revisions will not be reflected in the schedule until after the revision is accepted by the Owner: 1. This includes Schedule Revisions submitted for the purpose of mitigating a Contractor -caused project delay (Recovery Schedule). D. Schedule Recovery: 1. If, in the opinion of Engineer, Contractor falls behind the accepted Construction Schedule due to actions or neglect of Contractor or Contractor's agents, servants, employees, officers, subcontractors, directors, or any party contracting to perform part or all of the Work or to supply any equipment or materials, Contractor shall take steps, including, but not limited to, increasing the number of personnel, shifts, and/or overtime operations, days of work, and/or amount of construction equipment until such time as the Work is back on schedule. Contractor shall also submit for review no later than the time of submittal of the next request for partial payment, such supplementary Recovery Schedule or schedules as may be necessary to demonstrate the manner in which the acceptable rate of progress will be regained, all without additional cost to Owner. E. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion date will not be met, or when so directed by the City, make some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to the City 1. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule outlining: 2. A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule 3. Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to meet projected baseline completion dates 4. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work 5. Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule 6. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested by the City, the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in manpower (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and holiday work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule. 7. No additional cost for such work will be considered. 1.14 PAYMENT REQUESTS AND CASH FLOW A. After Baseline Schedule has been submitted and accepted by the Owner, submit on a monthly basis, a tabular and graphic report showing anticipated earnings each month of the contract period. This tabulation will be based on the summation of the cost -loaded activities each month. Submit an updated payment schedule each month showing actual earned amounts and anticipated remaining earnings. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-11 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClient/TX/Fort Worth/9585A101Specificationsl01_32_17 (CONFORMED) B. Utilize cost loaded monthly Progress Schedule Updates as the applications for payment as specified in Section 01_29_77 - Applications for Payment. List payment application in Excel format of all schedule activities showing cost and percentage completion during the current month for which payment is sought. The Owner will retain an amount equal to 10 percent of the estimated value of work performed during each estimate period in which the Contractor fails to submit an acceptable schedule conforming to the requirements of these Specifications as determined by the Engineer. Schedule retentions will be released for payment on the next monthly for partial payment following the date that acceptable schedules are submitted to the Engineer or as otherwise specified in this Section. Upon completion of all contract work and submittal of the final update schedule and certification, any remaining retained funds associated with this Section will be released for payment. Retentions held in conformance with this Section shall be in addition to other retentions provided for in the contract. No interest will be due the Contractor on retention amounts. 1.15 WEEKLY SCHEDULE A. Submit to Engineer, at every weekly progress meeting, a 6 -Week Schedule showing the activities completed during the previous week and the Contractor's schedule of activities for following 5 weeks. B. Use the logic and conform to the status of the current progress schedule when producing a Weekly Schedule in CPM schedule or a bar chart format. In the event that the Weekly Schedule no longer conforms to the current schedule, Contractor may be required to revise the schedule as specified in this Section. C. The activity designations used in the Weekly Schedule must consistent with those used in the Baseline Schedule and the monthly Schedule Updates. D. Contractor and Engineer must agree on the format of the Weekly Schedule. 1.16 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Requirements for Schedule of Values are specified in Section 01_29_73 - Schedule of Values. B. Submit, in conjunction with the Progress Schedule, a Schedule of Values identifying costs of all on-site construction activities as generated by the cost loaded schedule. Equate the aggregate of these costs to the Lump Sum Contract Price. 1.17 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES A. Contract Time will be adjusted only for causes specified in Contract Documents. 1. Non -excusable delay: Non -excusable delays include actions or inactions of the Contractor, or events for which the Contractor has assumed contractual responsibility (including actions or inactions of subcontractors, suppliers, or material manufacturers at any tier) that would independently delay the completion of the Work beyond the current Contract completion date). No time extensions will be granted for non -excusable delays. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-12 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) 2. Excusable delay: Events which are unforeseeable, outside the control of, and without the fault or negligence of either the Owner or the Contractor (or any party for whom either is responsible), which would independently delay the completion of the Work beyond the current Contract completion date. The Contractor is entitled to a time extension only. No other damages will be approved. 3. Compensable delay: Actions or inactions of the Owner, or events for which the Owner has assumed contractual responsibility, which would independently delay the completion of the Work beyond the current Contract completion date. The Contractor is entitled to a time extension and delay damages. 4. Concurrent delay: Concurrent delay is any combination of the above 3 types of delay occurring on the same calendar date. a. Exception to concurrent delay: Cases where the combination consists of 2 or more instances of the same type of delay occurring on the same calendar date. When one cause of delay is Owner -caused or caused by an event which is beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of either the Owner or the Contractor and the other Contractor -caused, the Contractor is entitled only to a time extension and no delay damages. B. If the Contractor believes that the Owner has impacted its work, such that the project completion date will be delayed, the Contractor must submit proof demonstrating the delay to the critical path. This proof, in the form of a Time Impact Analysis, may entitle the Contractor to an adjustment of contract time. C. The Time Impact Analysis: 1. Use the accepted schedule update that is current relative to the time frame of the delay event (change order, third party delay, or other Owner -caused delay). Represent the delay event in the schedule by: a. Inserting new activities associated with the delay event into the schedule, b. Revising activity logic, or c. Revising activity durations. 2. If the project schedule's critical path and completion date are impacted as a result of adding this delay event to the schedule, a time extension equal to the magnitude of the impact may be warranted. 3. The Time Impact Analysis submittal must include the following information: a. A fragment of the portion of the schedule affected by the delay event. b. A narrative explanation of the delay issue and how it impacted the schedule. c. A CD containing the schedule file used to perform the Time Impact Analysis. D. When a delay to the project as a whole can be avoided by revising preferential sequencing or logic, and the Contractor chooses not to implement the revisions, the Contractor will be entitled to a time extension and no compensation for extended overhead. E. Indicate clearly that the Contractor has used, in full, all project float available for the work involved in the request, including any float that may exist between the Contractor's planned completion date and the Contract completion date. Utilize the latest version of the Schedule Update accepted at the time of the alleged delay, and all other relevant information, to determine the adjustment of the contract time. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-13 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (C(NFORMED) F. Adjustment of the Contract Times will be granted only when the Contract Float has been fully utilized and only when the revised date of completion of the Work has been pushed beyond the contract completion date. Adjustment of the Contract Times will be made only for the number of days that the planned completion of the work has been extended. G. Actual delays in activities which do not affect the critical path work or which do not move the Contractor's planned completion date beyond the Contract completion date will not be the basis for an adjustment to the contract time. H. If completion of the project occurs within the specified contract time, the Contractor is not entitled to job -site or home office overhead beyond the Contractor's originally planned occupancy of the site. Notify Engineer of a request for contract time adjustment. Submit request as specified in Document 00_72_00 - General Conditions. In cases where the Contractor does not submit a request for contract time adjustment for a specific change order, delay, or Contractor request within the specified period of time, then it is mutually agreed that the particular change order, delay, or Contractor request has no time impact on the Contract completion date and no time extension is required. The Engineer will, within 30 calendar days after receipt of a contract time adjustment, request any supporting evidence, review the facts and advise the Contractor in writing. 1. Include the new Progress Schedule data, if accepted by the Owner, in the next monthly Schedule Update. 1.18 SUMMARY SCHEDULE A. Provide Summary Schedule, which consolidates groups of activities associated with Major Items of Work shown on Baseline Schedule. Summary Schedule is intended to give an overall indication of the project schedule without a large amount of detail. B. Submit updated Summary Schedule at weekly progress meetings and after each Schedule Update or Schedule Revision. 1.19 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Submittals shall include submittals required in the Contract Documents but not limited to Commissioning and Process Start-up Plans, Training Plans, test procedures, operation and maintenance manuals, shop drawings, samples, record documents, and specifically required certificates, warranties, and service agreements. B. Preliminary Schedule of Submittals: 1. Due date: After Preliminary Schedule has been submitted and accepted by Owner. 2. Format: a. Include submittals anticipated in the first 90 calendar days after Notice to Proceed using early start dates. b. Indicate week and month anticipated for each submittal. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-14 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) c. Indicate "Priority" submittals where review time can impact Contractor's schedule. 1) "Priority" indication will not alter review times specified in Section 01_33_00 - Submittal Procedures. 2) Engineer will endeavor to provide early review of "Priority" submittals where possible. 3. Submittal of Preliminary Schedule of Submittals shall be a condition precedent to Owner making progress payments during the first 90 calendar days after Notice to Proceed. C. Final Schedule of Submittals: 1. Due date: After Baseline Schedule has been submitted and accepted by Owner. 2. Format: a. Include submittals using early start dates. b. Include all submittals, including those required in the preliminary Schedule of Submittals. c. Indicate week and month anticipated for each submittal. d. Indicate "Priority" submittals where review time can impact Contractor's schedule. 1) "Priority" indication will not alter review times specified in Section 01_33_00 - Submittal Procedures. 2) Engineer will endeavor to provide early review of "Priority" submittals where possible. 3. Submittal of Final Schedule of Submittals shall be a condition precedent to Owner making progress payments after the first 90 calendar days after Notice to Proceed. D. Provide updated Schedule of Submittals with updated schedules if schedule revisions change listing and timing of submittals. 1.20 MANPOWER SCHEDULES A. Due date: After Baseline Schedule has been submitted and accepted by Owner. B. Format: 1. Schedule histogram depicting total craft manpower and craft manpower for Contractor's own labor forces and those of each subcontractor. 2. Submit electronically on a computer disk in Excel format, with 1 paper copy. C. Progress payments after the first 90 calendar days after Notice to Proceed will not be made until manpower schedule is provided. 1.21 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE A. Due date: After Baseline Schedule has been submitted and accepted by Owner. B. Format: 1. Tabular report listing each major piece of construction equipment to be used in performing the Work. 2. Include major equipment for Contractor and each subcontractor. 3. Submit electronically on a computer disk in Excel format with 1 paper copy. September 2018 - CONFORMED 0132_17-15 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFO_RMED) C. Progress payments after the first 90 calendar days after Notice to Proceed will not be made until equipment schedule is provided. 1.22 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL A. Proposed Commissioning and Process Start-up Schedule: 1. Due date: As specified in Section 01_75_17 - Commissioning. 2. Schedule requirements: As specified in Section 01_75_17 - Commissioning. 3. Engineer response due within 20 calendar days of receipt. 4. Contractor responsible for updating schedule and resubmitting within 10 calendar days of receipt of Engineer and Owner comments. B. The Commissioning and Process Start-up Schedule may not be combined with the Detailed Schedule until Engineer acceptance of the Proposed Commissioning and Process Start-up Schedule. C. Commissioning and Process Start-up Schedule monthly update requirements: 1. Highlight percentages of completion, actual start and finish dates, and remaining durations, as applicable. 2. Include activities not previously included in the previously accepted detail work plan Commissioning and Process Start-up Schedule. 3. Change Order required for any change to contractual dates. 4. Reviews of these submittals by Engineer will not be construed to constitute acceptance within the time frames, durations, or sequence of work for each added activity. 1.23 FINAL SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL A. The final Schedule Update becomes the As -Built Schedule. 1. The As -Built Schedule reflects the exact manner in which the project was constructed by reflecting actual start and completion dates for all activities accomplished on the project. 2. Contractor's Project Manager and scheduler sign and certify the As -Built Schedule as being an accurate record of the way the project was actually constructed. B. Retainage will not be released until final Schedule Update is provided. 1.24 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-16 9585A10 pw,//Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_17-17 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_17 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_32_34 PHOTOGRAPHIC AND VIDEOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for photographs and videos. B. The purpose of the photographs and videos is to document the condition of the facilities prior to the Contractor beginning work at the Project site, the progress of the Work, and the Project site after Substantial Completion of the Work. C. The scope of the photographic and videographic documentation shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, but shall be acceptable to the Engineer. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Photographer qualifications. B. Pre -construction photographs and videos: Submit prior to beginning work at the Project site or prior to the Preconstruction Conference specified in Section 01_31_19 - Project Meetings, whichever occurs earlier. C. Construction photographs and videos: Submit with each application for payment. D. Post -construction photographs and videos: Submit with project closeout documents as specified in Section 01_77_00 - Closeout Procedures. 1.03 PHOTOGRAPHER A. Photographer qualified and equipped to photograph either interior or exterior exposures, with lenses ranging from wide angle to telephoto. B. Submit example work of previous photographs and video recording meeting the requirements of this Section. 1. Provide to Engineer no later than the pre -construction conference. 2. Provide photographs used for site examination. 3. Provide video of site examination. 4. Provide samples that used same camera and lighting equipment proposed for the Work. 5. Engineer will review work examples to determine if the quality of the images is acceptable. 6. Contractor is responsible for modifications to equipment and/or inspection procedures to achieve report material of acceptable quality. 7. Do not commence Work prior to approval of the material by the Engineer. 8. Once accepted, the standard report material shall serve as a standard for the remaining work. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_34-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_34 (CONFORMED) 1.04 KEY PLAN A. Submit key plan of Project site with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. B. Include the same label information as the corresponding set of photographs. 1.05 PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide prints of each photograph for each area of Work. B. Provide a digital copy of each photograph for each area of Work. 1. Monthly: Indexed digital CD. 2. Project record documents: a. Catalog and index prints in chronological sequence. b. Include typed table of contents. C. Provide flyover aerial digital photographs of each area of Work. 1. Prior to first flight, meet with Owner and Engineer to define required photo views and Work areas to be photographed. 2. Take 5 photos from each view. 3. Views: a. Take photos at oblique angles from the north, south, east, and west directions. b. Take photos directly overhead. 4. Some shots may cover the entire site and some may detail the areas under construction at the time of photography. 5. Submit 5 proofs of each view within 7 calendar days of the date the photographs were taken. a. Engineer will select the preferred photograph from each view that will be printed. 6. Frequency of flyover aerial digital photos: Quarterly. 1.06 PRE -CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEOS A. Provide photographs and video of the condition entire site including each area of Work prior to the start of Work. 1. Areas to be photographed and videoed shall include the site of the Work and all existing facilities, either on or adjoining the Project site, including the interior of existing structures, that could be damaged as a result of the Contractor's Work. 2. Include general condition, structures, vegetation, staging, storing, working, parking areas and excavation areas. 3. Produce a preconstruction video of the site, including all areas in the vicinity of and to be affected by construction. 4. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 5. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety period September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_34-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_34 (CONFORMED) 1.07 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEOS A. Provide photographs and videos of construction in each area of Work throughout progress of Work including a key plan designating where each photograph was taken. B. Take site and interior photographs and videos from differing directions of building demolition, pre -excavation, footing excavation, soil testing, utility crossings, installation of bypass piping, excavation of access pits, installation of lining system in pipes, rehabilitation of manholes, building modifications, utilities, electrical and instrumentation modifications, and other applicable activities indicating relative progress of the work. C. Take photos a maximum of 7 calendar days prior to submittal. 1.08 POST -CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEOS A. Provide photographs of the entire site including each area of Work at the completion of Work. 1. Include general condition, structures, vegetation, staging, storing, working, parking areas and excavation areas. 2. Take photos and video from same points in same direction as pre -construction examination. B. Submittal of photos and videos is a condition of final payment. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MEDIA A. Paper media: 1. Commercial grade, glossy surface, acid -free photographic paper. 2. Submit 3 prints of each photographic view within 7 days of taking photographs. 3. Format: a. Ground photos: Color, matte finish, 8 -1/2 -inch by 11 -inch size, mounted on soft card stock. b. Aerial photos: Color, matte finish, 11 -inch by 17 -inch size, mounted on soft card stock. c. Mount each print in a separate, archival type, non -glare, 3 -hole punched protector. 4. Identification: On photograph, provide the following information: a. Name of project. b. Date stamp: Unless otherwise indicated, date and time stamp each photograph as it is being taken so stamp is integral to photograph. c. Description of vantage point, indicating location and direction by compass point. 5. Provide a suitably sized 3 -ring binder for each set of prints. a. Furnish binders in sufficient quantities to hold entire set of prints taken for the duration of the Contract. b. Label binder spine and front with project name. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_34-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_32_34 (CONFORMED) B. Digital media: 1. 120 millimeters, 700 -MB, 80 -minute CD compatible with current Microsoft Windows. 2. Provide photos as individual, indexed JPG files with the following characteristics: a. Compression shall be set to preserve quality over file size. b. Highest resolution JPG images shall be submitted. Resizing to a smaller size when high resolution JPGs are available shall not be permitted. c. JPG image resolution shall be 5 megapixels at 2,400 by 1,800 or higher. d. Images shall have rectangular clean images. Artistic borders, beveling, drop shadows, etc., are not permitted. 3. Identification: On photograph, provide the following information: a. Name of project. b. Date stamp: Unless otherwise indicated, date and time stamp each photograph as it is being taken so stamp is integral to photograph. c. Description of vantage point, indicating location and direction by compass point. C. Videos: 1. DVD compatible, 120 millimeters, formatted for use with PC systems. 2. Video quality shall be 720p HD or greater in MPG, AVCHD, AVI, or MP4 format. 3. Digital color video format. 4. Provide audio portion of the composite CD sufficiently free from electrical interference and background noise to provide complete intelligibility of oral report. 5. Identification: On each copy provide a label with the following information: a. Name of project. b. Date video was recorded. 6. Submit 4 copies of each video within 7 days of recording. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Videos: 1. Display continuous running time. 2. At start of each video recording, record weather conditions from local newspaper or television and the actual temperature reading at Project site. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_32_34-4 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worthl9585A10ISpecificationsl01_32_34 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_33_00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Requirements and procedures for submittals. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NSF International: 1. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components — Health Effects. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Certificates: Describe certificates that document affirmations by the Contractor or other entity that the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Extra stock materials: Describe extra stock materials to be provided for the Owner's use in facility operation and maintenance. C. Maintenance material submittals: Use this article to categorize maintenance materials submittals requiring no Engineer action other than confirmation of receipt under an explanatory heading. D. Manufacturer's instructions: Instructions, stipulations, directions, and recommendations issued in printed form by the manufacturer of a product addressing handling, installation, erection, and application of the product; manufacturer's instructions are not prepared especially for the Work. E. Product data: Product data usually consists of manufacturers' printed data sheets or catalog pages illustrating the products to be incorporated into the project. F. Samples: Samples are full-size actual products intended to illustrate the products to be incorporated into the project. Sample submittals are often necessary for such characteristics as colors, textures, and other appearance issues. G. Spare parts: Describe spare parts necessary for the Owner's use in facility operation and maintenance; identify the type and quantity here, but include the actual characteristics of the spare parts in Product as part of the specification of the product. H. Shop drawings: Shop drawings are prepared specifically for the project to illustrate details, dimensions, and other data necessary for satisfactory fabrication or construction that are not shown in the contract documents. Shop drawings could include graphic line -type drawings, single -line diagrams, or schedules and lists of products and their application. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) Submittals: Submittals are samples, product data, shop drawings, and others that demonstrate how Contractor intends to conform with the Contract Documents. J. Tools: Tools are generally defined as items such as special wrenches, gauges, circuit setters, and other similar devices required for the proper operation or maintenance of a system that would not normally be in the Owner's tool kit. 1.04 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Certification: Contractor is responsible to determine and verify all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data, and check and coordinate each item with other applicable approved shop drawings and all Contract requirements. B. Provide submittals that are specified or reasonably required for construction, operation, and maintenance of the Work. C. Where multiple submittals are required, provide a separate submittal for each specification section. 1. In order to expedite construction, the Contractor may make more than 1 submittal per specification section, but a single submittal may not cover more than 1 specification section: a. The only exception to this requirement is when 1 specification section covers the requirements for a component of equipment specified in another section. b. For example, circuit breakers are a component of switchgear. The switchgear submittal must also contain data for the associated circuit breakers, even though they are covered in a different specification section. D. Edit all submittals so that the submittal specifically applies to only the equipment furnished. Neatly cross out all extraneous text, options, models, etc. that do not apply to the equipment being furnished, so that the information remaining is only applicable to the equipment being furnished. E. Prepare submittals in the English language. Do not include information in other languages. F. Present measurements in customary American units (feet, inches, pounds, etc.). G. Must be clear and legible, and of sufficient size for presentation of information. H. Minimum page size will be 8 1/2 inches by 11 inches: 1. Maximum page size will be 11 inches by 17 inches. If submittal is more than 80 pages please provide hardcopy. Show dimensions, construction details, wiring diagrams, controls, manufacturers, catalog numbers, and all other pertinent details. K. Provide submittal information from only 1 manufacturer for a specified product. Submittals with multiple manufacturers for 1 product will be rejected without review. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) L. Indicate project designated equipment tag numbers from P&IDs for submittal of devices, equipment, and assemblies. M. Submittal Log/Schedule 1. Prior to submitting the first submittal for the project, provide a submittal log/schedule to include a. Anticipated Submittals b. Proposed Submittal Numbering c. Anticipated Submittal Dates. N. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. 1. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will have no responsibility therefore. O. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. P. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 1.05 SUBMITTAL ORGANIZATION A. Fully indexed with bookmarks for every section. B. Sequentially number pages within the tabbed sections: 1. Submittals that are not fully indexed and tabbed with sequentially numbered pages, or are otherwise unacceptable, will be returned without review. C. Organize submittals in exactly the same order as the items are referenced, listed, and/or organized in the specification section. D. For submittals that cover multiple devices used in different areas under the same specification section, the submittal for the individual devices must list the area where the device is used. E. Attachments: 1. Specification section: Include with each submittal a copy of the relevant specification section. a. Indicate in the left margin, next to each pertinent paragraph, either compliance with a check (J) or deviation with a consecutive number (1, 2, 3). b. Provide a list of all numbered deviations with a clear explanation and reason for the deviation. 2. Drawings: Include with each submittal a copy of the relevant Drawing, including relevant addendum updates. a. Indicate either compliance with a check (J) or deviation with a consecutive number (1, 2, 3). September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/rX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) b. Provide a list of all numbered deviations with a clear explanation and reason for the deviation. c. Provide field dimensions and relationship to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials. F. Contractor: Prepare submittal information in sufficient detail to show compliance with specified requirements. 1. Determine and verify quantities, field dimensions, product dimensions, specified design and performance criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data. 2. Coordinate submittal with other submittals and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Check, verify, and revise submittals as necessary to bring them into conformance with Contract Documents and actual field conditions. 4. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 5. The Project title and number 6. Contractor identification 7. The names of: a. Contractor b. Supplier c. Manufacturer 8. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 9. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 10. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 11. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 12. An 8 -inch x 3 -inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps G. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor with a Certification Statement affixed including: 1. The Contractor's Company name 2. Signature of submittal reviewer 3. Certification Statement 4. "By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings." H. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on site construction accomplished which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's risk. 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to accomplish conformity. 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. 1.06 SUBMITTAL METHOD AND FORMAT A. Submittal Numbering September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9 character submittal cross-reference identification numbering system in the following manner: a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number. b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01 99 to sequentially number each initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. c. Last use a letter, A Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical submittal number would be as follows: 03 30 00 08 B 1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete 2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop drawing B. Submittals in electronic media format: 1. General: Provide all information in PC -compatible format using Windows® operating system as utilized by the Owner and Engineer. 2. Text: Provide text documents and manufacturer's literature in Portable Document Format (PDF). 3. Graphics: Provide graphic submittals (drawings, diagrams, figures, etc.) utilizing Portable Document Format (PDF). 4. Contractor using other software shall be required to provide to the Engineer conclusive evidence of 100 -percent data transfer compatibility. C. Submittal Distribution 1. Electronic Distribution a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the City. b. Shop Drawings 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals 3) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. c. Product Data 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals d. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) a. Shop Drawings 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) b) 7 copies for all other submittals c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. b. Product Data 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 4 copies c. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2) Copies a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections. 3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as directed by the City. a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number previously specified. 1.07 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Engineer: Review submittal and provide response: 1. Review description: a. Engineer will be entitled to rely upon the accuracy or completeness of designs, calculations, or certifications made by licensed professionals accompanying a particular submittal whether or not a stamp or seal is required by Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. b. Engineer's review of submittals shall not release Contractor from Contractor's responsibility for performance of requirements of Contract Documents. Neither shall Engineer's review release Contractor from fulfilling purpose of installation nor from Contractor's liability to replace defective work. c. Engineer's review of shop drawings, samples, or test procedures will be only for conformance with design concepts and for compliance with information given in Contract Documents. d. Engineer's review does not extend to: 1) Accuracy of dimensions, quantities, or performance of equipment and systems designed by Contractor. 2) Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures except when specified, indicated on the Drawings, or required by Contract Documents. 3) Safety precautions or programs related to safety which shall remain the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 4) Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements 5) Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, dimensions, and materials 6) Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise provided herein e. Engineer can Approve or Not Approve any exception at their sole discretion. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) 2. Review timeframe: a. Except as may be provided in technical specifications, a submittal will be returned within 30 days b. When a submittal cannot be returned within the specified period, Engineer will, within a reasonable time after receipt of the submittal, give notice of the date by which that submittal will be returned. c. Engineer's acceptance of progress schedule containing submittal review times less than those specified or agreed to in writing by Engineer will not constitute Engineer's acceptance of review times. d. Critical submittals: 1) Contractor will notify Engineer in writing that timely review of a submittal is critical to the progress of Work. 3. Schedule delays: a. No adjustment of Contract Times or Contract Price will be allowed due to Engineer's review of submittals, unless all of the following criteria are met: 1) Engineer has failed to review and return first submission within the agreed upon time frame. 2) Contractor demonstrates that delay in progress of Work is directly attributable to Engineer's failure to return submittal within time indicated and accepted by Engineer. 4. Review response will be returned to Contractor with one of the following dispositions: a. Approved: 1) No Exceptions Taken: a) There are no notations or comments on the submittal and the Contractor may release the equipment for production. 2) Exceptions Noted - See Comments: a) The Contractor may proceed with the work, however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. b) Resubmittal not required. 3) Exceptions Noted - Confirm: a) The Contractor may proceed with the work, however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. b) Submit confirmation specifically addressing each notation or comment to the Engineer within 15 calendar days of the date of the Engineer's transmittal requiring the confirmation. b. Not approved: 1) Exceptions Noted/Resubmit: a) Contractor may not proceed with the work described in the submittal. b) Contractor assumes responsibility for proceeding without approval. c) Resubmittal of complete submittal package is required within 30 calendar days of the date of the Engineer's submittal review response. 2) Not Approved - See Remarks: a) Contractor may not proceed with the work described in the submittal. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) b) The submittal does not meet the intent of the Contract Documents. Resubmittal of complete submittal package is required with materials, equipment, methods, etc. that meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Receipt acknowledged: Filed for record: 1) This is used in acknowledging receipt of informational submittals that address means and methods of construction such as schedules and work plans, conformance test reports, health and safety plans, etc. B. Contractor: Prepare resubmittal, if applicable: 1. Clearly identify each correction or change made. 2. Include a response in writing to each of the Engineer's comments or questions for submittal packages that are resubmitted in the order that the comments or questions were presented throughout the submittal and numbered consistent with the Engineer's numbering. a. Acceptable responses to Engineer's comments are listed below: 1) "Incorporated" Engineer's comment or change is accepted and appropriate changes are made. 2) "Response" Engineer's comment not incorporated. Explain why comment is not accepted or requested change is not made. Explain how requirement will be satisfied in lieu of comment or change requested by Engineer. b. Reviews and resubmittals: 1) Contractor shall provide resubmittals which include responses to all submittal review comments separately and at a level of detail commensurate with each comment. 2) Contractor responses shall indicate how the Contractor resolved the issue pertaining to each review comment. Responses such as "acknowledged" or "noted" are not acceptable. 3) Resubmittals which do not comply with this requirement may be rejected and returned without review. 4) Contractor shall be allowed no extensions of any kind to any part of their contract due to the rejection of non-compliant submittals. 5) Submittal review comments not addressed by the Contractor in resubmittals shall continue to apply whether restated or not in subsequent reviews until adequately addressed by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the reviewing and approving authority. c. Any resubmittal that does not contain responses to the Engineer's previous comments shall be returned for Revision and Resubmittal. No further review by the Engineer will be performed until a response for previous comments has been received. 3. Resubmittal timeframe: a. Contractor shall provide resubmittal within 15 days. b. When a resubmittal cannot be returned within the specified period, Contractor shall notify Engineer in writing. 4. Review costs: a. Costs incurred by Owner as a result of additional reviews of a particular submittal after the second time it has been reviewed shall be borne by Contractor. b. Reimbursement to Owner will be made by deducting such costs from Contractor's subsequent progress payments. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time. 5. Partial Submittals a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City's discretion. b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 6. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for manufacture. 7. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 8. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days following receipt of submittal by the City 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Contractor to field verify elevation, coordinates, and pipe material for pipe tie-in to pipeline or structure prior to the preparation of shop drawings. B. Details: 1. Fabrication drawings: Drawn to scale and dimensioned. 2. Front, side, and, rear elevations, and top and bottom views, showing all dimensions. 3. Locations of conduit entrances and access plates. 4. Component layout and identification. 5. Weight. 6. Finish. 7. Temperature limitations, as applicable. 8. Nameplate information. 9. Scheduled information 10. Setting diagrams 11. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions 12. Custom templates 13. Special wiring diagrams 14. Coordination drawings 15. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: a. Performance curves and certifications 16. As applicable to the Work 17. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure 18. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements a. Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting for approval September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-9 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10ISpecificationsl01_33_00 (CONFORMED) C. Minor or incidental products and equipment schedules: 1. Details: a. Shop Drawings of minor or incidental fabricated products will not be required, unless requested. b. Submit tabulated lists of minor or incidental products showing the names of the manufacturers and catalog numbers, with Product Data and Samples as required to determine acceptability. 1.09 PRODUCT DATA A. Details: 1. Supplier name and address. 2. Subcontractor name and address. B. Include: 1. Catalog cuts. 2. Bulletins. 3. Brochures. 4. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance: Signed by product manufacturer along with supporting reference data, affidavits, and tests, as appropriate. 5. Manufacturer's printed recommendations for installation of equipment. 6. Quality photocopies of applicable pages from manufacturer's documents. 7. Availability of colors and patterns 8. Roughing in diagrams and templates 9. Product photographs 10. Standard wiring diagrams 11. Printed performance curves and operational range diagrams 12. Mill reports 13. Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare parts listing and printed product warranties 14. As applicable to the Work C. Motor Data Sheet: 1. Provide completed Motor Data Sheet as specified in Section 26_05_09 - Low Voltage Motors Up to 500 Horsepower, for every motor furnished as part of the associated equipment submittal. D. Test reports including the following information: 1. Test description. 2. List of equipment used. 3. Name of the person conducting the test. 4. Date and time the test was conducted. 5. Ambient temperature and weather conditions. 6. All raw data collected. 7. Calculated results. 8. Clear statement if the test passed or failed the requirements stated in Contract Documents. 9. Signature of the person responsible for the test. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-10 9585A10 pw:/ICarollo/Documents/Client/TX/FoI Wolh19585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) E. Certificates: 1. As specified in technical sections. 2. For products that will be in contact with potable water, submit evidence from a nationally recognized laboratory that the products comply with the requirements of the NSF 61 standard. 3. For submittals of product data for products included on the City's Standard Product List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project. 4. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City's Standard Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as catalog data) 1.10 SAMPLES A. Details: 1. Submit labeled samples. 2. Samples will not be returned. 3. Provide samples from manufacturer's standard colors, materials, products, or equipment lines. a. Clearly label samples to indicate any that represent non-standard colors, materials, products, or equipment lines and that if selected, will require an increase in Contract Time or Contract Price. b. Physical examples of the Work such as: 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 3) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 4) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work 4. Provide number of sample submittals as below: a. Total: 3 minimum. 1) Owner: 1. 2) Engineer: 2. 3) Contractor: None. B. Field samples: 1. As specified in technical sections. 1.11 DESIGN CALCULATIONS A. Defined in technical sections: 1. Calculations must bear the original seal and signature of a Professional Engineer licensed in the state where the project is located and who provided responsible charge for the design. 1.12 SCHEDULES A. Progress schedules: As specified in Section 01_32_17 - Progress Schedules and Reports. 1. Each schedule submittal specified in these Contract Documents shall be submitted as a native backed -up file (.xer) of the scheduling program as specified in Section 01_32_17 - Progress Schedules and Reports. 2. The schedule and all required reports shall also be submitted as a PDF file. 3. Schedule of values: As specified in Section 01_29_73 - Schedule of Values. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-11 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) 4. Schedule of submittals: As specified in Section 01_32_17 - Progress Schedules and Reports. A. Progress reports and quantity charts: 1. As specified in Section 01_32_17 - Progress Schedules and Reports. 1.13 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS (RFS) A. As specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. 1.14 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. As specified in Section 01_26_00 - Contract Modification Procedures. 1.15 CONTRACTOR'S PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER (P.E.) CERTIFICATION FORM A. Submit a completed Contractor's P.E. Certification Form, provided in this Section, to comply with technical sections requirement for a professional engineer's certification from an engineer licensed in the state the project is located. 1.16 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Provide closeout submittals as specified in Section 01_77_00 - Closeout Procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: final documents shall be submitted as specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Extra materials, spare parts, etc.: Submittal forms shall indicate when actual materials are submitted. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-12 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX A CONTRACTOR'S P.E. CERTIFICATION FORM September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-13 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientfFX/Fort Wolh19585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) Owner: Contractor: Project Name: DOCUMENT 01_33_00 CONTRACTOR'S P.E. CERTIFICATION FORM Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Responsibilities: Click here to enter text. Spec Section: Click here to enter text. Date: MM/DD/YYYY. Registration State: Project No.: Click here to enter text. 00000.00. Statement of Certification The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is a professional engineer registered in the State of and that he/she has been employed by The undersigned further certifies that he/she has performed the said design in conformance with all applicable local, state, and federal codes, rules, and regulations; and, that his/her signature and P.E. stamp have been affixed to all calculation and drawings used in, and resulting from, the design. The undersigned hereby agrees to make all original design drawings and calculations available to: Click here to enter text. (Name of Owner, or Owner's representative within 7 days of receiving a written request by the Owner.) Prof. Engineer Signature: Date: Printed Name: Company Name: Contractor's Signature: Date: Printed Name: September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-14 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientlTXlFort Worthl9585AlO/Specificationsl0l_33_00 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX B CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-15 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) DOCUMENT 01_33_00 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM Owner: Click here to enter text. Contractor: Click here to enter text. Project Name: Click here to enter text. Submittal Title: Click here to enter text. To: Click here to enter text. From: Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Date: Project No.: Submittal Number: Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. MM/DD/YYYY XXXXX.XX me Specification No. and Subject of Submittal / Equipment Supplier Spec ##: Spec ##. Subject: enter text. Authored By: Click here to enter text Date Submitted: XX/XX/XXXX Submittal Certification Check Either (A) or (B): ❑ (A) We have verified that the equipment or material contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified in the project manual or shown on the contract drawings with no exceptions. ❑ (B) We have verified that the equipment or material contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified in the project manual or shown on the contract drawings except for the deviations listed. Certification Statement: By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data, and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings and all Contract requirements. General Contractor's Reviewer's Signature: Printed Name: In the event, Contractor believes the Submittal response does or will cause a change to the requirements of the Contract, Contractor shall immediately give written notice stating that Contractor considers the response to be a Change Order. Firm: Click here to enter text. Signature: Date Returned: XX/XX/XXXX PM/CM Office Use Date Received GC to PM/CM: Date Received PM/CM to Reviewer: Date Received Reviewer to PM/CM: Date Sent PM/CM to GC: September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_33_00-16 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort WortM585A10/Spec'fiications/01_33_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_35_00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Special procedures for locating and verifying concealed existing facilities. 1.02 CONCEALED EXISTING FACILITIES A. Verify locations of utilities and facilities which may exist by consulting with the Owner or utility companies or other service available in area of Project: 1. Abide by easement and right-of-way restrictions. B. Perform exploratory vacuum excavation potholing, as necessary to more accurately identify location, depth, configuration, and utility service in congested utility areas prior to preparation of shop drawings and subsequent excavation. 1. Potholing shall be backfilled immediately after purpose has been satisfied and the surface restored and maintained in a manner satisfactory to Engineer. 2. Adjustments in construction methods shall be made to accommodate utility location information gained from potholing as necessary to protect existing utilities and maintain plant in operations. 3. Note that installation of all underground yard piping and utilities in this project are considered to be installed in congested utility areas. 4. Some variation from the conditions indicated on the Drawings is to be expected. C. Notify the Owner, owners of facilities when the Work will be in progress. Make arrangements for potential emergency repairs in accordance with requirements of owners of utility facilities, including individual or residential facilities. D. Assume responsibility for repair of facilities damaged by performance of the Work. E. Expose sanitary and storm sewers, water, gas, electric, telephone utility lines, and other underground facilities indicated to permit survey location prior to commencement of Work in affected area: 1. Expose in ample time to permit relocation of interfering utilities with minimum delaying effect on Contract Time. F. Work required for raising, lowering, or relocating utilities not indicated will be performed by affected utility owners or as part of the Work at option of affected owners of utilities: 1. When part of the Work, perform work in accordance with standards of affected utility owner, and adjustment to Contract Price and Contract Times will be made as stipulated in conditions of Contract. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_00-1 9585A10 pw.IlCarollolDocumentslClienUTXlFort Worth19585AlOISpecificatbnsl0l_35_00 (CONFORMED) 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Confined Space Entry Program 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2. Confined Spaces include: a. Manholes b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA's Permit Required for Confined Spaces B. Air Pollution Watch Days 1. General a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites on days designated as "AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS". b. Typical Ozone Season 1) May 1 through October 31. c. Critical Emission Time 1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. 2. Watch Days a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. b. Requirements 1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. 2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as "Low Emitting", or equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or alternative fuels such as CNG. C. TCEQ Air Permit 1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ D. Water Department Coordination 1. During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing lines and equipment. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department Project Representative to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines and/or equipment. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_00-2 9585A10 / pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_35_21 SELECTIVE ALTERATIONS AND DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cutting or modifying of existing and new work. 2. Partial demolition of structures. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. A10.6 - Safety and Health Program Requirements for Demolition Operations. B. International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI): 1. Guideline No. 310.2R - Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, Polymer Overlays, and Concrete Repair. 2. Guideline No. 310.3R - Guide for the Preparation of Concrete Surfaces for Repair Using Hydrodemolition Methods. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Chipping hammer: A hand -operated electrical or pneumatic demolition device for removal of hardened concrete or masonry materials having a weight of less than 15 pounds and an impact frequency of greater than 2,000 blows/minute. B. Concrete breaker: A hand -operated electrical or pneumatic demolition device for removal of hardened concrete or masonry materials having a weight greater or impact frequency less than the limits defined for a chipping hammer. C. Coring equipment: Non -impact rotary drill with diamond cutting edges. D. Heavy abrasive blast: Cleaning procedure by which various abrasives materials, or steel shot, are forcibly propelled by high pressure against a surface to remove loose material and produce a concrete surface roughened to ICRI Surface Profile CSP -7, or higher, as specified in ICRI 301.3R. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work includes partial demolition, cutting, and modifying of existing facilities, utilities, and/or structures. B. These facilities may be occupied and/or operational. Satisfactory completion of the work will require that the Contractor plan activities carefully to work around unavoidable obstacles and to maintain overall stability of structures and structural elements. It will further require restoration of existing facilities, utilities, and structures that are to remain in place and that are damaged by demolition or removal operations. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_21-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_21 (CONFORMED) 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit specified in Section 01_33_00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Shop drawings: Include: 1. The location of all embedded items shall be documented using diagrams and/or other media that clearly show dimensions and locations of existing structural elements, existing embedded items and any new embedded items and their relationship to each other. C. Submittals for information only: 1. Permits and notices authorizing demolition. 2. Certificates of severance of utility services. 3. Permit for transport and disposal of debris. 4. Selective Demolition Plan. D. Quality assurance submittals: 1. Qualifications of non-destructive testing agency/agencies. E. Project record documents. F. Drawings and/or other media documenting locations of service lines and capped utilities. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Assign relocation, removal, cutting, coring and patching to trades and workers qualified to perform the Work in manner that causes the least damage and that provides means of returning surfaces to an appearance at least equal to that of the surrounding areas unaffected by the Work. 2. Non-destructive testing agencies: Minimum of 5 years' experience performing non-destructive testing for location of steel reinforcement in existing concrete under conditions similar to that required for this Work. 1.07 SEQUENCING A. Perform Work in sequences and within times specified in Section 01_14_00 - Work Restrictions. B. If the facility or utility to be modified cannot be removed from service, perform the Work while the facility is in operation using procedures and equipment that do not jeopardize operation or materially reduce the efficiency of that facility. C. Coordinate the Work with operation of the facility: 1. Do not begin alterations of designated portions of the Work until specific permission for activities in each area has been granted by Owner in writing. 2. Engineer will coordinate the planned procedure with facility manager. 3. Complete Work as quickly and with as little delay as possible. D. Operational functions of the facility that are required to be performed to facilitate the Work will be performed by facility personnel only. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_21-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_21 (CONFORMED) E. Owner will cooperate in every way practicable to assist in expediting the Work. F. When necessary for the proper operation or maintenance of portions of the facility, reschedule operations so the Work will not conflict with required operations or maintenance. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Dispose of debris in accordance with governing regulatory agencies. B. Comply with applicable air pollution control regulations. C. Obtain permits for building demolition, transportation of debris to disposal site and dust control. 1.09 PREPARATION A. Non-destructive evaluation of existing concrete and masonry: 1. Prior to cutting, drilling, coring, and/or any other procedure that penetrates existing concrete or masonry, retain and pay for the services of a qualified non-destructive testing agency to perform investigations to determine the location of existing steel reinforcement, plumbing, conduit, and/or other embedments in the concrete. 2. Submit documentation of the investigations to the Engineer for review and approval as specified in Section 01_33_00 - Submittal Procedures before any work involving penetration of existing concrete is initiated. B. Obtain permission from adjacent property owners when outriggers, swinging cranes, and other equipment may have to traverse or extend into adjacent property. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not interfere with use of adjacent structures and elements of the facility not subject to the Work described in this Section. Maintain free and safe passage to and from such facilities. B. Provide erect and maintain barricades, lighting, guardrails, and protective devices as required to protect building occupants, general public, workers, and adjoining property: 1. Do not close or obstruct roadways without permits. 2. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private roadways. C. Prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structures adjacent services, sidewalks, driveways and trees: 1. Provide and place bracing or shoring. 2. Cease operations and notify Engineer immediately when safety of structures appears to be endangered. Take precautions to properly support structure. Do not resume operations until safety is restored. 3. Assume liability for movement, settlement, or collapse. Promptly repair damage. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_21-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_21 (CONFORMED) D. Arrange and pay for capping and plugging utility services. Disconnect and stub off. 1. Notify affected utility company in advance and obtain approval before starting demolition. 2. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected services. E. Unknown conditions: 1. The drawings may not represent all conditions at the site and adjoining areas. Compare actual conditions with drawings before commencement of Work. 2. Existing utilities and drainage systems below grade are located from existing documents and from surface facilities such as manholes, valve boxes, area drains, and other surface fixtures. 3. If existing active services encountered are not indicated or otherwise made known to the Contractor and interfere with the permanent facilities under construction, notify the Engineer in writing, requesting instructions on their disposition. Take immediate steps to ensure that the service provided is not interrupted, and do not proceed with the Work until written instructions are received from the Engineer. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 SALVAGE MATERIALS A. Salvage materials: Materials removed from existing facility. B. Materials designated for salvage: 1. Sulfur Dioxide and Chlorine Storage Tank Valves. C. Handling and storage: 1. Prevent damage to salvaged materials during removal, handling, and transportation of salvaged materials. 2. Prepare salvaged materials for storage: 3. Sulfur Dioxide and Chlorine Storage Tank Valves. Store salvaged materials in the following locations: a. Existing chlorine building storage room adjacent to chlorinator room. D. Pay costs associated with salvaging materials, including handling, transporting, and storage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning selective demolition operations, perform a thorough inspection of the facility and site, and report to the Engineer defects and structural damage to or deterioration of existing construction to remain. B. Examine areas affected by the Work and verify the following conditions prior to commencing demolition: 1. Disconnection of utilities as required. 2. That utilities serving occupied or active portions of surrounding facilities will not be disturbed, except as otherwise indicated. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_21-4 9585A10 pw:/ICarollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_21 (CONFORMED) C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, notify the Engineer, and do not begin demolition operations until such conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Selective Demolition Plan: 1. Prepare and submit a comprehensive selective demolition plan for the Work. Describe, at a minimum, the following elements: a. Proposed sequence, methods, temporary support, and equipment for demolition, removal, and disposal of portions of structure(s). b. Provisions and procedures for salvage and delivery to Owner of salvaged items, if required. c. Detailed drawings showing proposed weatherproof closures and dustproof partitions. 2. Plan shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer registered in the state where Project is located. 3. Submit plan a minimum 4 weeks before demolition is scheduled to begin. B. Protection: 1. Erect weatherproof closures to protect the interior of facilities and elements or equipment that are not designed for exposure to the weather. Provide temporary heat, cooling, and humidity control as necessary to prevent damage to existing and new construction. Maintain existing exiting paths and/or provide new paths in compliance with Building Code requirements. 2. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions as required to prevent spread of dust, to other parts of building. Maintain negative pressure in the area where the Work is being performed to prevent the accidental spread of dust and to minimize the spread of fumes related to the Work. 3. Upon completion of Work, remove weatherproof closures and dustproof partitions, and repair damaged surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. 4. Provide and maintain protective devices to prevent injury from falling objects. 5. Locate guardrails in stairwells and around open shafts to protect workers. Post clearly visible warning signs. 6. Cause as little inconvenience to adjacent building areas as possible. 7. Protect landscaping, benchmarks, and existing construction to remain from damage or displacement. 8. Carefully remove designated materials and equipment to be salvaged by Owner or reinstalled. 9. Store and protect materials and equipment to be reinstalled. C. Layout: 1. The limits of selective demolition are indicated on the Drawings. Confine demolition operations within the limits indicated on the Drawings. 2. Lay out demolition and removal work at the site and coordinate with related Work for which demolition and removal is required. Clearly mark the extent of structural elements to be removed on the actual surfaces that will be removed. 3. Arrange for Engineer's inspection of the lay out extents. 4. Do not begin demolition/removal operations until the lay out markings have been reviewed by the Engineer. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_21-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_21 (CONFORMED) 3.03 DEMOLITION A. General: 1. Perform demolition work in accordance with ANSI A10.6. 2. Demolish designated portions of structures and appurtenances in orderly and careful manner in accordance with the Selective Demolition Plan. 3. Conduct demolition and removal work in a manner that will minimize dust and flying particles. a. Use water or dust palliative when necessary to prevent airborne dust. b. Provide and maintain hoses and connections to water main or hydrant. 4. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Perform demolition with small tools as much as possible. Blasting with explosive charges is not permitted. 5. Sawcut concrete to establish the edges of demolition, wherever possible. a. Do not use a concrete breaker within 6 inches of reinforcing or structural metals that are designated to remain. b. At edges that are not sawcut, remove the final 6 inches of material with a chipping hammer as defined herein. At surfaces where material is removed with a chipping hammer, follow with a heavy abrasive blast to remove all loose material and microcracking. c. Alternate techniques to remove concrete may be used if acceptable to the Engineer; however, techniques other than those deemed by ICRI Guideline No. 310.2R to provide a low risk of introducing microcracking will require a subsequent procedure to remove loose material. d. Provide final surface preparation for repairs as specified in Section 09_96_01 — High Performance Coatings. 6. At locations indicated on the Drawings that the existing reinforcing is to be preserved, remove concrete using methods that do not damage the reinforcing. Use one of the following techniques: a. Hydrodemolition techniques as outlined in ICRI Guideline No. 310.3R. b. Chipping hammer, as defined herein, followed by heavy abrasive blast to remove all loose material and microcracking at remaining surfaces impacted by the chipping hammer. c. Alternate methods may be used, only if acceptable to the Engineer. d. For all methods, provide a small completed area for Engineer's review and acceptance. If the proposed method, in the opinion of the Engineer, damages the reinforcing, revise the removal method to remove the concrete with a less aggressive technique to protect the reinforcing. 7. Remove materials carefully, to the extent indicated and as required. a. Provide neat and orderly junctions between existing and new materials. b. Use methods that terminate surfaces in straight lines at natural points of division. 8. Do not remove anything beyond the limits of Work indicated without prior written authorization of the Engineer. If in doubt about whether to remove an item, obtain written authorization of the Engineer prior to proceeding. 9. Perform work so as to provide the least interference and most protection to existing facilities to remain. 10. Assume possession of demolished materials, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified. a. Remove demolished materials from site at least weekly and dispose of in accordance with Laws and Regulations. b. Do not burn materials on site. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_21-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_21 (CONFORMED) B. Sizing of openings in existing concrete or masonry: 1. Make openings large enough to permit final alignment of pipe and fittings without deflections, but without oversizing. 2. Allow adequate space for packing around pipes and conduit to ensure watertightness. 3. If the Engineer deems the opening to be insufficient in size to accomplish this criteria, remove additional material using the procedures outlined in this Section. C. Cutting openings in existing concrete or masonry: 1. Do not allow saw cuts to extend beyond limits of openings. 2. Create openings by the following method or other means acceptable to the Engineer that prevents over -cutting of member at corners: a. Core -drill through slab or wall at corners, being careful not to damage materials beyond the area to be removed. b. Saw cut completely through the member, between the core holes at the corners. c. As an alternate to sawcutting through the member, score the edges of the opening with a saw to a 1 -inch depth on both surfaces (when accessible). 1) Remove concrete or masonry to within 6 inches of material to remain with a concrete breaker. 2) Remove the remaining material with a chipping hammer. d. Remove the remaining material at the corners left by the core -drilling with a chipping hammer. 3. Prevent debris from falling into adjacent tanks or channels in service or from damaging existing equipment and other facilities. D. Remove tanks and service piping from site. E. Immediately upon discovery, remove and dispose of contaminated, vermin -infested, or dangerous materials using safe means that will not endanger health of workers and public. F. Remove trees and shrubs within marked areas; clear undergrowth and dead plant material as specified in Section 31_00_00 - Earthwork. G. Backfill open pits and holes caused by demolition as specified in Section 31_00_00 - Earthwork. H. Rough grade areas affected by demolition. I. Remove demolished materials, tools, and equipment upon completion of demolition. 3.04 RESTORATION A. General: 1. Repair damage caused by demolition to a conditions equal to those that existing prior to beginning of demolition. a. Patch and replace portions of existing finished surfaces that are damaged, lifted, and discolored with matching material. Refinish patched portion surfaces in a manner which produces uniform color and texture to entire surface. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_21-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_21 (CONFORMED) b. When existing finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest change of plane where angle of change exceeds 45 degrees. 2. The cost of repairs shall be at the Contractor's expense at no increase in the Contract Price. 3. When new construction abuts or finishes flush with existing construction, make smooth transitions. Match finish of existing construction. 4. Where partitions are removed, patch floors, walls, and ceilings with finish materials that match existing materials. 5. Where removal of partitions results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors, walls, and ceilings to provide smooth planes without breaks, steps, or bulkheads. 6. Where changes of plane exceed 2 inches, request instructions for making transition. 7. Trim and refinish existing doors as necessary to clear new floors. 8. Match patched construction with adjacent construction in texture and appearance so that patch or transition is invisible at 5 -foot distance. 9. When finished surfaces are cut so that smooth transition is impossible, terminate existing surface in neat manner along straight line at natural line of division and provide appropriate trim. B. Restore existing concrete reinforcement as follows: 1. Where existing reinforcement is to be incorporated into the new Work, protect, clean, and extend into new concrete. 2. Where existing reinforcement is not to be retained, cut off as follows: a. Where new concrete joins existing concrete at the removal line, cut reinforcement flush with concrete surface at the removal line. b. Where concrete surface at the removal line will become the finished surface, cut reinforcement 2 inches below the surface, paint ends with epoxy, and patch holes with dry pack mortar. C. Restore areas affected by removal of existing equipment, equipment pads and bases, piping, supports, electrical panels, electric devices, and conduits such that little or no evidence of the previous installation remains: 1. Fill areas in existing floors, walls, and ceilings from removed piping, conduit, and fasteners with non -shrink grout and finish smooth. 2. Remove concrete bases for equipment and supports by: a. Saw cutting clean, straight lines with a depth equal to the concrete cover over reinforcement minus 1/2 inch below finished surface. 1) Do not cut existing reinforcement on floors. b. Chip concrete within scored lines and cut exposed reinforcing steel and anchor bolts. c. Patch with non -shrink grout to match adjacent grade and finish. 3. Terminate abandoned piping and conduits with blind flanges, caps, or plugs. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not proceed with demolition without Engineer's inspection of lay out. B. Do not deviate from the submitted demolition plan without notifying the Engineer prior to Work. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_21-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fol Wolh/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_21 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_35_22 SAFETY PLAN PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Development and maintenance of a Construction Safety Plan. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 1.03 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN A. Detail the Methods and Procedures to comply with NFPA 70E, Federal, and Local Health and Safety Laws, Rules and Requirements for the duration of the Contract Times. Methods and procedures must also comply with the Owner's Safety Plan. Include the following: 1. Identification of the Certified or Licensed Safety Consultant who will prepare, initiate, maintain and supervise safety programs, and procedures. 2. Procedures for providing workers with an awareness of safety and health hazards expected to be encountered in the course of construction. 3. Safety equipment appropriate to the safety and health hazards expected to be encountered during construction. Include warning devices, barricades, safety equipment in public right-of-way and protected areas, safety equipment used in multi-level structures, personal protective equipment (PPE) as required by NFPA 70E. 4. Methods for minimizing employees' exposure to safety and health hazards expected during construction. 5. Procedures for reporting safety or health hazards. 6. Procedures to follow to correct a recognized safety and health hazard. 7. Procedures for investigation of accidents, injuries, illnesses, and unusual events that have occurred at the construction site. 8. Periodic and scheduled inspections of general work areas and specific workstations. 9. Training for employees and workers at the jobsite. 10. Methods of communication of safe working conditions, work practices and required personal protection equipment. 11. Provision of a site specific emergency action and evaluation plan. 12. Verify safety plan includes reference to and compliance with latest Owner safety policies. B. Assume sole responsibility for every aspect of Health and Safety on the jobsite, including the health and safety of subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons on the jobsite: September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_22-1 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_22 (CONFORMED) 1. Forward available information and reports to the Safety Consultant who shall make the necessary recommendations concerning worker health and safety at the jobsite. 2. Employ additional health and safety measures specified by the Safety Consultant, as necessary, for workers in accordance with OSHA guidelines. C. Transmit to Owner and Engineer copies of reports and other documents related to accidents or injuries encountered during construction. D. Work in the existing chlorine building and existing chlorine storage area will occur while a portion of the evaporators and tanks are in service and operational with pressurized liquid chlorine. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain safety during the replacement of the existing evaporators and construction of new chlorine storage facilities. Contactor shall employ safety best practices which at minimum shall include: 1. Chlorine training for all workers on this project including response to a chlorine leak alarm, examine wind socks, etc. 2. SCBAs available at exterior of building. 3. Always have at least two workers in the building at a time with radio communication with superintendent. 4. Safety officer on site at all times work on-going in building and daily inspections of the work environment. 5. Posting chlorine SDS around the work area. E. Bid Alternate 1 - Work in the existing sulfur dioxide storage area will occur while a portion of the evaporators and tanks are in service and operational with pressurized liquid sulfur dioxide. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain safety during the in kind replacement of existing sulfur dioxide storage area with new equipment. Contactor shall employ safety best practices which at minimum shall include: 1. Sulfur training for all workers on this project including response to a chlorine leak alarm, examine wind socks, etc. 2. SCBAs available at exterior of building. 3. Always have at least two workers in the building at a time with radio communication with superintendent. 4. Safety officer on site at all times work on-going in building and daily inspections of the work environment. 5. Posting sulfur SDS around the work area. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_22-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_22 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_35_44 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Procedures required when encountering hazardous materials at the Work site. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). B. United States Code of Federal Regulation (CFR): 1. Title 29 - Labor: a. 1926.62 - Lead. 2. Title 40 - Protection of Environment: a. 261 - Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit laboratory reports, hazardous material removal plans, and certifications. B. Submit the following work plan: 1. Removal and Legal Disposal of Asbestos Cement Pipe Plan. a. Work plan shall include, but not be limited, to the following: 1) Schedule of work. 2) Security measures for work and disposal area. 3) Staff training: Contractor shall provide at least one competent person who is capable of identifying asbestos hazards at the job site for the entire duration of the AC pipe removal and disposal operation. 4) Trenching and removal of pipe procedure. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Adequately Wet: Penetration of the pipe wall with liquid to prevent release of particulates. B. Asbestos Cement Pipe: Also commonly referred to as AC Transite Pipe, AC pipe or ACP. Pipe that is generally composed of cement and asbestos fibers. C. Competent Person: A trained worker who is capable of identifying existing and predictable asbestos hazards, perform exposure assessment and monitoring, is qualified to train other workers, and has the authority to take immediate corrective action to eliminate a hazardous exposure. D. Non -friable Asbestos - Containing Material (NACM): Material containing more than 1 percent asbestos, that when dry, cannot be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_44-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrFX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_44 (CONFORMED) E. Regulated Asbestos - Containing Material (RACM): Category II non -friable ACM that has a high probability of becoming or has become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder in the course of work. 1.05 OPERATING DIGESTERS A. Observe safety precautions in vicinity of operating digesters which contain digester gases, including methane, hydrogen sulfide, and carbon dioxide. 1.06 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROCEDURES A. Hazardous materials are those defined by 40 CFR and State specific codes. B. When hazardous materials have been found: 1. Prepare and initiate implementation of plan of action. 2. Notify immediately Owner, Engineer, and other affected persons. 3. Notify such agencies as are required to be notified by Laws and Regulations with the times stipulated by such Laws and Regulations. 4. Designate a Certified Industrial Hygienist to issue pertinent instructions and recommendations for protection of workers and other affected persons' health and safety. 5. Identify and contact subcontractors and licensed personnel qualified to undertake storage, removal, transportation, disposal, and other remedial work required by, and in accordance with, laws and regulations. C. Forward to Engineer, copies of reports, permits, receipts, and other documentation related to remedial work. D. Assume responsibility for worker health and safety, including health and safety of subcontractors and their workers. 1. Instruct workers on recognition and reporting of materials that may be hazardous. E. File requests for adjustments to Contract Times and Contract Price due to the finding of Hazardous Materials in the Work site in accordance with Contract Documents. 1. Minimize delays by continuing performance of the Work in areas not affected by hazardous materials operations. 1.07 ASBESTOS MATERIALS A. It is the specific intent of these Contract Documents to exclude from the Work any and all products or materials containing asbestos. No products containing asbestos shall be incorporated in the Work. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_44-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_44 (CONFORMED) PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_44-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_44 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_35_45 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Requirements for the preparation and implementation of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the Contractor's construction activities. This document (and other identified in this Section will be used for the purpose of applying for and obtaining a General Construction Activity Stormwater Permit issued by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. This permit authorizes the discharge of stormwater associated with construction activities from the construction site. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). B. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. C. United States Code of Federal Regulation (CFR): 1. 40 - Protection of Environmental: a. 117 - Determination of reportable quantities for hazardous substance. b. 302 - Designation, reportable quantities, and notification. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms 1. Notice of Intent: NOI 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 5. Notice of Change: NOC E. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction Controls 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Pollution Prevention Plan: 1. Prepare and submit a site-specific Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with Section A of the General Construction Activity Stormwater Permit to the Owner for reference. 2. Prepare and submit a monitoring program and reporting plan in accordance with Section B of the General Construction Activity Stormwater Permit to the Owner for reference. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_45-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_45 (CONFORMED) 3. Submit to the Owner for reference a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan detailing the placement of physical Best Management Practices (BMPs) required for installation and the methods used to comply with those BMPs directed at operational procedures, Monitoring Program, and Reporting Plan. 4. The plan shall specifically address and detail changes from the alternatives called out in this Section. The Contractor's preferred techniques shall show how it will comply with the stated objectives of the program. 5. The SWPPP shall be prepared and amended by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD), as defined by the CGP. B. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City as follows: 1. 1 copy to the City Project Manager 2. City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review C. Modified SWPPP 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City in accordance with Section 01 33 00 D. Contractor shall submit a copy of the BMP Handbook with each BMP to be utilized checkmarked to show compliance or marked to show deviation. E. The entire plan shall be kept and maintained by the Contractor on the construction site during the duration of the project. F. Contractor shall be responsible for taking the proper actions to prevent contaminants and sediments from entering the storm sewer drainage system should any unforeseen circumstance occur. The Contractor shall take immediate action if directed by the Engineer, or if the Contractor observes contaminants and/or sediments entering the storm drainage system, to prevent further stormwater from entering the system. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall comply with the TCEQ, State Water Resources Control Board, Regional Water Quality Control Board, county, city, and other local agency requirements regarding stormwater discharges and management. B. Contractor shall not begin any construction work until the Owner receives the General Construction Activity Stormwater Permit. The Contractor shall allow the Owner 30 days to obtain this permit after receipt of the information listed in this Section. C. Contractor shall comply with the following prohibitions and limitations, which are contained in the Stormwater Permit: 1. Discharge prohibitions: a. Discharges of materials other than stormwater, which are not otherwise regulated by a NPDES permit, to a separate stormwater sewer system or water of the nation are prohibited. b. Stormwater discharges shall not cause or threaten to cause pollution, contamination (including sediment), or nuisance. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_45-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_45 (CONFORMED) c. Stormwater discharges regulated by this general permit shall not contain a hazardous substance equal to or in excess of a reportable quantity listed in 40 CFR 117 and 40 CFR 302. 2. Receiving water limitations: a. Stormwater discharges to any surface or groundwater shall not adversely impact human health or the environment. D. Requirements: 1. In order to comply with the permit mandates the Tarrant County has developed a County -Wide Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program and summary of Best Management Practices (BMPs) that are suggested to be utilized by the Contractor. BMPs are measures or practices used to reduce the amount of pollution entering surface water. BMPs may take the form of a process, activity, or physical structure. Some BMPs are simple and can be put into place immediately, while others are more complicated and require extensive planning or space. They may be inexpensive or costly to implement. No additional compensation shall be made for implementation of BMPs. E. General 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. F. Construction Activities resulting in: 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 00 and Drawings. 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit TXR150000 a) Sign and post at job site b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 01_56_17 Erosion and Sediment Control. b) The Drawings 3) TXR150000 General Permit 4) SWPPP 5) TCEQ requirements 3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee a) Sign and post at job site b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_45-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_45 (CONFORMED) 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 01_56_17 Erosion and Sediment control. b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088 1.05 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Contractor's QSP shall implement all activities required by the General Permit and as detailed in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, Monitoring Program, and Reporting Plan. 1.06 NON-STORMWATER MANAGEMENT A. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan shall discuss any non-stormwater sources (i.e., landscaping irrigation, pipe flushing, street washing, and dewatering). In addition, the Plan shall include standard observation measures and best management practices, including best available technologies economically achievable and best conventional pollutant control technologies that are to be implemented in order to reduce the pollutant loading to the waters. 1.07 AMENDMENTS A. Contractor's QSP shall amend the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, Monitoring Program, and Reporting Plan whenever there is a change in construction or operations which may affect the discharge of pollutants to stormwater. B. The Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan shall also be amended if it is in violation of any conditions of the general permit or has not achieved the general objective of reducing pollutants in stormwater discharges. C. All amendments shall be completed at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.08 ANNUAL SUMMARY A. Contractor: 1. Prepare an annual summary report (annual report) in accordance with all Regional Water Quality Control Board requirements. 2. Utilize the annual report form available in the SMARTS and submit it to the Engineer a minimum of 2 weeks prior to the deadline for submittal. 3. Upon approval of the report by the Engineer, the LRP will review and certify the report for final submittal via SMARTS. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_45-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_45 (CONFORMED) 1.09 NOTICE OF TERMINATION A. Contractor shall provide all necessary information for the completion of a Notice of Termination (NOT) upon completion of all construction activities (refer to Section C of the General Construction Activity Stormwater Permit for general requirements). Upon review of the information submitted, the LRP will certify and submit the NOT via SMARTS. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Nonhazardous material/waste management: 1. Designated area: The Contractor shall propose designated areas of the project site, for approval by the Engineer, suitable for material delivery, storage, and waste collection that, to the maximum extent practicable, are near construction entrances and away from catch basins, gutters, drainage courses, and creeks. 2. Granular material: a. Contractor shall store granular material at least 50 feet away from catch basin and curb returns. b. Contractor shall not allow granular material to enter storm drains, creeks, or rivers. c. When rain is forecast within 24 hours or during wet weather, the Engineer may require the Contractor to cover granular material with a tarpaulin and to surround the material with sand bags. 1) All stockpiles are required to be protected immediately if they are not scheduled to be used within 14 days. 3. Dust control: The Contractor shall use reclaimed water to control dust on a daily basis or as directed by the Construction Manager. 4. Street sweeping and vacuuming: a. At the end of each working day or as directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall clean and sweep roadways and on-site paved areas of all materials attributed to or involved in the work. b. Contractor shall not use water to flush down streets in place of street sweeping. c. Additionally, the Contractor shall not use kick brooms or sweeper attachments. B. Spill prevention and control: 1. Contractor shall keep a stockpile of spill cleanup materials, such as rags or absorbents, readily accessible on-site. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_45-5 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10ISpecificationsl01_35_45 (CONFORMED) 2. Contractor shall immediately contain and prevent leaks and spills from entering storm drains, and properly clean up and dispose of the waste and cleanup materials: a. If the waste is hazardous, the Contractor shall dispose of hazardous waste only at authorized and permitted treatment, storage, and disposal facilities, and use only licensed hazardous waste haulers to remove the waste off-site, unless quantities to be transported are below applicable threshold limits for transportation specified in State and Federal regulations. 3. Contractor shall not wash any spilled material into streets, gutters, storm drains, creeks, or rivers and shall not bury spilled hazardous materials. 4. Contractor shall immediately report any hazardous materials spill to the Owner and Engineer for reporting to all applicable regulatory agencies. C. Vehicle/equipment cleaning: 1. Contractor shall not perform vehicle or equipment cleaning on-site or in the street using soaps, solvents, degreasers, steam cleaning equipment, or equivalent methods. 2. Contractor shall perform vehicle or equipment cleaning, with water only, in a designated, bermed area that will not allow rinse water to run off-site or into streets, gutters, storm drains, creeks, or rivers. D. Vehicle/equipment maintenance and fueling: 1. Contractor shall perform maintenance and fueling of vehicles or equipment in designated, bermed area(s) or over a drip pan that will not allow run-on of stormwater or runoff of spills. 2. Contractor shall use secondary containment, such as a drip pan, to catch leaks or spills any time that vehicle or equipment fluids are dispensed, changed, or poured. 3. Contractor shall keep a stockpile of spill cleanup materials, such as rags or absorbents, readily accessible on-site. 4. Contractor shall clean up leaks and spills of vehicle or equipment fluids immediately and dispose of the waste and cleanup materials as hazardous waste, as described in section "Spill prevention and control" above. 5. Contractor shall not wash any spilled material into streets, gutters, storm drains, creeks, or rivers and shall not bury spilled hazardous materials. 6. Contractor shall report any hazardous materials spill to the Owner and Engineer and all applicable regulatory agencies. 7. Contractor shall inspect vehicles and equipment arriving on-site for leaking fluids and shall promptly repair leaking vehicles and equipment. Drip pans shall be used to catch leaks until repairs are made. 8. Contractor shall recycle waste oil and antifreeze, to the maximum extent practicable. 9. The Contractor shall comply with Federal, State, and City requirements for aboveground storage tanks. E. Contractor training and awareness: 1. Contractor's QSP shall train all employees/subcontractors on the stormwater pollution prevention requirements contained in these specifications. 2. Contractor's QSP shall inform subcontractors of the stormwater pollution prevention contract requirements and include appropriate subcontract provisions to ensure that these requirements are met. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_45-6 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/DocumentslClient/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_45 (CONFORMED) 3. Contractor shall post warning signs in areas treated with chemicals. 4. Contractor shall paint new, reset, or raised catch basins, constructed as part of the project, with a "No Dumping" stencil. 3.02 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS A. Paving operations: 1. Project site management: a. When rain is forecast within 24 hours or during wet weather, the Engineer may prevent the Contractor from paving. b. Engineer may direct the Contractor to protect drainage courses by using control measures, such as earth dike, straw bale, and sand bag, to divert runoff or trap and filter sediment in addition to those already shown on the construction plan sheets. c. Contractor shall place drip pans or absorbent material under paving equipment when not in use. d. Contractor shall cover catch basins and manholes when paving or applying seal coat, tack coat, slurry seal, or fog seal. e. If the paving operation includes an on-site mixing plant, the Contractor shall comply with applicable Federal, State, and local General Industrial Activities Stormwater Permit requirements. 2. Paving waste management: a. Contractor shall not sweep or wash down excess sand (placed as part of a sand seal or to absorb excess oil) into gutters, storm drains, or creeks. 1) Instead, the Contractor shall either collect the sand and return it to the stockpile, or dispose of it in a trash container. b. Contractor shall not use water to wash down fresh asphalt concrete pavement. B. Saw cutting: 1. During saw cutting, Contractor shall cover or barricade catch basins using control measures, such as filter fabric, straw bales, sand bags, and fine gravel dams, to keep slurry out of the storm drain system. When protecting a catch basin, the Contractor shall ensure that the entire opening is covered. 2. Contractor shall vacuum saw cut slurry and pick up the waste prior to moving to the next location or at the end of each working day, whichever is sooner. 3. If saw cut slurry enters catch basins, the Contractor shall remove the slurry from the storm drain system immediately. C. Concrete, grout, and mortar waste management: 1. Material management: Contractor shall store concrete, grout, and mortar away from drainage areas and ensure that these materials do not enter the storm drain system. 2. Concrete truck/equipment washout: a. Contractor shall not washout concrete trucks or equipment into streets, gutters, storm drains, creeks, or rivers. 1) Washout areas should be located at least 50 feet from storm drains, open ditches, or water bodies. b. Contractor shall perform washout of concrete trucks or equipment in a designated area. 1) Washout site should be lined so there is no discharge into the underlying soil. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_45-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_45 (CONFORMED) 3. Exposed aggregate concrete wash water: a. Contractor shall avoid creating runoff from washing of exposed aggregate concrete. Contractor shall collect and return sweepings from exposed aggregate concrete to a stockpile or dispose of the waste in a trash container. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_35_45-8 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_35_45 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_41_00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Regulatory authorities and codes. 1.02 AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION A. Building Department. B. Fire Department. 1.03 APPLICABLE CODES A. International Code Council (ICC). 1. Building code: a. International Building Code (IBC), 2015 1) City of Fort Worth Local amendments. b. International Existing Building Code (IEBC), 2015 1) City of Fort Worth Local amendments. 2. Electrical code: a. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), NEPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC), 2017. 1) City of Fort Worth Local amendments. 3. Energy code: a. International Energy Conservation Code (IECC), 2015 1) City of Fort Worth Local amendments. 4. Fire code: a. International Fire Code (IFC), 2015. 1) City of Fort Worth Local amendments. 5. Fuel gas code: a. International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) — 2015 1) City of Fort Worth Local amendments. 6. Mechanical code: a. International Mechanical Code (IMC), 2015 1) City of Fort Worth Local amendments. 7. Plumbing code: a. International Plumbing Code (IPC), 2015 1) City of Fort Worth Local amendments. B. TQEQ Chapter 217. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_41_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_41_00 (CONFORMED) PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_41_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Speclications/01_41_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_42_13 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Abbreviations and meanings. 1.02 INTERPRETATIONS A. Interpret abbreviations by context in which abbreviations are used. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS A. Abbreviations used to identify reference standards: AA Aluminum Association AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association AAN American Association of Nurserymen AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ABC Associated Air Balance Council AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists. ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers' Association (formerly AFBMA, Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers' Association) ABPA Acoustical and Board Products Association ACGIH American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists ACI American Concrete Institute ACIL American Council of Independent Laboratories ADC Air Diffusion Council ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers' Association (formerly AFBMA, Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers' Association) AGA American Gas Association AGC Associated General Contractors AGMA American Gear Manufacturers' Association AHRI Air -Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute Al Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AIMA Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association International, Inc. AMG Arizona Masonry Guild ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association API American Petroleum Institute ASAHC American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_42_13-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_42_13 (CONFORMED) ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning BHMA Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM ASTM International AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Protection Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWSC American Welding Society Code AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Institute of America BSI Building Stone Institute CFR United States Code of Federal Regulations CI Chlorine Institute. CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CPSC U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission CRI Carpet and Rug Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards CSA CSA International CSI Construction Specifications Institute CTI Ceramic Tile Institute DHI Door and Hardware Institute EIFS Exterior Insulation and Finish System EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee EPA United States Environment Protection Agency FDA Food and Drug Administration FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association FHWA Federal Highway Administration FIA Factory Insurance Association FM FM (Factory Mutual) Global FS Federal Specifications FTI Facing Tile Institute GA Gypsum Association HI Hydraulic Institute HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICBO International Conference of Building Officials ICC International Code Council ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer's Association ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_42_13-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_42_13 (CONFORMED) ISA International Society of Automation ISO International Organization for Standardization JIC Joint Industrial Council MIA Marble Institute of America ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association MS Military Specifications NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE NACE International NAPA National Asphalt Pavement Association NAVFAC Department of the Navy Facilities Engineering Command NBHA National Builders Hardware Association NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEC National Electrical Code NECA National Electrical Contractors Association NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Forest Products Association NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NMWIA National Mineral Wool Insulation Association NPCA National Paint and Coatings Association NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NSF NSF International NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute PDCA Paint and Decorating Contractors of America PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute PS Product Standard RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections RILEM International Union of Testing and Research Laboratories for Materials and Structures RTI Resilient Tile Institute SAE SAE International SCPA Structural Clay Products Association SDI Steel Door Institute SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National AssociationSSPC Society for Protective Coatings September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_42_13-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienV7X/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_42_13 (CONFORMED) TABB Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau TCA Tile Council of America TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality TMUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation] UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. UNS Unified Numbering System USDA United States Department of Agriculture USACE U.S. Army Corps of Engineers USEPA U.S, Environmental Protection Agency VA Vermiculite Association WCLA West Coast Lumberman's Association WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WPA Western Pine Association WPOA Western Plumbing Officials Association WRC Welding Research Council WSCPA Western States Clay Products Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association B. Abbreviations used in Specifications and Drawings: a year or years (metric unit) A ampere or amperes am ante meridian (before noon) ac alternating current ac -ft acre-foot or acre-feet atm atmosphere AWG American Wire Gauge bbl barrel or barrels bd board bhp brake horsepower BIL basic impulse insulation level bil gal billion gallons BOD biochemical oxygen demand Btu British thermal unit or units Btuh British thermal units per hour bu bushel or bushels BV bed volume(s) C degrees Celsius cal calorie or calories cap capita cd candela or candelas cfm cubic feet per minute Ci curie or curies CIPP Cured -in -Place Pipe C12 Chlorine September 2018 - CONFORMED 014213-4 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A101Specificationsl01_42_13 (CONFORMED) cm centimeter or centimeters cmu concrete masonry unit CO carbon monoxide Co. Company CO2 carbon dioxide COD chemical oxygen demand Corp. Corporation counts/min counts per minute cu cubic cu cm cubic centimeter or centimeters cu ft cubic foot or feet cu ft/day cubic feet per day cu ft/hr cubic feet per hour cu ft/min cubic feet per minute cu ft/sec cubic feet per second cu in cubic inch or inches cu m cubic meter or meters cu yd cubic yard or yards d day (metric units) day day (English units) db decibels D/d column diameter to particle diameter ratio DB dry bulb (temperature) do direct current diam diameter DO dissolved oxygen DS dissolved solids EBCT empty bed contact time EER energy efficiency ratio emf electromotive force fpm feet per minute F degrees Fahrenheit ft feet or foot fc foot-candle or foot candles ft/day feet per day ft/hr feet per hour ft/min feet per minute ft/sec feet per second g gram or grams G gravitational force gal gallon or gallons gal/day gallons per day gal/min gallons per minutes gal/sec gallons per second gfd gallons per square foot per day g/L grams per liter gpd gallons per day gpd/ac gallons per day per acre September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_42_13-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrFX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_42_13 (CONFORMED) gpd/cap gallons per day per capita gpd/sq ft gallons per day per square foot gph gallons per hour gpm gallons per minute gpm/sq ft gallons per minute per square foot gps gallons per second g/cm3 grams per cubic centimeter h hour or hours (metric units) ha hectare or hectares hp high point hp horsepower hp -hr horsepower -hour or horsepower -hours hr hour or hours (English units) Hz hertz ID inside diameter ihp indicated horsepower Inc. Incorporated inch inch inches inches inches/sec inches per second 1/0 input/output J joule or joules JTU Jackson turbidity unit or units k kips K kelvin K thermal conductivity kA kiloampere kcal kilocalorie or kilocalories kcmil thousand circular mils kg kilogram or kilograms kip kilopound or kilopounds km kilometer or kilometers kN kilonewton or kilonewtons kPa kilopascal or kilopascals ksi kips per square inch kV kilovolt or kilovolts kVA kilovolt -ampere or kilovolt -amperes kW kilowatt or kilowatts kWh kilowatt hour L liter or liters Ib/1000 cu ft pounds per thousand cubic foot Ib/acre-ft pounds per acre-foot Ib/ac pounds per acre Ib/cu ft pounds per cubic foot Ib/day/cu ft pounds per day per cubic foot Ib/day/acre pounds per day per acre Ib/sq ft pounds per square foot September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_42_13-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_42_13 (CONFORMED) L/D Ratio Ratio of filter height to filter media particle diameter lin linear, lineal lin ft linear foot or feet Im lumen or lumens Imh liters per square meter per hour log logarithm (common) In logarithm (natural) Ix lux m meter or meters M molar (concentration) mA milliampere or milliamperes max maximum mCi millicurie or millicuries meq milliequivalent meq/mL milliequivalents per milliliter MFBM thousand feet board measure mfr manufacturer mg milligram or milligrams mgd/ac million gallons per day per acre mgd million gallons per day mg/L milligrams per liter mrem millirem µF microfarad or microfarads Mil 0.001 inch (used for coating thickness) mile mile mil. gal million gallons miles miles min minimum min minute or minutes MLSS mixed liquor suspended solids MLVSS mixed liquor volatile suspended solids mm millimeter or millimeters mol wt molecular weight mol mole Mpa megapascal or megapascals mph miles per hour MPN most probable number MPT National Pipe Thread, male fitting mR milliroentgen or milliroentgens Mrad megarad or megarads mV millivolt or millivolts MW megawatt or megawatts µg/L micrograms per liter µm micrometer or micrometers NS/cm microSeimens per centimeter N newton or newtons N normal (concentration) NaOH caustic soda (sodium hydroxide) ND not detected nm nanometer September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_42_13-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/CllenYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_42_13 (CONFORMED) No. number Nos numbers NPT National Pipe Thread NRC noise reduction coefficient NTU or ntu nephelometric turbidity unit oc on center OD outside diameter ORP oxidation-reduction potential OT ortho-tolidine OTA ortha-tolidine-arsenite oz ounce or ounces oz/sq ft ounces per square foot Pa pascal or pascals pl plate or property line pm post meridiem (afternoon) ppb parts per billion ppd pounds per day ppm parts per million ppt parts per thousand pr pair psf/hr pounds per square foot per hour psf pounds per square foot psi pounds per square inch psia pounds per square inch absolute psig pounds per square inch gauge PVC polyvinyl chloride qt quart or quarts R radius R roentgen or roentgens rad radiation absorbed dose RH relative humidity rpm revolutions per minute rps revolutions per second s second (metric units) S Siemens (mho) scfh standard cubic feet per hour scfm standard cubic feet per minute SDI sludge density index or silt density index sec second (English units) SI International System of Units SO2 sulfur dioxide sp static pressure sp gr specific gravity sp ht specific heat sq square CM2 or sq cm square centimeter or centimeters sq ft square feet or foot September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_42_13-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_42_13 (CONFORMED) sq inch square inch sq inches square inches km2 or sq km square kilometer or kilometers M2 or sq m square meter or meters MM2 or sq mm square millimeter or millimeters sq yd square yard or yards SS suspended solids STC Sound Transmission Class SVI sludge volume index TDS total dissolved solids TEFC totally enclosed, fan -cooled TKN total Kjeldahl nitrogen TLM median tolerance limit TOC total organic carbon TOD total oxygen demand TOW top of weir TS total solids TSS total suspended solids TVs total volatile solids U U Factor/U Value U Coefficient of Heat Transfer U heat transfer coefficient UNS Uniform Numbering System US United States V volt or volts VA volt-ampere or volt-amperes W watt or watts WB wet bulb wg water gauge wk week or weeks WRT water remediation technologies wt weight yd yard or yards yr year or years (English unit) C. Abbreviations used on Drawings: As listed on Drawings or in Specifications. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_42_13-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_42_13 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_43_39 MOCKUPS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Mockups of specific assemblies to be installed on this Project. 1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.02 VISUAL MOCKUPS A. Definition: 1. Visual mockup: a. Separate mockup construction incorporating elements specified in various Sections, intended to illustrate materials and workmanship in an assembly, and used for technical and aesthetic evaluation. Mockup shall not be a part of the finished construction. Mockup shall be accepted by Engineer prior to beginning this work on the building. 1) Configuration and extent of mockup: As required to illustrate the design intent for Engineer's evaluation. 2) Place mockup on-site in a location where it will not be disturbed or damaged during construction. B. Maintain and protect Visual Mockups from damage during construction, and dispose of mockups when no longer required, as determined by Engineer. 1.03 BENCHMARK MOCKUPS A. Definition: 1. Benchmark mockup: a. In-place portions of assemblies to be repeated throughout the Work. b. Accepted benchmark mockups are intended to serve as a standard by which the work will be judged. c. Accepted benchmark mockups may be incorporated into the final construction. B. Construct benchmark mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, to set quality standards for materials and execution, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. C. Acceptance of benchmark mockups incorporated in the Work does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. D. Protect benchmark mockup from damage and ensure it is not disturbed at time of Project Completion. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_43_39-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_43_39 (CONFORMED) 1.04 MOCKUP DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide mockups as specified below: 1. Mockup construction schedule: Indicate time required for mockup construction, Engineer's and Owner's review and acceptance, and removal/demolition work associated with mockups, in Construction Progress Schedule. B. Building fagade colored and textured concrete (visual mockup): 1. Provide building fagade mock-up involving Section 03_30_00 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. 2. Mockup shall consist of a 4 -inch thick vertical concrete panel divided into three -36 inch by 36 -inch sections. a. Each section shall have the texture imparted by specified formliner and be finished with specified concrete stain in color selected by Engineer. b. The stain shall be applied at a 1:1 dilution ratio at the first section, a 1:10 dilution ratio at the second section, and a 1:20 dilution ratio at the third section. C. Structural Concrete F4 Finish and tie -hole repair (visual mockup): 1. Provide concrete finish mock-up involving Section 03_30_00 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. 2. Mockup shall consist of a 4 -inch thick vertical concrete panel divided into two - 36 inch by 36 -inch sections. a. One section shall demonstrate the F4 concrete. The section shall include 1 horizontal and 1 vertical form joint. b. The other section shall demonstrate the tie -hole repair. A minimum of 4 tie -holes shall be included. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials as specified in Section 03_30_00 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1. All other products and materials as required for a complete mockup. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MOCKUP MATERIALS A. Contractor is cautioned to not purchase all materials for the project that are involved in any one mockup until after the mockup has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_43_39-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_43_39 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_45_00 QUALITY CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Quality control and control of installation. 2. Tolerances. 3. References. 4. Mock-up requirements. 5. Authority and duties of Owner's representative or inspector. 6. Sampling and testing. 7. Testing and inspection services. 8. Contractor's responsibilities. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL AND CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. When manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings or as instructed by manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement. H. When specified, products will be tested and inspected either at point of origin or at Work site: 1. Notify Engineer in writing well in advance of when products will be ready for testing and inspection at point of origin. 2. Do not construe that satisfactory tests and inspections at point of origin is final acceptance of products. Satisfactory tests or inspections at point of origin do not preclude retesting or re -inspection at Work site. Do not ship products which require testing and inspection at point of origin prior to testing and inspection. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_00 (CONFORMED) 1.03 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. When Manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 1.04 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): E 329 - Standard for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. B. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. C. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where specific date is established by code. D. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. E. When specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. 1.05 MOCK-UP REQUIREMENTS A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this Section and identified in respective product specification sections. B. Assemble and erect specified items with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. C. Accepted mock-ups shall be comparison standard for remaining Work. D. Where mock-up has been accepted by Engineer and is specified in product specification sections to be removed; remove mock-up and clear area when directed to do so by Engineer. 1.06 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OR INSPECTOR A. Owner's Project Representative employed or retained by Owner is authorized to inspect the Work. B. Inspections may extend to entire or part of the Work and to preparation, fabrication, and manufacture of products for the Work. C. Deficiencies or defects in the Work which have been observed will be called to Contractor's attention. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_00 (CONFORMED) D. Inspector will not: 1. Alter or waive provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Inspect Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures for construction. 3. Accept portions of the Work, issue instructions contrary to intent of Contract Documents, or act as foreman for Contractor. Supervise, control, or direct Contractor's safety precautions or programs; or inspect for safety conditions on Work site, or of persons thereon, whether Contractor's employees or others. E. Inspector will: 1. Conduct on-site observations of the Work in progress to assist Engineer in determining when the Work is, in general, proceeding in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. Report to Engineer whenever Inspector believes that Work is faulty, defective, does not conform to Contract Documents, or has been damaged; or whenever there is defective material or equipment; or whenever Inspector believes the Work should be uncovered for observation or requires special procedures. 1.07 SAMPLING AND TESTING A. General: 1. Prior to delivery and incorporation in the Work, submit listing of sources of materials, when specified in sections where materials are specified. 2. When specified in sections where products are specified: a. Submit sufficient quantities of representative samples of character and quality required of materials to be used in the Work for testing or examination. b. Test materials in accordance with standards of national technical organizations. B. Sampling: 1. Furnish specimens of materials when requested. 2. Do not use materials which are required to be tested until testing indicates satisfactory compliance with specified requirements. 3. Specimens of materials will be taken for testing whenever necessary to determine quality of material. 4. Assist Engineer in preparation of test specimens at site of work, such as soil samples and concrete test cylinders. 1.08 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES A. Contractor will employ and pay for specified services of an independent firm to perform Contractor quality control testing as required in the technical specifications for various work and materials. 1. Contractor's testing firm shall perform all quality control testing unless it is indicated that the Contractor's testing firm should specifically not perform the testing. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_00 (CONFORMED) B. At the Owner's sole discretion, Owner will employ and pay for specified services of an "Owner's independent testing firm" to perform special and/or Quality Assurance testing and inspection as required in the technical specifications for various work and materials or stipulated in Section 01_45_24 - Special Tests and Inspections to provide additional testing results which supplement the results of the Contractor's testing firm and to confirm the Contractor's compliance with Contract Documents. The Owner's decision to employ their own independent testing firm does not implicitly or explicitly waive the requirements of the Contractor to employ Contractor's testing firm to perform required quality control testing. 1. If Engineer or Owner's independent testing firm is not properly certified to perform specialty inspections required by the building department, Owner will employ and pay for a quality specialty inspection firm to perform required testing and inspection. C. The Owner's independent testing firm will perform tests, inspections and other services specified in individual specification sections and as required by Owner and requested by the Engineer. D. The qualifications of laboratory that will perform the testing, contracted by the Owner or by the Contractor, shall be as follows: 1. Has authorization to operate in the state where the project is located. 2. Meets "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification," published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. 3. Meets requirements of ASTM E329. 4. Laboratory Staff: Maintain full time specialist on staff to review services. 5. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy traceable to National Bureau of Standards (NBS) or accepted values of natural physical constants. 6. Will submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of NBS during most recent tour of inspection, with memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported by inspection. E. Testing, inspections and source quality control may occur on or off project site. Perform off-site testing inspections and source quality control as required by Engineer or Owner. F. Test Reports shall be submitted to Owner, Engineer, and Contractor from the testing firm, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. Each report shall include: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number. 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and specification section. 9. Location of sample or test in Project. 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Results of tests and compliance with Contract Documents. 12. Interpretation of test results, when requested by Engineer. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_00 (CONFORMED) G. Contractor shall cooperate with Owner's independent testing firm, furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested. 1. Notify Engineer and Owner's independent testing firm 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing. 2. Make arrangements with Owner's independent testing firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. H. Limitations of authority of testing Laboratory: Owner's independent testing firm or Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Agency or laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency or laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency or laboratory may not assume duties of Contractor. 4. Agency or laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. Testing and employment of an Owner's independent testing firm or laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. Re -testing or re -inspection required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by same Owner's independent testing firm on instructions by Engineer. Payment for re -testing or re -inspection will be charged to Contractor by deducting testing charges from Contract Sum/Price. K. The Owner's independent testing firm responsibilities will include: 1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. 2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of services. 3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non- conformance of Work or products. 6. Perform additional tests required by Engineer. 7. Attend preconstruction meetings and progress meetings. L. Owner's independent testing firm individual test reports: After each test, Owner's independent testing firm will promptly submit electronically and three hard copies of report to Engineer and to Contractor. When requested by Engineer, the Owner's independent testing firm will provide interpretation of test results. Include the following: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name of inspector. 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 5. Identification of product and specifications section. 6. Location in Project. 7. Type of inspection or test. 8. Date of test. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_00-5 9585A1 0 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_00 (CONFORMED) 9. Certified test results stamped and signed by a registered Engineer in the State of Texas. 10. Summary of conformance with Contract Documents. M. Owner's independent testing firm will provide monthly report of certification to identify all work performed for special inspections and other contract requirements on this project. The following certified monthly report at a minimum will include but not limited to: 1. Results of testing. 2. Testing logs. 3. Outstanding deficiencies. 4. Various statistical data. 5. Testing curves (up to 4 types) as required by the Engineer. 1.09 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Coordination 1. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently in advance, when testing is needed. 2. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. C. Distribution of Testing Reports 1. Electronic Distribution a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the City. b. Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. c. Hard Copies 1) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative 2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) a. Tests performed by City 1) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor b. Tests performed by the Contractor 1) Distribute 3 hard copies to City's Project Representative D. Provide City's Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: 1. Name of pit 2. Date of delivery 3. Material delivered E. Cooperate with Owner's independent testing firm or laboratory personnel and provide access to construction and manufacturing operations. F. Secure and deliver to Owner's independent testing firm or laboratory adequate quantities of representative samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_00-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_00 (CONFORMED) G. Provide to Owner's independent testing firm or laboratory and Engineer preliminary mix design proposed to be used for concrete, and other materials mixes which require control by testing laboratory. H. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to construction to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at Work site or at source of product to be tested. 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 4. For storage and curing of test samples. Notify Owner's independent testing firm or laboratory 48 hours in advance of when observations, inspections and testing is needed for laboratory to schedule and perform in accordance with their notice of response time. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_00-7 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/Client )(/Fort Worthl9585A10/Specifications101_45_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_45_17 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Contractor Quality Control Plan. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Qualifications of the Contractor's Quality Control (CQC) Plan Manager must include all qualifying registrations and show that the candidate has had experience (minimum 10 years) on projects of similar type and size. B. Contractor's Daily Quality Control Report: Submit to Engineer within 1 day of completion of each inspection. C. Daily Inspection Report: Submit to Engineer at the end of each working day or no later than prior to the beginning of the next working day. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S INSPECTION OF THE WORK A. Work performed by Contractor shall be inspected by the Contractor's CQC Plan Manager. Non -conforming Work and any safety hazards in the Work area shall be noted and promptly corrected. B. No materials or equipment shall be used in Work without inspection and acceptance by Contractor's CQC Plan Manager. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor's CQC Plan Manager: Demonstrate having performed similar CQC functions on similar type projects. Submit records of personnel experience, training, and qualifications. 1.05 COVERING WORK A. Whenever Contractor intends to backfill, bury, cast in concrete, or otherwise cover any Work, notify Engineer not less than 24 hours in advance to request inspection before beginning any such Work of covering. Failure of Contractor to notify Engineer in accordance with this requirement shall be resolved according to Article 14 of the General Conditions. 1.06 REJECTED WORK A. Failure to promptly remove and replace rejected Work will be considered a breach of this Contract, and Owner may proceed under provisions of the General Conditions. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_17-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientfTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_17 (CONFORMED) 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM A. General: Establish and execute a Quality Control (CQC) Plan for Work. The plan shall establish adequate measures for verification and conformance to defined requirements by Contractor personnel and lower -tier Subcontractors (including Fabricators, Suppliers, and Subcontractors). This program shall be described in a Plan responsive to this Section. B. CQC personnel: 1. Contractor's CQC Plan Manager shall report to a Senior Project Manager of the Contractor and shall have no supervisory or managerial responsibility over the workforce. 2. The Contractor CQC Plan Manager shall be on-site as often as necessary, bui not less than the daily working hours specified in the Contract Documents to remedy and demonstrate that Work is being performed properly and to make multiple observations of Work in progress. 3. The Contractor is to furnish personnel with assigned CQC functions reporting to the CQC Manager. Persons performing CQC functions shall have sufficient qualifications, authority, and organizational freedom to identify quality problems and to initiate and recommend solutions. C. CQC Plan: 1. Contractor's CQC Plan shall include a statement by the Senior Project Manager designating the CQC Plan Manager and specifying the authority delegated to the CQC Plan Manager to direct cessation or removal and replacement of defective Work. 2. Describe the CQC program and include procedures, work instructions, and records. Describe methods relating to areas that require special testing and procedures as required by the specifications. 3. Include specific instructions defining procedures for observing Work in process and comparing this Work with the Contract requirements (organized by specifications section). 4. Describe procedures to ensure that equipment or materials that have been accepted at the Site are properly stored, identified, installed and tested. 5. Include procedures to verify that procured products and services conform to the requirements of the Specifications. Requirements of these procedures shall be applied, as appropriate, to lower -tier Suppliers and/or Subcontractors. 6. Startup and testing quality control: Include procedures to verify that the startup and testing requirements of the Contract Documents are integrated into the Contractor's CQC Plan and conform to the requirements of the Specifications. Requirements of these procedures shall be applied, as appropriate, to the Contractor and the lower -tier Suppliers and/or Subcontractors. 7. Include instructions for recording inspections and requirements for demonstrating through the Daily Inspection Reports that Work inspected was in compliance or a deficiency was noted and action to be taken. 8. Procedures to preclude the covering of deficient or rejected Work. 9. Procedures for halting or rejecting Work. 10. Procedures for resolution of differences between the CQC Plan Manager and the production personnel. 11. Identify contractual hold/inspection points as well as any Contractor -imposed hold/inspection points. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_17-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_17 (CONFORMED) D. Daily Inspection Report: Include, at a minimum: 1. Inspection of specific work. 2. Quality characteristics in compliance. 3. Quality characteristics not in compliance. 4. Corrective/remedial actions taken. 5. Statement of certification. 6. CQC Manager's signature. 7. Information provided on the daily report shall not constitute notice of delay or any other notice required by the Contract Documents. E. Deficient and Non -conforming Work and Corrective Action: Include procedures for handling deficiencies and non -conforming Work. Deficiencies and non -conforming Work are defined as documentation, drawings, material, equipment, or Work not conforming to the indicated requirements or procedures. The procedure shall prevent non -conformances by identification, documentation, evaluation, separation, disposition, and corrective action to prevent reoccurrence. Conditions having adverse effects on quality shall be promptly identified and reported to the senior level management. The cause of conditions adverse to quality shall be determined and documents and measures implemented to prevent recurrence. In addition, at a minimum, this procedure shall address: 1. Personnel responsible for identifying deficient and non -complying items within Work. 2. How and by whom deficient and non-compliant items are documented "in the field." 3. The personnel and process utilized for logging deficient and non-compliant Work at the end of each day onto a deficiency log. 4. Tracking processes and tracking documentation for deficient and non- conforming Work. 5. Personnel responsible for achieving resolution of outstanding deficiencies. 6. Include detailed procedures for the performance and control of special process (e.g., welding, soldering, heat treating, cleaning, plating, nondestructive examination, etc.). F. Audits: The CQC program shall provide for regularly scheduled documented audits to verify that CQC procedures are being fully implemented by Contractor and its Subcontractors. Audit records shall be made available to Engineer upon request. G. Documented control/quality records: 1. Establish methods for control of Contract Documents that describe how Drawings and Specifications are received and distributed to ensure the correct issue of the document being used. Describe how record document/drawing data are documented and furnished to Engineer. 2. Maintain evidence of activities affecting quality. Including operating logs, records of inspection, audit reports, personnel qualification and certification records, procedures, and document review records. 3. Maintain quality records in a manner that provides for timely retrieval and traceability. Protect quality records from deterioration, damage and destruction. 4. Develop a list of specific records as required by the Contract Documents that will be furnished to Engineer at the completion of activities. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_17-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client7X/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_17 (CONFORMED) H. Acceptance of CQC Plan: Engineer's acceptance of the CQC Plan shall not relieve Contractor from any of its obligations for performance of Work. Contractor's CQC staffing is subject to Engineer's review and continued acceptance. Owner, at its sole option, and without cause, may direct Contractor to remove and replace the CQC Plan Manager. 1. Acceptance of the CQC Plan by the Engineer is required prior to the start of construction. Acceptance is conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the construction. 2. After acceptance of the CQC Plan, notify the Engineer in writing of any proposed change. Proposed changes are subject to acceptance by the Engineer. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 014517-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_17 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_45_24 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: This Section describes the requirements for providing special tests and inspections. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C140 -Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units. 2. C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 3. C780 - Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. 4. C1019 - Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout. 5. C1314 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms. B. International Building Code (IBC) with City of Fort Worth amendments. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. This Section describes special tests and inspections of structural assemblies and components to be performed in compliance with IBC with City of Fort Worth amendments B. These special tests and inspections are in addition to the requirements specified in Section 01_45_00 - Quality Control, and by the individual Sections. C. The Owner will employ 1 or more inspectors who will provide special inspections during construction. 1.04 INSPECTION A. Duties of Special Inspector: 1. General: Required duties of the Special Inspector are described in IBC with City of Fort Worth amendments. 1.05 TESTS A. Selection of the material required to be tested shall be by the Owner's Testing Laboratory and not the Contractor. 1.06 SPECIAL TESTING AND INSPECTIONS A. Testing laboratory: Special tests will be performed by the Owner's testing laboratory as specified in Section 01_45_00 - Quality Control. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) B. Owner reserves the right to positive material identification tests. 1. Contractor must make materials available for testing. C. The following types of work require special inspection as described in the City of Fort Worth amendments. Refer to the following verification, testing and inspection schedules. 1. Appendix A, Cast -In -Place Concrete Special Inspection Schedule. 2. Appendix B, Essential Architectural, Mechanical And Electrical Inspection Schedule. 3. Appendix C, Level 1 Masonry Special Inspection Schedule. 4. Appendix D, Soils Verification And Inspection Schedule. 5. Appendix E, Structural Steel Special Inspection Schedule. 6. Appendix F. Other Special Inspection. 7. Appendix G, Other Specific Tests Schedule. 8. Piling, drilled piers, and caissons. 9. Reinforced gypsum concrete. 10. Shotcrete. 11. Smoke control system. 12. Special grading, excavating, and filling. 13. Spray applied fire resistive material. 14. Masonry which requires special inspection, as indicated on the Drawings. 15. Special seismic resistance details. 1.07 OTHER SPECIFIC TESTS A. Masonry shall be tested in accordance with IBC with City of Fort Worth amendments 1. Minimum strength of units shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C140. 2. Minimum strength of grout shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C1019. 3. Prior to construction, obtain samples of the aggregates, additives, and water; mix and test in laboratory in accordance with ASTM C270. 4. During construction, sample and test masonry for consistency prior to use on each structure in accordance with ASTM C780. 5. When approved by the building official, if installed masonry does not meet requirements, conduct prism tests in accordance with ASTM C1314. B. Special precise facia panels and associated connections. C. Plastic skylight assemblies and other unusual materials that are expected to support design live loads. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worthl9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall allow time necessary for Special Inspections as listed above. B. Sufficient notice shall be given so that the Special Inspections can be performed. This includes time for off-site Special Inspectors to plan the inspection and travel to site. 3.02 PROCEDURE A. The Special Inspector will immediately notify the Engineer of any corrections required and follow notification with appropriate documentation. B. The Contractor shall not proceed until the work is satisfactory to the Engineer. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrFX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX A CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) Frequency of Inspection Verification and Inspection p Reference Standard Continuous Periodic During During Task Listed Task Listed 1. Inspection of reinforcing steel, including - X prestressing tendons, and placement. 2. Inspection of reinforcing steel welding. IBC Table 1704.3, Item 5B 3. Inspect bolts to be installed in concrete X prior to and during placement of concrete. 4. Verifying use of required design mix. - X 5. At the time fresh concrete is sampled to fabricate specimens for strength tests, perform X - slump and air content tests, and determine the temperature of the concrete. 6. Inspection of concrete and shotcrete X - placement for proper application techniques. 7. Inspection for maintenance of specified - X curing temperature and techniques. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX B ESSENTIAL ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specrfications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) Frequency of Inspection Periodic Continuous During Reference During Task Verification and Inspection Standard Task Listed Listed 1. Suspended ceiling system including - X anchorage. 2. Anchorage of electrical equipment for X emergency standby power. 3. Anchorage of other electrical or mechanical equipment over 1,000 Ib. on floors - X or roofs. 4. Anchorage of ducts greater than 6 s.f. - X in cross-section. 5. Anchorage of pipelines greater than 8 X inches in diameter. 6. Steel storage racks supporting - X pipelines. 7. Chlorine cylinders and anchorage in X _ Chemical Building. 8. Elevator installation. - X September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specrfications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX C LEVEL 1 - MASONRY SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) Frequency of Inspection Periodic Continuous During Reference During Task Verification and Inspection Standard Task Listed Listed 1. From the beginning of masonry construction, the following shall be verified for compliance: a. Proportions of site -prepared mortar - X and grout. b. Placement of masonry units and X construction of mortar joints. c. Placement of reinforcement and X connectors. d. Grout space prior to grouting. X - e. Placement of grout. X - 2. The inspection program shall verify: a. Size and location of structural - X elements. b. Type, size and location of anchors, including other details of anchorage of X - masonry to structural members, frames or other construction. c. Specified size, grade and type of X reinforcement. d. Welding of reinforcing couplers. X - e. Protection of masonry during cold weather (temperature below 40° F) or X hot weather (temperature above 90° F). 3. Preparation of any required grout specimens, mortar specimens and/or X - prisms shall be observed. 4. Compliance with required inspection provisions of the construction documents - X and the approved submittals shall be verified. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX C LEVEL 2 - MASONRY SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE Frequency of Inspection Continuous Periodic Referenced During During Verification and Inspection Standard Task Listed Task Listed 1. Compliance with required inspection TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ provisions of the construction documents ASCE 6, Art. 1.5 and the approved submittals shall be - X verified. 2. Verification of f'm and fAAc prior to TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ construction and for every 5,000 square ASCE 6, Art. 1.41 - X feet during construction. 3. Verification of proportions of materials in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ premixed or preblended mortar and grout ASCE 6, Art. 1.51 - X as delivered to the site. 4. Verification of slump flow and VSI as TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ delivered to the site for self -consolidating ASCE 6, X - grout. Art. 1.51.1.b.3 5. The following shall be verified to ensure compliance: a. Proportions of site -prepared mortar TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ - X and grout. ASCE 6 Art. 2.6A b. Placement of masonry joints and TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ - X construction of mortar joints. ASCE 6 Art. 3.31 c. Placement of reinforcement and TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ connectors. ASCE 6 Art. 3.4, - X 3.6A d. Grout space prior to grout. TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ X - ASCE 6 Art. 3.2D e. Placement of grout. TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ X - ASCE 6 Art. 3.5 f. Size and location of structural TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ X elements. ASCE 6 Art. 3.3F g. Type, size and location of anchors, TMS 402/ACI including other details of anchorage of 530/ASCE 5 Sect. X masonry to structural members, 1.2.2(3), 1.16.1 frames or other construction. h. Specified size, grade and type of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ X reinforcement and anchor bolts. ASCE 6 Art. 2.4, 3.4 i. Welding of reinforcing bars. TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5 Sect. X - 2.1.9.7.2, 3.3.3.4 (b) September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-8 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/DocumentslClient/TX/Fort Worth19585A101Speciflcations101_45_24 (CONFORMED) Frequency of Inspection Continuous Periodic Referenced During During Verification and Inspection Standard Task Listed Task Listed j. Preparation, construction and TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ protection of masonry during cold ASCE 6 Art. 1.8C, weather (temperature below 40 1.8D - X degrees F) or hot weather (temperature above 90 degrees F). 5. During construction the inspection program shall verify: a. Size and location of structural TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ - X elements. ASCE 6 Art. 3.3F b. Type, size and location of anchors, TMS 402/ACI 530/ including other details of anchorage of ASCE 5 X masonry to structural members, Sec. 1.2.2(e), 1.16.1 frames or other construction. c. Specified size, grade and type of TMS 402/ACI 530/ - X reinforcement and anchor bolts. ASCE 5 Sec. 1.15 d. Welding of reinforcing bars. TMS 402/ACI 530/ ASCE 5 X - Sec. 2.1.9.7.2, 3.3.3.4(b) e. Preparation, construction, and TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ protection of masonry during cold ASCE 6 Art. 1.8C, weather (temperature below 40° F) or 1.8D - X hot weather (temperature above 90° F). 6. Preparation of any required grout TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ specimens and/or prisms shall be ASCE 6, Art. 1.4 X - observed. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-8 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/DocumentslClient/TX/Fort Worth19585A101Speciflcations101_45_24 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX D SOILS VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION SCHEDULE September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) Frequency of Inspection Periodic Continuous During Reference During Task Verification and Inspection Standard Task Listed Listed 1. Verify materials below footings are adequate to achieve the design bearing - X capacity. 2. Verify excavations are extended to proper depth and have reached proper - X material. 3. Perform classification and testing of - X controlled fill materials. 4. Verify use of proper materials, densities, and lift thicknesses during X - placement and compaction of controlled fill. 5. Prior to placement of controlled fill, observe subgrade and verify that site has - X been prepared properly. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX E STRUCTURAL STEEL SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-10 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) Frequency of Inspection Periodic Continuous During Reference During Task Verification and Inspection Standard Task Listed Listed 1. Material verification of high-strength bolts, nuts and washers: a. Identification markings to conform to ASTM standards specified in the approved - X construction documents. b. Manufacturer's certificate of X compliance required. 2. Inspection of high-strength bolting: a. Bearing -type connections. - X b. Slip -critical connections. X X 3. Material verification of structural steel: a. Identification markings to conform to ASTM standards specified in the approved - X construction documents. b. Manufacturers' certified mill test X _ reports. 4. Material verification of weld filler materials: a. Identification markings to conform to AWS specification in the approved construction - X documents. b. Manufacturer's certificate of _ X compliance required. 5. Inspection of welding: a. Structural steel: - - 1) Complete and partial X penetration groove welds. 2) Multi -pass fillet welds. X - 3) Single -pass fillet welds > X - 4) Single -pass fillet welds < _ X 5) Floor and deck welds. - X September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-10 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-11 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) Frequency of Inspection Periodic Continuous During Reference During Task Verification and Inspection Standard Task Listed Listed b. Reinforcing steel: - - 1) Verification of weldability of X reinforcing steel other than ASTM A706. 2) Reinforcing steel -resisting flexural and axial forces in boundary elements of X - special reinforced concrete shear walls and shear reinforcement. 3) Shear reinforcement. X - 4) "Form Saver" (reinforcing X _ couplers). 6. Inspection of steel frame joint details for X compliance with approved construction documents: a. Details such as bracing and X _ stiffening. b. Member locations. X C. Application of joint details at each X connection. 7. Seismic force resisting systems identified on X _ structural plans. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-11 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX F OTHER SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE Verification and Inspection Reference Standard Frequency of Inspection Continuous During Task Listed Periodic During Task Listed 1. Piling, drilled piers, and caissons. 2. Reinforced gypsum concrete. 3. Shotcrete. 4. Smoke control system. 5. Special grading, excavating, and filling. 6. Spray applied fire resistive material. 7. Structural masonry which requires special inspection, as indicated on the Drawings. 8. Special seismic resistance details. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-12 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX G OTHER SPECIFIC TESTS SCHEDULE September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-13 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) Frequency of Inspection Periodic Continuous During Reference During Task Verification and Inspection Standard Task Listed Listed 1. Masonry. 2. Special precise facia panels and associated connections. 3. Plastic skylight assemblies and other unusual materials that are expected to support design live loads. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_45_24-13 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_45_24 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_50_00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnishing, maintaining, and removing construction facilities and temporary controls, including temporary utilities, construction aids, barriers and enclosures, security, access roads, temporary controls, project sign, field offices and sheds, and removal after construction. 1.02 REFERENCE A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: For products specified to be furnished under this Section, submit product data as specified in Section 01_33_00 - Submittal Procedures. B. For temporary piping systems: 1. Submit layout drawings showing proposed routing of piping, including proposed pipe support and pipe restraint locations. 2. Submit product data for piping, fittings, appurtenances, restraints, supports, and all other components of the temporary piping system. 3. Submit all information at least 28 days prior to when each temporary piping system is scheduled to be installed and allow 14 days for review and comment. C. For temporary pumping systems: 1. Submit pump data, performance curves, and other operating information as specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 2. Submit sketches showing layout of temporary pumping system, including pump quantity, configuration in wet well, and proposed piping layout specified in this Section. 3. Submit piping headloss calculations based on proposed temporary piping system layout. D. Submit all information at least 28 days prior to when the temporary pumping system is scheduled to be installed and allow 14 days for review and comment. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_50_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client(TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_50_00 (CONFORMED) 1.04 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Temporary electrical power: 1. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including testing of Work. a. Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. 2. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 3. Arrange with local utility to provide adequate temporary electrical service. 4. Provide and maintain adequate jobsite power distribution facilities conforming to applicable Laws and Regulations. 5. Provide, maintain, and pay for electric power for performance of the Work. B. Temporary electrical lighting: 1. In work areas, provide temporary lighting sufficient to maintain lighting levels during working hours not less than lighting levels required by OSHA and state agency which administers OSHA regulations where Project is located. 2. When available, permanent lighting facilities may be used in lieu of temporary facilities: a. Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, replace bulbs, lamps, or tubes used by Contractor for lighting. C. Temporary heating, cooling, and ventilating: 1. Heat and ventilate work areas to protect the Work from damage by freezing, high temperatures, weather, and to provide safe environment for workers. 2. Permanent heating system may be utilized when sufficiently completed to allow safe operation. D. Temporary water: 1. Contactor shall pay for potable Construction Water. a. Contractor shall obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City's established rates. 2. Pay for and construct facilities necessary to furnish potable water for human consumption and non -potable water for use during construction. 3. Remove temporary piping and connections and restore affected portions of the facility to original condition before Substantial Completion 4. Development of non -potable water supply: a. Post ample signs throughout the work area warning that plant water is not potable. b. Non -potable water is available from hydrants or hose valves within plant without cost. When combined demand of the Work and plant exceeds plant supply capacity, provide additional temporary supply capacity. E. Temporary sanitary facilities: 1. Provide suitable and adequate sanitary facilities that are in compliance with applicable Laws and Regulations. 2. Existing facility use is not allowed. 3. At completion of the Work, remove sanitary facilities and leave site in neat and sanitary condition. F. Temporary fire protection: Provide sufficient number of fire extinguishers of type and capacity required to protect the Work and ancillary facilities. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_50_00-2 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_50_00 (CONFORMED) G. First aid: Post first aid facilities and information posters conforming to requirements of OSHA and other applicable Laws and Regulations in readily accessible locations. H. Utilities in existing facilities: As specified in Section 01_14_00 - Work Restrictions. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide railings, kick plates, enclosures, safety devices, and controls required by Laws and Regulations and as required for adequate protection of life and property. B. Use construction hoists, elevators, scaffolds, stages, shoring, and similar temporary facilities of ample size and capacity to adequately support and move loads. C. Design temporary supports with adequate safety factor to ensure adequate load bearing capability: 1. When requested, submit design calculations by professional registered engineer prior to application of loads. 2. Submitted design calculations are for information and record purposes only. D. Accident prevention: 1. Exercise precautions throughout construction for protection of persons and property. 2. Observe safety provisions of applicable Laws and Regulations. 3. Guard machinery and equipment, and eliminate other hazards. 4. Make reports required by authorities having jurisdiction, and permit safety inspections of the Work. 5. Before commencing construction work, take necessary action to comply with provisions for safety and accident prevention. E. Barricades: 1. Place barriers at ends of excavations and along excavations to warn pedestrian and vehicular traffic of excavations. 2. Provide barriers with flashing lights after dark. 3. Keep barriers in place until excavations are entirely backfilled and compacted. 4. Barricade excavations to prevent persons from entering excavated areas in streets, roadways, parking lots, treatment plants, or other public or private areas. F. Warning devices and barricades: Adequately identify and guard hazardous areas and conditions by visual warning devices and, where necessary, physical barriers: 1. Devices shall conform to minimum requirements of OSHA and State agency which administers OSHA regulations where Project is located. G. Hazards in public right-of-way: 1. Comply with local jurisdiction standards and requirements for right-of-way barricades and other safety devices. 2. Mark at reasonable intervals, trenches, and other continuous excavations in public right-of-way, running parallel to general flow of traffic, with traffic cones, barricades, or other suitable visual markers during daylight hours: a. During hours of darkness, provide markers with torches, flashers, or other adequate lights. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_50_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10ISpecifications101_50_00 (CONFORMED) 3. At intersections or for pits and similar excavations, where traffic may reasonably be expected to approach head on, protect excavations by continuous barricades: a. During hours of darkness, provide warning lights at close intervals. H. Hazards in protected areas: Mark or guard excavations in areas from which public is excluded, in manner appropriate for hazard. I. Above grade protection: On multi-level structures, provide safety protection that meets requirements of OSHA and State agency which administers OSHA regulations where Project is located. J. Protect existing structures, trees, shrubs, and other items to be preserved on Project site from injury, damage, or destruction by vehicles, equipment, worker or other agents with substantial barricades or other devices commensurate with hazards. K. Fences: 1. Enclose site of the Work with fence adequate to protect the Work against acts of theft, violence, and vandalism. 2. Enclose temporary offices and storage areas with fence adequate to protect temporary facilities against acts of theft, violence, and vandalism. 3. When entire or part of site is to be permanently fenced, permanent fence may be built to serve for both permanent and temporary protection of the work site, provided that damaged or defaced fencing is replaced prior to Substantial Completion 4. Protect temporary and permanent openings and close openings in existing fences to prevent intrusion by unauthorized persons. a. Bear responsibility for protection of plant and material on site of the Work when openings in existing fences are not closed. 5. During night hours, weekends, holidays, and other times when no work is performed at site, provide temporary closures or enlist services of security guards to protect temporary openings. 6. Fence temporary openings when openings are no longer necessary. 1.06 SECURITY A. Make adequate provision for protection of the work area against fire, theft, and vandalism, and for protection of public against exposure to injury. 1.07 ACCESS ROADS A. General: 1. Build and maintain access roads to and on site of the Work to provide for delivery of material and for access to existing and operating plant facilities on site. 2. Build and maintain dust free roads which are suitable for travel at 20 miles per hour. B. Off-site access roads: 1. Build and maintain graded earth roads. 2. Build roads only in public right-of-way or easements obtained by Owner. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_50_00-4 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocoments)ClientlTXlFortWorthl9585A10ISpecitications!01_50_00 (CONFORMED) 3. Obtain rights-of-way or easements when electing to build along other alignment. C. On-site access roads: 1. Maintain access roads to storage areas and other areas to which frequent access is required. 2. Maintain similar roads to existing facilities on site of the Work to provide access for maintenance and operation. 3. Protect buried vulnerable utilities under temporary roads with steel plates, wood planking, or bridges. 4. Maintain on-site access roads free of mud. Under no circumstances shall vehicles leaving the site track mud off the site onto the public right-of-way. 1.08 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Dust control: 1. Prevent dust nuisance caused by operations, unpaved roads, excavation, backfilling, demolition, or other activities. 2. Control dust by sprinkling with water, use of dust palliatives, modification of operations, or other means acceptable to agencies having jurisdiction. 3. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the project. a. Contractor remains on-call at all times b. Must respond in a timely manner B. Noise control: 1. Comply with noise and work hours regulations by local jurisdiction. 2. In or near inhabited areas, particularly residential, perform operations in manner to minimize noise. 3. In residential areas, take special measures to suppress noise during night hours. C. Mud control: 1. Prevent mud nuisance caused by construction operations, unpaved roads, excavation, backfilling, demolition, or other activities. 1.09 PROJECT SIGN A. Provide and maintain Project identification sign consisting of painted 8 -foot wide by 4 -foot high exterior grade plywood and minimum 10 -foot long, 4 by 4 lumber posts, set in ground at least 3 feet, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter using no more than 5 sign colors: 1. List at least the title of the Project, and names of the Owner, Engineer, Construction Manager geand Contractor. 2. Contractor's Engineer's and Construction Manager's names shall be identified in upper right hand corner underneath the bid number. B. Erect Project identification sign where directed. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_50_00-5 9585A10 pw;//Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_50_00 (CONFORMED) 1.10 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Contractor's field office: 1. Maintain on Project Site weather tight space in which to keep copies of Contract Documents, progress schedule, shop drawings, and other relevant documents. 2. Provide field office with adequate space to examine documents, and provide lighting and telephone service in that space. B. Storage Sheds and Buildings 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off ground. 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. 4. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. 5. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 6. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from temporary and existing buildings. 7. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. 1.11 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary buildings and furnishings before inspection for final Completion or when directed. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. C. Remove underground installations to minimum depth of 24 inches and grade to match surrounding conditions. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified or original condition. 1.12 TEMPORARY PROCESS PIPING A. Contractor shall provide all piping, appurtenances, and other materials as required to provide temporary piping systems as specified in this Section, as indicated on the Drawings, and as needed to perform the Work. B. Contractor shall field route piping as needed and as field conditions dictate, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, and determine appropriate lengths of piping and quantity/type of pipe fittings needed to construct temporary piping system. Do not block access points such as stairs, doors, and walkways to existing facilities unless approved in writing by the Owner. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_50_00-6 9585A10 pw.11CarollolDocumenlslClienVTXlFort Worth19585A10/Speciflcationsl01_50_00 (CONFORMED) C. Restrain piping at valves and at fittings where piping changes direction, changes sizes, and at ends: 1. When piping is buried, use concrete thrust block or mechanical restraints. 2. When piping is exposed or under water, use mechanical or structural restraints. 3. Determine thrust forces by multiplying the nominal cross sectional area of the piping by the operating pressure of the piping. D. Temporary piping systems shall be installed in a manner that will not damage existing or new facilities. E. Unless indicated otherwise, piping material, including gaskets, shall be suitable for the process fluid requiring temporary piping. F. Temporary piping may include, but is not limited to, the following piping services: 1. Chlorine gas piping in evaporator room. 2. Chlorine liquid piping in evaporator room. 3. Sulfur dioxide gas piping in sulfur dioxide storage area. 4. Sulfur dioxide liquid piping in sulfur dioxide storage area. 5. Temporary water piping. 6. Temporary caustic fill piping. G. After temporary piping system is no longer required: 1. Remove temporary piping system. 2. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary piping system. 3. Restore existing facilities to original condition. 1.13 TEMPORARY PROCESS PUMPING A. Contractor shall provide temporary pumping system to pump flow to recirculate disinfected water in the chlorine contact basins in order to accomplish required testing: 1. Anticipated pressure will vary based on headlosses developed and the final length of installed temporary piping. Contractor shall calculate headlosses and provide pump with sufficient pressure to meet flow requirements. Calculations shall be sealed and signed by a professional engineer registered in the state in which the Project is located. 2. Pump shall be capable of passing a solid with a sphere size of 3 inches. 3. Temporary pumps shall be capable of matching plant flow rates through the use of variable flow rate pumping. The use of cycled pumping (i.e., on/off) is not acceptable. Provide all wiring and controls necessary to match plant flow rate based on 4 to 20 milliamperes signal available at the Operations Building. 4. Provide and pay for all power required to operate temporary pumps. 5. All electrical and instrumentation components will comply with applicable code requirements for the area where the temporary pump is located. 6. Temporary pumping will be required 24 hours per day during the time period when pumping is required and is critical to the proper operation of the Owner's treatment facility. Provide 24-hour on-site supervision of pumps to ensure that pumps are always operational and performing as required. Notify the Owner immediately if temporary pumping cannot be provided. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_50_00-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_50_00 (CONFORMED) 7. Contractor shall be responsible for repairing any damage or reimbursing the Owner for any regulatory fines or additional plant staff time resulting from the Contractor's failure to maintain temporary pumping. 8. Provide 100 percent backup (a.k.a., standby, redundant, etc.) pumping capacity equal to the required process flow rate. Backup system shall be capable of providing required pumping capacity immediately upon failure of primary pumping system. 9. All necessary spare equipment and appurtenances shall be available on-site to allow immediate repair and/or replacement of any pumping system component that is not functioning properly. B. Providing temporary piping systems as specified in this Section. C. Temporary pumping of other process flows is not allowed unless approved in writing by the Owner. D. After temporary process pumping system is no longer required: 1. Remove temporary process pumping system. 2. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary process pumping system. 3. Restore existing facilities to original condition. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_50_00-8 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClient TX/Fort Worthl9585A10/Specificationsl0l_50_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_56_17 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Installation of erosion and sediment control filter fabric fences. 2. Triangular filter fabric fences. 3. Straw bale fences and brush berms used during construction and prior to final development of site. B. Purpose of control fences is to contain pollutants from overland flow. 1. Control fences are not for use in channelized flow areas. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measure and pay for filter fabric fence by linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric fence installed around construction site. Limits of construction site are indicated on the Drawings. B. Measure and pay for triangular filter fabric fence by linear feet of completed and accepted triangular filter fabric fence between limits of beginning and ending of wooden stakes. C. Measure and pay for straw bale barrier by linear feet of completed and accepted straw bale barrier. D. Measure and pay for brush berm by linear feet of completed and accepted brush berm. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 [600 kN-m/m3]). 2. D4355 - Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles from Exposure to Light, Moisture and Heat in a Xenon -Arc Type Apparatus. 3. D4491- Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity. 4. D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 5. D4833 - Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geomembranes, and Related Products. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_56_17-1 9585A10 pwalCarollolDocumentslClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A101Specifications101_56_17 (CONFORMED) PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B. Geotextile fabric: 1. Grab strength of 100 pounds per square inch in any principal direction in accordance with ASTM D4632. 2. Puncture strength exceeding 115 pounds per square inch in accordance with ASTM D4833. 3. Equivalent opening size between 50 and 140 for soils with more than 15 percent by weight passing No. 200 sieve and between 20 and 50 for soil with less than 15 percent by weight passing No. 200 sieve. 4. Maximum water flow rate of 40 gallons per minute per square feet in accordance with ASTM D4491. C. Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide expected usable life comparable to anticipated construction period. 1. Ultraviolet stability shall exceed 70 percent after 500 hours of exposure in accordance with ASTM D4355. D. Manufacturers: The following or equal: 1. Mirafi, Inc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Provide erosion and sediment control systems at locations as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Construct in accordance with requirements as indicated on the Drawings and of type indicated as specified in this Section. B. In the event of a wastewater spill, the Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt cleanup and disinfecting of the spill and shall compensate the Owner for the cost of any fines levied as the result of a spill or unauthorized discharge. C. No clearing, grubbing or rough cutting permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by Project Manager to allow soil testing and surveying. D. Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within project site until acceptance of Project or until directed by Project Manager to remove and discard existing system. E. Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of erosion and sediment control systems as specified in this Section. 1. Unless otherwise directed, maintain erosion and sediment control systems until project area stabilization is accepted by the Authority. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_56_17-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_56_17 (CONFORMED) 2. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by Project Manager. 3. Discard removed materials off site. F. Remove and dispose sediment deposits at designated spoil site for Project. 1. If a project spoil site is not indicated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at location not in or adjacent to stream or floodplain. 2. Assume responsibility for off-site disposal. 3. Spread sediment evenly throughout site, compacted and stabilized. 4. Prevent sediment from flushing into a stream or drainage way. 5. If sediment has been contaminated, dispose of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. G. Unless otherwise indicated, compact embankments, excavations, and trenches by mechanically blading, tamping, and rolling soil in maximum of 8 -inch layers. 1. Compaction density shall be at a minimum of 90 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698 density. 2. Make at least 1 test per 500 cubic yards of embankment. H. Prohibit equipment and vehicles from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights-of-way and easements for construction. 1. Immediately repair damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control. Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with erosion control practices described in Section 31_36_02 - Riprap and Gabions Erosion and Sedimentation Control. 3.02 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide erosion and sedimentation control systems as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Install erosion and sedimentation control systems in manner that surface runoff shall percolate through system in sheet flow fashion and allow retention and accumulation of sediment. B. Inspect erosion and sedimentation control systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at minimum once each week. 1. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. 2. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches depth 1/3 height of fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. 3.03 FILTER FABRIC FENCE CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Attach filter fabric to 1 -inch by 2 -inch wooden stakes or driven steel rods spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded minimum of 8 inches or deeper to hold fence in place. 1. If filter fabric is factory preassembled with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. 2. Install anchoring stakes or rods at slight angle toward source of anticipated runoff. 3. Contractor is responsible for providing adequate fence anchoring appropriate for the varying soil and rock conditions at the well sites. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_56_17-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_56_17 (CONFORMED) B. Trench in toe of filter fabric fence with spade or mechanical trencher so that downward face of trench is flat and perpendicular to direction of flow. 1. V -trench configuration as indicated on the Drawings may also be used. 2. Lay filter fabric along edges of trench. 3. Backfill and compact trench. C. Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. D. Provide filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to length of fence to minimize use of joints. 1. When joints are necessary, splice fabric together only at support post with minimum 6 -inch overlap and seal securely. 3.04 TRIANGULAR FILTER FABRIC FENCE CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Attach filter fabric to fence structure fashioned from 6 gauge, 6 -inch by 6 -inch wire mesh, 18 inches on each side as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Fabric cover and skirt should be continuous wrapping of fabric. 2. Skirt should form continuous extension of fabric on upstream side of fence. B. Secure triangular fabric filter fence in place using one of the following methods: 1. Toe -in skirt 6 inches with mechanically compacted material. 2. Weight down skirt with continuous layer of 3 -inch to 5 -inch graded rock. 3. Trench -in entire structure 4 inches. C. If provided, anchor triangular fabric filter fence structure and skirt securely in place using 6 -inch wire staples on 2 -foot centers on both edges and on skirt, or staked using 18 -inch by 3/8 -inch diameter re -bar with tee ends. D. Lap over fabric filter material by 6 inches to cover segment joints. 1. Fasten joints with galvanized shoat rings. 3.05 STRAW BALE FENCE CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Bound bales with either wire, nylon or polypropylene rope tied across hay bales. 1. Do not use jute or cotton bindings. B. Place bales in row with ends tightly abutting adjacent bales. 1. Place bales with bindings parallel to ground surface. C. Embed bale in soil a minimum of 4 inches. D. Securely anchor bales in place by 3/8 -inch rebar stakes driven through bales a minimum of 18 inches into ground. 1. Angle first stake in each bale toward previously laid bale to force bales together. E. Fill gaps between bales with straw to prevent water from escaping between bales. 1. Wedge carefully in order not to separate bales. F. Replace with new straw bale fence every 2 months. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_56_17-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_56_17 (CONFORMED) 3.06 BRUSH BERM CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Construct brush berm along contour lines by hand placing method. 1. Do not use machine placement of brush berm. B. Use woody brush and branches having diameter less than 2 -inches with 6 -inches overlap. 1. Avoid incorporation of annual weeds and soil into brush berm. C. Use minimum height of 18 -inches measured from top of existing ground at upslope toe to top of berm. 1. Top width shall be 24 inches minimum and side slopes shall be 2:1 or flatter. D. Embed brush berm into soil a minimum of 4 -inches and anchor using either wire, nylon or polypropylene rope across berm with a minimum tension of 50 pounds. 1. Tie rope securely to 18 -inch x 3/8 -inch diameter rebar stakes driven into ground on 4 -foot centers on both sides of berm. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_56_17-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_56_17 (CONFORMED) 01_58_13 - 1 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page l of 4 SECTION 01_58_13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 3. Modified 2.2.A.1 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum rice. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Temporary Project Signage STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1. 2011 015813-2 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 2 of 4 A. Design Criteria 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign in accordance with City's Standard Details for project signs for Water Department proiects. B. Materials 1. Sign a. Constructed of fir plywood, grade A -C (exterior) or better 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 2. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. B. Mounting options a. Skids b. Posts c. Barricade 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE A. General 1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City. 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Temporary Project Signage STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 01_58_13 - 3 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 3 of 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Temporary Project Signage STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 1„ 44„FORT WORTH..:::,=+'' ro 62” Project Title r 4' 82" - 11„ __ 2 22" - 11„ 2 11" - 12" - R1" TYP Funding 5-1 Contractor: 1„ Contractor's Name -1 ? 12 Questions on this Project Call:::�r 1" (817) 392 - XXXX - -- 1" After Hours Call: (817) 392 - XXXX 22" FONTS: FORT WORTH LOGO IN CHELTINGHAM BOLD ALL OTHER LETTERING IN ARIAL BOLD COLORS: FORT WORTH - PMS 288 - BLUE LONGHORN LOGO - PMS 725 - BROWN LETTERING - PMS 288 - BLUE BACKGROUND -WHITE BORDER - BLUE 1 " TYP. NOTES: IF APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN VINYL STICKER "CITY GAS LEASE REVENUE IN ACTION" / LOGO AT CDR SIGN AND ENGRAVING, 6311 EAST LANCASTER AVE (817-451-4684), PEEL AND PLACE IN FUNDING SECTION. PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN SECTION 01_60_00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Product requirements; product selection; product options and substitutions; quality assurance; shipping, delivery, handling, and storage; and instructions for spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Inclusive of raw materials, finished goods, equipment, systems, and shop fabrications. B. Special tools: Tools that have been specifically made for use on a product for assembly, disassembly, repair, or maintenance. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. As specified in Section 01_33_00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Submit Equipment Log monthly as specified herein. C. Submit written plan for equipment storage and protection in covered, weather - protected structures as specified herein. D. Formal substitution requests as specified herein. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. A list of City approved products for use is located on Buzzsaw as follows: 1. Resources\02 - Construction Documents\Standard Products List B. Only products specifically included on City's Standard Product List in these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific approval by the City. C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar products included on the City's Standard Product List. 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even though the product is listed on the City's Standard Product List. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-1 9585A10 t/TX pw://Carollo/Documents/Clien/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) D. Although a specific product is included on City's Standard Product List, not all products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that manufacturer's standard product. E. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. F. Provide products by same manufacturer when products are of similar nature, unless otherwise specified. G. Provide like parts of duplicate units that are interchangeable. H. Provide equipment that has not been in service prior to delivery, except as required by tests. When necessary, modify manufacturer's standard product to conform to specified requirements or requirements indicated on the Drawings. J. Services, Materials and Equipment: 1. Interfaces to Equipment, Instruments, and Other Components: a. The drawings, specifications, and overall design are based on preliminary information furnished by various equipment manufacturers which identify a minimum scope of supply from the manufacturers. This information pertains to, but is not limited to, instruments, control devices, electrical equipment, packaged mechanical systems, and control equipment provided with mechanical systems. b. Provide all material and labor needed to install the actual equipment furnished, and include all costs to add any additional conduit, wiring, terminals, or other electrical hardware to the work, which may be necessary to make a complete, functional installation based on the actual equipment furnished: 1) Make all changes necessary to meet the manufacturer's wiring requirements. c. Submit all such changes and additions to the Engineer for acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions. d. Review the complete set of drawings and specifications in order to ensure that all items related to the electrical power and control systems are completely accounted for. Include any such items that appear on drawings or in specifications from another discipline in the scope of Work. 2. Until Substantial Completion of the Work is acknowledged by Owner, Contractor shall have the responsible charge and care of the Work and of materials to be used herein, including materials for which Contractor has received partial payment or materials which have been furnished by Owner, and shall bear the risk of injury, loss, or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the Work. 3. Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries, losses, or damages to any portion of the Work or the materials occasioned by any cause before the Work's completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof. Where necessary to protect the Work or materials from damage, Contractor shall, at Contractor's own expense, provide suitable drainage and erect such temporary structures or rent such structures as are necessary to protect the Work or materials from damage. The suspension of the Work or the September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) granting of an extension of time from any cause whatever shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's responsibility for the Work and materials as specified herein. 4. When the quality of a material, process, or article is not specifically set forth in the Contract Documents, the best available quality of the material, process, or article shall be provided. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Formal substitution request procedure: 1. Submit a written formal substitution request to Engineer for each proposed substitution within 30 days of effective date of Contract. 2. Engineer will return initial opinion and request for additional information within 30 days. 3. Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject the substitution request within 30 days of receiving required information. B. Formal substitution request contents: 1. Provide Substitution Request Form as specified in this Section. 2. Manufacturer's literature including: a. Manufacturer's name and address. b. Product name. c. Product description. d. Reference standards. e. Certified performance and test data. f. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Samples, if applicable. 4. Shop drawings, if applicable. 5. Reference projects where the product has been successfully used: a. Name and address of project. b. Year of installation. c. Year placed in operation. d. Name of product installed. e. Point of contact: Name and phone number. 6. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified including a list of significant variations: a. Design features. b. Design dimensions. c. Installation requirements. d. Operations and maintenance requirements. 7. Define impacts: a. Impacts to construction schedule. b. Impacts to other contracts. c. Impacts to other work or products. d. Impact to Contract Sum: 1) Do not include costs under separate contracts. 2) Do not include Engineer's costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 3) Required license fees or royalties. e. Availability of maintenance services and sources of replacement materials. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9565A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) 8. Contractor represents the following: a. Contractor shall pay associated costs for the Engineer to evaluate the substitution. b. Contractor bears the burden of proof of the equivalency of the proposed substitution. c. Proposed substitution does not change the design intent and will have equal performance to the specified product. d. Proposed substitution is equal or superior to the specified product. e. Contractor will provide the warranties or bonds that would be provided on the specified product on the proposed substitution, unless Owner requires a Special Warranty. f. Contractor will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work and will be responsible for the costs to make changes as required to the Work. g. Contractor waives rights to claim additional costs caused by proposed substitution which may subsequently become apparent. C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance under the following conditions: 1. No formal substitution request is made. 2. The substitution is simply implied or indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals. 3. The formal substitution request is submitted by a subcontractor or supplier. 4. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval 5. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section 6. In the City's opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design 7. In the City's opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function consistent with the design intent 8. D. Substitution requests submitted after the deadline will not be considered unless the following evidence is submitted to the Engineer: 1. Proof that the specified product is unavailable for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor. a. Reasons may include manufacturing discontinued, bankruptcy, labor strikes, or acts of God. b. Contractor placed or attempted to place orders for the specified products within 10 days after the effective date of the Agreement. c. The formal substitution request is submitted to Engineer within 10 days of the Contractor discovering the specified product cannot be obtained. d. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. E. Engineer's decision on a substitution requests will be final and binding. 1. Approved substitutions will be incorporated into the Contract Documents with a Change Order. 2. Requests for time extensions and additional costs based on submission of, approval of, or rejection of substitutions will not be allowed. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Material requirements: 1. Materials: Provide corrosion resistance suitable for project conditions as specified in Section 01_81_01 - Project Design Criteria. 2. Dissimilar metals: Separate contacting surfaces with dielectric material. B. Edge grinding: 1. Sharp projections of cut or sheared edges of ferrous metals which are not to be welded shall be ground to a radius required to ensure satisfactory paint adherence. 2.02 PRODUCT SELECTION A. When products are specified by standard or specification designations of technical societies, organizations, or associations only, provide products that meet or exceed reference standard and Specifications. B. When products are specified with names of manufacturers but no model numbers or catalog designations, provide: 1. Products by one of named manufacturers that meet or exceed Specifications. 2. Engineer deemed "or equal" evidenced by an approved shop drawing or other written communication. C. When products are specified with names of manufacturers and model numbers or catalog designations, provide: 1. Products with model numbers or catalog designations by one of named manufacturers. 2. Engineer deemed "or equal" evidenced by an approved shop drawing or other written communication. D. When products are specified with names of manufacturers, but with brand or trade names, model numbers, or catalog designations by one manufacturer only, provide: 1. Products specified by brand or trade name, model number, or catalog designation. 2. Products by one of named manufacturers proven, in accordance with requirements for an "or equal", to meet or exceed quality, appearance and performance of specified brand or trade name, model number, or catalog designation. 3. Engineer deemed "or equal" evidenced by an approved shop drawing or other written communication. E. When Products are specified with only one manufacturer followed by "or Equal," provide: 1. Products meeting or exceeding Specifications by specified manufacturer. 2. Engineer deemed "or equal" evidenced by an approved shop drawing or other written communication. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) 2.03 SHIPMENT A. Mandatory requirements prior to shipment of equipment: 1. Engineer approved shop drawings. 2. Engineer approved Manufacturer's Certificate of Source Testing as specified in Section 01_75_17 - Commissioning, when required by specifications. 3. Draft operations and maintenance manuals, as specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data, when required by specifications. B. Prepare products for shipment by: 1. Tagging or marking products to agree with delivery schedule or shop drawings. 2. Including complete packing lists and bills of material with each shipment. 3. Packaging products to facilitate handling and protection against damage during transit, handling, and storage. 4. Securely attach special instructions for proper field handling, storage, and installation to each piece of equipment before packaging and shipment. C. Transport products by methods that avoid product damage. D. Deliver products in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging with identifying labels intact and legible. Include date of manufacture on label. 2.04 SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Provide spare parts and maintenance products as required by Specifications. B. Provide one set of special tools required to install or service the equipment. C. Box, tag, and clearly mark items. D. Contractor is responsible for spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools until acceptance by Owner. E. Store spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools in enclosed, weather- proof, and lighted facility during the construction period. 1. Protect parts subject to deterioration, such as ferrous metal items and electrical components with appropriate lubricants, desiccants, or hermetic sealing. F. Provide spare parts and special tools inventory list, see Appendix A: 1. Equipment tag number. 2. Equipment manufacturer. 3. Subassembly component, if appropriate. 4. Quantity. 5. Storage location. G. Store large items individually: 1. Weight: Greater than 50 pounds. 2. Size: Greater than 24 inches wide by 18 inches high by 36 inches long. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-6 9585A1 0 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth19585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) 3. Clearly labeled: a. Equipment tag number. b. Equipment manufacturer. c. Subassembly component, if appropriate. H. Store in spare parts box smaller items: 1. Weight: Less than 50 pounds. 2. Size: Less than 24 inches wide by 18 inches high by 36 inches long. 3. Clearly labeled: a. Equipment tag number. b. Equipment manufacturer. c. Subassembly component, if appropriate. Spare parts and special tools box: 1. Wooden box: a. Size: 24 inches wide by 18 inches high by 36 inches long. 2. Hinged wooden cover: a. Strap type hinges. b. Locking hasp. c. Spare parts inventory list taped to underside of cover. 3. Coating: As specified in Section 09_96_01 - High -Performance Coatings. 4. Clearly labeled: a. The words "Spare Parts and/or Special Tools". b. Equipment tag number. c. Equipment manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Handle equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. C. Upon delivery, promptly inspect shipments: 1. Verify compliance with Contract Documents, correct quantities, and undamaged condition of products. 2. Acceptance of shipment does not constitute final acceptance of equipment. 3.02 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Immediately store and protect products and materials until installed in Work. B. Store products with seals and legible labels intact. C. Maintain products within temperature and humidity ranges required or recommended by manufacturer. D. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. 1. Repaint damaged painted surfaces. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-7 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocumenls/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) E. Exterior storage of fabricated products: 1. Place on aboveground supports that allow for drainage. 2. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. 3. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation under covering. F. Store moisture sensitive products in watertight enclosures. G. Provide covered, weather -protected storage structures providing a clean, dry, noncorrosive environment for mechanical equipment, valves, architectural items, electrical and instrumentation equipment and special equipment to be incorporated into this project. 1. Storage of equipment shall be in strict accordance with the "instructions for storage" of each equipment supplier and manufacturer including connection of heaters, placing of storage lubricants in equipment, etc. 2. The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the manufacturer's instructions for storage to the Engineer prior to storage of all equipment and materials. H. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in well -drained area. 1. Prevent materials mixing with foreign matter. 2. Provide access for inspection. Payment will not be made for equipment and materials improperly stored or stored without providing Engineer with the manufacturer's instructions for storage. J. Provide an Equipment Log including, as a minimum, the equipment identification, date stored, date of inspection/maintenance, date removed from storage, copy of manufacturer's recommended storage guidelines, description of inspection/maintenance activities performed, and signature of party performing inspection/maintenance. 1. Submit Equipment Log to Engineer monthly as a pre -requisite of application for progress payment. 3.03 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. 1. Remove covering when no longer needed. 2. Replace corroded, damaged, or deteriorated equipment and parts before acceptance of the project. B. Update Equipment Log on a monthly basis with description of maintenance activities performed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation and industry standards and signature of party performing maintenance. 3.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ entities that meet or exceed specified qualifications to execute the Work. B. Verify project conditions are satisfactory before executing subsequent portions of the Work. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) C. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor represents that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise 3.05 COMMISSIONING A. As specified in Section 01_75_17 - Commissioning. 3.06 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Owner may request advanced delivery of spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools. 1. Deduct the delivered items from the inventory list and provide transmittal documentation. B. Immediately prior to the date of Substantial Completion, arrange to deliver spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools to Owner at a location on site chosen by the Owner. 1. Provide itemized list of spare parts and special tools that matches the identification tag attached to each item. 2. Owner and Engineer will review the inventory and the itemized list to confirm it is complete and in good condition prior to signing for acceptance. 3.07 ATTACHMENTS A. Appendix A - Spare Parts, Maintenance Products, and Special Tools Inventory List. B. Appendix B - Sample Substitution Request Form. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client(TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX A SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS INVENTORY LIST September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-10 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX A SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS INVENTORY LIST Owner: Contractor: Project Name: Date: Project No.. Inventory List Spec Number: Spec Title Equipment Tag Equipment No.: Manufacturer: Quantity Subassembly Component Description Manufacturer's Part Number Storage Location September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-11 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClientfTXlFort Worthl9585At0ISpecificationsl01_80_00 (CONFORMED) APPENDIX B SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-12 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientffX/Fod Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) Owner: Contractor: Project Name: To: Re: Contract For: Engineering Project Number: APPENDIX B DOCUMENT 01_60_00 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Fro m: Date: Project No.. Substitution Request Number: 11 Specification Information 11 History: New 2-5 years 5-10 years Product old old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: Point -by -point comparative data and impacts attached — REQUIRED BY ENGINEER September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-13 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client TXIFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_60_00 (CONFORMED) 11 Reason For Not Providing Specified Item 11 Reason: Similar Installation: Project: Address: Owner: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: No Yes, Explain: Date Installed: Architect: 11 Benefit to Owner For Accepting Substitution 11 Savings: Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: No Yes (Add) (Deduct) days Supporting Data Attached Drawings Product Data Samples Tests Reports Reference Other: Projects Certifications The undersigned certifies: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. • Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product, unless Owner requires a Special Warranty. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. • Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including Engineer design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-14 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/DocumentslClientrrXIFort Worthl9585A10ISpecificatlonsl0l_60_00 (CONFORMED) Certifications • Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. Submitted by: Signed by: Firm Name Firm Address: Phone: Attachment s: II Engineer's Review And Action 11 Substitution accepted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. Substitution accepted as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. Substitution rejected - Use specified materials. Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials. Signed by: Date Additional Comments Additional Comments: Contractor Subcontractor Supplier Manufacturer Engineer Other: Comments: September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_60_00-15 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClienUiXlFort Worth19585A10ISpecificatlonsl01_60_00 (CONFORMED) 0l _66_00 - 1 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01_66_00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Scheduling of product delivery 2. Packaging of products for delivery 3. Protection of products against damage from: a. Handling b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum rp ice• 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Delivery Requirements 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to avoid prolonged storage. 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. CITY OF FORT WORTH Product Storage and Handling Requirement SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — WATER FACILITY PROJECTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 01_66_00-2 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 4 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental damage. 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation location. 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. B. Handling Requirements 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. C. Storage Requirements 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in vicinity of Work. 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants and occupants. a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City's Project Representative. 5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by City's Project Representative. 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 7. Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to satisfaction of City's Project Representative. a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City's Project Representative. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Product Storage and Handling Requirement SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — WATER FACILITY PROJECTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 016600-3 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. B. Non -Conforming Work 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on the project. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in storage. C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by the manufacturer. 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Product Storage and Handling Requirement SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — WATER FACILITY PROJECTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 01 _66_00-4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING, REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Product Storage and Handling Requirement SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — WATER FACILITY PROJECTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 017000- 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01_70_00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Mobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 4) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to another location within the designated Site 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation from 1 location to another location on the Site. b. Demobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies away from the Site including disassembly 2) Site Clean-up 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this Contract c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 2. Remobilization a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract Documents or as required by City includes: 1) Demobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract Documents necessary to suspend the Work. b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 2) Remobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 3) No Payments will be made for: a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. b) Stand-by or idle time c) Lost profits 3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a. Mobilization and Demobilization CITY OF FORT WORTH Mobilization and Remobilization STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised November 22, 2016 01_70_00-2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 4 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis necessary for: a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site for the issued Work Order 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for: a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly for each issued Work Order b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order c) Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for each Work Oder b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a. A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the mobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment [Consult City Department/Division for direction on if Mobilization pay item to be included or the item should be subsidiary. Include the appropriate Section 1.2 A. 1.] 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Measure 1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum or each as the work progresses. Mobilization is calculated on the base bid only and will not be paid for separately on any additive alternate items added to the Contract. 2) Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items. b. Payment 1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be made in partial payments as follows: a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid or 3 % of the total Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. b) When 5% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid or 4 % of the total Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. Previous payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. c) When 10% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid or 5 % of the total Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. Previous payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mobilization and Remobilization STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised November 22, 20I6 01_70_00-3 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 3 of 4 d) A bid containing a total for "Mobilization" in excess of S % of total contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection. e) The work performed and materials furnished for demobilization in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. Remobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract Documents a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each remobilization performed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price per each "Specified Remobilization" in accordance with Contract Documents. c. The price shall include: 1) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.1) 2) Remobilization as described in Section I.1.A.2.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 3. Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City a. Measurement and Payment 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 of Section 00 72 00. 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated with this Item. 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price per each "Work Order Mobilization" in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c. The price shall include: 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.1) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment: 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price per each "Work Order Emergency Mobilization" in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c. The price shall include 1) Mobilization as described in Section I.1.A.4.a) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.l .A.3.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mobilization and Remobilization STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised November 22, 2016 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 01 _70_00-4 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH Mobilization and Remobilization STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised November 22, 2016 SECTION 01_71_23 FIELD ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Field engineering to establish lines and grades for the Work. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 01_33_00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Qualifications of the professional land surveyor or registered civil engineer in Texas that will be performing the field engineering. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construction Staking 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 2. Coordination a. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 3. General a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes. b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractor's neglect, such that the contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to re -stake the deficient areas. B. Construction Survey 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the Contractor. 2. Coordination a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey remains intact. b. Coordinate with the City prior to field investigation to determine which horizontal and vertical control data will be required for construction survey. c. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate Construction Survey such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. d. Contractor shall restore or replace any control data due to damage caused during construction operations. C. General 1. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. 2. The Contractor shall perform construction survey to obtain construction features, including but not limited to the following: a. All Utility Lines 1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or junction structure September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_71_23-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_71_23 (CONFORMED) b. Water Lines 1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following locations: a) Every 250 linear feet b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All Fittings) c) Cathodic protection test stations d) Sampling stations e) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) f) Fire lines g) Fire hydrants h) Gate valves i) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines j) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) k) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) 1) Pressure plane valves m) Cleaning wyes n) Casing pipe (each end) 2) Storm Sewer a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: (1) Every 250 linear feet (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 3) Sanitary Sewer a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at the following locations: (1) Every 250 linear feet (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (3) Cleanouts 3. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line and grade required by these Specifications. 4. The Contractor shall perform construction survey and to verify control data, including but not limited to the following: a. Established benchmarks and control points provided for the Contractor's use are accurate b. Benchmarks were used to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for tunneling c. Lines and grades were used to establish the location of the pipe d. Submit to the City copies of field notes, if requested, used to establish all lines and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each tunneling drive. e. Provide access for the City, when requested, to verify the guidance system and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis. f. The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and the correction of it, as required. g. Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. h. Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint and submit daily records to City. i. If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract Documents. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_71_23-2 9585A1 0 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth19585A10/Specifications/01 _71 _23 (CON FORMED) PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Basic reference line, a beginning point on basic reference line, and a benchmark will be provided by Owner. B. From these reference points, establish other control and reference points as required to properly lay out the Work. C. Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work, and preserve permanent reference points during construction: 1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice. 2. Replace Project control point, when lost or destroyed, in accordance with original survey control. D. Set monuments for principal control points and protect them from being disturbed and displaced: 1. Re-establish disturbed monuments. 2. When disturbed, postpone parts of the Work that are governed by disturbed monuments until such monuments are re-established. 3.02 PROJECT SITE SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Establish minimum of 2 permanent benchmarks on site referenced to data established by survey control points. B. Record permanent benchmark locations with horizontal and vertical data on Project Record Documents. C. Perform verifications and checking in accordance with standard surveying practice. D. Maintain complete, accurate log of control points and survey. E. Affix civil engineer's or professional land surveyor's signature and registration number to Record Drawings to certify accuracy of information shown. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINES, AND GRADES A. Execute the Work in accordance with the lines and grades indicated. B. Make distances and measurements on horizontal planes, except elevations and structural dimensions. 3.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Accuracy of stakes, alignments, and grades may be checked randomly by Engineer: 1. Notice of when checking will be conducted will be given. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_71_23-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_71_23 (CONFORMED) 2. When notice of checking is given, postpone parts of the Work affected by stakes, alignments, or grades to be checked until checked. 3. Engineer's check does not substitute or complement required field quality control procedures. B. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data.. C. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City 3.05 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare and submit Record Documents as specified in Section 01_77_00 - Closeout Procedures. B. Provide certified site survey in scale coordinated with Engineer and Owner during construction including buildings, benchmarks, and appurtenances sealed and signed by professional land surveyor or registered civil engineer. 1. File with permitting agency, as required. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_71_23-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01 _71 _23 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_75_17 COMMISSIONING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Requirements for each Commissioning phase of, the Project equipment/system and/or facility. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Commissioning - The process of planning, testing, and process start-up of the installation for compliance with contract requirements and demonstrating, through documented verification, that the project has successfully met the Contractual requirements. It includes training the Owner's staff to operate the facility. B. Commissioning Phases - The work activities of facility commissioning are grouped into the phases defined in the table below. Commissioning Planning Phase Testing and Training Phase Process Start -Up Phase Owner Training Plan and Schedule Source Testing Process Start-up Commissioning Schedule Owner Training Process Operational Period Subsystem Testing Plan Installation Testing Instrumentation and Controls Fine -Tuning Functional Testing Closeout Documentation C. Component - A basic building block of equipment, subsystems, and systems that requires installation or functional testing but does not have an electrical connection or internal electronics. (Examples: filter effluent piping and manual isolation valves). D. Device - A basic building block of equipment, subsystems, and systems that requires installation or functional testing and does have an electrical connection or internal electronics. (Examples: filter level transmitter or water pump pressure transmitter). E. Equipment - An assembly of component(s) and devices(s) that requires installation or functional testing. (Examples: Pump, motor, VFD, Ozone Generator, UV Disinfection System, etc.). September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-1 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) F. Facility - A grouping of process areas, systems, subsystems, equipment, components, and devices (Examples: treatment plant, pump station, etc.). G. Functional Testing - Testing performed on a completed subsystem to demonstrate that equipment/system meets manufacturers' calibration and adjustment requirements and other requirements as specified. Functional testing includes operating equipment/system manually in local, manually in remote (or remote manual), and automatically in remote (in remote auto). H. Installation Testing - Testing to demonstrate that subsystem component (piping, power, networks, devices, etc.) is ready and meets the project requirements in advance of functional testing. Installation testing also includes manufacturers' certification of installation and other requirements as specified to prepare equipment/system for Functional Testing. Also referred to as Field Acceptance Testing. Manufacturer's Certificate of Source Testing - When applicable, the form is used during Source Testing for the manufacturer to confirm that the applicable source tests have been performed and results conform to the Contract Documents. The form is provided at the end of this Section. Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance - The form is used during Installation Testing and Functional Testing. It is submitted at the end of Functional Testing to confirm that the equipment/system is installed in conformance with the Contract Documents and that it meets the Functional Testing requirements defined in the Contract Documents. The form is provided at the end of this Section. K. Process Area - A grouping of systems, subsystems, equipment, components, and devices that divide a facility into functional areas. (Examples: Filter Process Area or Chemical Area). L. Process Operational Period - A period of time after completion of the process start-up set aside for final Operational Testing to verify facility performance meets the Contract Document requirements. This period may specifically limit other construction activities. M. Process Start-up Phase - Operating the facility to verify performance meets the Contract Document requirements. N. Process Start -Up - Activities conducted after the testing and training phase that are necessary to place systems or process areas into operational service. O. Product - A system, subsystem or component. P. Subsystem - A building block of systems made up from a grouping of components, devices, and equipment that perform a definable function. (Examples: Filter No. 1 Backwash Subsystem, Sedimentation Basin No. 1 Hoseless Sludge Removal Subsystem). Q. System - A grouping of subsystems, equipment, components, and devices that perform a definable function. (Examples: Filter No. 1, Sedimentation Basin). September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-2 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worthl9585A10ISpecifications101_75_17 (CONFORMED) 1.03 COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR (CC) A. Designate and provide a CC for this project. B. Submit summary of the CC's qualifications within 30 days of NTP: 1. Include description of previous experience as a CC on similar projects for the designated CC with a list of references including phone numbers for review and Owner approval. C. CC responsibilities include the following: 1. Lead efforts relating to Commissioning. 2. Be thoroughly familiar with commissioning requirements in the Contract Documents. 3. Be regularly engaged and experienced in all aspects of commissioning. 4. Provide technical instruction for commissioning. 5. Provide primary interface with Engineer and Owner for efforts relating to Commissioning of Project facilities. 6. Coordinate training efforts. D. CC on-site: 1. NTP to 30 percent milestone: 2 hours per week. 2. 30 -percent milestone to 70 -percent milestone: 1 day per week. 3. Testing and Training Phase: Full-time. 4. Process Start-up Phase: Full-time. E. Designate and provide CC assistants, as needed. 1.04 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES A. Qualification of manufacturer's representative as specified in the Contract Documents technical sections include the following: 1. Authorized representative of the manufacturer, factory trained and experienced in the technical applications, installation, operation, and maintenance of respective equipment/system with full authority by the equipment/system manufacturer to issue the certifications required of the manufacturer. 2. Competent, experienced technical representative of equipment/system manufacturer for assembly, installation, testing guidance, and training. 3. Additional qualifications may be specified in the individual sections. 4. Submit qualifications of the manufacturer's representative no later than 30 days in advance of required observations. 5. Representative subject to approval by Owner and Engineer. 6. No substitute representatives will be allowed until written approval by Owner and Engineer has been obtained. B. Completion of manufacturer on-site services: Engineer approval required. C. Manufacturer is responsible for determining the time required to perform the specified services. 1. Minimum times specified in the Contract Documents are estimates. 2. No additional costs associated with performing the required services will be approved. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 3. Manufacturer required to schedule services in accordance with the Contractor's project schedule up to and including making multiple trips to project site when there are separate milestones associated with installation of each occurrence of manufacturer's equipment. D. Manufacturer's on-site services as specified in the Contract Documents include the following: 1. Assistance during Commissioning Phase and Process Start -Up Phase. 2. Provide weekly copies of manufacturer's representatives field notes and data to Engineer. 3. Other requirements as specified in the Contract Documents. 1.05 PLANNING PHASE A. Overview of Planning Phase: 1. Define approach and timing for Commissioning. B. Owner training plan and schedule: 1. Training outcomes: a. Owner's operations, maintenance, and engineering staff have the information needed to safely operate, maintain, and repair the equipment/systems provided in the Contract Documents. 2. Training objectives: a. To instruct personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment/system. Instruction shall include step-by-step troubleshooting procedures with all necessary test equipment/system. b. To instruct personnel in the removal, inspection, and cleaning of equipment/system as needed. c. Training tailored to the skills and job classifications of the staff attending the classes (e.g., plant superintendent, treatment plant operator, maintenance technician, electrician, etc.). d. Provide supporting documentation, such as vendor operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Training schedule: a. Schedule Owner's staff training within the constraints of their workloads. Those who will participate in this training have existing full-time work assignments, and training is an additional assigned work task, therefore, scheduling is imperative. Owner staff work schedules regularly shift, as treatment facilities are typically operated on an around-the-clock basis. 4. Training plan: a. Coordinate and arrange for manufacturer's representatives to provide both classroom -based learning and field (hands-on) training, based on training module content and stated learning objectives. b. Conduct classroom training at location designated by Owner. c. Scope and sequence: 1) Plan and schedule training in the correct sequence to provide prerequisite knowledge and skills to trainees. a) Describe recommended procedures to check/test equipment/system following a corrective maintenance repair. 5. Training scheduling coordination: a. CC is responsible for the following: September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 1) Coordinate schedule for training periods with the Owner's personnel and manufacturer's representatives (instructors). b. Complete Owner training no sooner than 15 calendar days prior to start of process start-up of each system. 6. Meetings: a. CC is responsible for setting commissioning coordination meeting dates and times, as well as preparing the agendas and meeting minutes. b. CC shall meet with Engineer and Owner's designated training coordinator to develop list of personnel to be trained and to establish expected training outcomes and objectives at least 120 calendar days prior to commissioning of equipment/system. c. CC shall conduct commissioning progress meetings throughout construction, to plan, scope, coordinate, and schedule future activities, resolve problems, etc. 1) Frequency: Monthly minimum. Increase frequency as needed based on complexity and quantity of commissioning activities. 7. Submittals: a. Submit Training Plan Schedule 90calendar days before the first scheduled training session, including but not limited to lesson plans, participant materials, instructor's resumes, and training delivery schedules. b. Submit training documentation including the following: 1) Training plan: a) Training modules. b) Scope and sequence statement. c) Contact information for manufacturer's instructors including name, phone, and e-mail address. d) Instructor qualifications. 2) Training program schedule: a) Format: Bar chart: (1) Additionally include in the Project Progress Schedule. b) Contents: (1) Training modules and classes. 8. Training sessions: a. Provide training sessions for equipment/system as specified in the individual equipment/system section. C. Commissioning Schedule: 1. Commissioning overview: a. Comply with Commissioning Roles and Responsibilities Matrix specified at the end of this Section. 2. Submittal due date: a. Submit Commissioning Schedule not less than 30 calendar days prior to planned initial commissioning of each subsystem or system. 3. Schedule requirements: a. Schedule durations and float for commissioning activities to ensure Work does not fall behind schedule due to complications or delays during commissioning. b. Time -scaled network diagram detailing the work to take place in the period between 210 calendar days prior to planned initial commissioning of equipment and systems, and prior to the date of Substantial Completion, together with supporting narrative. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) c. Provide detailed schedule of commissioning activities including durations and sequencing requirements. 1) Identify the following activities: a) Testing and Training Phase: (1) Source Testing. (2) Owner Training. (3) Installation Testing. (4) Functional Testing. (5) Overall Water Facility Testing. (6) Closeout Documentation. b) Process Start -Up Phase: (1) Process Start -Up. (2) Process Operational Period. (3) Instrumentation and Controls Fine -Tuning. d. Schedule manufacturer's services to avoid conflict with other on-site testing or other manufacturers' on-site services. e. Verify that conditions necessary to allow successful testing have been met before scheduling services. D. Subsystem testing plans: 1. Provide separate testing plans for each individual subsystem and system that include the following: a. Approach to testing including procedures, schedule, and recirculation requirements. b. Test objective: Demonstrate subsystem meets the design requirements as specified in the technical sections. c. Test descriptions, forms, temporary systems (pumps, piping, etc.), shutdown requirements for existing systems, test forms, test logs, witness forms, and checklists to be used to control and document the required tests. d. Test forms: Include, but not limited to, the following information: 1) Tag and name of equipment/system to be tested. 2) Test date. 3) Names of persons conducting the test. 4) Names of persons witnessing the test, where applicable. 5) Test data. 6) Applicable project requirements. 7) Check offs for each completed test or test step. 8) Place for signature of person conducting tests and for the witnessing person, as applicable. e. Define start-up sequencing of unit processes: 1) Include testing of alarms, interlocks, permissives, control circuits, capacities, speeds, flows, pressures, vibrations, sound levels, and other parameters. 2) Provide detailed test procedures setting forth step-by-step descriptions of the procedures for systematic testing of equipment/system. 3) Demonstrate proper rotation, alignment, speed, flow, pressure, vibration, sound level, adjustments, and calibration. a) Perform initial checks in the presence of and with the assistance of the manufacturer's representative. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/DocumentslClient/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 4) Demonstrate proper operation of each control loop function including mechanical, electrical, alarms, local and remote controls, instrumentation, and other equipment/system functions. a) Generate signals with test equipment/system to simulate operating conditions in each control mode. 2. Engineer approval of test plan is required prior to performing test. a. Revise and update test plans based on review comments, actual progress, or to accommodate changes in the sequence of activities. b. Submit test reports for each phase of testing for each equipment/system. c. Engineer approval of preceding test reports is required prior to start of next test. d. Tests will be rescheduled if test plan is not approved by the required deadline. 1) Contractor is responsible for any resulting delay. 3. Contractor is responsible to reproduce and distribute final test procedures. a. Provide 3 copies for Engineer. 4. Tests may commence only after Engineer has received approved test plan copies. 5. Submittals: a. Submit test plans not less than 30 calendar days prior to planned installation testing of subsystem or system. b. Completed Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. c. Test procedures and forms: Provide signed -off copy of test forms and test reports upon completion of the test. d. Test reports: 1) Submit preliminary copies within 1 day after testing completion. 2) Submit final copies and report within 14 days after testing completion. 1.06 TESTING AND TRAINING PHASE A. Overview of Testing and Training Phase: 1. General: a. Include specified Source Testing, Owner Training, Installation Testing, Functional Testing, Overall Facility Testing, and Closeout Documentation required by this Section and the technical sections. 2. Contractor responsibilities: a. Furnish labor, power, chemicals, tools, equipment, instruments, and services required for and incidental to completing commissioning activities in accordance with the approved Commissioning Plans. b. Prior to testing, verify equipment protective devices and safety devices have been installed, calibrated, and tested. c. Acceptable tests: Demonstrate the equipment/system performance meets the requirements stated in the Contract Documents. 1) When the equipment/system fails to meet the specified requirements, perform additional, more detailed, testing to determine the cause, correct, repair, or replace the causative components and repeat the testing that revealed the deficiency. B. Source testing: 1. Also referred to as factory testing or factory acceptance testing (FAT). September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 2. Test components, devices, and equipment/system for proper performance at point of manufacture or assembly as specified in the technical sections. 3. Notify the Engineer in writing when the equipment/system is ready for source inspection and testing. 4. Source Test Plan: a. As specified in this Section and other technical sections. b. Source testing requirements as specified in technical sections. 1) Non -witnessed: Provide Manufacturer's Certificate of Source Testing. 2) Witnessed: 1 Owner's representative and 1 Engineer's representative present during testing, unless otherwise specified, and provide Manufacturer's Certificate of Source Testing. c. Prepared by Contractor as a result of discussions and planning emerging from regularly conducted commissioning meetings for source tests as specified in the Contract Documents. d. Provide the following items for each Source Test: 1) Purpose and goals of the test. 2) Identification of each item of equipment/system, including system designation, location, tag number, control loop identifier, etc. 3) Description of the pass/fail criteria that will be used. 4) Listing of pertinent reference documents (Contract Documents and industry standards or sections applicable to the testing). 5) Complete description, including drawings or photographs, of test stands and/or test apparatus. 6) Credentials of test personnel. 7) Descriptions of test equipment to be used, product information, and all appropriate calibration records for the test equipment. 8) Test set-up procedures. 9) Detailed step-by-step test procedures. a) The level of detail shall be sufficient for any witness with a rudimentary technical aptitude to be able to follow the steps and develop confidence that the tests were being performed as planned. b) All steps are significant, and all steps shall be included in the procedures. 10) Sample data logs and data recording forms. 11) Sample computations or analyses with the results in the same format as the final report to demonstrate how data collected will be used to generate final results. a) Complete disclosure of the calculation methodologies. b) Include a sample for each type of computation required for the test and analysis of the results. 12) Detailed outline of the Source Test report. 13) Sample test reports. e. Submit Source Test Plan and forms as specified in the technical sections. 1) Submit a copy of the Source Test Plan at least 21 days before any scheduled test date. 2) Engineer approval of Source Test Plan required prior to beginning source testing. 3) Schedule the testing after approval of the test procedures submittal. f. Indicate the desired dates for source inspection and testing. 1) Notify the Engineer of the scheduled tests a minimum of 15 days before the date of the test. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-8 9585A10 pwU/Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 5. Test results: a. Prepare and submit test results with collected data attached. 6. Contractor is responsible for costs associated with Owner's representatives and Engineer's representative witnessing Source Tests. a. Include costs for at least the following: 1) Transportation: a) Travel 1 day on commercial airline to site including air flight costs and $1,600 allowance per person per day. b) Travel 1 day on commercial airline from site including air flight costs and $1,600 allowance per person per day. c) Rental car from hotel to and from the test site. 2) Hotel costs at a facility with an American Automobile Association 4 star rating or equivalent for single occupancy room per person per day. 3) Meal allowance of $60 per person per day. 4) On-site time: 1 day at the site, unless specified otherwise, including $1,600 allowance per person per day. b. If Source Test is not ready when the witnesses arrive or if the Source Test fails, the witnesses will return home with Contractor responsible for costs associated with the trip including costs described above. Contractor is responsible for rescheduling the Source Test and witnesses' costs associated with the second trip including costs described above. c. Contractor is responsible for witnesses' costs associated with retests including costs described above. 7. Contractor is responsible for providing fuel, chemicals, and other consumables needed for Source Testing. C. Owner training: 1. Training instruction format: a. The training for operations and maintenance personnel shall be provided as one entity. b. The training for operations personnel shall be provided separately from the maintenance personnel. 1) The training for maintenance personnel shall be further subdivided into 3 trade groups: a) Mechanical maintenance. b) Electrical maintenance. c) Instrumentation and controls maintenance. c. Instructors shall apply adult education best practices, emphasizing learner participation and activity. d. Training delivery may include problem solving, question/answer, hands-on instruction, practice, evaluation/feedback tools, and lecture. e. Visual aids and hands-on practice sessions must support training objectives. f. Lecturing should be less than 30 percent of class time. g. Conduct hands-on instruction according to the following descriptions: 1) Present hands-on demonstrations of at least the following tasks: a) Proper start-up, shutdown, and normal and alternative operating strategies. b) Common corrective maintenance repairs for each group. c) Describe recommended procedures to check/test equipment/system following a corrective maintenance repair. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01 75_17-9 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/CIIenVrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 2) Use tools and equipment provided by manufacturer to conduct the demonstrations. a) Submit requests for supplemental assistance and facilities with the Contractor's proposed lesson plans. 3) Contractor remains responsible for equipment disassembly or assembly during hands-on training situations involving equipment disassembly or assembly by Owner's personnel. a) Provide written certification of proper equipment/system operation to Engineer after completion of hands-on training. 2. Class agenda: a. Include the following information in the agenda: 1) Instructor name. 2) Listing of subjects to be discussed. 3) Time estimated for each subject. 4) Allocation of time for Owner staff to ask questions and discuss the subject matter. 5) List of documentation to be used or provided to support training. b. Owner may request that particular subjects be emphasized and the agenda be adjusted to accommodate these requests. c. Distribute copies of the agenda to each student at the beginning of each training class. 3. Number of students: a. Estimated maximum class size: 8 persons. 1) Owner will determine the actual number of students. 2) Engineer will provide an estimated headcount 1 week prior to the class, so that the instructor can provide the correct number of training aids for students. 4. Instructor qualifications: a. Provide instructors completely knowledgeable in the equipment/system for which they are training. b. Provide instructors experienced in conducting classes. c. Provide instructor's technical preparation and instructional technology skills and experience. d. Sales representatives are not qualified instructors unless they possess the detailed operating and maintenance knowledge required for proper class instruction. e. If, in the opinion of the Owner, an appropriately knowledgeable person did not provide the scheduled training, such training shall be rescheduled and repeated with a suitable instructor. 5. Training aids: a. Instructors are encouraged to use audio-visual devices, P&IDs, models, charts, etc. to increase the transfer of knowledge. b. Instructors shall provide such equipment (televisions, video recorder/player, computer, projectors, screens, easels, etc.), models, charts, etc. for each class. c. Instructor is responsible for confirming with Engineer and Owner in advance of each class that the classroom will be appropriate for the types of audiovisual equipment to be employed. 6. Classroom documentation: a. Trainees will keep training materials and documentation after the session. b. Operations and maintenance manuals, as specified in technical sections: September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-10 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client(fX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 1) Provide a minimum of 2 copies of final Engineer -approved operations and maintenance manuals as specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data for use during the classroom instruction. 2) Owner reserves the right to delay training for a particular equipment item if the operations and maintenance manuals for that equipment are incomplete, inaccurate, or otherwise unsuitable for use by the Owner's staff. 3) No contract extensions or extra costs will be allowed for training delays due to operations and maintenance manual submittal delays. c. Provide supplemental documentation handouts to support instruction. d. Digitally record audio and video of each training session. 1) Include classroom and field instruction with question and answering periods. 2) Engineer approval required for producer of video materials from one of the following options: a) Qualified, professional video production company. b) Contractor demonstrates satisfactory skill. 3) Record in digital format and recording shall become property of the Owner. a) Provide audio quality that is not degraded during the recording of the field sessions due to background noise, space, distance or other factors. 4) Video files shall be file format and delivery medium as directed and approved by Owner. 5) Provide 2 complete sets of video materials fully indexed and cataloged with printed labels stating session content and dates recorded. 6) The Contractor shall provide a written release from all claims to the recorded training material produced, if required. e. Training modules: 1) Provide a training module for each equipment category. 2) Divide each training module's instructional content into discrete lesson plans. f. Lesson plans: 1) Provide performance-based learning objectives. 2) State learning objectives in terms of what the trainees will be able to do at the end of the lesson. 3) Define student conditions of performance and criteria for evaluating instructional success. 4) Instruction lesson plan outlines for each trade. a) Provide specific components and procedures. 5) Minimum requirements: a) Hands-on demonstrations planned for the instructions. b) Cross-reference training aids. c) Planned training strategies such as whiteboard work, instructor questions, and discussion points or other planned classroom or field strategies. d) Attach handouts cross-referenced by section or topic in the lesson plan. e) Indicate duration of outlined training segments. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-11 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 6) Provide maintenance instruction lesson plans including mechanical, HVAC, instrumentation, and electrical aspects: a) Equipment operation: (1) Describe equipment's operating (process) function and system theory. (2) Describe equipment's fundamental operating principles and dynamics. (3) Identify equipment's mechanical, electrical, and electronic components and features. (4) Identify support equipment associated with the operation of subject equipment. (5) Detail the relationship of each piece of equipment or component to the subsystems, systems, and process. (6) Cite hazards associated with the operations, exposure to chemicals associated with the component, or the waste stream handled by the component. (7) Specify appropriate safety precautions, equipment, and procedures to eliminate, reduce, or overcome hazards. b) Detailed component description: (1) Define Preventative Maintenance (PM) inspection procedures required on equipment in operation, spot potential trouble symptoms (anticipate breakdowns), and forecast maintenance requirements (predictive maintenance). (a) Review preventive maintenance frequency and task analysis table. (2) Identify each component function and describe in detail. (3) Where applicable, group relative components into subsystems. (4) Identify and describe in detail equipment safety features, permissive and controls interlocks. 7) Provide the following information in equipment troubleshooting lesson plans: a) Define recommended systematic troubleshooting procedures as they relate to specific craft problems. b) Provide component specific troubleshooting checklists as they relate to specific craft problems. 8) Provide the following information in equipment Corrective Maintenance (CM) troubleshooting lesson: a) Describe recommended equipment preparation requirements as they relate to specific craft problems. b) Identify and describe the use of any special tools required for maintenance of the equipment as they relate to specific craft problems. c) Describe component removal/installation and disassembly/assembly procedures for specific craft repairs. d) Perform at least 2 hands-on demonstrations of common corrective maintenance repairs. (1) Additional demonstrations may be required by the Owner. e) Describe recommended measuring instruments and procedures, and provide instruction on interpreting alignment measurements, as appropriate. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-12 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifcations/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 7. Class logistics: a. Delivery time minimum: 2 hours. b. Delivery time maximum: 4 hours. 1) Longer time requires Engineer approval. c. Class agenda: 1) Refreshment break: One 10 -minute break. 2) Meal break: One 45 -minute break, unless otherwise specified. 3) Schedule refreshment breaks and meal breaks to meet the class needs and Owner work rules. d. Schedule specific sessions: 1) Minimum of 30 days in advance to allow Owner staffing arrangements to take place. 2) At the times requested by the Owner, within the period 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Monday through Friday. a) Times scheduled will be at Owner's discretion. 3) Owner approval and confirmation required for session schedules. 4) Provide minimum of 2 sessions for each class unless otherwise noted. a) The purpose of having multiple sessions on each class is to accommodate the attendance of as many Owner personnel working different shifts as possible. b) A maximum of 1 session per day for each class. 8. Distribute Training Evaluation Form following each training session. a. Training Evaluation Form is included in this Section. b. Return completed Training Evaluation Forms to Owner's designated training coordinator immediately after session is completed. c. Revise training sessions judged "Unsatisfactory" by a majority of attendees. 1) Conduct training sessions again until a satisfactory rating is achieved at no additional cost to Owner. 9. Submittals: a. Prior to the training session: 1) Instructor qualifications: Due 30 calendar days prior to initial training session. 2) Training course materials: Due 14 calendar days prior to initial training session. a) Training agenda, lesson plan, presentation, and handouts. b) Other audio-visual aids utilized during each training course. c) Format: 2 electronic copies and 3 hard copies organized in notebooks. b. Post training session: 1) Training course materials: Due 14 calendar days after class completion. a) Video recordings. b) Class attendance sheet. c) Training agenda, final lesson plan, presentation, and handouts. d) Other audio-visual aids utilized during each training course. e) Provide materials for all sessions of the class in a single transmittal. f) Format: 2 electronic copies and 3 hard copies organized in notebooks. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-13 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) D. Installation Testing: 1. Perform subsystem testing according to approved Subsystem Testing Plans. 2. Initiate the Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance for all equipment. a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance form is included in this Section. b. Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance certifies the equipment meets the following requirements: 1) Has been properly installed, adjusted, aligned, and lubricated. 2) Is free of any stresses imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts. 3) Is able to be operated as necessary for Functional Testing. c. Form shall be submitted after completion of Functional Testing, as specified in this Section. 3. Coordinate Installation Testing with restrictions and requirements as specified in Section 01_14_00 - Work Restrictions. 4. Perform coating holiday testing as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High - Performance Coatings. 5. Perform pressure and leakage testing as specified in individual component Sections and Section 40_05_00.09 - Piping Systems Testing. 6. Perform mechanical equipment Installation Testing: As specified below and in individual equipment sections, such as Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment, 23_05_93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC, and 46_05_94 - Mechanical Equipment Testing: a. Remove rust preventatives and oils applied to protect equipment during construction. b. Flush lubrication systems and dispose of flushing oils. 1) Recharge lubrication system with lubricant recommended by manufacturer. c. Flush fuel system and provide fuel for testing and start-up. d. Install and adjust packing, mechanical seals, O -rings, and other seals. Replace defective seals. e. Remove temporary supports, bracing, or other foreign objects installed to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and erection. f. Check rotating machinery for correct direction of rotation and for freedom of moving parts before connecting driver. g. Perform cold alignment and hot alignment to manufacturer's tolerances. h. Adjust V -belt tension and variable pitch sheaves. i. Inspect hand and motorized valves for proper adjustment. 1) Tighten packing glands to ensure no leakage, but permit valve stems to rotate without galling. 2) Verify valve seats are positioned for proper flow direction. j. Tighten leaking flanges or replace flange gasket. 1) Inspect screwed joints for leakage. k. Install gratings, safety chains, handrails, shaft guards, and sidewalks prior to operational testing. 7. Electrical devices and subsystems Installation Testing: As specified belowand the technical sections. a. Perform insulation resistance tests on all wiring except wiring and control wiring inside electrical panels. b. Perform grounding resistance tests on grounding systems. c. Test and set relays and circuit breaker trip units for proper operation. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-14 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) 1) Settings as documented in approved electrical studies performed as specified in Section 26_05_74 - Electrical System Studies. d. Perform direct-current high -potential tests on all cables that will operate at more than 2,000 volts. e. Motors: 1) Windings energized to 1,000 volts DC for 1 minute. a) Motor resistance measured at the end of the test and recorded. 2) Check motors for actual full -load amperage draw and proper rotation. B. Instrumentation devices and subsystems Installation Testing: As specified below, in Section 40_80_00 - Instrumentation Testing Commissioning, and technical sections. 9. Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems Installation Testing: As specified below and technical sections. a. Perform testing of heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment, balancing of distribution systems, and adjusting of ductwork accessories. b. Test hydronic systems, if required by technical sections. E. Functional Testing: 1. Perform subsystem testing according to approved Subsystem Testing Plan. 2. Notify the Engineer 5 days prior to when the Work is ready for Functional Testing. a. Perform testing in the presence of the Engineer. 3. Determine Functional Testing durations with Owner's input. a. Durations will vary depending on the availability of water for testing. b. Target minimum Functional Test duration: 8 hours. 1) Identify equipment/system that cannot be tested for a minimum of 8 hours as specified in technical sections. 4. Perform Functional Testing as specified in technical sections. a. Perform Functional Testing in addition to the other tests specified in the technical sections. b. Perform Functional Testing to demonstrate that the component equipment functions as an entire system in accordance with the design requirements. c. Perform Functional Testing to demonstrate that the unit process has operated in a manner necessary to demonstrate equipment/system functions manually in local, manually in remote (or remote manual), and automatically in remote (in remote auto). d. Perform testing with Contractor -provided water. e. Repair or replace parts that operate improperly and retest. f. Submit testing results as specified in the technical sections to the Owner and Engineer for approval of Functional Testing results. 5. Provide completed Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance forms for all equipment. a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance form is included in this Section. b. Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance certifies the equipment/system meets the following requirements: 1) Is suitable for satisfactory full-time operation under full -load conditions. 2) Operates within the allowable limits for vibration and noise. 3) Electrical and instrumentation requirements: a) Electrical equipment, instrumentation, and control panels are properly installed, calibrated, and functioning. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-15 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVWFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) b) Electrical Installation Testing is complete, and test results have been approved by the Engineer. (1) Noted deficiencies have been corrected. (2) Relays, circuit breakers, and other protective devices are set. c) Control logic for start-up, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks, control, and emergency shutdown has been tested and is properly functioning. d) Motor control is calibrated and tested. F. Closeout documentation: 1. Submittals: a. Provide records generated during Commissioning Phase of Project. 1) Required documents include but are not limited to: a) Training documentation. b) Manufacturer's Certificate of Source Testing. c) Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. d) Daily logs of equipment/system testing identifying tests conducted and outcome. e) Test forms and documentation. f) Functional Testing results. g) Logs of time spent by manufacturer's representatives performing services on the job site. h) Equipment lubrication records. i) Electrical phase, voltage, and amperage measurements. j) Insulation resistance measurements. k) Bearing temperature measurements. 2) Data sheets of control loop testing including testing and calibration of instrumentation devices and setpoints. Format: 2 electronic copies and 3 hard copies organized in notebooks. 3) Due date: Within 14 calendar days of Substantial Completion. 1.07 PROCESS START-UP PHASE A. Overview of Process Start -Up Phase: 1. Operating the facility to verify performance meets the Contract Document requirements. B. Process Start -Up: 1. Perform process start-up in the presence of the Engineer. 2. Pre -start-up activities: a. Commissioning Documentation and Data Review. b. Start -Up Go/No-Go Decision Criteria. c. Building and Fire Inspection Compliance Check. d. Process Start -Up Sequence Review. 1) Submit a Process Start -Up plan for review by Engineer not less than 30 calendar days prior to planned commencement of process start- up activities. 2) Include the following: a) Pre -start-up activities. b) Process Start -Up. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-16 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Forf Worfh/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) c) Process Operational Period. e. Description of Temporary Testing Arrangement, if applicable. f. Final Process Start -Up Forms and Documentations. g. Final Operational Testing Plan. 3. Control loop tuning. a. Perform control loop tuning during system testing with water to the extent possible. 4. Process area start-ups. a. Process start-up individual process areas comprised of multiple interdependent systems where possible and beneficial to reduce complexity and risk of complete facility testing. b. Process area test flows may be limited by upstream and downstream process constraints (i.e., tank and basin volumes) and/or localized recirculation capabilities. 5. Facility -wide process start-up. a. Upon approved completion of pre -start-up activities, perform entire facility process start-up. 1) Complete control loop tuning during this phase of process start-up. 2) Continue process start-up operations until facility meets or exceeds the Contract requirements. b. Process control systems testing: 1) Test complete system instrumentation, controls and PLC, HMI, and LOI programming for the facility. c. HVAC systems start-up and testing: 1) Test complete HVAC system for the facility. d. Ancillary systems start-up and testing: 1) Test complete security system, phone system, fire alarm system, etc. for the facility. e. Remaining equipment/system tests: 1) Conduct remaining specified equipment/system performance tests that could not be performed during the Testing and Training Phase due to inter -system and/or treatment process dependencies. C. Process Operational Period: 1. Prior to beginning the Process Operational Period: a. Conformance with treatment standards is required prior to Operational Testing, if applicable. 1) Biological processes require time to build up the necessary population of organisms to meet treatment standards, as specified in Section 01_14_00 - Work Restrictions. b. Correct any outstanding punch list items prior to the Operational Testing. 2. Duration: 60 calendar days. 3. Engineer will be present for process operational period unless such presence is expressly waived in writing. 4. Prove facility conformance with Contract Document requirements. 5. Contractor to provide: a. Specified start-up materials and operating supplies. b. Necessary craft of labor assistance, in the event of an emergency equipment failure requiring immediate attention (emergency is defined as a failure of function which precludes the further operation of a critical segment of or the whole of the Work) with a response time of not more than 4 hours from the time of notification. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-17 9585A10 pw:11CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) c. Manufacturer's authorized representative to supervise placing equipment/systems in operation and provide guidance during Operational Testing per applicable section. d. Necessary manufacturer's representatives and operating supplies for retesting systems that fail to pass the initial Operational Testing due to deficiencies in products of workmanship at no additional cost to the Owner. e. List of 24-hour "on-call" representative supervisory persons who will monitor the Operational Testing and serve as liaison for the Engineer and Owner. 6. Owner will provide: a. Operations personnel for duration of test. 7. Prior to date of Substantial Completion of Installation, the Contractor's CC shall oversee Process Operational Period. a. Owner staff will operate the completed Project construction. b. Entire system shall continuously meet performance requirements and shall operate without fault, failure, or defect for a continuous period. c. Individual equipment/system failures that are corrected within 24 hours and do not prevent the entire project from continuously satisfying the established operational requirements shall not require the consecutive day test to be restarted unless the failure recurs. d. Restart the consecutive test period for any of the following conditions: 1) Any failure of the complete Project construction to meet operational requirements. 2) When malfunctions or deficiencies cause shutdown or partial operation of the facility, or results in failure of the complete Project construction to meet operational requirements. 3) Any individual equipment/system failure that meets any of the following conditions: a) Requires more than 24 hours to correct, unless otherwise specified in Section 40_80_00 - Instrumentation Testing and Commissioning. b) Recurs within the 24-hour correction period requiring further correction. 4) Immediately correct defects in material, workmanship, or equipment/system which became evident during Operational Testing. 1.08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FINE-TUNING: A. After successful completion of the Process Operational Period and receipt of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, test and provide fine-tuning for the process monitoring, instrumentation, and controls system for additional 30 days as specified herein and in Section 40_80_00 - Instrumentation Testing and Commissioning to identify issues and make corrections, as needed. 1. General: a. The fine-tuning is part of the Work that must be completed as a condition of final completion for the entire Project. b. The complete PLC control and SCADA system must run continuously for the duration of the fine-tuning period. c. Test and use the entire process control system under standard operating conditions. d. Exercise all system functions. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-18 9585A10 pw:llCarolloiDocumentslCllentrTXlFort Worth/9585A101Specificationsl01_75_17 (CONFORMED) e. Log failure, any system interruption and accompanying component, subsystem, or program failure including time of occurrence, duration of each failure, failure classification, and cause: 1) Provide a competently trained technician or programmer on call for the Project Site during all normal working days and hours from the start of the fine-tuning period until final acceptance of the system. a) Response time to the Project Site: 24 hours or less, for a major failure. 2. SCADA system testing: a. Exercise each system function, e.g., status report, alarms, logs, and displays several times at a minimum, and in a manner that approximates "normal" system operation. b. Failure of the SCADA system during testing shall be considered as indicating that the programs and operating system do not meet the requirements of the specifications. 1) Corrective action is required before restarting the performance test. c. Only those components, sub -systems, and systems covered in this Section and supplied under this Contract shall be considered for this acceptance test. Problems and failures of other systems shall not be considered as part of this test, except as they display the capabilities of this system to detect failures. 3. Failures: a. Classify failures as either major or minor: 1) Minor failure: a) A small and non-critical component failure or software problem that can be corrected by the Owner's operators. b) Log this occurrence but this is not a reason for stopping the test and is not grounds for non-acceptance. c) Should the same or similar component failure occur repeatedly, this may be considered as grounds for non-acceptance. d) Failure of one printer or operator station is considered a minor failure providing all functions can be provided by backup equipment, i.e., alternate printers and operator station, and repairs can be made and equipment returned to service within 3 working days. 2) Major failure: a) Considered to have occurred when a component, subsystem, software control, or program fault causes a halt in or improper operation of the system and/or when a technician's work is required to make a repair or to re-initiate operation of the system. b) Cause termination of the performance test. c) Start a new acceptance test when the causes of a major failure have been corrected. d) A failure is also considered major when failure of any control system that results in an overflow, underflow, overdose, or underdose condition occurs. 4. Technician report: a. Each time a technician is required to respond to a system malfunction, they must complete a report, which includes details concerning the nature of the complaint or malfunction and the resulting repair action required and taken. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-19 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) b. If a malfunction occurs which clears itself or which the operator on duty is able to correct, no report is required or logged as specified above. c. If a technician has performed work but no report is written, then a major failure is considered to have occurred. d. Each report shall be submitted within 24 hours to the Engineer and the Owner, or its representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-20 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF SOURCE TESTING OWNER PROJECT NAME PROJECT NO. SPECIFICATION NO. _ SPECIFICATION TITLE Comments: EQPT/SYSTEM EQPT TAG NO. EQPT SERIAL NO. I hereby certify Source Testing has been performed on the above -referenced equipment/system as defined in the Contract Documents, and results conform to the Contract Document requirements. Testing data is attached. Date of Execution: , 20 Manufacturer: Manufacturer's Authorized Representative Name (print): (Authorized Signature) If applicable, Witness Name (print): (Witness Signature) September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-21 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/CllentrTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION AND FUNCTIONALITY COMPLIANCE OWNER PROJECT NAME PROJECT NO. SPECIFICATION NO. _ SPECIFICATION TITLE EQPT/SYSTEM _ EQPT TAG NO. _ EQPT SERIAL NO. I hereby certify that the above -referenced equipment/system has been: (Check Applicable) ❑ Installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. ❑ Inspected, checked, and adjusted. ❑ Serviced with proper initial lubricants. ❑ Electrical/instrumentation and mechanical connections meet quality and safety standards. ❑ All applicable safety equipment has been properly installed. ❑ Functionally tested. ❑ System has been performance tested, and meets or exceeds specified performance requirements. NOTES: Attach test results with collected data and test report. Attach written certification report prepared by and signed by the electrical and/or instrumentation subcontractor. Comments: 1, the undersigned manufacturer's representative, hereby certify that I am (i) a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, (ii) empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate this equipment/system, and (iii) authorized to make recommendations required to ensure that the equipment/system furnished by the manufacturer is complete and operational, except as may be otherwise indicated herein. I further certify that all information contained herein is true and accurate. Date: Manufacturer: 120 Manufacturer's Authorized Representative Name (print): By Manufacturer's Authorized Representative: (Authorized Signature) September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-22 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVMFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) COMMISSIONING TRAINING EVALUATION FORM EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM ITEM: VENDOR/MANUFACTURER: DATE: NAME OF REPRESENTATIVE: 1. Was representative prepared? 2. Was an overview description presented? 3. Were specific details presented for system components? 4. Were alarm and shutdown conditions clearly presented? 5. Were step-by-step procedures for starting, stopping, and troubleshooting presented? 6. Were routine/preventative maintenance items clearly identified? 7. Was the lubrication schedule (if any) discussed? 8. Was the representative able to answer all questions? 9. Did the representative agree to research and answer unanswered questions? 10. Comments: Acceptable Unacceptable or N/A Acceptable Unacceptable or N/A Acceptable Unacceptable or N/A Acceptable Unacceptable or N/A Acceptable Unacceptable or N/A Acceptable Unacceptable or N/A Acceptable Unacceptable or N/A Acceptable Unacceptable or N/A Acceptable Unacceptable or N/A 11. Overall Rating: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Note: Sessions judged "Unsatisfactory" by a majority of attendees shall be revised and conducted again until a satisfactory rating is achieved. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-23 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) COMMISSIONING ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES MATRIX NO. TASK OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Testing and Training Phase Source Testing 1 Source Testing Review Lead Witness, Review Installation Testing 2 Electrical Conductor Testing No Action Lead Witness 3 Electrical Field Acceptance Tests No Action Lead Witness 4 Instrument Field Calibration No Action Lead Witness 5 Network Installation Testing Witness Lead Witness 6 Loop Testing No Action Lead Witness 7 Pressure Testing No Action Lead Witness 8 Leak Testing No Action Lead Witness 9 Holiday Testing No Action Lead Witness 10 HVAC Testing No Action Lead Witness 11 Motor Electrical Testing No Action Lead Witness Functional Testing 12 Network Operational Testing Witness Lead Review 13 Preliminary Run Testing Local/Manual Control Witness Lead Review 14 PCIS Functional Demonstration Testing - Local/Auto Control Testing - Remote/Manual Contact Testing - Alarm Testing - Control Loop Testing No Action Lead Review 15 Subsystem Start -Up and Testing Witness Lead Review 16 Equipment/System Start -Up and Testing Witness Lead Review 17 HVAC Start -Up and Testing Witness Lead Review 18 Corrosion Control Start -Up and Testing Witness Lead Review 19 Wide Area Network Communications Testing Support Lead Witness 20 Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance No Action Lead Witness, Review Process Start -Up Phase Process Start -Up 23 Commissioning Documentation and Data Review Review Support Lead 24 Start -Up Go/No-Go Decision Criteria Lead Support Review 25 Building and Fire Inspection Compliance Check No Action Lead Witness 26 HVAC Functionality Check No Action Lead Witness 27 Start -Up Sequence Review Support Lead Review 28 Temporary Testing Arrangement Finalization Support Lead Support 29 Start -Up Forms Finalization Support Lead Support September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-24 9585A10 pw://Camilo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort WorM585A10/Specfications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) NO. TASK OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Testing and Training Phase 30 Operation Testing Plan Finalization Review Support Lead 31 Test Water Management Plan Finalization Support Lead Review 32 System Testing Support Lead Witness 33 Control Loop Tuning Support Lead Witness 34 Process Area Start -Ups Support Lead Witness 35 Facility -Wide Start -Up Support Lead Witness 36 Process Control Systems Testing Support Lead Witness 38 HVAC Final Testing, Adjust, and Balancing Witness Lead Witness, Review Process Operational Period 39 Operational Testing Support Lead Witness, Review 40 Final Testing Reports Support Lead Review 41 Water Quality Testing and Documentation Support Lead Review Instrumentation and Controls Reliability Phase Instrumentation and Controls Reliability Period 42 As specified in Section 40 80_01 - Testing, Calibration, and Commissioning Le end: Lead: Primarily responsible for organization, coordination, and execution of task work product or result. Support: Assist the lead with organization, coordination, and execution of task work product or result. Witness: Observe and document completion of task work product or result. Review: As necessary to accept task work product result. No Action: Limited or no involvement. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_75_17-25 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_75_17 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_77_00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Contract closeout requirements including: 1. Final cleaning. 2. Waste disposal. 3. Touch-up and repair. 4. Disinfection of systems. 5. Preparation and submittal of closeout documents. 6. Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association (AWWA). 1.03 CLEANING PRIOR TO INSPECTION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL COMPLETION A. Perform final cleaning prior to inspections for both Substantial Completion and Final Completion. B. Employ skilled workers who are experienced in cleaning operations. C. Use cleaning materials which are recommended by manufacturers of surfaces to be cleaned. D. Prevent scratching, discoloring, and otherwise damaging surfaces being cleaned. E. Clean roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. F. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces and rake clean other surfaces of site work: 1. Police yards and grounds to keep clean. G. Remove dust, cobwebs, and traces of insects and dirt. H. Clean grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, paint, blemishes, sealants, plaster, concrete, and other foreign materials from sight -exposed surfaces, and fixtures and equipment. I. Remove non -permanent protection and labels. J. Polish waxed woodwork and finish hardware. K. Wash tile. L. Wax and buff hard floors, as applicable. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_77_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Wort %85A10/Specifications/01_77_00 (CONFORMED) M. Wash and polish glass, inside and outside. N. Wash and shine mirrors. O. Polish glossy surfaces to clear shine. P. Vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. Q. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters when heating, ventilation, and air conditioning units were operated during construction. R. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils when units were operated without filters during construction. S. Clean light fixtures and replace burned -out or dim lamps. T. Probes, elements, sample lines, transmitters, tubing, and enclosures have been cleaned and are in like -new condition. 1.04 WASTE DISPOSAL A. Arrange for and dispose of surplus materials, waste products, and debris off-site: 1. Prior to making disposal on private property, obtain written permission from Owner of such property. B. Do not fill ditches, washes, or drainage ways which may create drainage problems. C. Do not create unsightly or unsanitary nuisances during disposal operations. D. Maintain disposal site in safe condition and good appearance. E. Complete leveling and cleanup prior to Final Completion of the Work. 1.05 TOUCH-UP AND REPAIR A. Touch-up or repair finished surfaces on structures, equipment, fixtures, and installations that have been damaged prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and Final Completion. B. Refinish or replace entire surfaces which cannot be touched -up or repaired satisfactorily. 1.06 FINAL CLEANING AND DISINFECTION OF SYSTEMS OF POTABLE WATER MAINS A. Clean interior of pipe and fittings. B. When pipe contains dirt that cannot be removed by flushing, swab pipe interiors with solution containing not less than 500 parts per million of chlorine until clean. C. Flush 12 -inch in diameter and smaller pipe as thoroughly as available water sources will permit. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_77_00-2 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01-77-00 (CONFORMED) D. Fill pipe with chlorine solution of sufficient strength to provide 10 parts per million chlorine residual at end of 24 hours. E. Flush pipes with potable water until chlorine residual is less than 0.6 parts per million before pipe are put into service. 1.07 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. Submit following Closeout Submittals at least 14 days before Substantial Completion: 1. Punch list of items to be completed or corrected with the request for issuance of Substantial Completion. 2. Evidence of Compliance with Requirements of Governing Authorities. 3. Project Record Documents. 4. Approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 5. Approved Warranties and Bonds. 6. Keys and Keying Schedule. 7. Completed contract requirements for commissioning and process start-up. B. Submit following Closeout Submittals before final completion of the Work and at least 14 days prior to submitting Application for Final Payment: 1. Punch list of items have been completed and Engineer and Owner are satisfied that all deficiencies are corrected. 2. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens or Stop Payment Notices as outlined in Conditions of the Contract. 3. Release of claims as outlined in Conditions of the Contract. 4. Submit certification of insurance for products and completed operations, as specified in the General Conditions. 5. Final statement of accounting. 1.08 EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNING AUTHORITIES A. Submit the following: 1. Certificate of Occupancy. 2. Certificates of Inspection: a. Elevators. b. Mechanical: 1) Form U-1 "Manufacturer's Data Report for Unfired Pressure Vessels" for each pressure vessel furnished and installed. 2) As specified in individual equipment Sections. c. Electrical: 1) As specified in electrical specifications and as indicated on the Drawings. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at Project site, available to Owner and Engineer, 1 copy of the Contract Documents, shop drawings, and other submittals in good order: 1. Mark and record field changes and detailed information contained in submittals and change orders. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_77_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_77_00 (CONFORMED) 2. Record actual depths, horizontal and vertical location of underground pipes, duct banks, and other buried utilities. Reference dimensions to permanent surface features. 3. Identify specific details of pipe connections, location of existing buried features located during excavation, and the final locations of piping, equipment, electrical conduits, manholes, and pull boxes. 4. Identify location of spare conduits including beginning, ending, and routing through pull boxes and manholes. Record spare conductors, including number and size, within spare conduits and filled conduits. 5. Provide schedules, lists, layout drawings, and wiring diagrams. 6. Make annotations in electronic format. B. Maintain documents separate from those used for construction: 1. Label documents "RECORD DOCUMENTS." C. Keep documents current: 1. Record required information at the time the material and equipment is installed and before permanently concealing. 2. Engineer will review Record Documents weekly to ascertain that changes have been recorded. D. Affix civil engineer's or professional land surveyor's signature and registration number to Record Drawings to certify accuracy of information shown. E. Deliver Record Documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. F. Record Documents will be reviewed monthly to determine the percent complete for the monthly pay application. G. Updated Record Documents are a condition for Engineer's recommendation for progress payment. 1.10 FINAL SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL A. As specified in Section 01_32_17 - Progress Schedules and Reports. 1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance service as specified in technical specifications. 1.12 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Obtain Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1.13 FINAL COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers the Work is complete, submit written certification that at least 14 days before desired date of Final Completion: 1. Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Document: 2. Punch list items have been completed or corrected. 3. Work is ready for final inspection. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_77_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_77_00 (CONFORMED) B. Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness. C. Should the Engineer consider that the Work is incomplete or defective: 1. Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to the Engineer that the Work is complete. 3. Engineer shall re -inspect the Work. 1.14 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Engineer at least 14 days prior to final Application for Payment. B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract amount. 1. The original Contract amount. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Change Orders. b. Units installed and unit prices. c. Set -offs for uncorrected or incomplete Work. d. Set -offs for liquidated damages. e. Set -offs for reinspection payments. f. Extended engineering and/or inspection services and inspection overtime. g. Excessive shop drawings review cost by the Engineer. h. Other adjustments. 3. Total Contract amount, as adjusted. 4. Previous payments. 5. Remaining payment due. C. Engineer will prepare a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract amount which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1.15 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment reflecting the agreed upon information provided in the final statement of accounting. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 2. New and uncontaminated 3. For manufactured surfaces 4. Material recommended by manufacturer September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_77_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_77_00 (CONFORMED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING A. General 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing authorities. 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with this project. 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 10. Do not burn on-site. B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in existing facility operations. 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. C. Interior Final Cleaning 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from sight -exposed surfaces. 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 5. Ventilating systems a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 6. Replace all burned out lamps. 7. Broom clean process area floors. 8. Mop office and control room floors. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_77_00-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_77_00 (CONFORMED) D. Exterior Site Final Cleaning 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. a. Re -seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 2. Sweep flatwork, paving, and roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, junction boxes and inlets. 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by City, remove erosion control from site. 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc 3.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 1. Project Record Documents. 2. Operation and Maintenance Data. B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning. C. Final Inspection 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work is completed. a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the City. 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent Final Inspection of the project. 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: a. Specified spare parts b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks d. Light bulbs e. Fuses f. Vault keys g. Handwheels h. Other expendable items as required for initial start up and operation of all equipment D. Notice of Project Completion 1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet). September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_77_00-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_77_00 (CONFORMED) E. Supporting Documentation 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following additional forms: a. Final Payment Request b. Statement of Contract Time c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment e. Pipe Report (if required) f. Contractor's Evaluation of City g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor F. Letter of Final Acceptance 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_77_00-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_77_00 (CONFORMED) 01 78 23 - 1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 1 of 6 SECTION 01_78_23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: a. Traffic Controllers b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) c. Butterfly Valves B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product shipment to the project site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01_33_00. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Form 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 2. Format a. Size: 8 '/i inches x 11 inches b. Paper 1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised December 20, 2012 017823-2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 2 of 6 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal c. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten d. Drawings 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. e. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. 2) Provide indexed tabs. f. Cover 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 2) List: a) Title of Project b) Identity of separate structure as applicable c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 3. Binders a. Commercial quality 3 -ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. B. Manual Content Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume c. List, with each product: 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 3) Identify area of responsibility of each 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. 2. Product Data a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. b. Annotate each sheet to: 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 3) Delete references to inapplicable information 3. Drawings a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 2) Control and flow diagrams b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised December 20, 2012 017823-3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 3 of 6 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 1) Proper procedures in event of failure 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Catalog number, size, composition 2) Color and texture designations 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products b. Instructions for care and maintenance 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Applicable standards 2) Chemical composition 3) Details of installation b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: a. Description of unit and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Operating procedures 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions 3) Summer and winter operating instructions 4) Special operating instructions c. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 1) List of lubricants required e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised December 20, 2012 017823-4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 4 of 6 j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: a. Description of system and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Circuit directories of panelboards 1) Electrical service 2) Controls 3) Communications c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams d. Operating procedures 1) Routine and normal operating instructions 2) Sequences required 3) Special operating instructions e. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Adjustment and checking f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of City's personnel. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised December 20, 2012 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 017823-5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 5 of 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D. Johnson 1.5.A.1 — title of section removed CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 01_78_36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Warranty and bonds requirements. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. For each item of material or equipment furnished under the Contract: 1. Submit form of manufacturer's warranty prior to fabrication and shipment of the item from the manufacturer's facility. 2. Submit form of manufacturer's special warranty when specified. B. Provide consolidated warranties and bonds within 15 calendar days of Substantial Completion. 1. Contents: a. Organize warranty and bond documents: 1) Include Table of Contents organized by specification section number and the name of the product or work item. b. Include each required warranty and bond in proper form, with full information, are certified manufacturer as required, and are properly executed by Contractor, or subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. c. Provide name, address, phone number, and point of contact of manufacturer, supplier, and installer, as applicable. 2. Hardcopy format: a. Submit 2 copies. b. Assemble in 3 D -side ring binders with durable cover. c. Identify each binder on the front and spine with typed or printed title "Warranties and Bonds"; Project Name or Title, and the Name Address and Telephone Number of the Contractor. 3. Electronic copy in PDF format: a. Submit 1 copy. 1.03 OWNER'S RIGHTS A. Owner reserves the right to reject warranties. B. Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the project if the required warranties have not been provided. 1.04 RELATIONSHIP TO GENERAL WARRANTY AND CORRECTION PERIOD A. Warranties specified for materials and equipment shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, both Contractor's general warranty and the correction period requirements. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_78_36-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_78_36 (CONFORMED) B. Disclaimers and limitations in specific materials and equipment warranties do not limit Contractor's general warranty, nor does such affect or limit Contractor's performance obligations under the correction period. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS A. Written warranty issued by item's manufacturer. B. Project -specific information, properly executed by product manufacturer, and expressly states that its provisions are for the benefit of the Owner. C. Comprehensive and covers all costs associated with the correction of the defect, including but not limited to removal of defective parts, new parts, travel, labor, and shipping. 1. When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that had been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. D. Provides a timely response to correct the defect. 1. Manufacturer shall provide, in a timely fashion, temporary equipment as necessary to replace warranted items requiring repair or replacement, when warranted items are in use and are critical to the treatment process, as defined by Owner. 2. In the case that Owner has to provide temporary equipment to replace function of warranted item requiring repair or replacement, manufacturer shall reimburse Owner for such costs associated with the temporary equipment. E. Warranty commence running on the date of substantial completion. 1. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit warranty within 10 calendar days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as beginning of warranty period. F. Duration of Warranty: 2 year. 1.06 MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's special warranty is a written warranty published by the manufacturer which includes the requirements specified in the section where the item is specified. 1. Includes Project -specific information and requirements, properly executed by product manufacturer, and expressly states that its provisions are for the benefit of the Owner. Technical sections indicate Project -specific requirements that differ from the minimum warranty requirements for that item. a. Examples include extending the duration of manufacturer's warranty or to provide increased rights to Owner. 2. Manufacturer's warranties commence on the date that the associated item is certified by Engineer as substantially complete. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_78_36-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_78_36 (CONFORMED) 1.07 WARRANTY WORK A. Contractor's responsibilities: 1. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the work that incorporates the product, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with Contractor. B. Replacement cost: 1. Upon determination that work covered by warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the work to an acceptable condition complying with requirement of the Contract Documents. a. Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective work regardless of whether Owner has benefited from the use of the work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. C. Related damages and losses: 1. When correcting warranted work that has failed, remove and replace other work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted work. D. Owner's recourse: 1. Written warranties are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitation on time in which Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. E. Reinstatement of warranty: 1. When work covered by a warranty has failed and has been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. a. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. 1.08 IMPLIED WARRANTIES A. Warranty of title and intellectual rights: 1. Except as may be otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, implied warranty of title required by Laws and Regulations is applicable to the Work and to materials and equipment incorporated therein. 2. Provisions on intellectual rights, including patent fees and royalties, are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. B. Implied warranties: Duration in accordance with Laws and Regulations. 1.09 BONDS A. Bond requirements as specified in the technical sections. B. Bonds commence running on the date of substantial completion. 1. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit warranty within 10 calendar days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as beginning of bond period. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_78_36-3 9585A1 0 pw://CarollolDocuments/ClienVMFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_78_36 (CONFORMED) PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 017836-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_78_36 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_78_39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 01 78 39 - 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page l of 4 Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project documents, including: a. Record Drawings b. Water Meter Service Reports c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports d. Large Water Meter Reports B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to City's Project Representative. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accuracy of Records 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the City's approval. a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Job set 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B. Final Record Documents 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 A. Maintenance of Job Set 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". 2. Preservation a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set. b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 3. Coordination with Construction Survey a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01_71_23, clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with installation of the infrastructure. 4. Making entries on Drawings a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents. b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. c. Date all entries. d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes. 5. Conversion of schematic layouts a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items, dre shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by the City. B. Final Project Record Documents Transfer of data to Drawings a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required. b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 2. Transfer of data to other Documents a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final Record Documents. b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the City. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Enclosure of Gaseous Chlorine and Miscellaneous Improvements Project STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project No. CO2273 Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 01_81_01 PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Project design criteria such as temperature and site elevation. 1.02 PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA A. All equipment and materials for the project are to be suitable for performance in wastewater treatment plant environment and under following conditions: 1. Design temperatures are: a. Outdoor temperatures: 0 to 50 degrees Celsius. b. Indoor temperatures for the following buildings: 1) Process areas: 4 to 50 degrees Celsius. 2) Electrical rooms: 4 to 30 degrees Celsius. 2. Design groundwater elevation: See geotechnical report. 3. Moisture conditions: Defined in individual equipment sections. 4. Site elevation: Approximately 570 feet above mean sea level. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_81_01-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/01_81_01 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_81_02 SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Seismic design criteria for the following: 1. Anchorage of mechanical and electrical equipment. 2. Seismic design and design of anchorage for small tanks fabricated off site and shipped to the Project site. 3. Other structures or items as specified or indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): 1. 7-10 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design in accordance with the requirements of the building code as specified in Section 014100 - Regulatory Requirements. B. Design for the larger of the following: 1. Design spectral acceleration at short periods, SDS: Equal to the peak acceleration from site-specific response spectra in this Section or as indicated on the Drawings. C. Design of non-structural components and their connections to structures: 1. Component amplification factor, ap: In accordance with ASCE 7, Tables 13.5-1 and 13.6-1 unless otherwise specified. 2. Component response modification factor, RP: In accordance with ASCE 7, Tables 13.5-1 and 13.6-1 unless otherwise specified. 3. Component importance factor, IP: 1.5 Table 1: Component importance factor, Ip Component Description Ip All All specified equipment. 1.5 D. Seismic Design Category (SDC). E. Seismic Design Category (SDC) for certification of mechanical and electrical equipment as required by ASCE 7: 1. Wastewater Treatment Facility. All areas: Seismic Design Category C. September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_81_02-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_81_02 (CONFORMED) F. Design requirements: Anchorage of equipment to structures. 1. Do not use friction to resist sliding due to seismic forces. Do not design or provide connections that use friction to resist seismic loads. Resist seismic forces through direct tension and/or shear on anchors and fasteners. 2. Do not use more than 60 percent of the weight of the mechanical and electrical equipment for designing anchors for resisting overturning due to seismic forces. 3. Do not use more than 60 percent of the weight of the tank for resisting overturning due to seismic forces. 4. Anchoring and fastening to concrete and masonry: a. Use only cast -in anchors (anchor bolts or welded studs) for anchors at connections that resist seismic forces. b. Do not use concrete anchors, flush shells, sleeve anchors, screw anchors, powder actuated fasteners, or other types of post -installed mechanical anchors unless indicated on the Drawings or accepted in writing by the Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings and calculations: Complete shop drawings and seismic calculations. B. Calculations shall be signed and stamped by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the state where the Project is located. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_81_02-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_81_02 (CONFORMED) SECTION 01_81_04 WIND DESIGN CRITERIA PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Wind design criteria. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design requirements: 1. Building code criteria: Design for wind in accordance with building code as specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements: a. Risk category: IV. b. Wind speed, V„ It: 120 miles per hour. c. Exposure category: C. d. Internal Pressure Coefficient: +/- .18 2. Resist wind forces through direct bearing on anchors and fasteners. Do not design or provide connections that use friction to resist wind loads. 3. Anchoring and fastening to concrete and masonry: a. Provide anchors as specified. b. Use only cast -in and built-in anchors (anchor bolts and welded studs) for anchors at connections that resist wind forces. c. Do not use concrete anchors, flush shells, sleeve anchors, flush shells, screw anchors, powder actuated fasteners, or other types of post -installed mechanical anchors unless indicated on the Drawings or accepted in writing by the Engineer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings and calculations: Complete shop drawings and wind design calculations. B. Calculations shall be signed and stamped by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the state where the Project is located. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 01_81_04-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/01_81_04 (CONFORMED) SECTION 03_10_00 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install concrete formwork. The Work also includes: a. Providing openings in formwork to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections and building into the formwork all items such as sleeves, anchor bolts, inserts and all other items to be embedded in concrete for which placement is not specifically provided under other Sections. B. Coordination 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be installed with the formwork. 2. Coordinate formwork specifications herein with the requirements for finished surfaces specified in Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete. C. Related Sections 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor's Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall examine the substratum and the conditions under which concrete formwork is to be performed, and notify the Engineer, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. B. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. Where conflicts may occur between the reference standards, the more restrictive provisions shall apply. 1. ACI 117, Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. ACI 301, Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI 318/318R, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 4. ACI 350, Code requirements for environmental engineering concrete structures 5. ACI 347, Guide for Concrete Formwork. 6. ASTM C 805, Test Method for Rebound Number of Hardened Concrete. 7. US Product Standard, PS -1-83 for Construction and Industrial Plywood. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_10_00-1 9585A1 0 pw://CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/0310 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK.doc (CONFORMED) C. Allowable Tolerances 1. Construct and erect concrete formwork in accordance with ACI 117, 301 and 347 2. Forms, shores, reshores, falsework, bracing, and other temporary supports shall be designed by the Contractor to support all loads imposed during construction including weight of construction equipment, live loads, and lateral loads due to wind and imbalance or discontinuity of building components. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining when temporary supports and bracing may be safely removed, but in no case shall the curing time before form removal be less than specified herein. 4. Construct formwork to provide completed concrete surfaces complying with the following tolerances: D. Vertical Alignment 1. Overall lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height — maximum 1 inch not to exceed a '/2" in any 10 -feet. 2. Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete exposed to view less than 100 feet in height - 1/2 inch. 3. Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height - 1/1000 times the height but not more than 6 inches. 4. Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete exposed to view greater than 100 feet in height - 1/2000 times the height but not more than 3 inches. 5. Vertical plane of all walls — 1/4 inch in 10 feet. E. Lateral Alignment 1. Members - 1 inch. 2. Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger openings in slabs - 1/2 inch. 3. Sawcuts, joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs - 3/4 inch. 4. All: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. F. Level Alignment 1. Elevation of slabs -on -grade — maximum 3/4 inch not to exceed %-inch in any 10 -feet. 2. Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores - 3/4 inch. 3. Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores - 3/4 inch. 4. Lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other lines exposed to view - 1/2 inch. 5. All — %4 inch in 10 feet. G. Cross-sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams, joists, and columns and thickness of walls and slabs. 1. 12 inch dimension or less - plus 3/8 inch to minus 1/4 inch. 2. Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension - plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch. 3. Greater than 3 foot dimension - plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch. H. Relative Alignment 1. Stairs: a. Difference in height between adjacent risers - 1/8 inch. b. Difference in width between adjacent treads - 1/4 inch. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_10_00-2 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK.doc (CONFORMED) c. Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs - 3/8 inch. d. Maximum difference in width between treads in a flight of stairs - 3/8 inch. 2. Grooves: a. Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch. b. Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch. 3. Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joint grooves in concrete exposed to view - 1/4 inch in 10 feet not to exceed 3/4 inch. 4. All other conditions - 3/8 inch in 10 feet. 5. Offsets between pieces of formwork facing material: a. Class A - Architecturally or prominently exposed surfaces - 1/8 inch gradual or abrupt. b. Class B - Surfaces to receive plaster or stucco - 1/4 inch gradual or abrupt. c. Class C - Exposed surfaces in generally unfinished spaces - 1/4 inch abrupt, 1/2 inch gradual. d. Class D - Concealed surfaces - 1 inch gradual or abrupt. Contractor shall install all formwork and accessories for all facilities in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. When high range water reducer (superplasticizer) is used in concrete mix, forms shall be designed for full hydrostatic pressure in accordance with ACI 347. K. Make joints in forms watertight. L. Limit panel deflection to 1/360th of each component span to achieve tolerances specified. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit for information purposes the following: a. Copies of manufacturer's data and installation instructions for proprietary materials, including form coatings, manufactured form systems, ties and accessories. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. On delivery to job site, place materials in area protected from weather, in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. B. Store materials above ground on framework or blocking. Cover wood for forms and other accessory materials with protective waterproof covering. Provide for adequate air circulation or ventilation. Store materials in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. C. Handle materials to prevent damage in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_10_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/0310 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK.doc (CONFORMED) 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Formwork Designer: Formwork, falsework, and shoring design shall be by an engineer licensed in the state of Texas. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms For Smooth Finish Concrete 1. Unless otherwise shown or specified, construct formwork for smooth concrete surfaces with plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood -faced, or other panel type materials acceptable to Engineer, to provide continuous, straight, smooth as -cast surfaces with no wood grain or other surface texture imparted by the formwork. Furnish in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown or specified. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. B. Forms For Standard Finish Concrete 1. Form concrete surfaces designated to have a standard formed finish with plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two edges and one side. C. Forms For Architecturally Finished Concrete 1. Form finish concrete surfaces with units of face design, size, arrangement, and configuration as shown or as required to meet Project's job mock-up requirements. Provide solid backing and form supports to ensure stability of form liners. 2. Form Material: Overlaid plywood, U.S. Products Standard PS -1-83 for Construction and Industrial Plywood. B -B high density overlaid concrete form, Class I. 3. Form Reuse: See Section 3.9 of this specification. D. Form Ties 1. Provide factory -fabricated, removable or snapoff metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling of concrete surfaces upon removal. Materials used for tying forms will be subject to approval of Engineer. 2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide ties so that portion remaining within concrete after removal of exterior parts is at least 1.5 -inch from the outer concrete surface. Unless otherwise shown, provide form ties that will leave a hole no larger than 1 -inch diameter in the concrete surface. 3. Ties for exterior walls, below grade walls, and walls subject to hydrostatic pressure shall have integral waterstops. 4. All ties shall leave a uniform, circular hole when forms are removed. 5. Wire ties are not acceptable. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_10_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK.doc (CONFORMED) E. Form Release Agent 1. Material: Release agent shall not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces, and shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces when applied to forms or form liners. A ready -to -use water based material formulated to reduce or eliminate surface imperfections, containing no mineral oil or organic solvents. Environmentally safe, meeting local, state, and federal regulations and can be used in potable water facilities meeting NSF 61 requirements. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF. b. SIKH. c. Or approved equal. F. Void Forms: See Section 03 11 14. 2.02 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork so that it shall safely support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied, until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. Carry vertical and lateral loads to ground by formwork system or in-place construction that has attained adequate strength for this purpose. Construct formwork so that concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. B. Design forms and falsework to include values of live load, dead load, weight of moving equipment operated on formwork, concrete mix, height of concrete drop, vibrator frequency, ambient temperature, foundation pressures, stresses, lateral stability, and other factors pertinent to safety of structure during construction. C. Provide shores and struts with positive means of adjustment capable of taking up formwork settlement during concrete placing operations, using wedges or jacks or a combination thereof. Provide trussed supports when adequate foundations for shores and struts cannot be secured. D. Support form facing materials by structural members spaced sufficiently close to prevent beyond tolerance deflection, in accordance with ACI 117. Fit forms placed in successive units for continuous surfaces to accurate alignment, free from irregularities and within allowable tolerances. For long span members without intermediate supports, provide camber in formwork as required for anticipated deflections resulting from weight and pressure of fresh concrete and construction loads. E. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. F. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as required to prevent leakage and fins. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_10_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/0310 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK.doc (CONFORMED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which Work is to be performed and notify Engineer, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Engineer. 3.02 FORM CONSTRUCTION A. Construct forms complying with the requirements of ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown as required to obtain accurate alignment, location and grades to tolerances specified and to obtain level and plumb work in finish structures. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Finish shall be as determined by approved mock-up or sample panel, if specified. B. Fabricate forms for easy removal without damaging concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where the slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and assure ease of removal. C. Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete. Brace temporary closures and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of cement paste. Locate temporary openings on forms in locations as inconspicuous as possible, consistent with requirements of the Work. Form intersecting planes of openings to provide true, clean-cut corners, with edge grain of plywood not exposed as form for concrete. D. Falsework 1. Erect falsework and support, brace and maintain it to safely support vertical, lateral and asymmetrical loads applied until such loads can be supported by in-place concrete structures. Construct falsework so that adjustments can be made for take-up and settlement. 2. Provide wedges, jacks or camber strips to facilitate vertical adjustments. Carefully inspect falsework and formwork during and after concrete placement operations to determine abnormal deflection or signs of failure; make necessary adjustments to produce finished Work of required dimensions. E. Forms For Smooth Finish Concrete 1. Do not use metal cover plates for patching holes or defects in forms. 2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets. Back joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections. 3. Use extra studs, walers and bracing to prevent bowing of forms between studs and to avoid bowed appearance in concrete. Do not use narrow strips of form material that will produce bow. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_10_00-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK.doc (CONFORMED) 4. Assemble forms so they may be readily removed without damage to exposed concrete surfaces. 5. Form molding shapes, recesses, rustication joints and projections with smooth -finish materials, and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement. F. Corner Treatment 1. Form exposed corners of beams, walls, foundations, bases and columns to produce smooth, solid, unbroken lines, except as otherwise shown. All exposed corners shall be chamfered. 2. Form chamfers with 3/4 -inch by 3/4 -inch strips, unless otherwise shown, accurately formed and surfaced to produce uniformly straight lines and tight edge joints. Use rigid PVC chamfers for all architecturally formed concrete. Extend terminal edges to required limit and miter chamfer strips at changes in direction. 3. Reentrant and unexposed corners may be formed either square or chamfered. G. Joints 1. Refer to Section 03_15_16, Concrete Joints, of these Specifications for treatment of joints. Locate as shown on the Drawings and specified. H. Openings And Built -In Work 1. Provide openings in concrete formwork shown or required by other Sections. Refer to Paragraph 1.01.8., above, for the requirements of coordination. 2. Accurately place and securely support items to be built into forms. Sealing Formwork 1. All formwork joints shall be tight fitting or otherwise sealed to prevent loss of cement paste. 2. All formwork, which rests against concrete surfaces, shall be provided with a compressible gasket material between the concrete and edge of form to fill any irregularities and create a tight seal. J. Cleaning And Tightening 1. Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is to be placed. Retighten forms immediately after concrete placement, as required to eliminate cement paste leaks. 3.03 FORM COATINGS A. Coat form contact surfaces with a non -staining form -coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with surfaces which will be bonded to fresh concrete. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coat steel forms with a non -staining, rust -preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust -stained steel formwork is not acceptable. C. Do not use form coatings on form surfaces covered with CPF liner material. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_10_00-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585AW/Specifications/JO Specs/0310 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK.doc (CONFORMED) 3.04 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Set and build into the formwork, anchorage devices and other embedded items, shown, specified or required by other Sections. Refer to Paragraph 1.01 for the requirements of coordination. Use necessary setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions. B. Edge Forms and Screeds Strips for Slabs: 1. Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in the finished slab surface. Provide and secure units to support screeds. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Before concrete placement, Contractor shall check the formwork, including tolerances, lines, ties, tie cones, and form coatings. Contractor shall make corrections and adjustments to ensure proper size and location of concrete members and stability of forming systems. B. During concrete placement Contractor shall check formwork and related supports to ensure that forms are not displaced and that completed Work shall be within specified tolerances. C. If Contractor finds that forms are unsatisfactory in any way, either before or during placing of concrete, placement of concrete shall be postponed or stopped until the defects have been corrected, and reviewed by Engineer. D. Finished concrete not meeting the tolerance and finish requirements specified will be subject to rejection and replacement of the work at no additional expense to the Owner. Concrete surface treatments such as coatings and other finishes shall not be installed until the Owner has approved the concrete. 3.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Nonsupporting forms (sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of Work) may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees F for 24 hours from time of concrete placement if: B. Concrete is sufficiently hard so as not to sustain damage by form removal operations. C. Curing and protection operations are maintained. D. Elevated Structural Slabs or Beams: In accordance with ACI 318/318R, Chapter 6, and at such time as concrete has reached compressive strength equal to 80 percent of specified 28 -day compressive strength as determined by test cylinders. E. Continue curing in accordance with Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete even after the removal of Forms and Supports. F. When high -early strength concrete is specified, a schedule for removal of forms will be developed in the field from the age/strength relationships established for the materials and proportions used by tests in accordance with ACI 301. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_10_00-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/0310 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK.doc (CONFORMED) G. Form facing material shall remain in place a minimum of four days after concrete placement, unless otherwise approved by Engineer. H. Results of suitable control tests of field -cured specimens may be used as evidence that the concrete has attained sufficient strength and that supporting forms and shoring may be removed prior to the periods indicated herein. The time for removal of all forms will be subject to Engineer's approval. 3.07 PERMANENT SHORES A. Provide permanent shores as defined in ACI 347. B. Reshores shall not be permitted. 3.08 RE -USE OF FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re -used in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form coating compound material to concrete contact surfaces as specified for new formwork. B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched" forms for exposed concrete surfaces. Form surfaces shall be subject to Engineer's approval. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_10_00-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worthl9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION 03_11_14 VOID FORMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install Void forms. 2. The Work includes fabrication and placement of Void forms including forms, protection board, end closures and soil retainers. B. Related Sections: 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor's Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 350, Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 3. ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Form Work 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following in accordance with other sections. 1. Void form and soil retainer manufacturer shall submit product data sheets on the void form system and soil retainers to the Engineer verifying compliance with this section. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Material shall be protected from moisture and other means of damage prior to installation. Backfill retainers composed of materials that are adversely affected by moisture shall not be used. Do not install or use void form that has received damage due to water, improper use/handling, storage or improper installation. September 2018 - CONFORMED 0311_14-1 9585A10 pw;//Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort WoW9585A10/SpecificationsW Specs/0311_14 VOID FORMS.doc (CONFORMED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Void Forms: 1. Materials for void forms shall be the product of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in the commercial production of void forms. The void form components shall be constructed of double faced, partially wax -impregnated corrugated fiberboard that is laminated with moisture resistant adhesive, or that are fully wax impregnated. 2. Soil retainers shall be composed of materials that are not adversely affected by moisture. Refer to contract drawings for additional information. 3. Grade beam and wall void forms shall be of rectangular construction, used in conjunction with soil retainers. Trapezoidal void forms shall not be used. Void forms shall be provided to provide voids around the circular edges of all drilled piers at the intersection of the grade beams and/or structural slabs by using pre -manufactured, non -field cut, sealed void forms with curved edges adjacent to drilled piers. 4. Design and maintain void forms to support all vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. This includes, but is not limited to, live load, dead load, weight of moving equipment, height of concrete drop, vibrator frequency, ambient temperature, soil pressures, and lateral stability. However the void forms shall be capable of supporting a minimum load of 600 pounds per square foot. 5. Form material shall be designed to lose its strength upon prolonged contact with the moisture which normally accumulates beneath slabs and beams on grade. Sufficient deterioration to cushion uplift forces in soil shall take place within a maximum of eight weeks time after placement of concrete. Void forms must have a minimum strength to sustain the working construction loads. 6. Products and manufacturers: Provide one of the following a. Sure Void Products Inc. b. Savway Carton Forms. B. Protection Board: 1. Protective hardboard cover over void forms shall have a minimum thickness of one eighth of an inch. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Installation: 1. Forms shall be assembled and placed in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, and in a manner to provide tight joints that will prevent loss of paste during concrete placement. Provide seam pads at joints per manufacturer's directions. 2. End closures shall be provided on all slab, grade beam and wall voids to prevent loss of concrete. 3. The upper 2 -foot portion of each drilled pier must be properly formed and contained to the designated diameter, and must be correctly voided at the intersection with the grade beams or structural slabs by using a pre - manufactured, non -field cut, sealed void form with curved, vertical edge adjacent to pier. September 2018 - CONFORMED 0311_14-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/fX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/0311_14 VOID FORMS.doc (CONFORMED) 4. Protective hardboard cover sheets must be placed over void forms at slabs and grade beams wider than 12" to distribute working loads, bridge small gaps, and protect void material from puncture and other damage during concrete placement. 5. Forms must be properly placed and anchored as required to prevent displacement or floatation during placement of concrete. 6. Vapor barrier shall not be placed between the void forms and the supporting soil. It is acceptable to place a vapor barrier over the top of the void forms, but the forms should not be wrapped in vapor barrier. 7. Forms shall be protected from moisture prior to installation. If void forms become wet, contact the manufacturer to determine if the forms are still capable of performing as required. Any forms that are damaged due to exposure to moisture must be replaced before concrete is placed. 8. Refer to contract drawings and manufacturer literature for additional installation information. B. Field Inspection: 1. Contractor shall calculate the anticipated concrete placement cubic yardage prior to placement and compare to the actual concrete placed to determine loss of concrete due to potential for collapsed void forms. Submit quantities of anticipated versus actual concrete placed for review by Owner at each concrete placement in contact with void forms. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_11_14-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 11 14 VOID FORMS.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION 03_15_16 CONCRETE JOINTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install concrete joints. 2. The types of concrete joints required include the following: a. Construction joints. b. Expansion joints. c. Control joints. d. Isolation joints. e. Waterstops. B. General: All joints subject to hydrostatic pressure or in contact with soil, except non -water bearing slabs -on -grade, shall be provided with continuous waterstop. C. Related Sections: 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor's Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Acceptance of pourable joint filler for potable water structures by federal EPA or by state health agency. 1. Pourable Joint Filler: Certified as meeting NSF 61. B. Qualifications: Water stop manufacturer shall demonstrate 5 years, minimum, continuous successful experience in production of PVC water stops. C. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ACI 301, Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ASTM C 920, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 3. ASTM D 412, Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers -Tension. 4. ASTM D 624, Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers. 5. ASTM D 1752, Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 6. ASTM D 2240, Test Method for Rubber Property — Durometer Hardness. 7. CRD -0572, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Specifications for Polyvinyl - Chloride Waterstop. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 15 16 CONCRETE JOINTS.doc (CONFORMED) 8. ANSI/NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. D. All manufactured items shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all materials required. 2. Layout of all construction and expansion joint locations prior to the submittal of steel reinforcement Shop Drawings. B. Samples: Submit for approval the following: 1. Polyvinyl chloride waterstops for joints for each cross section type used. 2. Preformed and cork expansion joint fillers. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All materials used for joints in concrete shall be stored on platforms or in enclosures and covered to prevent contact with the ground and exposure to the weather and direct sunlight. Storage and handling requirements of the manufacturer shall also be followed. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 WATERSTOPS A. Polyvinyl Chloride: 1. Material Requirements: a. Waterstops shall be extruded from an elastomeric polyvinyl chloride compound containing the plasticizers, resins, stabilizers, and other materials necessary to meet the requirements of these Specifications and the requirements of CRD -0572. No reclaimed or scrap material shall be used. b. Tensile strength of finished waterstop: 1400 psi, minimum. c. Ultimate elongation of finished waterstop: 280 percent, minimum. d. Minimum thickness shall be 3/8 -inch. e. Waterstops shall be provided with a minimum of seven ribs equally spaced at each end on each side. The first rib shall be at the edge. Ribs shall be a minimum of 1/8 -inch in height. 2. Construction Joints: Waterstops shall be centerbulb ribbed type and 6 -inches minimum in width, unless shown otherwise. 3. Expansion Joints: Waterstops shall be centerbulb ribbed type and 9 -inches minimum in width, unless shown otherwise. The centerbulb shall have a minimum outside diameter of 7/8 -inch. 4. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Vinylex. b. Greenstreak Plastic Products Company September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 1516 CONCRETE JOINTS.doc (CONFORMED) 2.02 HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP MATERIALS A. General Material Properties: 1. Hydrophilic waterstop materials shall be bentonite -free and shall expand by a minimum of 80 percent of dry volume in the presence of water to form a watertight joint seal without damaging the concrete in which it is cast. Provide only where indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. The material shall be composed of resins and polymers which absorb water and cause an increase in volume in a completely reversible and repeatable process. The waterstop material shall be dimensionally stable after repeated wet -dry cycles with no deterioration of swelling potential. 3. Select materials which are recommended by the manufacturer for the type of liquid to be contained. B. Hydrophilic Waterstop: 1. The minimum cross-sectional dimensions shall be 3/16 -inch by 3/4 -inch. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Duroseal Gasket, by BBZ USA, Inc. b. Adeka Ultraseal MC -2010M, by Asa hi Denka Kogyo K. K. c. SikaSwell S, by Sika Corporation. C. Hydrophilic Sealant: 1. The hydrophilic sealant shall adhere firmly to concrete, metal, and PVC in dry or damp condition. When cured it shall be elastic indefinitely. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Duroseal Paste, by BBZ USA, Inc. b. Adeka Ultraseal P-201, by Asahi Denka Kogyo K.K. D. Hydrophilic Injection Resin: 1. Hydrophilic injection resin shall be acrylate -ester based. The viscosity shall be less than 50 cps. The resin shall be water soluble in its uncured state, solvent free, and non -water reactive. In the cured state it shall form a solid hydrophilic flexible material which is resistant to permanent water pressure and shall not attack bitumen, joint sealants, or concrete. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Duroseal Inject 1 K/2K, by BBZ USA, Inc. b. Sika Injection 29, by Sika Corporation. 2.03 PREFORMED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER A. Provide preformed expansion joint filler complying with ASTM D 1752, Type I (sponge rubber) or Type II (cork). 2.04 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION JOINT ROUGHENER A. Provide a water-soluble non-flammable, surface -retardant roughener at all construction joints unless specified otherwise. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Rugasol-S, as manufactured by Sika Corporation for horizontal joints only. 2. Concrete Surface Retarder -Formula S, as manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company, for horizontal joints only. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 1516 CONCRETE JOINTS.doc (CONFORMED) 3. Concrete Surface Retarder -Formula F, as manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company, for vertical joints only. 2.05 EPDXY BONDING AGENT A. Provide a two -component epoxy -resin bonding agent. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod LPL, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2. Eucopoxy LPL, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company. 2.06 EPDXY-CEMENT BONDING AGENT A. Provide a three component epoxy resin -cement blended formulated as a bonding agent. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2. Corr -Bond, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company. 2.07 NEOPRENE BEARING PADS A. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. 65 Durometer, Sheet Neoprene No. 1200, as manufactured by Williams Products Company. 2. Or approved equal. 2.08 JOINT SEALANT A. Sealant used in expansion joints and other locations where it is shown and which will be subject to being submerged by water for any period of time shall be a two- part polyurethane type sealant meeting the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type M, Class 25. The sealant shall be specially formulated for continuous submerged conditions. The manufacturer's recommended primer must be used with the sealant. B. The sealant shall meet the following requirements (measured at 73 degrees F and 50 percent RH): 1. Ultimate hardness (ASTM D 2240, Type A, Shore): 20 to 45. 2. Tensile strength (ASTM D 412): 200 psi, minimum. 3. Ultimate elongation (ASTM D 412): 400 percent, minimum. 4. Tear strength (ASTM D 624, die C): 75 pounds per inch of thickness, minimum. 5. Color: light gray unless noted otherwise by Architect or Owner. C. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Permapol RC -270 Reservoir Sealant, as manufactured by Products Research and Chemical Corporation. 2. Sikaflex-2c, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/031516 CONCRETE JOINT S.doc (CONFORMED) 2.09 SEALANT ACCESSORIES A. Backer Rod: Backer rod shall be an extruded closed -cell polyethylene foam rod. The material shall be compatible with the sealant material used and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 40 psi and a compression deflection of approximately 25 percent at 8 psi. The rod shall be 1/8 -inch larger in diameter than the joint width at joints less than 3/4 -inch wide and 1/4 -inch larger in diameter at joints 3/4 -inch and wider. B. Bond Breaker Tape: Bond breaker shall be polyethylene or TFE-fluorocarbon self adhesive tape, as recommended by the manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which Work is to be performed and notify Engineer, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Engineer. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Comply with the requirements of ACI 301 and as specified below. B. Locate and install construction joints as shown on the Drawings and specified in this specification. Additional construction joints shall be located as follows: 1. In walls locate joints at a spacing of 40 feet maximum and approximately 10 feet from corners. 2. In foundation slabs and slabs on grade locate joints at a spacing of approximately 40 feet. Place concrete in a strip pattern not to exceed 80 feet long, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 3. In mats and structural slabs and beams, at a spacing of approximately 40 feet. Locate joints in compliance with ACI 301, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 4. Provide other additional construction joints as required to satisfactorily complete all Work. C. Horizontal Joints: 1. Roughen concrete at the interface of construction joints by abrasive blasting, hydroblasting, or the use of surface retardants and water jets to expose the aggregate and remove accumulated concrete on projecting rebar immediately subsequent to form stripping. Where PVC waterstops are present, use surface retardants unless otherwise approved by Engineer. Immediately before placing fresh concrete, thoroughly clean the existing contact surface using a stiff brush or other tools and a stream of water under pressure. The surface shall be clean and wet, but free from pools of water at the moment the fresh concrete is placed. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-5 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/4 Specs/031516 CONCRETE JOINTS.doc (CONFORMED) 2. Remove laitance, waste mortar or any other substance which may prevent complete adhesion. Where joint roughening was performed more than seven days prior to concrete placement or where dirt or other bond reducing contaminants are on the surface, additional light abrasive blasting or hydroblasting shall be done to remove laitance and all bond reducing materials just prior to concrete placement. 3. Place a 2 -inch thick coat of mortar, one part sand and one part cement with water added to a flowable consistency or a 6 -inch layer of Construction Joint Grout, as specified in Section 03_60_00, Grout, over the contact surface of the old concrete. Place fresh concrete before the mortar or grout has attained its initial set. If the concrete mix has the slump increased to at least 6 -inches by addition of a high range water reducer, the placement of mortar or grout may be omitted. D. Vertical Joints: 1. Apply roughener to the form in a thin, even film by brush, spray or roller in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. After roughener is dry, concrete may be placed. 2. When concrete has been placed, remove joint surface forms as early as is necessary to allow for removal of the surface retarded concrete. Forms covering member surfaces shall remain in place as required by Section 03_10_00, Concrete Formwork. Wash loosened material off with high- pressure water spray to obtain roughened surface subject to approval by Engineer. Alternately, the surface shall be roughened by abrasive blasting or hydroblasting to expose aggregate. The outer 1 -inch of each side of the joint face shall be masked and protected from the blasting to avoid damage to the member surface. 3.03 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Comply with the requirements of ACI 301 and as specified below. B. Locate and install expansion joints where shown on the Drawings. Install joint filler in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Sealants shall be installed as specified herein. 3.04 CONTROL JOINTS A. Control joints shall be provided in non -water bearing slabs on grade only where specifically shown. A groove, with a depth of at least 25 percent of the member thickness, shall be formed or saw -cut in the concrete. This groove shall be filled with joint sealant material as specified in Section 07_90_00. Control joints shall not be placed in structured slabs or slab on carton void forms. B. Where the control joint is formed by sawcutting, the cut shall be made immediately after the concrete has set enough to support the saw and be cut without being damaged. The concrete shall be kept continually moist until the cutting operation. Cut shall be made within four hours of concrete placement. C. Control joints may be formed with a tool or by insertion of a joint forming strip. After the concrete has gained its design strength, the upper portion of the joint forming strip shall be removed and the void filled with sealant. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Forl WOrth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 15 16 CONCRETE JOINTS.doc (CONFORMED) 3.05 ISOLATION JOINTS A. Wherever a sidewalk, paving or other slab on grade abuts a concrete structure and is not shown doweled into that structure, an isolation joint shall be provided. Such joint shall be formed by a 1/2 -inch joint filler with the upper 1/2 -inch of the joint filled with sealant. 3.06 WATERSTOPS A. General: 1. Comply with the requirements of ACI 301 and as specified below. All joints shall be made in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Obtain Engineer's approval for waterstop locations not shown on the Drawings. 3. Provide polyvinyl chloride waterstops in all joints in concrete which are intended to retain liquid or are located below grade up to an elevation at least 12 -inches above grade or to an elevation at least 12 -inches above overflow liquid level in tanks, whichever is higher, except where otherwise shown on the Drawings or noted. B. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstop: 1. Tie waterstop to reinforcement, at a maximum spacing of 18 -inches, so that it is securely and rigidly supported in the proper position during concrete placement. Continuously inspect waterstops during concrete placement to ensure their proper positioning. 2. Splices in waterstops shall be performed by heat sealing the adjacent waterstop sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. It is required that: a. The material shall not be damaged by heat sealing. b. The splices shall have a tensile strength of not less than 60 percent of the unspliced materials tensile strength. c. The continuity of the waterstop ribs and of its tubular center axis shall be maintained. 3. Only butt type joints of the ends of two identical waterstop sections shall be allowed to be made while the material is in the forms. 4. All joints with waterstops involving more than two ends to be jointed together, and all joints which involve an angle cut, alignment change, or the joining of two dissimilar waterstop sections shall be prefabricated by Contractor or manufacturer prior to placement in the forms, allowing not less than 24 -inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint. Upon being inspected and approved, such prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies shall be installed in the forms and the ends of the 24 -inch strips shall be butt welded to the straight run portions of waterstop in place in the forms. 5. Where a centerbulb waterstop intersects and is jointed with a non-centerbulb waterstop, care shall be taken to seal the end of the centerbulb, using additional PVC material, if required. 6. The symmetrical halves of the waterstops shall be equally divided between the concrete placements at the joints and centered within the joint width, unless shown otherwise. Centerbulb waterstops shall be placed in expansion joints so that the centerbulb is centered on the joint filler material. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVMFortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 15 16 CONCRETE JOINTS.doc (CONFORMED) 7. When any waterstop is installed in the forms or is embedded in the first concrete placement and the waterstop remains exposed to the atmosphere for more than four days, suitable precautions shall be taken to shade and protect the exposed waterstop from direct rays of the sun during the entire exposure and until the exposed portion of the waterstop is embedded in concrete. 8. Waterstop placed in joints intended for future concrete placement shall be protected from direct rays of the sun by temporary means until a permanent cover is installed so that the waterstop is not exposed to the direct rays of the sun for more than a total of four days. C. Hydrophilic Waterstop And Sealant: 1. Where a hydrophilic waterstop or sealant is called for in the Contract Documents, or where approved by the Engineer, it shall be installed with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations; except, as modified herein. 2. When requested by the Engineer, the manufacturer shall provide technical assistance in the field. 3. The waterstop or sealant shall be located as near as possible to the center of the joint and it shall be continuous around the entire joint. The minimum distance from the edge of the waterstop to the face of the member shall be 3 - inches. 4. Where a hydrophilic rubber waterstop is used in combination with PVC waterstop, the hydrophilic rubber waterstop shall overlap the PVC waterstop for a minimum of 6 -inches. The contact surface between the hydrophilic rubber waterstop the PVC waterstop shall be filled with hydrophilic sealant. 5. Where wet curing methods are used, hydrophilic rubber waterstop and sealant shall be applied after curing water is removed and just prior to the closing up of the forms for the concrete placement. Hydrophilic rubber waterstop and sealant shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun and from becoming wet prior to concrete placement. If the material does become wet and expands, it shall be allowed to dry until it has returned to its original cross- sectional dimensions before concrete is placed. 6. The hydrophilic rubber waterstop shall be installed in a bed of hydrophilic sealant, before skinning and curing begins, so that any irregularities in the concrete surface are completely filled and the waterstop is bonded to the sealant. After the sealant has cured, concrete nails, with washers of a diameter equal to the waterstop width, shall be placed to secure the waterstop to the concrete at a maximum spacing of 18 -inches. 7. Prior to installation of hydrophilic sealant, the concrete surface shall be wire brushed or sand blasted to remove any laitance or other materials that may interfere with the bonding. Surfaces of metal or PVC to receive sealant shall be cleaned of paint and any material that may interfere with bond. When sealant alone is shown on the Contract Documents, it shall be placed in a built up bead which has a triangular cross section with each side of the triangle at least 3/4- inch in length, unless indicated otherwise. Concrete shall not be placed until the sealant has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.07 BONDING AGENT A. Use epoxy bonding agent for bonding of fresh concrete to concrete that has been in place for at least 60 days or to existing concrete. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 1516 CONCRETE JOINTS.doc (CONFORMED) B. Use epoxy -cement bonding agent for the following: 1. Bonding toppings and concrete fill to concrete that has been in place for at least 90 days or to existing concrete. 2. For all locations where bonding agent is required and concrete cannot be placed within the open time period of epoxy bonding agent. C. Use a cement -water slurry as a bonding agent for toppings and concrete fill to new concrete. The cement water slurry shall be worked into the surface with a stiff bristle broom and concrete shall be placed before the cement -water slurry dries. D. Handle and store bonding agent in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, including safety precautions. E. Mix the bonding agent in complete accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer. F. Before placing fresh concrete, thoroughly roughen and clean hardened concrete surfaces and coat with bonding agent not less than 1/16 -inch thick. Place fresh concrete while the bonding agent is still tacky (within its open time), without removing the in-place bonding agent coat, and as directed by the manufacturer. 3.08 SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Sealants shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations for sealant which is to be subjected to continuous submerged conditions and the following requirements. Prior to sealant installation, Contractor shall arrange to have a representative of the sealant manufacturer instruct the installation crew doing the Work as to the proper methods of surface preparation, mixing, and application of the sealant. B. Surfaces to receive sealant shall be cleaned of all materials which could interfere with proper bonding. Concrete surfaces shall have all fins or other defects removed or repaired and shall receive a light abrasive blasting prior to priming and sealant application. All surfaces to receive sealant shall be completely dry. C. Spaces to receive sealant shall be filled with joint filler as shown. Where not shown, the space shall be filled with joint filler or a backer rod so that the depth of sealant does not exceed the width of the space. Where the bottom of the space to receive sealant is formed by a material other than backer rod, a bond breaker tape shall be placed. The maximum sealant depth, at middle of the joint width, shall be 1/2 -inch. D. The primer and sealant used shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. No sealant shall be placed without the use of a primer. E. Self -leveling sealants shall only be used in joints with a slope less than 0.5 percent and where maximum and minimum sealant depths can be maintained. Non -sag sealant shall be used at all other locations and may be used instead of self -leveling sealant. All non -sag sealant shall be tooled to a uniform concave surface before skinning and curing begins. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/031516 CONCRETE JOINTS.doc (CONFORMED) F. Sealant material shall be conditioned to be within the optimum temperature range recommended by the manufacturer for installation for a minimum of 16 hours prior to installation. Installation shall proceed only when the substrate is at a temperature recommended by the manufacturer. Sealant shall not be placed if there is a threat of imminent rainfall. Contractor shall submit a letter certifying that the applied sealants were installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, including temperature, relative humidity, etc. G. All joints to receive sealant shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to sealant placement. H. All sealant shall achieve final cure at least seven days before the structure is filled with water. Any sealant which, after the manufacturer's recommended curing time for the job conditions, fails to fully and properly cure shall be completely removed. The surfaces to receive sealant shall be completely cleaned of all traces of the improperly cured sealant and primer. The specified sealant shall then be reinstalled. All costs of such removal, surface treatment, and reinstallation shall be at the expense of Contractor. 3.09 BEARING PAD INSTALLATION A. Neoprene Bearing Pad: Install with water insensitive adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_15_16-10 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/031516 CONCRETE JOINTS.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION 03_20_00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install concrete reinforcement. 2. The extent of concrete reinforcement is shown. 3. The Work includes fabrication and placement of reinforcement including bars, ties and supports, and welded wire fabric for concrete, encasements and fireproofing. B. Related Sections: 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor's Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ASTM A82, Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A184, Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A185, Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM A496, Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. ASTM A497, Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A615, Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 7. ASTM A706, Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 8. ASTM A775, Specification for Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. 9. ACI 315, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 10. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 11. ACI 350, Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 12. ACI SP66, Detailing Manual. 13. CRSI 1 MSP, Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Standard Practice. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_20_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.doc (CONFORMED) B. Allowable Placing Tolerances: Comply with ACI 318, Chapter 7 - Details of Reinforcement except as specified below: 1. All reinforcing shall be placed to within plus or minus % inch of locations specified in the Drawings. 2. Concrete surfaces which are in contact with liquids: Two-inch minimum coverage. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all materials and reinforcement accessories. 2. Drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315, Parts A and B. For walls, show elevations to a minimum scale of 1/4 -inch to one foot. For slabs, show top and bottom reinforcing on separate plan views. Show bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangements and assemblies, as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement unless otherwise noted. Splices shall be kept to a minimum. Splices in regions of maximum tension stresses shall be avoided whenever possible. 3. Drawings detailing the location of all construction and expansion joints as required under Section 03_15_16, Concrete Joints, shall be submitted and approved before Shop Drawings for reinforcing steel are submitted. B. Certificates: 1. Submit one copy of steel producer's certificates of mill analysis, tensile and bend tests for reinforcing steel. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver concrete reinforcement materials to the site bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement diagrams. B. Store concrete reinforcement material at the site to prevent damage and accumulation of dirt or excessive rust. Store on heavy wood blocking so that no part of it will come in contact with the ground. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, and as follows: 1. Provide Grade 60 for all bars, unless indicated otherwise. B. Mechanical Couplers: Reinforcement bars may be spliced with a mechanical connection when permitted by the Engineer in writing. This connection shall be a full mechanical connection which shall develop in tension or compression, as required, at least 125 percent of specified yield strength (fy) of the bar in accordance with ACI 318. Form saver couplers are allowable upon approval by the Engineer. Provide one of the following: September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_20_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Forl Worlht9585A10/Specifications/J0 Specs/03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.doc (CONFORMED) 1. Lenton or Lenton Form Saver by Erico. 2. BarGrip or Grip -Twist by Dayton. C. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82. D. Welded Smooth Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. 1. Furnish in flat sheets, not rolls. E. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place. 1. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice" recommendations, except as specified below. Do not use wood, brick, or other unacceptable materials. 2. For slabs on grade, use precast concrete blocks, 4 -inch square in plan, with embedded tie wire as specified by CRSI, "Manual of Standard Practice". The precast concrete blocks shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for the concrete in which they are located. 3. For all concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports complying with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice" as follows: a. At formed surfaces in contact with soil, weather, or liquid or located above liquid, supports shall be CRSI Class 1 for maximum protection. The plastic coating on the legs shall extend at least 1/2 -inch upward from the form surface. b. At interior dry surfaces (not located above liquid), supports shall be either Class 1 or Class 2 for moderate protection. c. At formed surfaces with an architectural finish, use stainless steel protected legs (Type B). 4. Over waterproof membranes, use precast concrete chairs. F. Drilled Dowels: 1. Adhesive material for drilled dowels shall be a vinylester resin, epoxy resin, urethane methacrylate, or vinyl urethane resin. Polyester resin shall not be used. The resin shall be a high modulus, moisture insensitive type. The resin shall be packaged in a cartridge type dispensing system with a mixing nozzle. The resin shall be formulated to maintain its bond and integrity under continuous submergence by water. The adhesive anchoring systems shall have an ultimate capacity in excess of 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing steel at an embedment of 12 bar diameters. 2. Adhesive systems shall be: a. HIT HY 200, manufactured by Hilti Corporation. b. RE -500, manufactured by Hilti Corporation. c. AT30, manufactured by Simpson Strong -Tie. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with CRSI, "Manual of Standard Practice". In case of fabricating errors, do not re -bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner that will damage or weaken the material. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_20_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.doc (CONFORMED) B. Unacceptable Materials: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the Work: 1. Bar lengths, bends, and other dimensions exceeding specified fabrication tolerances. 2. Bends or kinks not shown on approved Shop Drawings. 3. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which concrete reinforcement is to be placed, and notify Engineer, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Engineer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with the applicable recommendations of specified codes and standards, and CRSI, "Manual of Standard Practice", for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports. B. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement during formwork construction or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. 1. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum concrete coverages as shown in the Drawings and as specified in ACI 350. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with 16 gage wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so that twisted ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces. 2. Prior to placement of concrete, Contractor shall demonstrate to Engineer that the specified cover of reinforcement has been attained, by using a surveying level or string line. 3. Reinforcing steel shall not be secured to forms with wire, nails or other ferrous metal. Metal supports subject to corrosion shall not touch formed or exposed concrete surfaces. D. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practical. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with 16 -gage wire. Do not make end laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. E. Provide sufficient numbers of supports of strength required to carry reinforcement. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2 -inches beyond the last leg of any continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_20_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Cllent/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.doc (CONFORMED) F. Lap Splices: 1. Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in contact, and tying tightly with wire. Comply with requirements shown on the Drawings for minimum lap of spliced bars. G. Mechanical Couplers: 1. Mechanical butt splices shall be in accordance with the recommendation of the manufacturer of the mechanical splicing device. Butt splices shall develop 125 percent of the specified minimum yield tensile strength of the spliced bars or of the smaller bar in transition splices. Bars shall be flame dried before butt splicing. Adequate jigs and clamps or other devices shall be provided to support, align, and hold the longitudinal centerline of the bars to be butt spliced in a straight line. H. Welding: 1. Welded splicing of reinforcing is not permitted. Tack welding of crossing bars for assembly of reinforcement is prohibited. 2. Field cutting of reinforcing shall be performed using saws or bolt cutters. Torch cutting of bars shall not be permitted. Drilled Dowels: 1. Drilled dowels shall be reinforcing dowels set in a resin adhesive in a hole drilled into hardened concrete. 2. Holes shall be drilled to the adhesive anchor system manufacturer's recom- mended diameter and depth to develop the required pullout resistance but shall not be greater in diameter than 1/4 -inch more than the nominal bar diameter nor less than 12 times the nominal bar diameter in depth. 3. The hole shall be drilled by methods which do not interfere with the proper bonding of the resin. Only masonry type drill bits shall be used. 4. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of proposed holes shall be located prior to drilling. The location of holes to be drilled shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or nicking any existing reinforcing bars only after approval by the Engineer. 5. The hole shall be brushed (non-metallic bristle brush only) and blown clean with clean, dry compressed air to remove all dust and loose particles. 6. Resin shall be injected into the hole through the injection system -mixing nozzle (and any necessary extension tubes) placed to the bottom of the hole. The discharge end shall be withdrawn as resin is placed but kept immersed to prevent formation of air pockets. The hole shall be filled to a depth that ensures that excess material is expelled from the hole during dowel placement. 7. Dowels shall be twisted during insertion into the partially filled hole so as to guarantee full wetting of the bar surface with adhesive. The bar shall be inserted slowly enough to avoid developing air pockets. 3.03 INSPECTION OF REINFORCEMENT A. Concrete shall not be placed until the reinforcing steel is inspected and permission for placing concrete is granted by the Owner Representative. All concrete placed in violation of this provision will be rejected. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_20_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Wath/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 2000 CONCRETE REIN FORCEMENT.doc (CONFORMED) B. Formwork for walls and other vertical members will not be closed up until the reinforcing steel is inspected and permission for placing concrete is granted by Engineer. All concrete placed in violation of this provision will be rejected. C. Testing of Drilled Dowels: Owner Representative shall employ a testing agency to perform field quality control testing of the drilled dowel installation. After completion of the manufacturer's recommended curing period and prior to placement of connecting reinforcing, ten percent of drilled dowels installed shall be proof tested for pullout. The drilled dowels shall be tensioned to 60 percent of the specified yield strength. Where dowels are located less than six bar diameters from the edge of concrete, the Engineer will determine the tensile load required for the test. If any dowels fail, all installed dowels shall be tested. Dowels that fail shall be reinstalled and retested at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_20_00-6 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/Documents/CllenUTX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION 03_30_00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install cast -in-place concrete. 2. The Work includes providing concrete consisting of portland cement, fine and coarse aggregate, water, and approved admixtures; combined, mixed, transported, placed, finished and cured. The Work also includes: a. Providing openings in concrete to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections and building into the concrete all items such as sleeves, frames, anchor bolts, inserts and all other items to be embedded. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be installed in the concrete. C. Classifications Of Concrete: 1. Class A (4,000 psi) concrete shall be steel reinforced and includes the following: a. All concrete, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Class B (3,500 psi) concrete shall be placed without forms or with simple forms, with little or no reinforcing, and includes the following unless indicated otherwise: a. Concrete fill within structures. b. Duct banks. c. Unreinforced encasements. d. Curbs and gutters. e. Sidewalks. f. Pavement. g. Thrust blocking. 3. Class C (2,000 psi) concrete shall be unreinforced and used where required as concrete fill under foundations, mud slabs, filling abandoned piping and wherever "lean" concrete is required on the Drawings. D. Related Sections: 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor's Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Mix Designer: Licensed professional engineer registered in the state of Texas. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-1 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo!Documents/ClientrFX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 2. Batch Plant: Currently certified by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association. B. Reference Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. 1. ACI 214, Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. 2. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete (includes ASTM Standards referred to herein). 3. ACI 304, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 4. ACI 305, Hot Weather Concreting. 5. ACI 306, Cold Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. 7. ACI 311, Guide for Concrete Inspection. 8. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 9. ACI 350, Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures 10. ANSI/NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 11. AASHTO M 182, Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf. 12. AASHTO TP 23, Proposed Standard Method of Test for Water Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete Using Microwave Oven Drying. 13. ASTM C 31, Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 14. ASTM C 33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 15. ASTM C 39, Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 16. ASTM C 42, Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete 17. ASTM C 94, Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 18. ASTM C109, Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars. 19. ASTM C 143, Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic- Cement Concrete. 20. ASTM C 150, Specification for Portland Cement. 21. ASTM C 157, Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Mortar and Concrete. 22. ASTM C 171, Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 23. ASTM C 172, Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 24. ASTM C 231, Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 25. ASTM C 260, Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 26. ASTM C 309, Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 27. ASTM C 330, Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. 28. ASTM C 494, Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 29. ASTM C 618, Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. 30. ASTM C 882, Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy -Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Shear. 31. ASTM C 1240, Specification for Silica Flume for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Hydraulic -Cement Concrete, Mortar, and Grout. 32. ASTM E 154, Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Wails, or as Ground Cover. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-2 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 33. ASTM E 329, Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used for Construction. 34. ACI 117 Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 35. ACI SP -15 Field Reference Manual 36. ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete 37. ASTM C192 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory 38. ASTM C900 Standard Test Method for Pullout Strength of Hardened Concrete 39. ASTM C928, Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid Harding Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repairs. C. Concrete Testing Service: 1. Contractor shall employ, at its own expense, testing laboratories experienced in design and testing of concrete materials and mixes to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. The same laboratory shall not be employed to both design concrete mixes and provide field testing. a. Testing agency shall meet the requirements of ASTM E 329 and ASTM C 1077. b. Selection of a testing laboratory is subject to Engineer's approval. c. Submit a written description of the proposed concrete testing laboratory giving qualifications of personnel, laboratory facilities and equipment, and other information that may be requested by Engineer. Field test shall be made by an ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician Grade I in accordance with ACI CPI, or Owner approved equal, unless exceptions to field personnel are allowed by the Engineer and/or Owner. 2. Materials and installed Work may require testing and retesting, as directed by Engineer, at any time during the progress of the Work. Allow free access to material stockpiles and facilities at all times. Tests not specifically indicated to be done at Contractor's expense, including the retesting of rejected materials and installed Work. Failure to detect defective work or materials early will not prevent rejection if a defect is discovered later nor shall it obligate the Owner to final acceptance. D. Qualifications Of Water -Reducing Admixture Manufacturer: 1. Water -reducing admixtures shall be manufactured under strict quality control in facilities operated under a quality assurance program. Contractor shall furnish copy of manufacturer's quality assurance handbook to document the existence of the program. Manufacturer shall maintain a concrete testing laboratory that has been approved by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory at the Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C. 2. Provide a qualified concrete technician employed by the admixture manufacturer to assist in proportioning the concrete for optimum use of the admixture. The concrete technician, shall advise on proper addition of the admixture to the concrete and on adjustment of the concrete mix proportions to meet changing jobsite conditions. E. Laboratory Trial Batch 1. Each concrete mix design specified shall be verified by a laboratory trial batch, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Each trial batch shall include the following testing: a. Aggregate gradation for fine and coarse aggregates. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-3 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) b. Fly ash testing to verify meeting specified properties, unless the fly ash supplier provides certification by an independent testing laboratory. C. Slump. d. Air content. e. Compressive strength based on three cylinders each tested at seven days and at 28 days. f. Shrinkage test as specified herein for Class A concrete mix designs. 3. Each trial batch shall provide the following information: a. Project identification name and number. b. Date of report. c. Complete identification of aggregate source of supply. d. Tests of aggregates for compliance with specified requirements. e. Scale weight of each aggregate. f. Absorbed water in each aggregate. g. Brand, type and composition of cement. h. Brand, type and amount of each admixture. i. Amounts of water used in trial mixes. j. Proportions of each material per cubic yard. k. Gross weight and yield per cubic yard of trial mixtures. I. Measured slump. m. Measured air content. n. Compressive strength developed at seven days and 28 days, from not less than three test cylinders cast for each seven day and 28 day test, and for each design mix. o. Shrinkage test results where required and as specified herein. 4. The requirement for a trial batch may be waived if the required test information has been provided in a previous laboratory trial batch run on the identical mix design within the previous two years. The same brand, type, and source of all materials must have been used. F. Shrinkage Test: 1. Drying shrinkage tests will be made for the trial batch as specified herein. 2. Drying shrinkage specimens shall be 4 -inch by 4 -inch by 11 -inch prisms with an effective gage length of 10 -inches, fabricated, cured, dried and measured in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 157 modified as follows: specimens shall be removed from molds at an age of 23 t1 hours after trial batching, shall be placed immediately in water at 70°F t3°F for at least 30 minutes, and shall be measured within 30 minutes thereafter to determine original length and then submerged in saturated lime water at 73°F t3°F. Measurement to determine expansion expressed as a percentage of original length shall be made at age seven days. This length at age seven days shall be the base length for drying shrinkage calculations ("0" days drying age). Specimens then shall be stored immediately in a humidity control room maintained at 73°F t3°F and 50 percent t4 percent relative humidity for the remainder of the test. Measurements to determine shrinkage expressed as percentage of base length shall be made and reported separately for 7, 14, 21, and 28 days of drying after seven days of moist curing. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TXIFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CON CRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 3. The drying shrinkage deformation of each specimen shall be computed as the difference between the base length (at "0" days drying age) and the length after drying at each test age. The average drying shrinkage deformation of the specimens shall be computed to the nearest 0.0001 -inch at each test age. If the drying shrinkage of any specimen departs from the average of that test age by more than 0.0004 -inch, the results obtained from that specimen shall be disregarded. Results of the shrinkage test shall be reported to the nearest 0.001 percent of shrinkage. Compression test specimens shall be taken in each case from the same concrete used for preparing drying shrinkage specimens. These tests shall be considered a part of the normal compression tests for the project. Allowable shrinkage limitations shall be as specified in Part 2, herein. G. Sample Panels: 1. Provide sample panels of wall finishes, 12 -inches by 12 -inches by 3 -inches thick. Perform revisions and corrective work required to produce finished concrete and surfaces as required by Engineer. a. Construct additional sample panels as may be required if original results are not satisfactory. 2. The continuity of color and texture for exposed concrete surfaces is of prime importance. Maintain such controls and procedures, in addition to those specified, as is necessary to provide continuous match of concrete Work with accepted samples. H. Mock -Up Panels: 1. Fabricate mock-up panels representative of specified finished surfaces after sample form panels are approved, at locations on the site as directed by Engineer. Form, reinforce, mix, cast, cure and finish mock-up panels using selected materials and construction methods proposed for the Work. Provide mock-up panels as follows: a. Wall section of "L" -shaped panels, approximately 4 feet high by 3 feet each side by 8 -inches thick and set on an 18 -inch wide by 8 -inch thick base, unless otherwise shown. Form faces to represent each specified formed surface finish. Include not less than two form ties, two form panel intersections, one vertical construction joint and one horizontal construction joint. Construction joints are specified in Section 03_15_16, Concrete Joints, of these Specifications. b. Column section, approximately four feet high and not less than 12 -inches diameter for round sections and not less than 12 -inches in least dimen- sion for rectangular sections for each specified formed finish, unless otherwise shown. Set column sections on a 6 -inch thick concrete base which extends 8 -inches beyond the column. Chamfer exposed edges of rectangular sample columns. c. Slab -on -grade section, approximately four feet square and a minimum of 4 -inches thick for each applied finish, with at least one construction joint and one expansion joint, if used. 2. Reinforce mock-up panels as required to prevent cracking and to be structurally stable or as shown on the Drawings, but reinforcing steel shall not be less than 0.25 percent of the gross concrete cross section in each direction. 3. Protect mock-up panels from damage and do not remove them without written permission from Engineer. When directed, demolish mock-up panels and remove from the site. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-5 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslCllenVTX/Fort Worthl9585At01SpecificationslJQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 1,03 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit samples of materials as specified and as otherwise may be requested by Engineer, including names, sources and descriptions. Submittal data shall demonstrate compliance with all requirements of this specification. Any deviations from the specifications shall be clearly noted in the submittal and justification presented for the deviation. B. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Manufacturer's specifications with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including admixtures, bonding agents and repair materials. 2. List of concrete materials and concrete mix designs proposed for use. Include the results of all tests performed to qualify the materials and to establish the mix designs. 3. The following information, if ready -mixed concrete is used. a. Physical capacity of mixing plant. b. Trucking facilities available. c. Estimated average amount that can be produced and delivered to the site during a normal eight-hour day, excluding the output to other customers. 4. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance: a. Portland Cement. b. Admixtures. c. Fly Ash. d. Aggregates. e. Bonding Agent. f. Bond Breakers. g. Patching Materials. h. Admixtures: Manufacturers' Certificate of Proper Installation. C. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit copies of laboratory test reports for concrete cylinders, materials and mix design tests. Engineer's review will be for general information only. Production of concrete to comply with specified requirements is the responsibility of Contractor. D. Submit notarized certification of conformance to referenced standards when requested by Engineer. E. Delivery Tickets: Furnish to Owner representative copies of all delivery tickets for each load of concrete at the time of delivery to the site. Provide items of information as specified in ASTM C 94, Section 16.1. F. Administrative Submittals: Concrete Coordination Meeting Minutes. G. Qualifications of Finishes: Submit qualifications of the finishing contractor and the finishers who will perform the Work. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-6 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/DocumentslClient/TX/FoI WoNh19585A10/Specifications/4 Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE. doc (CONFORMED) H. Drawings: Submit concrete placement drawings showing the lift numbers, locations of all joints, concrete mix design being placed, concrete finishes, and all pertinent embedded items including embed plates and angles, sleeves, pipes, conduits, anchors, gate thimbles, etc. Where the Drawings permit the Contractor to select joint locations, show the selected dimensions on the placement drawings. Approval of the placement drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of placing ail required embedments as specified and where shown in the Drawings. Submit information for acceptance of proposed construction joints not otherwise shown in the Drawings. Submit notification of placement to the Owner's representative at least 24 hours in advance of concrete placement. J. Submit a work plan for cold weather concreting and hot weather concreting describing proposed methods and procedures for complying with the requirements of this specification. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All materials used for concrete must be kept clean and free from all foreign matter during transportation and handling and kept separate until measured and placed in the mixer. Bins or platforms having hard clean surfaces shall be provided for storage. Suitable means shall be taken during hauling, piling and handling to ensure that segregation of the coarse and fine aggregate particles does not occur and the grading is not affected. Ensure that product delivery of concrete conforms to the requirements of ASTM C94 and ACI 304. B. Cementitious Materials: Store cementitious materials in dry, weather tight buildings, bins or silos that will exclude contaminants. C. Aggregates: Store and handle aggregates in a manner that will avoid segregation and prevent contamination with other materials or other sizes of aggregates. Store aggregates to drain freely. D. Water and Ice: Protect mixing water and ice from contamination during storage and delivery. E. Admixtures: Protect stored admixtures against contamination, evaporation, or damage. Provide agitating equipment for admixtures used in the form of suspensions or nonstable solutions to ensure thorough distribution of the ingredients. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing and from temperature changes that effect their characteristics. Comply with all manufacturer guidelines for proper storage and handling of the material. 1.05 CONCRETE COORDINATION MEETING A. A Concrete Coordination Meeting shall be held to review the detailed requirements of Contractor's proposed concrete design mixes, to determine the procedures for producing proper concrete construction, and to clarify the roles of the parties involved shall be held no later than 14 days after the Notice to Proceed. B. All parties involved in the concrete Work shall attend the meeting, including but not limited to the following: 1. Contractor's representative. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-7 9585A10 pw:I/CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE. doc (CONFORMED) 2. Testing laboratory representative. 3. Concrete subcontractor. 4. Reinforcing steel subcontractor and detailer. 5. Concrete supplier. 6. Admixture manufacturer's representative. 7. Engineer and Owner. C. The Concrete Coordination Meeting shall be held at a mutually agreed upon time and place. The Engineer shall be notified no less than five days prior to the date of the Concrete Coordination Meeting. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS A. Cement: 1. Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or Type 1/11. Use portland cement made by a well-known acceptable manufacturer and produced by not more than one plant. Alternate cement sources may be used provided that a mix design has been accepted and a trial batch verifying performance has been made. All cement shall be produced by the dry -kiln process. Contractor shall provide written certification of the production of cement by the dry -kiln process. 2. Do not use cement which has deteriorated because of improper storage or handling. B. Fly Ash Mineral Admixture: 1. Mineral admixtures, when used, shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 618 Class F, except as follows: a. The loss on ignition shall be a maximum of 4 percent. b. The maximum percent of sulfur trioxide (S03) shall be 4.0. 2. Fly ash shall be considered to be a cementitious material. 3. Laboratory trial batches shall be tested to determine compliance with strength requirements, times of setting, slump, slump loss, and shrinkage characteristics. 4. A substitution by weight, of the portland cement by fly ash, so that the total tricalcium aluminate content of the resulting cement plus fly ash is not greater than eight percent, will be considered. However, the fly ash shall not exceed 15 percent by weight of the cement plus fly ash for Class A concrete, nor 25 percent for Class B and C concrete. 2.02 AGGREGATES A. General: Aggregates shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and as herein specified. 1. Do not use aggregates containing soluble salts or other substances such as iron sulfides, pyrite, marcasite, ochre, or other materials that can cause stains on exposed concrete surfaces. B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand free from loam, clay, lumps or other deleterious substances. 1. Dune sand, bank run sand and manufactured sand are not acceptable. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/For Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) C. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter, as follows: 1. Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone. 2. Washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Use of slag and pit or bank run gravel is not permitted. D. The grading of the combined aggregate shall meet the following requirements: 1. Not more than 75 or less than 50 percent of the combined aggregate that is retained on the No. 8 sieve shall also be retained on the 3/8 -inch sieve. 2. The percent of the combined aggregate passing No. 8 sieve shall not be less than 34 nor more than 40 percent of the combined aggregate for mixtures that contain 564 lbs/yd3 of cementitious materials content. For every 94 lb variation from 564 lbs. add or deduct 2.5 percent from the percent passing the No. 8 sieve. The higher the amount of cementitious materials, the less the amount of aggregate passing the No.8 sieve aggregate required for mixture mobility and vice versa. 3. The percent of the combined aggregate retained on any two consecutive sieves shall not be less than 14 percent of the combined aggregate. 2.03 WATER AND ICE A. Mixing water and ice, including reprocessed water, used in the production and curing of concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C94 and shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, organic materials or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel. 2.04 CONCRETE ADMIXTURES A. Provide admixtures produced by established reputable manufacturers, and use in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. All admixtures shall be compatible and by a single manufacturer capable of providing qualified field service representation. Admixtures shall not contain thiocyanates nor more than 0.05 percent chloride ion, and shall be non-toxic in the concrete mix after 30 days. Do not use admixtures that have not been incorporated and tested in the accepted mixes, unless otherwise authorized in writing by Engineer. B. Air -Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C 260. 1. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Sika Corporation. b. BASF. c. W.R. Grace & Company. C. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 1. Proportion all Class A and Class B concrete with non -air entraining, normal setting, water -reducing, aqueous solution of a modification of the salt of polyhydroxylated organic acids. The admixture shall not contain any lignin, nitrates or chlorides added during manufacture. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Euclid Chemical Company. b. BASF. c. W.R. Grace & Company. d. Sika Corporation. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo)Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) D. High Range Water -Reducing Admixture (HRWR): ASTM C 494, Type F/G. 1. High range water -reducer shall be used in classifications of concrete, where specified, and shall be permitted, at Contractor's option, in all other classifications of concrete. It shall be added to concrete in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. The specific admixture formulation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the project conditions. Provide one of the following: a. Sika Corporation. b. BASF. c. W.R. Grace & Company. d. Euclid Chemical Company. E. Set -Control Admixtures: ASTM C 494, as follows: 1. Type B, Retarding. 2. Type C, Accelerating. 3. Type D, Water -reducing and Retarding. 4. Type E, Water -reducing and Accelerating. 5. Type F, Water -reducing, high range admixtures. 6. Type G, Water -reducing, high range, and retarding admixtures. F. Calcium Chloride: Calcium chloride shall not be used. G. Shrinkage Reducing Admixture: 1. A shrinkage reducing admixture shall be permitted to be used in the mix design where necessary to meet specified shrinkage limitations provided that specified strength requirements are met and there is no reduction in sulfate resistance and no increase in permeability. 2. Shrinkage reducing admixtures shall be one of the following: a. Grace Construction Products. b. BASF. H. If superplasticizers are used in mix designs, the mix shall be slumped at site prior to addition of plasticizer. Corrosion Inhibiting Admixtures: 1. Corrosion inhibiting admixture shall be a calcium nitrite solution containing a minimum of 30 percent calcium nitrite. It shall be added at a dosage rate of five gallons per cubic yard of concrete. 2. The quantity of mix water shall be adjusted to account for the water portion of the calcium nitrite solution. 3. As the calcium nitrite solution accelerates setting time, retarding admixtures shall be provided as required. 4. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Grace Construction Products. b. BASF. c. Euclid Chemical Company. 2.05 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepare concrete design mixes subject to the following minimum limitations. The final mix design proportions shall be developed by the supplier and shall meet the requirements of this specification: September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-10 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/DocumentslClient/TX/Fort Worthl9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 1. Coarse aggregate size numbers refer to ASTM C 33. Where a size A and B are listed, it is intended that the smaller size B aggregate is to be added, replacing a portion of the coarse and /or fine aggregate, in the minimum amount necessary to make a workable and pumpable mix with a sand content not exceeding 41 percent of total aggregate. 2. The slumps listed are prior to the addition of high range water reducer (super plasticizer). 3. Mix designs shall be made for all but Class C, which does not require a trial batch, so that the compressive strength achieved for the laboratory trial batches will be no less than 125 percent of the specified design strength. This is to assure meeting the design strength for all concrete batched during the project. Design compressive strength shall be based on 28 -day strengths. 4. The quantity of water to be used in the determination of the water-cementitious materials ratio shall include free water on aggregates in excess of SSD and the water portion of admixtures. B. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. 1. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing. C. Submit written reports of laboratory trial batch test results for proposed mixes of concrete to Engineer at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until mixes have been approved by Engineer. D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to the Owner and as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using the revised mixes. E. Admixtures: 1. Use air -entraining admixture in all concrete, unless otherwise shown or specified. Add air -entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at the point of placement having air content within the prescribed limits. 2. Water reducing or high -range water reducing admixtures shall be used in all Class A concrete. 3. Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities and types of admixtures as required to maintain quality control. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-11 9585A10 pw.IlCarollolDocumentslClient f XlFort Worth19585A10ISpecifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST iN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) Coarse Minimum Aggregate' Minimum CompressiveMaximum4 Air (%) CSt ength3 e Classification Cmle W/C Ratio Slump2 Air Size Size (lbs/cy) (psi) A B Class "A" #57 #8 564 1 0.45 4" Max. 5+/-1.5 4000 Class "B" #57 or #67 517 1 0.50 4" Max. 5+/-1.5 3500 Class "C" Any ASTM <----------------no requirements ------------------ > 2000 C 33 1. Coarse aggregate size numbers refer to ASTM C 33. Where a size A and B are listed, it is intended that the smaller size B aggregate is to be added, replacing a portion of the coarse and /or fine aggregate, in the minimum amount necessary to make a workable and pumpable mix with a sand content not exceeding 41 percent of total aggregate. 2. The slumps listed are prior to the addition of high range water reducer (super plasticizer). 3. Mix designs shall be made for all but Class C, which does not require a trial batch, so that the compressive strength achieved for the laboratory trial batches will be no less than 125 percent of the specified design strength. This is to assure meeting the design strength for all concrete batched during the project. Design compressive strength shall be based on 28 -day strengths. 4. The quantity of water to be used in the determination of the water-cementitious materials ratio shall include free water on aggregates in excess of SSD and the water portion of admixtures. B. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. 1. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing. C. Submit written reports of laboratory trial batch test results for proposed mixes of concrete to Engineer at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until mixes have been approved by Engineer. D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to the Owner and as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using the revised mixes. E. Admixtures: 1. Use air -entraining admixture in all concrete, unless otherwise shown or specified. Add air -entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at the point of placement having air content within the prescribed limits. 2. Water reducing or high -range water reducing admixtures shall be used in all Class A concrete. 3. Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities and types of admixtures as required to maintain quality control. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-11 9585A10 pw.IlCarollolDocumentslClient f XlFort Worth19585A10ISpecifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST iN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) F. Slump Limits With High Range Water Reducer: 1. Slump shall not exceed that specified in item A above prior to adding high range water -reducer and shall not exceed 7.5 inches, measured at point of placement, after adding high range water reducer. G. Shrinkage Limitation: 1. The maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the laboratory from the trial batch, as measured at 21 -day drying age or at 28 -day drying age shall be 0.039 percent or 0.045 percent, respectively. Contractor shall only use a mix design for construction that has first met the trial batch shrinkage requirements. Shrinkage limitations apply only to Class A concretes. 2. If the trial batch results fail to meet the shrinkage limitation, the mix shall be redesigned to reduce shrinkage. Alternately, Contractor may use a higher shrinkage mix when acceptable to the Engineer provided that the amount of shrinkage reinforcement in the structures is increased as determined by the Engineer to resist the higher levels of shrinkage stresses. The additional reinforcing shall be provided at Contractor's expense. H. Size of Coarse Aggregate: The nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be one -inch but not exceed three-fourths of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars, one-fifth of the narrowest dimension between side forms, or one- third of the thickness of slabs or toppings 2.06 BONDING AGENT A. Provide epoxy and epoxy -cement bonding agents as specified in Section 03_15_16, Concrete Joints. 2.07 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 10 ounces per square yard and complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 3. B. Curing Mats: Curing mats shall be heavy carpets or cotton mats, quilted at 4 -inches on center. Curing mats shall weigh a minimum of 12 ounces per square yard when dry. C. Moisture Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. 1. Waterproof paper. 2. Polyethylene film. 3. White burlap -polyethylene sheet. D. Curing Compound: ASTM C 309 Type 1-D (water retention requirements): 1. Provide fugitive dye. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Super Aqua Cure VOX, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sealtight 1100, as manufactured by W. R. Meadows, Incorporated. c. MasterKure, as manufactured by BASF. 3. Curing compound must be applied by roller or power sprayer. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-12 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClient/TX/Foa Worth19585A101Specifications/4 Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE. doc (CONFORMED) 2.08 FINISHING AIDS A. Evaporation Retardant: 1. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Confilm, as manufactured by BASF. b. Eucobar, as manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company. c. SikaFilm by Sika Corporation. 2.09 CRACK INJECTION MATERIALS A. Epoxy: 1. Epoxy for injection shall be a low viscosity, high modulus moisture insensitive type. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Sikadur 35, Hi -Mod L.V. and Sikadur 31, Hi -Mod Gel, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. b. Eucopoxy Injection Resin, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. B. Hydrophilic Resin: 1. Hydrophilic resin shall be an acrylic -ester based resin with a maximum viscosity of 50 cps. It shall cure into a flexible rubber -like material that has the potential for unrestrained increase in volume in excess of 100 percent in the presence of water. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Duroseal Inject, as manufactured by BBZ USA, Inc. b. Sika Injection 29, by Sika Corporation. 2.10 CONCRETE REPAIR MATERIALS A. Concrete repair mortar shall be a prepackaged polymer -modified cementitious repair mortar with the following minimum properties: 1. Compressive strength at one day: 2000 psi (ASTM C 109). 2. Compressive strength at 28 days: 6000 psi (ASTM C 109). 3. Bond strength at 28 days: 1800 psi (ASTM C 882 modified). B. Concrete repair mortar shall be: 1. Five Star Structural Concrete, manufactured by Five Star Products, Inc. The formulation recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application conditions shall be used. 2. SikaTop 122 Plus, SikaTop 123 Plus, SikaTop 111 Plus, or Sikacem 133, manufactured by the Sika Corporation. The formulation, among those listed, recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application conditions shall be used. 3. MasterEmaco S488 Cl or S466 Cl, manufactured by Master Builders Inc. The formulation, among those listed, recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application conditions shall be used. 4. Verticoat, Verticoat Supreme, or Euco SR -VO, manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company. The formulation, among those listed, recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application conditions shall be used. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-13 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) C. Cement Mortar: Cement mortar shall consist of a mix of one part cement to 1 1/2 parts sand with sufficient water to form a trowelable consistency. Minimum compressive strength at 28 days shall be 4000 psi. Where required to match the color of adjacent concrete surfaces, white portland cement shall be blended with standard portland cement so that, when dry, the patching mortar shall match the color of the surrounding concrete. 2.11 MOISTURE BARRIER A. Moisture Barrier: ASTM E 154: 1. Provide moisture barrier cover over prepared base material or carton void form at all buildings and where shown on the Drawings. Use polyethylene membrane not less than 10 mils thick, lapping at least 9 -inches at joints. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which Work is to be performed and notify Engineer, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Engineer. 3.02 CONCRETE MIXING A. General: 1. Concrete may be produced at batch plants or it may be produced by the ready -mixed process. Batch plants shall comply with the recommendations of ACI 304, and shall have sufficient capacity to produce concrete of the qualities specified, in quantities required to meet the construction schedule. All plant facilities are subject to testing laboratory inspection and acceptance of the Owner. 2. Mixing: a. Mix concrete with an approved rotating type batch machine, except where hand mixing of very small quantities may be permitted. b. Remove hardened accumulations of cement and concrete frequently from drum and blades to assure acceptable mixing action. c. Replace mixer blades when they have lost ten percent of their original height. d. Use quantities such that a whole number of bags of cement is required, unless otherwise permitted. B. Ready -Mix Concrete: 1. Comply with the requirements of ASTM C 94, and as herein specified. Proposed changes in mixing procedures, other than herein specified, must be accepted by Engineer before implementation. a. Plant equipment and facilities: Conform to National Ready -Mix Concrete Association "Plant and Delivery Equipment Specification". b. Mix concrete in revolving type truck mixers that are in good condition and which produce thoroughly mixed concrete of the specified consistency and strength. c. Do not exceed the proper capacity of the mixer. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-14 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClient/TXIFort Worth19585A101SpecificationslJ4 Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) d. Mix concrete for a minimum of two minutes after arrival at the job site, or as recommended by the mixer manufacturer. e. Do not allow the drum to mix while in transit. f. Mix at proper speed until concrete is discharged. g. Maintain adequate facilities at the job site for continuous delivery of concrete at the required rates. h. Provide access to the mixing plant for Engineer at all times. C. Maintain equipment in proper operating condition, with drums cleaned before charging each batch. Schedule rates of delivery in order to prevent delay of placing the concrete after mixing, or holding dry -mixed materials too long in the mixer before the addition of water and admixtures. 3.03 TRANSPORTING CONCRETE A. Transport and place concrete not more than 90 minutes when ambient temperatures are below 80 degrees and 60 minutes when temperatures are above 80 degrees, after water has been added to the dry ingredients. Any time beyond that specified is subject for immediate rejection by the Owner's representative. B. Take care to avoid spilling and separation of the mixture during transportation. C. Do not place concrete in which the ingredients have been separated. D. Do not retemper partially set concrete. E. Use suitable and approved equipment for transporting concrete from mixer to forms. F. Transport and deliver concrete in equipment conforming to ASTM C94. 3.04 PREPARATION FOR CONCRETING A. All reinforcement, installation of waterstop and positioning of embedded items shall be inspected and approved by the Owner's representative a minimum of four hours prior to concrete placement. B. Subgrade surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling, prior to the placing of any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the time of placing concrete thereon. The surface shall be free from standing water, mud, and debris at the time of placing concrete. C. All reinforcing steel and embedded items shall be completely cleaned of mortar, loose rust, form release compounds, dirt, or any other substance which would interfere with proper bonding with concrete. Protective coatings on embedded aluminum items shall continuously cover the surface to be in contact with concrete. Any defects in the coating shall be repaired. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-15 9585A10 pw:/ICarollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) D. No concrete shall be placed in any structure until all water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes, or other means, and carried out of the forms, clear of the work. No concrete shall be deposited underwater nor shall Contractor allow still water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such manner and at such velocity as will injure the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing ground water, if required, will be subject to the review of the Engineer. E. Joint surfaces shall be prepared as required by Section 03_15_16, Concrete Joints. 3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. General: Place concrete continuously so that no concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified in Section 03_15_16, Concrete Joints. Deposit concrete as nearly as practical in its final location to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Do not subject concrete to any procedure which will cause segregation. 1. Screed concrete that is to receive other construction to the proper level to avoid excessive skimming or grouting. 2. Do not use concrete which becomes non -plastic and unworkable, or does not meet the required quality control limits, or which has been contaminated by foreign materials. Do not use retempered concrete. Remove rejected concrete from the job site and dispose of it in an acceptable location. 3. Do not place concrete until all forms, bracing, reinforcement, and embedded items are in final and secure position. 4. Do not place footings in freezing weather unless adequate precautions are taken against frost action. 5. Do not place footings, piers or pile caps on frozen soil. 6. Unless otherwise approved, place concrete only when Engineer is present. 7. Allow a minimum of three days before placing concrete against a slab or wall already in place. B. Bonding For Next Concrete Pour: 1. Prepare for bonding of fresh concrete to new concrete that has set but is not fully cured, as follows: a. Thoroughly wet the surface, but allow no free-standing water. b. For horizontal surfaces place a 2 -inch layer of mortar, one part sand and one part cement with water added to a flowable consistency, or a 6 -inch layer of Construction Joint Grout, as specified in Section 03_60_00, Grout, over the hardened concrete surface. c. Place fresh concrete before the mortar/grout has attained its initial set. d. If a high range water reducer is used to increase the concrete slump to at least 6 -inches, the mortar/grout layer may be omitted. 2. Bonding of fresh concrete to fully -cured hardened existing concrete shall be accomplished by using a bonding agent as specified in Section 03_15_16, Concrete Joints. C. Concrete Conveying: September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-16 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/Documents/Cllent/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 1. Handle concrete from the point of delivery and transfer to the concrete conveying equipment and to the locations of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods that will prevent segregation and loss of concrete mix materials. 2. Provide mechanical equipment for conveying concrete to ensure a continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end. Provide runways for wheeled concrete conveying equipment from the concrete delivery point to the locations of final deposit. Keep interior surfaces of conveying equipment, including chutes, free of hardened concrete, debris, water, snow, ice and other deleterious materials. 3. Do not use chutes for distributing concrete, unless approved in writing by Engineer. a. Provide sketches showing methods by which chutes will be employed when requesting such approval. b. Design chutes, if permitted, with proper slopes and supports to permit efficient handling of the concrete. 4. Pumping concrete is permitted, however do not use aluminum pipe for conveying. D. Placing Concrete Into Forms: 1. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 18 -inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place concrete at such a rate that concrete that is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic. 2. Do not permit concrete to free fall within the form from a distance exceeding four feet. Where high range water reducer is used to extend slump to at least 6- inches, the maximum free fall of concrete may be increased to six feet. If a 12 -inch thick layer of construction joint grout, as specified in Section 03_15_16, Concrete Joints, is placed on the horizontal joint, concrete with slump extended by a high range water reducer may free fall up to eight feet in walls that are 24 -inches and thicker. Use "elephant trunks" to prevent free fall and excessive splashing on forms and reinforcement. Free falls in excess of four feet shall be discontinued if there is any evidence of segregation. 3. Remove temporary spreaders in forms when concrete placing has reached the elevation of such spreaders. 4. Consolidate concrete placed in forms by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand -spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with the applicable recommended practices of ACI 309. Vibration of forms and reinforcing will not be permitted, unless otherwise accepted by Engineer. 5. Where height of concrete placement in walls exceeds 8 feet, temporary windows shall be installed in the formwork to facilitate vibration. The windows shall be properly closed when the height of concrete approaches the windows. Location, size, and spacing of the windows shall be determined by Contractor to suit equipment used. 6. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate the layer of concrete and at least 6 -inches into the preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit the duration of vibration to the time necessary to consolidate the concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of the mix. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-17 9585A1 0 pw:llCarollolDocumentslCllenVMFort Worthl9585A101SpecificationslJO Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 7. Do not place concrete in beam and slab forms until the concrete previously placed in columns and walls is no longer plastic. 8. Force concrete under pipes, sleeves, openings and inserts from one side until visible from the other side to prevent voids. E. Placing Concrete Slabs: 1. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. 2. Consolidate concrete during placing operations using mechanical vibrating equipment, so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 3. Consolidate concrete placed in beams and girders of supported slabs, and against bulkheads of slabs on ground, as specified for formed concrete structures. 4. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level. Smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or hollows. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 5. Where slabs are placed in conditions of high temperature or wind that could lead to formation of plastic shrinkage cracks, an evaporation retardant shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, when required by the Engineer. F. Quality Of Concrete Work: 1. Make all concrete solid, compact and smooth, and free of laitance, cracks and cold joints. 2. All concrete for liquid retaining structures, and all concrete in contact with earth, water, or exposed directly to the elements shall be watertight. 3. Cut out and properly replace to the extent directed by Engineer, or repair to the satisfaction of Engineer, surfaces which contain cracks or voids, are unduly rough, or are in any way defective. Thin patches or plastering shall not be acceptable. 4. All leaks through concrete that exhibit any flowing water, and cracks, holes or other defective concrete in areas of potential leakage, shall be repaired and made watertight by Contractor. 5. Repair, removal, and replacement of defective concrete as directed by Engineer shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. G. Cold Weather Placing: 1. Protect all concrete Work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance with the requirements of ACI 306 and as herein specified. 2. When the air temperature has fallen to or may be expected to fall below 40°F, provide adequate means to maintain the temperature, in the area where concrete is being placed, at between 50°F and 70°F for at least seven days after placing. Provide temporary housings or coverings including tarpaulins or plastic film. Maintain the heat and protection, if necessary, to ensure that the ambient temperature does not fall more than 30°F in the 24 hours following the seven-day period. Avoid rapid dry -out of concrete due to overheating, and avoid thermal shock due to sudden cooling or heating. 3. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40°F, uniformly heat all water and aggregates before mixing as required to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 55°F and not more than 85°F at point of placement. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-18 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClient/TXIFort Worthl9585A101SpecificationslJO Specs/03 i0_00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 4. Do not use frozen materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. Ascertain that forms, reinforcing steel, and adjacent concrete surfaces are entirely free of frost, snow and ice before placing concrete. 5. Do not use salt and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, or set -control admixtures, unless approved by Engineer, in mix designs. H. Hot Weather Placing: 1. For conventional concrete: a. When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. b. When ambient air temperature is at or above 85T, cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at the time of placement below 90°F for horizontal placements including slabs and flatwork, and below 95T for vertical placements including walls and columns. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water equivalent of the ice is calculated in the total amount of mixing water. In addition, the reduction in time from addition of mix water to placement or the use of a set retarding admixture may be required. c. Cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that the steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. d. Wet forms thoroughly before placing concrete. e. Do not place concrete at a temperature so as to cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set, or cold joints. f. Do not use set -control admixtures, unless approved by Engineer in mix designs. g. Obtain Engineer's approval of other methods and materials proposed for use. 3.06 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES A. Standard Form Finish: 1. Standard form finish shall be basically smooth and even but shall be permitted to have texture imparted by the form material used. Defects shall be repaired as specified herein. 2. Use standard form finish for the following: a. Exterior vertical surfaces from the foundation up to one foot below grade. b. Vertical surfaces not exposed to view. c. Other areas shown. B. Smooth Form Finish: 1. Produce smooth form finish by selecting form materials that will impart a smooth, hard, uniform texture. Arrange panels in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas as specified herein. 2. Use smooth form finish for the following: a. Exterior surfaces that are exposed to view. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-19 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrMFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) b. Surfaces that are to be covered with a coating material. The material may be applied directly to the concrete or may be a covering bonded to the concrete such as waterproofing, dampproofing, painting or other similar system. c. Interior vertical surfaces of liquid containers. d. Interior and exterior exposed beams and undersides of slabs. e. Surfaces to receive an abrasive blasted finish. f. Surfaces to receive a smooth rubbed or grout cleaned finish. g. Other areas shown. C. Smooth Rubbed Finish: 1. Provide smooth, Class A, rubbed finish to concrete surfaces, which have received smooth form finish and where all defects have been repaired, as follows: a. Rubbing of concrete surfaces not later than the day after form removal. b. Moistening of concrete surfaces and rubbing with carborundum brick or other abrasive until a uniform color and texture is produced. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Except where surfaces have been previously covered as specified above, use smooth, Class A, rubbed finish for the following: a. Interior exposed walls and other vertical surfaces. b. Exterior exposed walls and other vertical surfaces down to one foot below grade. c. Interior and exterior horizontal surfaces, except exterior exposed slabs and steps. d. Interior exposed vertical surfaces of liquid containers down to one foot below liquid level. e. Other areas shown on the Drawings. D. Abrasive Blasted Finish: 1. Provide abrasive blasted finish where shown on the Drawings. 2. Where abrasive blasted finish is indicated, it shall be applied to a smooth formed finish after the end of the curing period, with all defects repaired, to match the approved finish provided on the mock-up panel. 3. Heavy Abrasive Blasted Finish: Abrasive blast to uniformly expose coarse aggregate. 4. Light Abrasive Blasted Finish: Abrasive blast to uniformly expose fine aggregate. E. Related Unformed Surfaces: 1. At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching the adjacent formed surfaces. Continue the final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across the adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise shown. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-20 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 3.07 SLAB FINISHES A. Float Finish: 1. After placing concrete slabs, do not work the surface further until ready for floating. Begin floating when the surface water has disappeared or when the concrete has stiffened sufficiently. Check and level the surface plane to a tolerance not exceeding 1/4 -inch in ten feet when tested with a ten -foot straightedge placed on the surface at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill all low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat the surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 2. Use float finish for the following: a. Interior exposed horizontal surfaces of liquid containers, except those to receive grout topping. b. Exterior below grade horizontal surfaces. c. Surfaces to receive additional finishes, except as shown on the Drawings or specified. B. Trowel Finish: 1. After concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation and after bleed water has disappeared, hand or machine float the surface. Follow immediately by steel troweling at least twice with hand or machine trowels. 2. Consolidate the concrete surface by the final hand troweling operation. Finish shall be free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1/8 -inch in ten feet when tested with a ten -foot straight edge. Grind smooth surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system. 3. Use trowel finish for the following: a. Interior exposed slabs, unless otherwise shown or specified. b. Slabs to receive resilient floor finishes. C. Non -Slip Broom Finish: 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen the concrete surface by brooming in the direction perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use fine fiber -bristle broom, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Coordinate the required final finish with Engineer before application. 2. Use Non -Slip Broom Finish for the following: a. Exterior exposed horizontal surfaces subject to light foot traffic. b. Interior and exterior concrete steps and ramps. c. Horizontal surfaces which will receive a grout topping or a concrete equipment base slab. 3.08 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: 1. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperature, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for the period of time necessary for hydration of the cement and proper hardening of the concrete. 2. Start initial curing after placing and finishing concrete as soon as free moisture has disappeared from the concrete surface. Keep continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. At the end of this period, initial curing may be terminated and final curing begun. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-21 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 3. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before the concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least seven days and in accordance with ACI 301 procedures for a total curing period, initial plus final, of at least ten days. For concrete sections over 30 -inches thick, continue final curing for an additional seven days, minimum. Avoid rapid drying at the end of the final curing period. B. Curing Methods: 1. Water retaining and below grade structures shall be moist cured by the addition of water to maintain the surface in a continually wet condition. Other concrete shall be cured by moist curing, by moisture retaining cover curing, or by the use of curing compound (except where coatings or surface treatments are specified). Use curing compound at water retaining and below grade structures only in cold weather when temperatures are expected to be below freezing only when permitted by Engineer. a. For curing, use water that is free of impurities that could etch or discolor exposed, natural concrete surfaces. 2. Provide moisture curing by any of the following methods: a. Keeping the surface of the concrete continuously wet by covering with water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. c. Covering the concrete surface with curing mats, thoroughly saturating the mats with water, and keeping the mats continuously wet with sprinklers or porous hoses. Place curing mats so as to provide coverage of the concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 -inch lap over adjacent mats. If necessary, the curing cover shall be weighted to maintain contact with the concrete surface. d. At the end of the curing period apply one coat of curing compound, unless concrete surface is to receive a topping or coating or application is waived by the Engineer. 3. Provide moisture retaining cover curing as follows: a. Cover the concrete surfaces with the specified moisture retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in the widest practical width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 -inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during the curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 4. Provide liquid curing compound as follows: a. Apply the specified curing compound to all concrete surfaces when permitted by Engineer. Slabs to receive terrazzo floors, chemical resistant heavy duty concrete topping or ceramic tile or chemical hardeners, shall not be cured with liquid curing compound, but shall be moisture cured. The compounds shall be applied immediately after final finishing in a continuous operation by power spray equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas that are subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain the continuity of the coating and repair damage to the coat during the entire curing period b. When curing compound is authorized for application to water retaining or below grade members, it shall be applied at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and then applied again at the same rate to provide twice the recommended coverage. c. At the end of the curing period, curing compound shall be removed where required by the Engineer. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-22 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 3o 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE. doc (CONFORMED) C. Curing Formed Surfaces: 1. Cure formed concrete surfaces, including the undersides of girders, beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with the forms in place unloosened for the full curing period or until forms are removed. Where wood forms are kept in place, water shall be added to keep the forms wet. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. D. Curing Unformed Surfaces: 1. Initially cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces by using the appropriate method specified above. 2. Final cure unformed surfaces, unless otherwise specified, by utilizing methods specified above, as applicable. E. Temperature Of Concrete During Curing: 1. When the atmospheric temperature is 40°F and below, maintain the concrete temperature between 50°F and 70°F continuously throughout the curing period. When necessary, make arrangement before concrete placing for heating, covering, insulation or housing as required to maintain the specified temperature and moisture conditions continuously for the concrete curing period. Provide cold weather protection complying with the requirements of ACI 306. 2. When the atmospheric temperature is 80°F and above, or during other climatic conditions which will cause too rapid drying of the concrete, make arrange- ments before the start of concrete placing for the installation of wind breaks or shading, and for fog spraying, wet sprinkling, or moisture retaining covering. Protect the concrete continuously for the concrete curing period. Provide hot weather protection complying with the requirements of ACI 305, unless otherwise specified. 3. Maintain concrete temperature as uniformly as possible, and protect from rapid atmospheric temperature changes. Avoid temperature changes in concrete which exceed 5°F in any one hour and 40°F in any 24-hour period. Provide necessary heating or cooling as required to prevent such temperature changes. F. Protection From Mechanical Injury: 1. During the curing period, protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances including load stresses, heavy shock, excessive vibration, and from damage caused by rain or flowing water. Protect all finished concrete surfaces from damage by subsequent construction operations. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner shall employ a testing laboratory to perform field quality control testing. Engineer will direct the number of tests and cylinders required. Contractor shall make standard compression test cylinders and entrained air tests as specified below, under the direct inspection by Engineer. Contractor shall also provide all labor, material and equipment required including, scale, glass tray, cones, rods, molds, air tester, thermometer, curing in a heated storage box, and all other incidentals required. Above will be subject to approval by Engineer. Contractor shall furnish all necessary storage and curing, as specified in Section 01_45_23, Testing and Inspection Services, and transportation required by the testing. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-23 9585A10 pw:HCarollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585AT/Specifications/JO Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) B. Quality Control Testing During Construction: 1. Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placement of concrete, as follows: a. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172. b. Concrete sampling for quality assurance: Concrete that is to be pumped or conveyed by bucket or crane shall be sampled at the point of discharge from the truck for information, including slump; and shall be sampled at the point of placement for acceptance of slump and air content. c. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge; and one for each set of compressive strength test specimens. d. Air Content: ASTM C 231; one for every other concrete load at point of discharge, or when required by an indication of change. e. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set of compression cylinders for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof, of each mix design placed in any one day; one specimen tested at seven days, and three specimens tested at 28 days. 1) Adjust mix if test results are unsatisfactory and resubmit for Engineer's approval. 2) Concrete that does not meet the strength requirements is subject to rejection and removal from the Work, or to other such corrective measures as directed by Engineer, at the expense of Contractor. f. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31; make one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 1) Cast, store and cure specimens as specified in ASTM C 31. g. Water Cementitious Materials Ratio: Perform one test from each sample from which compression test specimens are taken in accordance with AASHTO TP 23. h. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40°F and below, and when 80°F and above; and each time a set of compression test specimens is made. 2. The testing laboratory shall submit certified copies of test results directly to Engineer and Contractor within 24 hours after tests are made. 3. Representatives of the following testing agency will inspect, sample, and/or test materials. When it appears that the material furnished or work performed fails to conform to the Contract Documents, the testing agency will immediately report such deficiency to the Owner's representative, Engineer, and Contractor. 4. The testing agency and its representative are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, or release any requirements of the Contract Documents, nor to accept any portion of the Work. 5. The testing agency will report test and inspection results that pertain to the Work to the Engineer, Contractor and Owner's representative within 7 days after tests and inspections are performed. 6. Other Testing Services: The Contractor shall pay for the following testing services performed, when necessary and/or requested by the Owner: a. Additional testing and inspection required due to changes in materials or mixture proportions requested by the Contractor. b. Additional testing of materials or concrete due to failure to meet requirements of the Contract Documents. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-24 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClientrrX/Fort Worth19585A101SpecificationslJO Specs103 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) C. Evaluation Of Quality Control Tests: 1. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement, which has slump or total air content outside the specified values. 2. When water content testing indicates water-cementitious materials ratio to exceed specified requirements by more than 0.02, remaining batches needed to complete the concrete placement shall have water content decreased in the mix and water reducing admixture dosage increased as needed to bring the subsequently batched concrete within the specified water-cementitious materials ratio. Additional testing shall be done to verify compliance with the specified water-cementitious materials ratio. Concrete production for further concrete placements shall not resume until Contractor has identified the cause of the excess water in the mix and revised batching procedures and/or adjustments to mix design needed to bring water-cementitious materials ratio into conformance with specified requirements have been accepted by the Engineer. 3. Compressive strength tests for laboratory -cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed the 28 -day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete; and, no individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. a. Where questionable field conditions may exist during placing concrete or immediately thereafter, strength tests of specimens cured under field conditions will be required by Engineer to check the adequacy of curing and protecting of the concrete placed. Specimens shall be molded at the same time and from the same samples as the laboratory cured specimens. 1) Provide improved means and procedures for protecting concrete when the 28 -day compressive strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured cylinders. 2) When laboratory -cured cylinder strengths are appreciably higher than the minimum required compressive strength, field -cured cylinder strengths need not exceed the minimum required compressive strength by more than 500 psi even though the 85 percent criterion is not met. 3) If individual tests of laboratory -cured specimens produce strengths more than 500 psi below the required minimum compressive strength, or if tests of field -cured cylinders indicate deficiencies in protection and curing, provide additional measures to assure that the load-bearing capacity of the structure is not jeopardized. If the likelihood of low -strength concrete is confirmed and computations indicate the load-bearing capacity may have been significantly reduced, tests of cores drilled from the area in question will be re- quired at Contractor's expense. b. If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to replacement, reconstruction or to other action approved by Engineer. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-25 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) D. Testing Concrete Structure For Strength: 1. When there is evidence that the strength of the in-place concrete does not meet specification requirements, Contractor shall employ at its expense the services of a concrete testing service to take cores drilled from hardened concrete for compressive strength determination. Tests shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 42 and the following: a. Take at least three representative cores from each member or suspect area at locations directed by Engineer. b. Strength of concrete for each series of cores will be considered satisfactory if their average compressive strength is at least 85 percent and no single core is less than 75 percent of the 28 -day required compressive strength. c. Report test results to Engineer, in writing, on the same day that tests are made. Include in test reports, the Project Identification Name and Number, date, name of Contractor, name of concrete testing service, location of test core in the structure, type or class of concrete represented by core sample, nominal maximum size aggregate, design compressive strength, compression breaking strength and type of break (corrected for length -diameter ratio), direction of applied load to core with respect to horizontal plane of the concrete as placed, and the moisture condition of the core at time of testing. 2. Fill core holes solid with non -shrink, high strength grout, and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces. 3. Conduct static load test and evaluations complying with the requirements of ACI 318 if the results of the core tests are unsatisfactory, or if core tests are impractical to obtain, as directed by Engineer. 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Temporary Openings: 1. Openings in concrete walls and/or slabs required for passage of Work or installation of equipment and not shown on the Drawings shall be provided, but only with approval of the Engineer. 2. All temporary openings made in concrete shall be provided with waterstop in below grade or water retaining members. Continuity of required reinforcement shall be provided in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. 3. Temporary openings left in concrete structures shall be filled with concrete after the Work causing the need for the opening is in place, unless otherwise shown or directed by the Engineer. Mix, place and cure concrete as specified herein, to blend with in-place construction. Provide all other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the Work. B. Equipment Bases: 1. Unless specifically shown otherwise, provide concrete bases for all pumps and other equipment. Contractor shall coordinate and construct bases to the dimensions shown, or as required to meet manufacturers; requirements and Drawing elevations. Where no specific elevations are shown, bases shall be 6 - inches thick and extend 3 -inches outside the metal equipment base or supports. Bases shall have smooth trowel finish, unless a special finish such as terrazzo, ceramic tile or heavy duty concrete topping is required. In those cases, provide appropriate concrete finish. 2. Include all concrete equipment base work not specifically included under other Sections. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-26 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/DocumentslClientrMFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 3. In general, place bases up to 1 -inch below the metal base. Properly shim equipment to grade and fill 1 -inch void with non -shrink grout as specified in Section 03_60_00, Grout. C. Curbs: 1. Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. 2. Exterior curbs shall have rubbed finish for vertical surfaces and a broomed finish for top surfaces. 3.11 CONCRETE REPAIRS A. Repair of Formed Surfaces: 1. The following defects shall be repaired in all types of formed finishes: a. Spalls, bugholes, honeycombs, air bubbles, rock pockets, form depressions, and other defects that are more than 1/4 -inch in depth. b. Holes from tie rods and other form tie systems. c. Fins, offsets and other projections that extend more than 1/4 -inch beyond the designated member surface. d. Structural cracks, as defined by the Engineer. e. Non-structural cracks, as defined by the Engineer, which are greater than 0.010 -inch wide. In water retaining members, elevated slabs subject to rainfall and washdown, and below grade members, any crack that shows any amount of leakage. Where it is not possible to verify that a crack is not leaking, it shall be repaired. 2. The following defects shall be repaired in smooth finish surfaces, in addition to those listed above: a. Spalls, air bubbles, bugholes, honeycombs, rock pockets, form depressions, and other defects which extend to more than 1/2 -inch in width in any direction, no matter how deep. b. Spalls, air bubbles, rock pockets, form depressions, and other defects of any size that exceed three in number in a 12 -inch square or 12 in number in a three-foot square. c. Fins, offsets and other projections shall be completely removed and smoothed. d. Scratches and gouges in the surface. e. Texture and color irregularities. At water retaining surfaces, texture and color irregularities need not be repaired when greater than 12 -inches below the minimum normal operating water surface, except where such defects are indicative of reduced durability. 3. Where a smooth rubbed or grout cleaned finish is specified, minor surface defects repairable by the finishing process need not be repaired prior to the finish application, when approved by the Engineer. B. Method Of Repair Of Formed Surfaces: 1. Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar or concrete repair mortar immediately after removal of forms and as directed by Engineer. Repairs made to water bearing and buried surfaces shall be made with repair mortar only. Repairs of form tie holes on water bearing or buried surfaces shall be made with non -shrink grout as specified in Section 03_60_00, Grout. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-27 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Wo1h/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) 2. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no case, to a depth of less than 1 -inch for cement mortar and 1/2 -inch for repair mortar. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Before placing the cement mortar, thoroughly clean and brush -coat the area to be patched with the specified bonding agent. Where concrete repair mortar is used, bonding agent shall be optional and the surface prepared and mortar placed per manufacturers recommendations. a. Repairs at exposed -to -view surfaces shall match the color of surrounding concrete, except color matching is not required for the interior surfaces of liquid containers up to one foot below liquid level. Contractor shall impart texture to repaired surfaces to match texture of existing adjacent surfaces. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture, texture and color match before proceeding with the patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than the surrounding surface. 3. Structural cracks shall be pressure grouted using an injectable epoxy using a pumped pressure system. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 4. Non-structural cracks shall be pressure grouted using hydrophilic resin. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 5. Determination of the crack type shall be made by the Engineer. 6. Fill holes extending through concrete by means of a plunger- type gun or other suitable device from the least exposed face, using a flush stop held at the exposed face to ensure completely filling. At below grade and water retaining members, fill holes with concrete repair mortar except use a color matched cement mortar for the outer 2 -inches at exposed to view surfaces. 7. Where powerwashing and/or scrubbing is not adequate, abrasive blast exposed -to -view surfaces that require removal of stains, grout accumulations, sealing compounds, and other substances marring the surfaces. Use sand finer than No. 30 and air pressure from 15 to 25 psi. C. Repair Of Unformed Surfaces: 1. Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and to verify surface plane to the tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. 2. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having the required slope. Correct high and low areas as herein specified. 3. Repair finish of unformed surfaces that contain defects that adversely affect the durability of the concrete. Surface defects include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 -inch wide, spalling, popouts, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 4. Repair structural cracks in all structures and non-structural cracks in water -holding structures. In water -holding structures, where the dry face of the concrete member can be observed, cracks that show any rate of water flow shall be repaired. Where the dry face of the member cannot be observed, all cracks shall be repaired. D. Methods Of Repair Of Unformed Surfaces: 1. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after the concrete has cured sufficiently so that repairs can be made without damage to adjacent areas. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-28 9585A10 pw:l/Carollo/DocumentslClientrMFort Worthl9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 TOO CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE. doc (CONFORMED) 2. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after comple- tion of surface finishing operations by cutting out the low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Where the concrete has already set and repairs are required, sawcut around the perimeter of the area to be repaired to a 1/2 -inch depth and remove concrete so that the minimum thickness of the repair is 1/2 -inch. Apply specified concrete repair mortar in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 3. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 -inch diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts, and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 -inch clearance all around. The minimum thickness of the repair shall be 1.5 -inches. Dampen all concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and brush with the specified bonding agent. Place patching concrete while the bonding agent is still tacky. Mix patching concrete of the same materials and proportions to provide concrete of the same classification as the original adjacent concrete. Place, compact and finish as required to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in the same manner as adjacent concrete. 4. Repair isolated random non-structural cracks (in members which are not below grade or water retaining), and single holes not over 1 -inch diameter, by the dry -pack method. Groove the top of cracks, and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen all cleaned concrete surfaces and brush with the specified bonding agent. Place dry -pack before the cement grout takes its initial set. Mix dry -pack, consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched areas continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. 5. Structural cracks shall be pressure grouted using an injectable epoxy. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 6. Non-structural cracks in below grade and water retaining structures shall be pressure grouted using hydrophilic resin. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 7. Determination of the crack type shall be made by the Engineer. 8. Assure that surface is acceptable for flooring material to be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Other Methods Of Repair: 1. Repair methods not specified above may be used if approved by Engineer. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_30_00-29 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocuments/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION 03_60_00 GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install grout. 2. The types of grout include the following: a. Non -Shrink Grout: This type of grout is to be used wherever grout is shown in the Contract Documents, unless another type is specifically referenced. Two classes of non -shrink grout (Class I and II) and areas of application are specified herein. b. Non -Shrink Epoxy Grout (Class III). c. Grout Fill, Topping Grout. d. Construction Joint Grout. B. Related Sections: 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor's Work. C. Application: 1. The following is a listing of typical applications and the corresponding type of grout which is to be used. Unless indicated otherwise, grouts shall be provided as listed below whether called for on the Drawings or not. Application Type of Grout Beam and column (1 or 2 story) base Non -shrink Class II plates less than 16 -inches in the least dimension. Column base plates (greater than 2 story Non -shrink Class I or larger than 16- inches in the least dimension). Base plates for storage tanks and other Non -shrink Class I non -motorized equipment and machinery less than 30 horsepower. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_60_00-1 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/ClientrrX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 60 00 GROUT.doc (CONFORMED) Machinery over 30 horsepower and equipment under 30 horsepower but subject to severe shock loads and high vibration. Filling blockout spaces for embedded items such as railing posts, gate guide frames, etc. Toppings and concrete fill less than 4 - inches thick. Non -shrink Class III Non -shrink Class II (Class I where place- ment time exceeds 15 minutes). Grout Fill, Topping Grout. Toppings and concrete fill greater than 4- Class B Concrete in accordance with inches thick. Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete. All anchor bolts and reinforcing steel set Refer to Section 03_20_00, Concrete in grout. Reinforcement, and Section 05_50_01, Anchorages. Any application not listed above, where Non -shrink Class I, unless noted other - grout is called for on the Drawings. wise. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 1. Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. a. ACI 211. 1, Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavy -Weight and Mass Concrete. b. ACI 301, Specification for Structural Concrete (Includes ASTM Standards referred to herein). c. ASTM C 33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates. d. ASTM C 109, Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (using 2 -in. or 50 mm. Cube Specimens). e. ASTM C 150, Specification for Portland Cement. f. ASTM C 230, Specification for Flow Table for use in Tests of Hydraulic Cement. g. ASTM C 531, Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical- Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings. h. ASTM C 579, Test Method for Compressive Strength of Chemical - Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes. i. ASTM C 827, Test Method for Early Volume Change of Cementitious Mixtures. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_60_00-2 9585A10 pw:llCarollo/DocumentslClienUTX/Fort Worthl9585A101SpecificationslJQ Specs/03 60 00 GROUT.doc (CONFORMED) j. ASTM C 882, Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy -Resin Systems Used with Concrete. k. ASTM C 937, Specification for Grout Fluidifier for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete. I. ASTM C 939, Text Method for Flow of Grout for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete (Flow Cone Method). m. ASTM C 1107, Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Non -shrink). n. ASTM C 1181, Test Method for Compressive Creep of Chemical - Resistant Polymer Machinery Grouts. o. ASTM D 696, Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics. B. Field Tests: 1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each type of grout, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Engineer to ensure continued compliance with these specifications. The specimens will be made by the Engineer or its representative. 2. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for non -shrink grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 109 at intervals during construction as selected by the Engineer. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at seven days, 28 days, and each additional time period as appropriate. 3. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for epoxy grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 579, Method B, at intervals during construction as selected by the Engineer. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at seven days, and each earlier time period as appropriate. 4. The cost of all laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the Owner, but Contractor shall assist in obtaining specimens for testing. However, Contractor shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which does not conform to the requirements of the specifications. Contractor shall supply all materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit for approval the following: a. For Grout Fill and Construction Joint Grout, copies of grout design mix and laboratory test reports for grout strength tests. B. Reports And Certificates: 1. Submit for approval the following: a. For proprietary materials, submit copies of manufacturer's certification of compliance with the specified properties for Class I, II, and III grouts. b. Submit certified testing lab reports for ASTM C 1107, Grade B and Grade C (as revised herein) requirements for Class I and II grouts tested at a fluid consistency for temperatures of 45, 73.4, 90°F with a pot life of 30 minutes at fluid consistency. c. Submit certification that materials meet specification requirements for nonproprietary materials. d. Submit certifications that all grouts used on the project are free of chlorides or other chemicals causing corrosion. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_60_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 60 00 GROUT.doc (CONFORMED) e. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all proprietary materials. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Materials: Grout materials from manufacturers shall be delivered in unopened containers and shall bear intact manufacturer's labels. B. Storage of Materials: Grout materials shall be stored in a dry shelter and shall be protected from moisture. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUTS A. General: 1. Non -shrink grout shall be a prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas - liberating, non-metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each bag or other container in which the materials are packaged. The specific formulation for each class of non -shrink grout specified herein shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. B. Class I Non -Shrink Grout: 1, Class I non -shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 7000 psi. This grout is for precision grouting and where water tightness and non -shrink reliability in both plastic and hardened states are critical. Refer to areas of application as specified herein. 2. Shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 Grade C and B (as modified below) when tested using the amount of water required to achieve the following properties: a. Fluid consistency (20 to 30 seconds) in accordance with ASTM C 939. b. At temperatures of 45, 73.4, and 95°F. 3. The length change from placement to time of final set shall not have a shrinkage greater than the amount of expansion measured at 3 or 14 days. The expansion at 3 or 14 days shall not exceed the 28 -day expansion. 4. The non -shrink property is not based on a chemically generated gas or gypsum expansion. 5. Fluid grout shall pass through the flow cone, with a continuous flow, one hour after mixing. 6. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: Masterflow 928, as manufactured by BASF. Hi -Flow Grout, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company C. Class II Non -Shrink Grout: 1. Class II non -shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 7000 psi. This grout is for general purpose grouting applications as specified herein. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_60_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 60 00 GROUT.doc (CONFORMED) 2. Shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and the following requirements when tested using the amount of water required to achieve the following properties: a. Flowable consistency (140 percent flow on ASTM C 230, five drops in 30 seconds). b. Fluid working time of at least 15 minutes. c. Flowable for at least 30 minutes. 3. The grout when tested shall not bleed at maximum allowed water. 4. The non -shrink property is not based on a chemically generated gas or gypsum expansion. 5. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 6. Set Grout, as manufactured by BASF, Inc. NS Grout, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company. D. Class III Non -Shrink Epoxy Grout: 1. Epoxy grout shall be a pourable, non -shrink, 100 percent solids system. The epoxy grout system shall have three components: resin, hardener, and specially blended aggregate, all premeasured and prepackaged. The resin component shall not contain any non-reactive diluents. Resins containing butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) or other highly volatile and hazardous reactive diluents are not acceptable. Variation of component ratios is not permitted, unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each container in which the materials are packaged. The following properties shall be attained with the minimum quantity of aggregate allowed by the manufacturer. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. E3 -HP, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikadur 42 Grout Pak, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. c. Masterflow 648 CP, as manufactured by BASF. 3. The vertical volume change at all times before hardening shall be between 0.0 percent shrinkage and four percent expansion when measured according to ASTM C 827 (modified for epoxy grouts by using an indicator ball with a specific gravity between 0.9 and 1.1). Alternately, epoxy grouts which maintain an effective bearing area of not less than 95 percent are acceptable. 4. The length change after hardening shall be negligible (less than 0.0006 in/in) and the coefficient of thermal expansion shall be less than 0.00003 in/in/F when tested in accordance to the requirements of ASTM C 531. 5. The compressive creep at one year shall be negligible (less than .001 in/in) when tested under a 400 psi constant load at 140°F in accordance to the requirements of ASTM C 1181. 6. The seven day compressive strength shall be a minimum of 13,000 psi when tested in accordance to the requirements of ASTM C 579. 7. The grout shall be capable of maintaining at least a flowable consistency for a minimum of 30 minutes at 70°F. 8. The shear bond strength to portland cement concrete shall be greater than the shear strength of the concrete when tested in accordance to the requirements of ASTM C 882. 9. The effective bearing area shall be a minimum of 95 percent. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_60_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client rX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 60 00 GROUT.doc (CONFORMED) E. Grout Fill, Topping Grout: 1. Grout for topping of slabs and concrete fill for built-up surfaces of tank, channel, and basin bottoms shall be composed of cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, water, and admixtures proportioned and mixed as specified herein. All materials and procedures specified for normal concrete in Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete, shall apply except as noted otherwise herein. 2. Topping grout and concrete fill shall contain a minimum of 564 pounds of cement per cubic yard with a maximum water cement ratio of 0.45. Where concrete fill is thicker than 4 -inches, Class B concrete, as specified in Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete, may be used when accepted by the Engineer. 3. Coarse aggregate shall be graded as follows: U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZE 1/2 -inch 3/8 -inch No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 PERCENT BY WEIGHT PASSING 100 90 to 100 20 to 55 5 to 30 0 to 10 0 4. Final mix design shall be as determined by trial mix design under supervision of the approved testing laboratory. 5. Strength: Minimum compressive strength of Grout Fill at the end of 28 days shall be 4000 psi. F. Construction Joint Grout: 1. Construction Joint Grout approximates Class A concrete, as specified in Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete, with aggregate coarser than 1/2- inch removed. The mix shall be designed as flowable with a high mortar content. It is intended to be placed over construction joints and mixed with Class A concrete as specified in Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete. The mix requirements are as follows: a. Compressive Strength: 4,500 psi minimum at 28 -days. b. Maximum Water -Cement Ratio: 0.45 by weight. c. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33, No. 8 size. d. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33, approximately 60 percent by weight of total aggregate. e. Air Content: 8±1 percent. f. Minimum Cement Content: 752 pounds per cubic yard. G. Requirements for Grout Fill and Construction Joint Grout 1. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the Project for grout required. Comply with ACI 211.1 and report to Engineer the following data: a. Complete identification of aggregate source of supply. b. Tests of aggregates for compliance with specified requirements. c. Scale weight of each aggregate. d. Absorbed water in each aggregate. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_60_00-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 60 00 GROUT.doc (CONFORMED) e. Brand, type and composition of cement. f. Brand, type and amount of each admixture. g. Amounts of water used in trial mixes. h. Proportions of each material per cubic yard. i. Gross weight and yield per cubic yard of trial mixtures. j. Measured slump. k. Measured air content. I. Compressive strength developed at seven days and 28 days, from not less than three test specimens cast for each seven day and 28 -day test, and for each design mix. 2. Submit written reports to Engineer of proposed mix of grout at least 30 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin grout production until mixes have been approved by Engineer. 3. Laboratory Trial Batches: When laboratory trial batches are used to select grout proportions, prepare test specimens and conduct strength tests as specified in ACI 301, Section 4 - Proportioning. However, mixes need not be designed for greater than 125 percent of the specified strength, regardless of the standard deviation of the production facility. 4. Field Experience Method: When field experience methods are used to select grout proportions, establish proportions as specified in ACI 301, Section 4. 5. Admixtures: Use air -entraining admixture in all grout. Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities and types of admixtures as required to maintain quality control. Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in the accepted design mix, unless otherwise authorized in writing by Engineer. 2.02 CURING MATERIALS A. Curing materials shall be as specified in Section 03_30_00, Cast -in -Place Concrete, and as recommended by the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts. 2.03 CONSISTENCY A. The consistency of grouts shall be that necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted for the particular application. B. The slump for topping grout and grout fill shall be adjusted to match placement and finishing conditions, but shall not exceed 4 -inches. C. The slump for Construction Joint Grout shall be 7 ± 1 -inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall examine the substrate and conditions under which grout is to be placed and notify Engineer, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Engineer. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_60_00-7 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585Af 0/Specifications/JQ Specs/03 60 00 GROUT.doc (CONFORMED) 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Place grout as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. If manufacturer's instructions conflict with the Specifications do not proceed until Engineer provides clarification. 2. Manufacturers of proprietary products shall make available upon 72 hours notification the services of a qualified, full time employee to aid in assuring proper use of the product under job conditions. 3. Placing grout shall conform to temperature and weather limitations in Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete. 4. Grout shall be cured following manufacturer's instructions for prepackaged grout and the requirements in Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete, for grout fill and topping grout. B. Columns, Beams And Equipment Bases: 1. Epoxy grout: After shimming equipment to proper grade, securely tighten anchor bolts. Properly form around the base plates, allowing sufficient room around the edges for placing the grout. Adequate depth between the bottom of the base plate and the top of concrete base must be provided to assure that the void is completely filled with the epoxy grout. 2. Non -shrink, non-metallic grout: After shimming columns, beams and equipment to proper grade, securely tighten anchor bolts. Properly form around the base plates allowing sufficient room around the edges for placing the grout. Adequate depth between the bottom of the base plate and the top of concrete base must be provided to assure that the void is completely filled with the non -shrink, non-metallic grout. C. Handrails And Railings: 1. After posts have been properly inserted into the holes or sleeves, fill the annular space between posts and sleeve with the non -shrink, non-metallic grout. Bevel grout at juncture with post so that moisture flows away from post. D. Construction Joints: 1. Place a 2 -inch minimum thick layer of Construction Joint Grout over the contact surface of the old concrete at the interface of horizontal construction joints as specified in Section 03_15_16, Concrete Joints, and Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete. E. Topping Grout: 1. All mechanical, electrical, and finish work shall be completed prior to placement of topping grout. The base slab shall be given a roughened textured surface by sandblasting or hydroblasting exposing the aggregates to ensure bonding to the base slab. 2. The minimum thickness of grout topping shall be 1 -inch. September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_60_00-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/SpecificationsW Specs/03 60 00 GROUT.doc (CONFORMED) 3. The base slab shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted prior to placing topping and fill. No topping concrete shall be placed until the slab is complete free from standing pools or ponds of water. A thin coat of neat Type II cement slurry shall be broomed into the surface of the slab and topping or fill concrete shall be placed while the slurry is still wet. The topping and fill shall be compacted by rolling or tamping, brought to established grade, and floated. Grouted fill for tank and basin bottoms where scraping mechanisms are to be installed shall be screeded by blades attached to the revolving mechanism of the equipment in accordance with the procedures outlined by the equipment manufacturer after the grout is brought to the established grade. 4. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. 5. The surface shall be tested with a straight edge to detect high and low spots which shall be immediately eliminated. When the topping has hardened sufficiently, it shall be steel troweled to a smooth surface free from pinholes and other imperfections. An approved type of mechanical trowel may be used as an assist in this operation, but the last pass over the surface shall be by hand -troweling. During finishing, no water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be applied to the surface. 6. Cure and protect the grout topping as specified in Section 03_30_00, Cast -In - Place Concrete. F. Grout Fill: 1. All mechanical, electrical, and finish work shall be completed prior to placement of grout fill. Grout fill shall be mixed, placed, and finished as required in Section 03_30_00, Cast -In -Place Concrete. 2. The minimum thickness of grout fill shall be 1 -inch. Where the finished surface of grout fill is to form an intersecting angle of less than 45 degrees with the concrete surface it is to be placed against, a key shall be formed in the concrete surface at the intersection point. The key shall be a minimum of 3 -1/2 -inches wide by 1 -1/2 -inches deep. 3. The surface shall be tested with a straight edge to verify that the surface slopes uniformly to drain and to detect high and low spots which shall be immediately eliminated. When the grout fill has hardened sufficiently, it shall be steel troweled to a smooth surface free from pinholes and other imperfections. During finishing, no water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be applied to the surface. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 03_60_00-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/03 60 00 GROUT.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION 04_05_17 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Mortar and grout for masonry construction. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 2. C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 3. C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 4. C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 5. C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout. 6. C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry. 7. C780 - Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. 8. C1019 - Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Alkali: Sum of sodium oxide and potassium oxide calculated as sodium oxide. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Compressive strength: 1. Mortar: Minimum 1,800 pounds per square inch at 28 days. 2. Grout: Minimum 2,000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. B. Mortar color: 1. To match existing adjacent buildings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product data. B. Shop drawings. C. Mortar color samples. D. Design Mixes for mortar and grout. E. Test reports: 1. Mortar Strength Test Results. 2. Grout Strength Test Results. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_17-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_05_17 (CONFORMED) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials for mortar and grout: Do not change source of materials which will affect the appearance of finished work after the work has started unless acceptable to Engineer. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental requirements: 1. Cold weather requirements: a. Cold Weather Construction: In accordance with the building code as specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements. b. Provide adequate equipment for heating mortar and grout materials when air temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 1) Temperatures of separate materials, including water, shall not exceed 140 degrees Fahrenheit when placed in mixer. 2) Maintain mortar temperature on boards above freezing. 2. Hot weather requirements: a. Wet mortar board before loading and cover mortar to retard drying when not being used. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: 1. Type II, low alkali, containing maximum 0.6 percent total alkali in accordance with ASTM C150. B. Hydrated lime: 1. Type S in accordance with ASTM C207. C. Aggregate for mortar: 1. Fine aggregate: Sand in accordance with ASTM C144. D. Aggregate for grout: 1. Fine aggregate: Size Number 2 in accordance with ASTM C404. 2. Coarse aggregate: Size Number 8 in accordance with ASTM C404. E. Admixtures: 1. Mortar color admixture: a. Containing maximum 15 percent lime proof, inorganic compounds, unless recommended otherwise by manufacturer. b. Maximum 3 percent carbon black by weight of cement. c. Factory blend for full color saturation of mortar joint. d. Packaging for unitized jobsite mixing at ratio of 1 unit of color per sack of portland cement. 2. Grout admixture: a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Sika Corp., Sika Grout Aid, Type II. 2) Concrete Emulsions, Grout Aid GA -II. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_17-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Cllent/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_05_17 (CONFORMED) 3. Mortar water repellent admixture: a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Sika Corp., Sikaproof 85. 2) W.R. Grace, Dry Block Mortar. 3) BASF, Rheopel Plus Mortar Admixture. 4. Other admixtures: a. Prohibited, unless accepted by the Engineer. F. Water: Clean, clear, potable, free of oil, soluble salts, chemicals, and other deleterious substances. G. Other materials: 1. Prohibited, unless acceptable to Engineer. 2.02 MIXES A. Mortar mix: 1. Portland cement -lime mortar. 2. Mortar mix proportions by volume: As indicated in the following table: MORTAR TYPE PARTS BY VOLUME OF PORTLAND CEMENT PARTS BY VOLUME OF HYDRATED LIME AGGREGATE MEASURED IN A DAMP LOOSE CONDITION S 1 Greater than 1/4 to 1/2 Not less than 2-1/4 and not more than 3 times the sum of the separate volumes of cementitious materials N 1 Greater than 1/2 to Not less than 2-1/4 and not 1 '/4 more than 3 times the sum of the separate volumes of cementitious materials 3. Mortar mixing: a. Mix on jobsite in accordance with ASTM C270. b. Mix in mechanical mixer and only in quantities needed for immediate use. c. Mix for minimum 3 minutes, and maximum of 5 minutes after materials have been added to mixer. 4. Measurement by volume: Measurement of constituents shall be accomplished by the use of a container of known capacity. 5. Water shall be mixed with the dry ingredients in sufficient amount to provide a workable mixture which will adhere to the vertical surfaces of masonry units. a. Use no mortar which has been standing for more than 1 hour after being mixed. 6. Whenever 90 minutes has elapsed since last batch was mixed, completely empty mixer drum of materials and wash down before placing next batch of materials. B. Grout mix: 1. Grout mix proportions by volume: As indicated in the following table: September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_17-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_05_17 (CONFORMED) 2. Grout mixing: a. Mix on jobsite or in a transit mix in accordance with ASTM C476 b. Slump: 8 to 11 inches, unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. c. Use within 90 minutes after addition of mixing water. d. Mix for minimum of 5 minutes after ingredients are added and until uniform mix is attained. Grout shall have sufficient water added to produce pouring consistency without segregation. 3. Use coarse grout for hollow cell masonry units with minimum 4 -inch cell dimensions in both horizontal directions. a. Calculate cell dimension for this criterion by subtracting diameter(s) of any horizontal reinforcement crossing the cell from clear cell dimensions of the masonry unit. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Trial batches: a. Have trial batches of mortar and grout prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to Engineer. b. Prepare trial batches with sufficient quantity to determine slump, workability, and consistency and to provide sufficient material for tests. 2. Mortar trial batch strength testing: a. Compressive strength tests on trial batches of mortar: In accordance with ASTM C780, Annex A7 by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer. b. Cost of tests and trial batches shall be paid by the Contractor. 3. Grout trial batch strength testing: a. Compressive strength tests of trial batches of grout: In accordance with ASTM C1019 by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer. b. Cost of tests and trial batches shall be paid by the Contractor. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_17-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/For WoW9585A10/Specifications/04_05_17 (CONFORMED) AGGREGATE MEASURED IN A TYPE PARTS BY VOLUME DAMP LOOSE CONDITION Fine Coarse OF OF PORTLAND PARTS BY VOLUME GROUT CEMENT OF HYDRATED LIME Aggregate Aggregate Fine 1 0-1/10 2-1/4 to 3 times grout the sum of the volumes of the - cementitious materials Coarse 1 0-1/10 2-1/4 to 3 times 1 to 2 times grout the sum of the the sum of the volumes of the volumes of the cementitious cementitious materials materials 2. Grout mixing: a. Mix on jobsite or in a transit mix in accordance with ASTM C476 b. Slump: 8 to 11 inches, unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. c. Use within 90 minutes after addition of mixing water. d. Mix for minimum of 5 minutes after ingredients are added and until uniform mix is attained. Grout shall have sufficient water added to produce pouring consistency without segregation. 3. Use coarse grout for hollow cell masonry units with minimum 4 -inch cell dimensions in both horizontal directions. a. Calculate cell dimension for this criterion by subtracting diameter(s) of any horizontal reinforcement crossing the cell from clear cell dimensions of the masonry unit. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Trial batches: a. Have trial batches of mortar and grout prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to Engineer. b. Prepare trial batches with sufficient quantity to determine slump, workability, and consistency and to provide sufficient material for tests. 2. Mortar trial batch strength testing: a. Compressive strength tests on trial batches of mortar: In accordance with ASTM C780, Annex A7 by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer. b. Cost of tests and trial batches shall be paid by the Contractor. 3. Grout trial batch strength testing: a. Compressive strength tests of trial batches of grout: In accordance with ASTM C1019 by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer. b. Cost of tests and trial batches shall be paid by the Contractor. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_17-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/For WoW9585A10/Specifications/04_05_17 (CONFORMED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of grout and mortar: 1. During progress of construction, the Owner will have tests made to determine whether the grout and mortar, as being produced, complies with Specifications. 2. Compressive strength tests for mortar: In accordance with ASTM C780, Annex A7 as modified in the following paragraphs. a. Spread mortar on the masonry units in a layer 1/2 to 5/8 inch thick. b. Allow mortar to stand for one minute, then remove and place in a 2 -inch by 4 -inch cylinder mold. Place mortar in two layers compressing the mortar using the flat end of a stick or fingers. Lightly tap the mold on opposite sides. Level off and immediately cover molds, keeping them damp until taken to the laboratory. c. After 48 hour set, remove mortar specimens from molds and store in a fog room until tested. Water curing (curing in tanks) is not permitted. d. Test specimens in damp condition. 3. Compressive strength test for grout: In accordance with ASTM C1019. 4. The Engineer will make and deliver test specimens to the laboratory and testing expense will be borne by the Owner. 5. Required number of tests: a. At least 2 test specimens of grout and mortar will be made per week. 6. Do not use grout and mortar that does not meet specification. a. Remove such mortar and grout from Project site. 7. Make provisions for and furnish grout and mortar for test specimens, and provide manual assistance to the Engineer in preparing test specimens. 8. Assume responsibility for care of and providing proper curing conditions for test specimens. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Repair of defective masonry: 1. Remove and replace or repair defective work. 2. Do not patch, repair, or cover defective work without inspection by the Engineer. 3. Provide repairs having strength equal to or greater than specified strength for areas involved. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_17-5 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585MO/Specifications/04_05_17 (CONFORMED) SECTION 04_05_23 MASONRY ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Air and vapor barrier. 2. Adjustable wall ties. 3. Anchor bolts. 4. Control joint filler. 5. Reinforcing bars. 6. Wire joint reinforcement, single Wythe type. 7. Through -wall flashing. 8. Flashing sealant. 9. Mortar collection device. 10. Weep holes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. A951 - Standard Specification for Masonry Joint Reinforcement. 4. C549 - Standard Specification for Perlite Loose Fill Insulation. 5. D2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. 6. D2287 - Standard Specification for Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer Molding and Extrusion Compounds. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The Drawings contain general notes concerning amount of reinforcement and placing, details of reinforcement at wall corners and intersections, and details of extra reinforcement around openings in masonry. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Reinforcing bars: 1. Changes to reinforcing steel contract drawing requirements: a. Indicate in separate letter submitted with shop drawings any changes of requirements indicated on the Drawings for reinforcing steel. b. Such changes will not be acceptable unless the Engineer has accepted such changes in writing. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_23-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_05_23 (CONFORMED) c. Reinforcement detail drawings: 1) Review of reinforcement shop drawings by the Engineer will be limited to general compliance with the Contract Documents. d. Welding procedures. B. Product data. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing and shipping: 1. Deliver bars bundled and tagged with identifying tags. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Air and vapor barrier: Permeable fluid -applied air and vapor barrier, flexible over a wide temperature range, asphalt -free formulation and ABA evaluated. Provide manufacturer's standard primer, mastic and detail tape for a warrantied system. 1. Manufacturers: The following or equal: a. Hohmann & Barnard, ENVIRO-BARRIER VP. B. Adjustable wall ties: 2 -piece zinc coated fabrications, minimum 3/16 -inch diameter steel wire formed into hook or pin and eye pieces, capable of restraining compression and tension forces from veneer. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Hohmann & Barnard, Adjustable Wall Ties, including Seismic Hook (SH) and continuous W1.7 Veneer wire. C. Anchor bolts: 1. Cast-in/built-in steel anchors: As specified in Section 05_50_01 Anchorages to Concrete and Masonry. a. Includes: anchor bolts, anchor rods, deformed bar anchors, and welded studs). 2. Post -installed steel anchors: As specified in Section 05_50_01 Anchoragesto Concrete and Masonry. a. Includes concrete anchors for concrete masonry, and screw anchors for concrete masonry. D. Control joint filler: The key shall be of the width and shape as indicated on the Drawings. In accordance with ASTM D2000 or ASTM D2287. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Hohmann & Barnard, VS Standard. b. Wire -Bond, No. 2901. c. Southern Metals and Plastics, No. CJ1. E. Reinforcing bars: 1. Deformed bars in accordance with ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2. Provide reinforcing steel that is of quality specified, free from excessive rust or scale or any defects affecting its usefulness. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_23-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_05_23 (CONFORMED) F. Rebar positioners: 1. Z-shaped wire to bridge the cells of the block for positioning rebars in center of the block. a. Hohmann & Barnard, RB. G. Wire joint reinforcement, single Wythe type: In accordance with ASTM A 951 with ASTM A 82, 9 -gauge, 3/16 -inch wire side rails and 9 -gauge cross ties, sized to suit application, and galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153, Class B (minimum 1.5 ounces zinc per square foot). 1. Manufacturers: Following or equal: a. Hohmann & Barnard, 270 LOX -ALL Adjustable Reinforcement Ladder Type Wall Reinforcement (9 gauge standard). H. Through -wall flashing: 1. Self -adhering stainless steel fabric flashing product. The adhesive is factory laminated, material is Class A consisting of a polymeric fabric with a single sheet of 304 stainless steel bonded to one side. Conforming to ASTM D3273. a. Manufacturers: The following or equal: 1) Hohmann & Barnard, Mighty -Flash SA. 2. Drip edge: Factory -formed hemmed edge for uniform appearance. Depth as recommended by manufacturer. a. Manufacturers: The following or equal: 1) Hohmann & Barnard, DP. 3. Termination Bars: For securing top edge of flashing to wall, stainless steel finish. a. Manufacturers: The following or equal: 1) Hohmann & Barnard, T1. 4. Water based primer for self-adhesive membranes: Water-based primer, which imparts an aggressive, high -tack finish on treated surface. a. Manufacturers: The following or equal: 1) Hohmann & Barnard, Primer -SA. 5. Corners and end dams: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel placed underneath flashing. a. Manufacturers: The following or equal: 1) Hohmann & Barnard, ST/Steel. Flashing sealant: Non -staining, butyl -rubber compound, suitable for in-service temperature of -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 180 degrees Fahrenheit and compatible with the specified materials. Mortar Collection Device: High-density polyethylene (HDPE) strands woven into a 90 percent open mesh, compressible and no fasteners required. 1. Manufacturers: The following or equal: a. Hohmann & Barnard, Mortar Trap. K. Weep holes: 3/8 inch by 3-3/8 inch by 2-1/2 inch high honeycomb design to fit in head joint of veneer units to promote drainage of the air space cavity. 1. Manufacturers: The following or equal: a. Hohmann & Barnard, QV Quadro-Vent. 2. Weep holes shall be manufactured of ultraviolet -light resistant polypropylene cellular 3/8 inch thick. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_23-3 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_05_23 (CONFORMED) 3. Color shall be selected from manufacturer's standard colors to most closely match the selected mortar color. 4. Size shall match the depth and height of the veneer units selected. L. Masonry cleaner: As recommended by manufacturer and in compliance with Section 07_19_00 - Water Repellants. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Reinforcing bars: 1. Cut and bend bars in accordance with building code as specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements. 2. Bend bars cold. 3. Provide bars free from defects and kinks and from bends not indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of conditions: 1. Reinforcing bars: a. Verify that bars are new stock free from rust scale, loose mill scale, excessive rust, dirt, oil, and other coatings which adversely affect bonding capacity when placed in the work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Reinforcing bars: 1. Thin coating of red rust resulting from short exposure will not be considered objectionable. Thoroughly clean any bars that have rust scale, loose mill scale, or thick rust coat. 2. Remove concrete or other deleterious coatings from dowels and other projecting bars by wire brushing or sandblasting before bars are embedded in subsequent masonry placement. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Reinforcing bars: 1. No field bending of bars will be allowed. 2. Welding: a. Weld reinforcing bars where indicated on the Drawings or acceptable to the Engineer. b. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.4. c. Submit welding procedures. d. Do not tack weld reinforcing bars. B. Placing reinforcing bars: 1. Accurately place bars and adequately secure them in position. 2. Overlap bars at splices as indicated on the Drawings or specified. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_23-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client(TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_05_23 (CONFORMED) 3. If not indicated on the Drawings, lap splice bars in masonry in accordance with the building code as specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_05_23-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVMFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_05_23 (CONFORMED) SECTION 04_21_13 BRICK MASONRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Brick masonry units. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C62 - Standard Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale). 2. C67 - Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile. 3. C216 - Standard Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale). 4. C652 - Standard specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product data. B. Shop drawings: Include elevations of each wall indicating type and layout of units. C. Samples: Include samples of stretcher units in sufficient quantity to illustrate color range. D. Test reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Continuous inspection: 1. Employ a qualified masonry inspector for continuous inspection of the masonry work. a. Acceptance by a state or municipality having a program of examining and certifying masonry inspectors will be considered adequate qualifications. b. The masonry inspector shall be at the site during all masonry construction and perform the following duties: 1) Review drawings and specifications and meet with the Contractor to discuss requirements before work commences. 2) Before masonry work commences, Contractor and the Contractor's Quality Control Representative shall attend meeting with Engineer to review the requirements for surveillance and quality control of the masonry work. 3) Check brand and type of cement, lime (if used), and source of sand. 4) Ensure that foundation is clean, rough, and ready to receive units. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) 5) Check reinforcing steel dowels for straightness, proper alignment, spacing, size, and length. 6) Observe field proportioning of mortar. Visually check aggregate to determine uniformity of grading, cleanliness, and moisture. 7) Ensure that joints are full of mortar and kept tight during work. a) Inspect grout cells to ensure that fins will not interfere with grouting. b) Ensure that masons keep grout cells clean of mortar droppings and inspect to determine compliance. 8) Continuously observe placing of grout. 9) Perform or supervise performance of required sampling and testing. 2. Keep complete record of inspections. Report daily to the Contractor's Quality Control Representative the progress of the masonry inspection. B. Mock-up: 1. Prior to starting construction of masonry, construct minimum 4 -foot square mock-up. 2. Use accepted materials, containing each different kind and color of brick masonry units to illustrate wall design. 3. When not accepted, construct another mock-up. 4. When accepted, mock-up will be standard of comparison for remainder of masonry work. 5. Upon completion of Project, dispose of mock-ups in legal manner at offsite location. C. Pre -installation conference: Conduct as specified in Section 01_31_19 - Project Meetings. D. Masonry prism testing: Perform masonry prism testing in accordance with building code. E. A letter of certification from the supplier of the materials used to verify in accordance with building code, shall be provided at the time of, or prior to, delivery of the materials to the jobsite. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle brick masonry units as required to prevent discoloration, chipping, and breakage. B. Locate storage piles, stacks, and bins to protect materials from heavy traffic. C. Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise defective units from jobsite upon discovery. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold weather requirements: 1. In accordance with the building code as specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements. 2. Provide adequate equipment for heating masonry materials when air temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) B. Hot weather requirements: 1. When ambient air temperature exceeds 100 degrees Fahrenheit, or when ambient air temperature exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit and wind velocity is greater than 8 miles per hour, implement hot weather protection procedures. 2. Wet mortarboard before loading and cover mortar to retard drying when not being used. 3. Do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead of placing masonry units. 4. Place masonry units within 1 minute of spreading mortar. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Order brick masonry units (8 weeks minimum) well before start of installation to ensure adequate time for manufacturing. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 HOLLOW LOAD BEARING BRICK MASONRY UNITS A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Interstate Brick Co. 2. General Shale Brick Co. B. Type: ASTM C652, Grade SW, Type HBS with minimum compressive strength of 2,500 pounds per square inch. C. Surface texture: To be selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of available textures. D. Colors: 1. Shall match adjacent buildings on site. E. Size: 8 inches wide, by 4 inches high, by 12 inches long, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. F. Coursing: 4 inches wide, by 8 inches high, by 8 inches deep. G. Special sizes and shapes: As required for window and door soldier coursing and custom sills where indicated; bond beams, piers, lintels, control joints, and other special applications to minimize cutting. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent construction with appropriate means from mortar droppings and other effects of laying of brick masonry units. B. Thoroughly clean foundations of laitance, grease, oil, mud, dirt, mortar droppings, and other objectionable matter. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client(TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) 3.02 BRICK MASONRY UNITS A. Provide custom level of quality in accordance with ASTM C62 and C 216. B. Lay masonry units damp. (Wet bricks with fine spray about 4 hours prior to their use). C. Lay units in uniform and true courses, level, plumb, and without projections or offset of adjacent units. D. Lay units to preserve unobstructed vertical continuity of cells to be filled with grout or insulation. E. Align vertical cells to be filled with grout to maintain clear, unobstructed continuous vertical cell measuring not less than 2 by 3 inches. F. Place mortar with full coverage of joints at webs of all cells and face shells. G. Butter vertical head joints for thickness equal to face shell thickness of units, and shove joints tightly together so that mortar bonds to both masonry units. H. Solidly fill joints from face of units to inside face of cells. Lay units to desired height with joints of uniform thickness. Bond shall be plumb throughout. K. Lay units to avoid formation of cracks when units are placed. Keep cells of units as free of mortar as possible as masonry wall height increases. L. Lay masonry plumb, true to line, with courses level. Keep bond pattern plumb throughout. Lay masonry within the following tolerances: 1. Maximum variation from the plumb in the lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and in the flutes and surfaces of fluted or split faced blocks: a. In adjacent masonry units: 1/8 inch. b. In 10 feet: 1/4 inch. c. In any story or 20 feet maximum: 3/8 inch. d. In 40 feet or more: 1/2 inch. 2. Maximum variations from the plumb for external corners, expansion joints, and other conspicuous lines: a. In any story or 20 feet maximum: 1/4 inch. b. In 40 Feet or More: 1/2 inch. 3. Maximum variations form the level or grades indicated on the Drawings for exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines: a. In any bay or 20 feet maximum: 1/4 inch. b. In 40 feet or more: 1/2 inch. 4. Maximum variations of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related portion of columns, walls, and partitions: a. In any bay or 20 feet maximum: 1/2 inch. b. In 40 feet or more: 3/4 inch. 5. Maximum variation in cross sectional dimensions of columns and in thickness of walls: September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worthl9585At0/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) a. Minus: 1/4 inch. b. Plus: 1/2 inch. 6. When positions of units shift after mortar has stiffened, bond is broken, or cracks are formed, relay units in new mortar. M. Remove mortar, mortar droppings, debris, and other obstructions and materials from inside of cell walls. N. Seal cleanouts after inspection and before grouting or placing insulation. 3.03 MORTAR JOINTS A. Make joints straight, clean, smooth, and uniform in thickness. B. Pointing: Tool exposed joints, slightly concave. Strike concealed joints flush. C. Joint thickness: Make vertical and horizontal joints 3/8 -inch thick. D. Where fresh masonry joins totally or partially set masonry, clean and roughen set masonry before laying new units. 3.04 BOND PATTERN A. Lay brick masonry units in running bond pattern, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 3.05 GROUTING AND REINFORCEMENT A. Where horizontal and vertical bars are spliced and adjacent lap splices are separated by more than 3 inches, the lap splice length shall be 72 bar diameters. B. Where adjacent lap splices are separated by 3 inches or less, the lap splice length shall be increased by 1.3 times or the lap splices shall be staggered at least 24 bar diameters with no increase in length. C. Hold vertical reinforcing bars in position at top and bottom and at intervals not exceeding 200 bar diameters. Use steel wire bar positioners to position bars and tie reinforcing bars to dowels with wire ties. D. Obtain acceptance of reinforcement placement before grouting. E. Fill all spaces and cells solidly with grout. F. Low -lift grouting: 1. Hollow unit masonry to be grouted by the low lift method shall be constructed and grouted in lifts not exceeding 4 feet. a. Double wythe masonry which will be grouted by the low -lift method shall be constructed and grouted in lifts not exceeding 8 inches. b. Slushing with mortar will not be permitted. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) G. High -lift grouting: 1. If grouting is accomplished by the high -lift method, double wythe masonry shall be allowed to cure at least 72 hours and hollow unit masonry shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before grouting. 2. In double wythe construction, vertical grout barriers shall be built across the grout space to the height of the grout lift. 3. Grout barriers shall not be spaced more than 30 feet apart. a. Grout shall be placed in lifts not to exceed 5 feet in depth. 4. Each lift shall be allowed to set for 10 minutes after initial consolidation of grout before successive lift is placed. 5. The full height of each section of wall shall be grouted in 1 day. H. Grout in cells shall have full contact with surface of concrete footings. When grouting stops for 1 hour or longer, form horizontal construction joints by stopping grout placement 1-1/2 inches below top of uppermost unit containing grout. After placement, consolidate grout using mechanical immersion vibrators designed for consolidating grout. K. Placement: 1. Use a hand bucket, concrete hopper, or grout pump. 2. Place grout in final position within 1-1/2 hours after mixing. 3. Place grout so as to completely fill the grout spaces without segregation of the aggregates. 4. Do not insert vibrators into lower grout placements that are in a semi -solidified state. 3.06 BOND BEAMS A. Place horizontal reinforcement and solidly grout bond beam units in place. B. Provide wire mesh at openings in bottom of bond beams to support grout where walls are not grouted solid. 3.07 CUTTING BRICK MASONRY UNITS A. When possible, use full units of the proper size in -lieu of cut units. Cut units as required to form chases, openings, for anchorage, and for other appurtenances. B. Cut and fit units with power -driven carborundum or diamond disc blade saw. 3.08 CONTROL JOINTS A. Provide in masonry walls where indicated on the Drawings. B. Make full height and continuous in appearance. C. Run bond beams and bond beam -reinforcing bars continuously through control joints. D. Insert control joint filler in joints as wall is constructed. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) E. Apply sealant as specified in Section 07_90_00 - Joint Sealants. 3.09 OPENINGS AND LINTELS A. Place horizontal reinforcement in fully grouted bond beam units. B. Use lintel block units where underside of lintel will be exposed. C. Provide minimum of 8 -inch bearing at each end of lintel. D. Embed reinforcing bars minimum 24 inches or 40 bar diameters, whichever is longer, into wall past edges of openings or as indicated on the Drawings: 1. At corners, provide 90 -degree bend with equivalent total embedment. 3.10 STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Anchor and fully grout jambs and head of steel doorframes connected to brick unit masonry. B. Fill frames with grout as each 2 feet of brick unit masonry is laid. 3.11 BEARING PLATES A. Provide minimum of 12 inches of grouted brick unit masonry below steel bearing plates and beams bearing on masonry walls. 3.12 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Hold anchor bolts in place with template during grouting to ensure precise alignment. B. Do not cut or ream members being anchored or use other means to accommodate misaligned anchor bolts in roof deck support angles. C. Provide minimum 6 -inch wide grouted brick unit masonry entirely around anchor bolts and other attachment devices. 3.13 ENCLOSURES A. Where brick masonry units enclose conduit, pipes, stacks, ducts, and similar items, construct chases, cavities, and similar spaces as required, whether or not such spaces are indicated on the Drawings. B. Point openings around flush mounted electrical outlet boxes with mortar, including flush joints above boxes. C. Do not cover enclosures until inspected and when appropriate, tested. 3.14 OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Build in wall plugs, accessories, flashings, pipe sleeves, and other items required to be built-in as the masonry work progresses. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) 3.15 PATCHING A. Patch exposed brick masonry units at completion of the Work and in such manner that patching will be indistinguishable from similar surroundings and adjoining construction. 3.16 WATER CURING A. Protect brick masonry units from drying too rapidly by frequently fogging or sprinkling for minimum 3 days. 3.17 MISCELLANEOUS A. Build in required items such as anchors, flashings, sleeves, frames, structural steel, lintels, anchor bolts, and metal fabrications as required for complete installation. 3.18 WATER REPELLENT A. Apply water repellent as specified in Section 07_19_00 - Water Repellents. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Have minimum 3 masonry units of each type proposed for Project tested in accordance with ASTM C67 to verify conformance to specifications. B. Tests shall include compressive strength, linear shrinkage, total absorption, moisture content as percent of total absorption, and unit weight. C. Employ and pay acceptable independent testing laboratory to perform testing. 3.20 CLEANING A. Exercise extreme care to prevent mortar splotches. B. Do not attach construction supports to masonry walls. C. Wash off brick scum and grout spills before scum and grout set. D. Remove grout stains from walls. E. Clean exposed masonry. Remove scaffolding and equipment. Dispose of debris, refuse, and surplus material offsite legally. F. Correct efflorescence on exposed surfaces with commercially -prepared cleaning solution acceptable to masonry unit manufacturer: 1. Apply cleaning solution in accordance with cleaning solution manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Do not use muriatic acid as cleaning solution. 3. Do not use sandblast cleaning equipment. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) 3.21 FORMS AND SHORES A. Where required, construct forms to the shapes indicated on the Drawings: 1. Construct forms sufficiently rigid to prevent deflection which may result in cracking or other damage to supported masonry and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. 2. Do not remove supporting forms or shores until the supported masonry has acquired sufficient strength to support safely its weight and any construction loads to which it may be subjected: a. Wait at least 16 hours after grouting masonry columns or walls before applying uniform loads. b. Wait at least 64 hours before applying concentrated loads. 3.22 PROTECTION A. Provide temporary protection for exposed masonry corners subject to damage. B. Bracing: 1. Adequately brace masonry walls over 8 feet in height to prevent overturning and to prevent collapse unless wall is adequately supported by permanent supporting elements so wall will not overturn or collapse. 2. Keep bracing in place until permanent supporting elements of structure are in place. C. Limited access zone: 1. Establish limited access zone prior to start of masonry wall construction. 2. Zone shall be immediately adjacent to wall and equal to height of wall to be constructed plus 4 feet by entire length of wall on unscaffolded side of wall. 3. Limit access to zone to workers actively engaged in constructing wall. Do not permit other persons to enter zone. 4. Keep zone in place until wall is adequately supported or braced by permanent supporting elements to prevent overturning and collapse. 3.23 GROUTING EQUIPMENT A. Grout pumps: 1. Do not pump grout through aluminum tubes. 2. Operate pumps to produce a continuous stream of grout without air pockets. 3. Upon completion of each day's pumping, eject grout from pipeline without contamination or segregation of the grout: a. Remove waste materials and debris from the equipment. b. Dispose of waste materials, debris, and all flushing water outside the masonry. B. Vibrators: 1. Internal vibrators shall maintain a speed of not less than 5,000 impulses per minute when submerged in the grout. 2. Maintain at least 1 spare vibrator, at the site at all times. 3. Apply vibrators at uniformly spaced points no further apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine. 4. Limit duration of vibration to time necessary to produce satisfactory consolidation without causing segregation. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) 3.24 EFFLORESCENCE TESTS A. Perform efflorescence tests on mortar which will be exposed to weathering. Tests shall be scheduled far enough in advance of starting masonry work to permit retesting if necessary. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_21_13-10 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_21_13 (CONFORMED) SECTION 04_22_00 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Concrete masonry units and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 530.1 - Specification for Masonry Structures. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units. 2. C140 - Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units. 3. C426 - Standard Test Method for Linear Drying Shrinkage of Concrete Masonry Units. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Standard Level of Quality: High quality, but conventional, nearly free of chips, cracks, or other imperfections detracting from appearance when discernible and identified from distance of 20 feet under diffused lighting. When level of quality is not specified, Standard Level of Quality shall be assumed. B. Mortar Smears: Mortar paste smeared across the permanent masonry construction during construction and absorbed into the masonry pores. C. Mortar Splash: Mortar dropped splashed onto the permanent masonry construction at the base of the wall or off the scaffolding. D. Mortar Tag: Excess mortar between masonry units worked out of the joints during tooling or striking. E. Mortar Stains: Mortar paste left after mortar tags are removed. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: 1. Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed cleaning agent. B. Shop drawings: Include elevations of each wall indicating type and layout of units, including type of mortar joints, bond pattern, reinforcing steel, connecting dowels, joint reinforcement, grouted cells, and control joints. C. Samples: Include samples of stretcher units in sufficient quantity to illustrate color range. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_22_00 (CONFORMED) D. Test reports: 1. Compressive strength. 2. Linear shrinkage. 3. Moisture content as a percentage of total absorption. 4. Total absorption. 5. Unit weight. E. Manufacturer's instructions: 1. Submit printed or written recommendations from the masonry unit manufacturer of the cleaning procedures and cleaning agents appropriate for each type of masonry unit included in the work. F. Quality assurance submittals: 1. If requested by the Engineer, submit a record of the Installer's evidence of qualifications. 2. If requested by the Engineer, submit a record of the Masonry Cleaner's evidence of qualifications. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installer qualifications: a. The mason shall hold an appropriate contractor's license in the State where the work will be constructed. b. The mason shall have not less than 5 years' experience and completed a minimum of 20 projects and at least 5 of which included the type of masonry units specified for this Work. 2. Masonry cleaner qualifications: a. The masonry cleaner shall have not less than 5 years' experience and completed a minimum of 20 projects and at least 5 of which included the type of masonry units specified for this Work. B. Mock-up: 1. A minimum 2 weeks prior to starting construction of masonry, construct minimum 4 foot 0 inches by 4 foot 0 inches square mock-up. The mock-up shall be constructed by the mason who will be performing the Work. 2. Mock-up is intended for use as the project standard of workmanship, construction, quality, appearance, and material selection. 3. Use accepted materials containing each different kind and color of concrete masonry units to illustrate wall design. 4. The mock-up shall be constructed by the mason who will be performing the work. 5. The mock-up shall be cleaned with the exact equipment, products, and methods submitted and cleaned by the individual who will perform the Work. 6. When accepted, mock-up will be standard of comparison for remainder of masonry work. a. The mock-up may be accepted by the Engineer with exceptions that will not be accepted in the final construction. 1) In such cases, those areas of the mock-up not accepted will be clearly identified by the Engineer. 7. When not accepted by the Engineer, construct another mock-up. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/DocumentslClient fX/Fort Worth/9585MO/Specifications/04_22_00 (CONFORMED) 8. Upon completion of Project, dispose of mock-ups in legal manner at offsite location. C. Pre -installation conference: Conduct as specified in Section 01_31_19 - Project Meetings. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle concrete masonry units as required to prevent discoloration, chipping, and breakage. B. Store masonry units off the ground in a dry location, covered and protected from absorbing moisture. 1. Locate storage piles, stacks, and bins to protect materials from heavy traffic. 2. If masonry units are delivered in shrink-wrapped packaging and condensation develops, remove shrink-wrap packaging. C. Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise defective units from jobsite upon discovery. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold weather requirements: 1. In accordance with building code as specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements, provide adequate equipment for heating masonry materials when air temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. B. Hot weather requirements: 1. In accordance with building code as specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements, when ambient air temperature exceeds 100 degrees Fahrenheit, or when ambient air temperature exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit and wind velocity is greater than 8 miles per hour, implement hot weather protection procedures. 2. Wet mortarboard before loading and cover mortar to retard drying when not being used. 3. Do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead of placing masonry units. 4. Place masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Order concrete masonry units well before start of installation to ensure adequate time for manufacturing and minimum 28 days for curing and drying before start of installation. Protect from weather after curing period to avoid moisture increase. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Hollow load bearing concrete masonry units: 1. Class: Class 3 in accordance with ASTM C90, Standard Level of Quality with minimum compressive strength of 1,900 pounds per square inch. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_22_00 (CONFORMED) 2. Surface texture: Standard. 3. Color: Match existing. 4. Typical size: 8 inches wide by 8 inches high by 16 inches long, and 12 inches wide by 8 inches high by 16 inches long unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, or other sizes as needed to minimize cutting. 5. Special sizes and shapes: As required for window and door openings, bond beams, piers, lintels, control joints, and other special applications to minimize cutting. B. Anchor bolts: As specified in Section 05_12_00 - Structural Steel. C. Steel reinforcement: As specified in Section 04_05_23 - Masonry Accessories. D. Wall ties: As specified in Section 04_05_23 - Masonry Accessories. E. Wire joint reinforcement: As specified in Section 04_05_23 - Masonry Accessories. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Protect adjacent construction with appropriate means from mortar droppings and other effects of laying of concrete masonry units. B. Surface preparation: 1. Thoroughly clean foundations of laitance, grease, oil, mud, dirt, mortar droppings, and other matter that will reduce bond. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Forms and shores: 1. Where required, construct forms to the shapes indicated on the Drawings: a. Construct forms sufficiently rigid to prevent deflection which may result in cracking or other damage to supported masonry and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. b. Do not remove supporting forms or shores until the supported masonry has acquired sufficient strength to support safely its weight and any construction loads to which it may be subjected. 1) Wait at least 24 hours after grouting masonry columns or walls before applying uniform loads. 2. Wait at least 72 hours before applying concentrated loads. B. Concrete masonry units: 1. Provide Standard Level of Quality. Comply with the requirements of ACI 530.1 unless more restrictive requirements are contained in this Section. 2. Lay concrete masonry units dry. 3. Lay units in uniform and true courses, level, plumb, and without projections or offset of adjacent units. 4. Lay units to preserve unobstructed vertical continuity of cells to be filled with grout or insulation. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carcllc/Documents/ClientlrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_22_00 (CONFORMED) 5. Align vertical cells to be filled with grout to maintain clear, unobstructed continuous vertical cell measuring not less than 2 by 3 inches. 6. Place mortar with full coverage of joints at webs of all cells and face shells. 7. Butter vertical head joints for thickness equal to face shell thickness of units, and shove joints tightly together so that mortar bonds to both masonry units. 8. Solidly fill joints from face of units to inside face of cells. 9. Lay units to desired height with joints of uniform thickness. 10. Bond shall be plumb throughout. 11. Lay units to avoid formation of cracks when units are placed. Keep cells of units as free of mortar as possible as masonry wall height increases. 12. When positions of units shift after mortar has stiffened, bond is broken, or cracks are formed, relay units in new mortar. 13. Remove mortar, mortar droppings, debris, and other obstructions and materials from inside of cell walls to receive grout. 14. Remove mortar tags and smears daily with a non-metallic tool. a. Mortar tags and smears shall be removed after they initially set, but shall not be permitted to remain more than 24 hours. 15. Where practical, protect completed work from mortar splash by placing thin plastic sheeting around the base of walls. a. Place sand, straw, sawdust or other similar material on the floor around the base of walls to protect floors and walls. 16. Turn scaffold planks over at the end of the workday to avoid mortar splashes from wet weather. a. Cover tops of walls at the end of the workday and other work stoppages to prevent entry of water into the partially completed masonry. 17. Seal cleanouts after inspection and before grouting. C. Bond pattern: 1. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond pattern, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. D. Mortar joints: 1. Make joints straight, clean, smooth, and uniform in thickness. 2. Tool exposed joints, slightly concave. Strike concealed joints flush. 3. Make vertical and horizontal joints 3/8 -inch thick. 4. Where fresh masonry joins totally or partially set masonry, clean and roughen set masonry before laying new units. 5. Remove mortar that protrudes more than 1/2 inch into the cells of units that are to be grouted. E. Wire joint reinforcement: 1. Lap splice longitudinal wire joint reinforcement minimum 75 wire diameters. 2. Place longitudinal wires in approximate centers of mortar beds with minimum 5/8 -inch mortar cover on exposed faces. 3. Provide intersecting masonry walls with prefabricated wire joint reinforcement tees. 4. Rake intersecting joints 1/2 inch and caulk joints. F. Grouting and reinforcement: 1. Where horizontal and vertical bars are spliced and adjacent lap splices are separated by more than 3 inches, the lap splice length shall be 72 bar diameters. Where adjacent lap splices are separated by 3 inches or less, the September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_22_00 (CONFORMED) lap splice length shall be increased by 1.3 times or the lap splices shall be staggered at least 24 bar diameters with no increase in length. 2. Hold vertical reinforcing bars in position at top and bottom and at intervals not exceeding 200 bar diameters. Use steel wire bar positioners to position bars. Tie reinforcing bars to dowels with wire ties. 3. Obtain acceptance of reinforcement placement before grouting. 4. Fill all spaces and cells solidly with grout. a. Low -lift grouting: 1) Hollow unit masonry to be grouted by the low lift method shall be constructed and grouted in lifts not exceeding [4] [5] feet. 2) Slushing with mortar will not be permitted. b. High -lift grouting: 1) Hollow unit masonry shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before grouting. 2) Grout shall be placed in lifts not to exceed 6 feet in depth. 3) Each lift shall be allowed to set for 10 minutes after initial consolidation of grout before successive lift is placed. 4) The full height of each section of wall shall be grouted in 1 day. 5. Grout in cells shall have full contact with surface of concrete footings. 6. When grouting stops for 1 hour or longer, form horizontal construction joints by stopping grout placement 1-1/2 inches below top of uppermost unit containing grout. 7. After placement, consolidate grout using mechanical immersion vibrators designed for consolidating grout. 8. Placement: a. Use a hand bucket, concrete hopper, or grout pump. b. Place grout in final position within 1-1/2 hours after mixing. Place grout so as to completely fill the grout spaces without segregation of the aggregates. c. Do not insert vibrators into lower grout placements that are in a semi -solidified state. d. Remove grout spills immediately by hand washing with a bucket and brush. G. Bond beams: 1. Starting courses at bottom of walls shall be bond beams. 2. Place horizontal reinforcement and solidly grout bond beam units in place. 3. Provide wire mesh at openings in bottom of bond beams to support grout where walls are not grouted solid. H. Cutting concrete masonry units: 1. When possible, use full units of the proper size in lieu of cut units. Cut units as required to form chases, openings, for anchorage, and for other appurtenances. 2. Cut and fit units with power -driven carborundum or diamond disc blade saw. Control joints: 1. Provide in masonry walls at locations indicated on the Drawings. 2. Make full height and continuous in appearance. 3. Run bond beams and bond beam reinforcing bars continuously through control joints. 4. Insert control joint filler in joints as wall is constructed. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-6 9585A10 pw:llCarollolDocumentslClienVTX/Fort Worth19585MO/Specificationsl04_22_00 (CONFORMED) 5. Apply sealant as specified in Section 07_90_00 - Joint Sealants. J. Openings and lintels: 1. Place horizontal reinforcement in fully grouted bond beam units. 2. Use lintel block units where underside of lintel will be exposed. 3. Provide minimum of 8 -inch bearing at each end of lintel. 4. Embed reinforcing bars minimum 24 inches or 48 bar diameters, whichever is longer, into wall past edges of openings or as indicated on the Drawings: a. At corners, provide 90 -degree bend with equivalent total embedment. K. Steel door frames: 1. Anchor and fully grout jambs and head of steel doorframes connected to concrete unit masonry. 2. Fill frames with grout as each 2 feet of concrete unit masonry is laid. L. Bearing plates: 1. Provide minimum of 12 inches of grouted concrete unit masonry below steel bearing plates and beams bearing on masonry walls. M. Anchor bolts: 1. Hold anchor bolts in place with template during grouting to ensure precise alignment. 2. Do not cut or ream members being anchored or use other means to accommodate misaligned anchor bolts in roof deck support angles. N. Wall ties: 1. In composite or cavity 2 wythe walls, bond masonry units together by embedding wall ties with a minimum of one per 4-1/2 square feet of wall area. 2. Stagger ties in alternate courses, with maximum vertical distance between ties at 18 inches on center and maximum horizontal distance between ties at 36 inches on center. O. Enclosures: 1. Where concrete masonry units enclose conduit, pipes, stacks, ducts, and similar items, construct chases, cavities, and similar spaces as required, whether or not such spaces are indicated on the Drawings. 2. Point openings around flush mounted electrical outlet boxes with mortar, including flush joints above boxes. 3. Do not cover enclosures until inspected and when appropriate, tested. P. Other embedded items: 1. Build in wall plugs, accessories, flashings, pipe sleeves, and other items required to be built-in as the masonry work progresses. Q. Patching: 1. Patch exposed concrete masonry units at completion of the Work and in such manner that patching will be indistinguishable from similar surroundings and adjoining construction. R. Water curing: 1. Protect concrete masonry units from drying too rapidly by frequently fogging or sprinkling so walls will always be visibly damp for minimum 3 days. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_22_00 (CONFORMED) S. Miscellaneous: 1. Build in required items, such as anchors, flashings, sleeves, frames, structural steel, lintels, anchor bolts, and metal fabrications, as required for complete installation. T. Water repellent: 1. Apply water repellent as specified in Section 07_19_00 - Water Repellents. U. Grouting equipment: 1. Grout pumps: a. Do not pump grout through aluminum tubes. b. Operate pumps to produce a continuous stream of grout without air pockets. c. Upon completion of each days pumping, eject grout from pipeline without contamination or segregation of the grout: 1) Remove waste materials and debris from the equipment. 2) Dispose of waste materials, debris, and all flushing water outside the masonry. 2. Vibrators: a. Internal vibrators shall maintain a speed of not less than 5,000 impulses per minute when submerged in the grout. b. Maintain at least 1 spare vibrator, at the site at all times. c. Apply vibrators at uniformly spaced points not further apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine. d. Limit duration of vibration to time necessary to produce satisfactory consolidation without causing segregation. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Site tolerances: Lay masonry plumb, true to line, and with courses level. Keep bond pattern plumb throughout. Lay masonry within the following tolerances: 1. Maximum variation from the plumb in the lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and in the flutes and surfaces of fluted or split faced blocks: a. In adjacent masonry units: 1/8 inch. b. In 10 feet: 1/4 inch. c. In any story or 20 feet maximum: 3/8 inch. d. In 40 feet or more: 1/2 inch. 2. Maximum variations from the plumb for external corners, expansion joints, and other conspicuous lines: a. In any story or 20 feet maximum: 1/4 inch. b. In 40 feet or more: 1/2 inch. 3. Maximum variations from the level or grades indicated on the Drawings for exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines: a. In any bay or 20 feet maximum: 1/4 inch. b. In 40 feet or more: 1/2 inch. 4. Maximum variations of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related portion of columns, walls, and partitions: a. In any bay or 20 feet maximum: 1/2 inch. b. In 40 feet or more: 3/4 inch. 5. Maximum variation in cross sectional dimensions of columns and in thickness of walls: September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specificationsl04_22_00 (CONFORMED) a. Minus: 1/4 inch. b. Plus: 1/2 inch. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site tests: 1. Owner will have tests performed by an independent laboratory. 2. Have minimum 3 concrete masonry units of each type proposed for Project tested in accordance with ASTM C90, C140, and C426 to verify conformance to Specifications. 3. Tests shall include compressive strength, linear shrinkage, moisture content as percent of total absorption, total absorption, and unit weight. B. Special inspection: 1. Special inspection shall be as specified in Section 01_45_24 - Special Tests and Inspections. 2. Owner will employ a qualified masonry special inspector for continuous special inspection of the masonry work. Acceptance by a state or municipality having a program of examining and certifying masonry inspectors will be considered adequate qualifications. The masonry inspector shall be at the site during all masonry construction and perform the following duties: a. Review Drawings and Specifications and meet with the Contractor to discuss requirements before work commences. b. Before masonry work commences, Contractor and the Contractor's Quality Control Representative shall attend meeting with Engineer to review the requirements for surveillance and quality control of the masonry work. c. Check brand and type of cement, lime (if used), and source of sand. d. Verify that foundation is clean, rough, and ready to receive units. e. Check reinforcing steel dowels for correct location, straightness, proper alignment, spacing, size, and length. f. Observe field proportioning of mortar. Visually check aggregate to determine uniformity of grading, cleanliness, and moisture. g. Verify that joints are full of mortar and kept tight during work. Inspect grout cells to verify that fins will not interfere with grouting. Verify that masons keep grout cells clean of mortar droppings and inspect to determine compliance. h. Continuously observe placing of grout. i. Perform or supervise performance of required sampling and testing. 3. Keep complete record of inspections. Report daily to the Building Official, Contractor's Quality Control Representative, Engineer, and Owner the progress of the masonry inspection. 3.05 FINAL CLEANING A. General: 1. Final cleaning shall be performed within 7 to 14 days after construction of masonry work. 2. Protect adjacent materials and equipment that may be damaged by cleaning. 3. Pre -wet masonry before applying cleaning agent, but do not saturate masonry. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_22_00 (CONFORMED) 4. Remove mortar stains, smears, and splash, efflorescence, and grout stains on exposed surfaces with the submitted cleaning agent as directed by the masonry unit manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Do not use muriatic acid as cleaning agent. 6. Cleaning agents shall be applied when the masonry surface and air temperatures are at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit. a. Dilute cleaning agents in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. b. Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the masonry. 7. Clean wall from the top to the bottom, without overlapping areas being cleaned for consistency. 8. If pressure cleaning equipment is used, the following limitations shall be observed: a. Apply cleaning agent to pre -wetted wall with low pressure (less than 50 pounds per square inch). b. Use a 250 to 500 flared -tip nozzle (not a pointed tip). c. Maintain a consistent distance from the spray nozzle to the masonry surface no closer than 12 inches. 1) Masonry cleaner shall use a combination of pressure, nozzle, and distance from tip to masonry that does not damage the masonry surface. 9. Rinse cleaning agents off the wall with potable water. 10. Dispose of debris, refuse, and surplus material offsite legally. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Provide temporary protection for exposed masonry corners subject to damage. B. Bracing: 1. Unless wall is adequately supported by permanent supporting elements so wall will not overturn or collapse, adequately brace masonry walls over 8 feet in height to prevent overturning and to prevent collapse. 2. Keep bracing in place until permanent supporting elements of structure are in place. C. Limited access zone: 1. Establish limited access zone prior to start of masonry wall construction. 2. Zone shall be immediately adjacent to wall and equal to height of wall to be constructed plus 4 feet by entire length of wall on unscaffolded side of wall. 3. Limit access to zone to workers actively engaged in constructing wall. Do not permit other persons to enter zone. 4. Keep zone in place until wall is adequately supported or braced by permanent supporting elements to prevent overturning and collapse. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_22_00-10 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_22_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION ADDED IN ITS ENTIRETYAD' SECTION 04_23_00 GLASS UNIT MASONRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: All labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to furnish and install all glass masonry units and related items as indicated or specified. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 3. C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 4. C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 5. C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 6. C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 7. D1227 - Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing. 8. D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. B. Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC): 1. CAN 4-S106 - Fire Test of Window and Glass Block Assemblies. C. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. 9 - Standard for Fire Tests of Window Assemblies. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit as specified in Section 01_33_00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Submit samples of glass masonry units. C. Product data: Submit manufacturer's specification, data, and installation for review prior to fabrication of work. D. Fire test reports: 1. Submit documents verifying glass block units are classified for the specified fire exposure in accordance with ULC CAN 4-S106, or UL 9. 2. Label cartons of tested units with appropriate UL label. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_23_00-1 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_23_00 (CONFORMED) 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tolerances: 1. Joint width within 1/8 inch. 2. Maximum variation from plane of adjacent unit - 1/32 inch. B. Maximum variation of plane from plane - 1/16 inch. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: All work shall be manufactured in ample time as to not delay construction progress. B. Delivery: 1. All materials shall be delivered to the site at such a time as required for proper coordination of the work. 2. Packaged materials are to be received in the manufacturer's original, unopened containers and shall bear the manufacturer's label. C. Storage: Store all materials in a dry and well -ventilated place adequately protected from damage and exposure to the elements. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. 1. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. B. Do not install glass block units when temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit (4 degrees Celsius) and falling. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Glass block units: Limited 5 -year warranty on product only. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The following or equal: 1. Pittsburgh Corning Corp. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Glass block: General: 1. Finish: Polyvinyl butyral edge coating. 2. Framing: Framed and anchored with channel -type restraints. B. Glass block: 1. PC Standard Premiere Series block; hollow; 3-7/8 inches (98 millimeters) thick. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_23_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_23_00 (CONFORMED) 2. Decora pattern. 3. Physical properties: a. Face size: Actual face size is 1/4 inch (6 millimeters) less than nominal. b. Weight installed with mortar: 20 pounds per square foot (98 kilograms per square meters). c. Thermal conductance (U Value): 0.51 Btu/hr sq ft degree Fahrenheit (2.9 W/sq m K); winter night. d. Thermal resistance (R Value): 1.96 degree Fahrenheit hr sq ft/Btu (0.35 (K sq m)/W). e. Visible light transmission: 75 percent. f. Shading coefficient: 0.65. g. Fire rating: 45 minute rated window assemblies for panels in masonry walls up to 120 square foot (11 square meter) with maximum height or width of 12 feet (3658 millimeter); and for panels in non -masonry walls up to 94 square foot (9 square meter) with maximum height or width of 10.75 feet (3277 millimeter); rating does not apply to all 12 -inch (305 millimeter) by 12 -inch (305 millimeter) blocks. h. Sound transmission: 37 for size 6 inches (152 millimeter) by 6 inches (152 millimeter), unless otherwise indicated. C. Expansion strip shall be in accordance with ASTM D1752, Type I, II, or III. D. Asphalt emulsion: Shall be standard based asphalt emulsion, ASTM D1227, Type I or II. E. Panel reinforcing: Shall be panel reinforcing of 9 gauge hot -dip galvanized steel, double wire mesh, formed of 2 parallel wires, either 1 -5/8 -inch or 2 -inch OC with electrically welded cross wires at regular intervals; galvanized after welding; in accordance with ASTM A82 and ASTM A153 or stainless steel in the same dimensions. F. Mortar: Type S, in accordance with ASTM C270; 1 part portland cement, 1/2 part lime, and sand to equal 2-1/4 to 3 times the amount of cementitious material, all measures by volume; add integral type waterproofer for exterior glass block panels; antifreeze compound or accelerators are unacceptable: 1. Portland cement: Type 1, in accordance with ASTM C150; omit integral type waterproofer if waterproof portland cement is used. a. Color: As selected by Engineer from the manufacturer's full line of colors. 2. Lime: Type S, in accordance with ASTM C207; use pressure hydrated dolomitic lime, providing that not less than 92 percent of active ingredients are completely hydrated. 3. Sand: Clean, white quartzite essentially free of iron compounds, in accordance with ASTM C144; not less than 100 percent passing a No. 8 sieve. G. Mixing: 1. The mortar shall be mixed to a consistency as stiff as will permit good working and shall be drier than mortar for ordinary brickwork. 2. Retempering the mortar after it has taken its initial set shall not be permitted. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_23_00-3 9585A10 pw://CarollolDocuments/ClientrWFort Worth/9585AlO/Specifications/04_23_00 (CONFORMED) H. Integral type waterproofer. metallic -stearate type: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Sonneborn Contech, Hydracide Powder. b. Sika Corp., Red Label. Caulking: As specified in Section 07_90_00 - Joint Sealants. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of conditions: 1. Examine the areas and conditions under which the work of this Section will be performed. 2. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install the work of this Section in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, anchoring components firmly into position for long life under hard use. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate as required with other trades to ensure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. 2. Coordinate schedules for installation of the orderly progress of the total construction sequence. C. Deviation of site conditions contrary to approved shop drawings shall be called to the attention of the Engineer. D. Sill area to be covered by mortar shall have a heavy coat of water based asphalt emulsion. 1. Adhere expansion strips to jambs and head with gobs of water based asphalt emulsion. 2. Make certain expansion strip extends to sill. E. When emulsion on sill is dry, place full mortar bed joint. Do not furrow. 1. Set lower course of block. 2. All mortar joints must be full and not furrowed. 3. Steel tools must not be used to tap blocks into positions. F. Panel reinforcing shall be embedded in horizontal mortar joints on approximately 16 -inch centers and in joints immediately above and below all openings within panels. 1. Reinforcing shall run continuously from end to end of panels and shall be lapped not less than 6 inches wherever it is necessary to use more than 1 length. 2. Install panel reinforcing in horizontal joints where required as follows: a. Place lower half of mortar in bed joint. Do not furrow. b. Press panel reinforcing in place. September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_23_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_23_00 (CONFORMED) c. Cover panel reinforcing with upper half of mortar bed and trowel smooth. Do not furrow. d. Panel reinforcing must run from end to end of panels and where used continuously must lap 6 inches. e. Do not bridge expansion joints with reinforcing. G. Place full mortar beds for joints not requiring panel reinforcing. Do not furrow. H. Place succeeding courses of blocks in the same fashion. 1. Strike joints smoothly while mortar is still plastic and before final set. Panel anchors shall be completely embedded in the mortar joint of the glass block panels. 3.03 CLEANUP A. Remove surplus mortar and wipe the faces of the blocks dry at the time joints are tooled. 1. Cleaning is facilitated by the use of an ordinary household scrub brush having stiff bristles. 2. Final cleaning shall be done after mortar has attained final set but before becoming dry on the block surfaces. 3. Do not use abrasive cleaners (steel wool, wire brush, or acid) in conjunction with removing mortar or dirt from the faces of glass block. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, visually check exposed surfaces of the work of this Section, and touch up scratches and abrasions. END OF SECTION AD' Addendum No. 1 September 2018 - CONFORMED 04_23_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/04_23_00 (CONFORMED) SECTION 05_12_00 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Scope I. Contractor shall provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install structural steel framing, including surface preparation and shop priming. 2. Structural steel framing is the Work defined in AISC 303, Section 2, and as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work also includes: a. Providing openings in and attachments to structural steel framing to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections, and providing for structural steel framing items such as anchorage devices, studs, and all items required for which provision is not specifically included under other Sections. B. Coordination 1. Review installation procedures under this and other Sections and coordinate installation of items to be installed with or before structural steel framing Work. C. Related Sections 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Contractor's Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Steel Fabricator: a. Structural steel fabricating plant shall possess current certificate from AISC stating that the fabrication facility complies with requirements for certification of "Standard for Steel Building Structures (STD)" of AISC's quality certification program. Fabricating plant shall maintain this certification throughout time of fabrication for this Project. In lieu of the AISC certification a steel fabricator with a minimum of five years experience in fabrication of jobs of similar size and complexity shall be acceptable. Submit qualifications for review and approval. 2. Welders and Welding Processes: a. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 5, Qualification. b. Each welder employed on or to be employed for the Work shall possess current AWS certification in the welding process with which welder will be working. Certifications shall be current and valid throughout the Work. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_12_00-1 9585A10 pw:IlCarolblDocomentslClient/T)QFort Worlhl9585A10ISpecificationslJQ Specs/0512 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL.doc (CONFORMED) 3. Surveyor: a. Engage a registered professional land surveyor legally qualified to practice in the same jurisdiction as the Site, and experienced in providing surveying services of the kind indicated. b. Responsibilities include but are not necessarily limited to: 1) Performing or supervising performance of field survey work to check lines and elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations of anchorage devices and similar devices, before steel erection proceeds. 2) Notifying Contractor and Engineer in writing when surveyed Work does not comply with the Contract Documents. 3) Submit to Contractor field survey reports. B. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. Where conflicts may occur between the reference standards, the more restrictive provisions shall apply. 1. AISC 303, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 2. AISC 325, Steel Construction Manual. 3. AISC 360, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. 4. ASME 846.1, Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay). 5. ASTM A6/A6M, Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling. 6. ASTM A36/A36M, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 7. ASTM A53/A53M, Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc - Coated, Welded and Seamless. 8. ASTM A108, Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold -Finished. 9. ASTM Al94/A194M, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. 10. ASTM A325, Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat -Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 11. ASTM A490, Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 12. ASTM A500/A500M, Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 13. ASTM A563, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 14. ASTM A572/A572M, Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Columbium - Vanadium Structural Steel. 15. ASTM A992/A992M, Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. 16. ASTM E329, for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Special Inspection, or Testing Materials Used in Construction. 17. ASTM F436, Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 18. ASTM F593, Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. 19. ASTM F959, Specification for Compressible -Washer -Type Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners. 20. ASTM F1852, Specification for "Twist off' Type Tension Control Structural Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 21. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Structural Welding Code -Steel. 22. CMAA 74, Specifications for Top Running & Under Running Single Girder Electric Traveling Cranes Utilizing Under Running Trolley Hoist. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_12_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Ciient/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/4 Specs/05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL.doc (CONFORMED) 23. ISO 2859-1, Sampling Procedures for Inspection by Attributes -- Part 1: Sampling Schemes Indexed by Acceptance Quality Limit (AQL) for Lot -by -Lot Inspection. 24. ISO 4017, Hexagon Head Screws -- Product Grades A and B. 25. RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Complete details and schedules for fabrication and shop assembly of members and details, schedules, procedures, and diagrams showing proposed sequence of erection. Shop Drawings shall not be reproductions of Contract Drawings. b. Include complete information for fabrication of the structure's components, including but not limited to location, type, and size of bolts, details of blocks, copes and cuts, connections, camber, holes, member sizes and lengths, and other pertinent data. Clearly indicate welds using standard AWS notations and symbols, and clearly show or indicate size, length, and type of each weld. c. Setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorage devices. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for products listed below. 1) High-strength bolts of each type, including nuts and washers. 2) Welding electrodes and rods. 3) Load indicator bolts and washers. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certificates. a. Fabricator's AISC quality certification. b. Welders' certifications. c. Certified reports of laboratory tests on previously -manufactured, identical materials, and other data as necessary, to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents for the materials listed below: 1) Structural steel of each type, including certified mill reports indicating chemical and physical properties. 2) High-strength bolts of each type, including nuts and washers. 2. Supplier Instructions: a. Installation data, handling, and storage instructions. 3. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. When performed or when required by Engineer, submit results of source quality control testing and inspections performed at the mill or shop. 4. Field Quality Control Submittals: a. Written field survey reports for all bearing surfaces surveyed, verifying tolerance requirements, areas out of tolerance, and corrective measures required. 5. Qualifications Statements. a. Land surveyor. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_12_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/SpecificationsW Specs/05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL.doc (CONFORMED) 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage 1. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 2. Do not store materials in or on the building or structure in manner that may cause distortion or damage to structural steel members, building, or supporting structures. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Types 1. W -Shapes and WT -Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M. 2. S -shapes and Channels: ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50. 3. Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B 4. Angles, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. 5. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B. B. Anchorages, Fasteners, And Connectors 1. Anchorage Devices: Refer to Section 05_50_01, Anchorages. 2. Headed Stud Type Shear Connectors: ASTM A108, Grades 1010/1020, complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Section 7. 3. High -Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagonal structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened washers, as follows: a. Unless otherwise indicated, fasteners shall be quenched and tempered medium -carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers, complying with ASTM A325, Type I, nuts complying with ASTM A563C, A563DH or Al94/A194M 2H, and hardened washers complying with ASTM F436. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot -dip galvanized where shown or indicated. b. Use quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, nuts and washers, complying with ASTM A490, only at locations where shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. ASTM A490 bolts shall not be galvanized. c. Tension control bolts, when used, shall comply with ASTM F1852. d. Compressible washer -type direct -tension indicators, when used, shall comply with ASTM F959, Type 325. 4. Threaded Rod: Provide threaded rods with heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened washers, as follows: a. Interior and Dry Locations: Provide threaded carbon steel rods complying with ASTM A36, with heavy hex nuts complying with ASTM A563A, unless otherwise shown or indicated on the Drawings. b. Exterior, Buried, or Submerged Locations, or When Exposed to Wastewater: Provide stainless steel threaded rods complete with washers complying with ASTM F593, AISI Type 316, Condition A, with ASTM Al94/A194M, Grade 8S (nitronic 60) stainless steel nuts. Other AISI types may be used when approved by Engineer. C. Electrodes for Welding: E70XX complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_12_00-4 9585A10 pw:/lCarollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worthl9585AI O/Specifications/JO Specs105 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL.doc (CONFORMED) 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop Fabrication And Assembly 1. General: a. Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in the shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC 325, the Contract Documents, and as shown on approved Shop Drawings. Provide camber in structural members as shown or indicated. b. Properly mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence that will expedite erection and minimize handling of materials for storage and minimize handling at the Site. c. Where finishing is required, complete the assembly, including welding of units, before commencing finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed -to -view in the completed Work that are free of markings, burrs, and other defects. B. Connections 1. Shop Connections: a. Unless otherwise shown or indicated, shop connections may be welded or high-strength bolted connections. Welds shall be 3/16 -inch minimum. b. Where reaction values of beam are not shown or indicated, connections shall be detailed to support one-half the total uniform load capacity tabulated in tables contained in AISC 325 for allowable loads on beams for the associated shape, span, and steel specified for the beam. c. Shop -welded connections shall be detailed to eliminate or minimize eccentricity in the connection. d. End -connection angles fastened to webs of beams and girders, and the thickness of angles, size, and extent of fasteners or shop welds, shall comply with tables of "Framed Beam Connections" in AISC 325. Connections shall be two-sided, unless otherwise shown or indicated. 2. Field Connections: a. Field connections, unless otherwise shown or indicated, shall be made with high-strength bolts, and shall be bearing -type connections. b. Use field welding only where shown or indicated or where approved by Engineer. 3. High -Strength Bolted Construction: a. Provide high-strength threaded fasteners in accordance with RCSC Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts. b. High-strength bolt design shear values shall be as specified in AISC 325 for bolts with threads in the shear plane for bearing type connections, or as specified in this Section for slip -critical connections. c. Bolted connections shown or indicated as "SC" shall comply with slip - critical connection requirements in RCSC Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts. 1) Faying surfaces shall have a Class A surface condition. 2) Slip -critical bolts shall be fully pre -tensioned to 70 percent of minimum specified tensile strength of the bolt using one of the following methods: a) Turn of nut with matchmarking. b) Twist -off tension control bolt (ASTM F1852). c) Direct tension indicator washer (ASTM F959). September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_12_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carolb/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL.doc (CONFORMED) d. Minimum bolt diameter shall be 3/4 -inch, unless otherwise shown or indicated. 4. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for procedures, appearance, and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting defective welding Work. a. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that produce true alignment of axes without warp. 5. Where rigid connections are required by stresses shown or indicated, provide web shear reinforcement and stiffeners in accordance with AISC 360. 6. Moment connections shown but not detailed on the Drawings shall be detailed for bending moments and shears indicated on the Drawings. C. Bracing 1. Bracing for which stress is not shown or indicated shall have minimum two -bolt connection, or shop -welded connection of equivalent strength. 2. Vertical bracing and knee braces connecting to columns shall be on the centerline of columns, unless otherwise shown or indicated. 3. Knee braces shall be at 45 -degree angle, unless otherwise shown or indicated. 4. Gussets shall be not less than 3/8 -inch thick, unless otherwise shown or indicated. D. Columns: Column shafts shall have finished bearing surface roughness not greater than 500 micro -inch in accordance with ASME 846.1, and ends shall be square within tolerances for milled ends in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M at the base and at splice lines. E. Structural Tubing: Properly seal structural tubing to protect internal surfaces. F. Holes And Appurtenances For Other Work 1. Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing, and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on the approved Shop Drawings. If large block-outs are required and approved, reinforce the webs to develop specified shears. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as shown or indicated to receive other work. 2. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame -cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection And Testing At The Mill Or Shop 1. Perform fabricator's standard procedures for source quality control, including inspections and testing. 2. Materials and fabrication procedures shall be subject to inspection and tests in mill and shop, conducted by a qualified inspection laboratory. Such inspections and tests do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_12_00-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/0512 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL.doc (CONFORMED) 2.04 GALVANIZING A. Hot -Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot -dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/ A 123M. 1. Fill vent holes and grind smooth after galvanizing. B. Galvanizing: Steel items shall be hot -dip galvanized as noted in the Drawings (including any associated fasteners). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which the Work will be performed and notify Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 ERECTION A. General: Comply with AISC 303, AISC 360, and the Contract Documents. B. Checking of Lines and Elevations: Before proceeding with structural steel erection, furnish services of a qualified surveyor to check lines and elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations of anchorage devices and similar devices. Immediately report discrepancies to Engineer. Do not proceed with erection until defective Work that will support structural steel is corrected, including agreeing with Engineer upon compensating adjustments (if any) to structural steel Work. C. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy -lines to achieve proper alignment of structures as erection proceeds. D. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as necessary to effectively complete the Work. Provide sufficient planking to comply with Laws and Regulations, and provide tightly -planked substantial floor within two stories or 30 feet, whichever is less, below each tier of steel beams on which work is performed. E. Anchorage Devices 1. Provide anchorage devices, including anchor bolts, and other connectors required for securing structural steel to foundations and other in-place construction. 2. Provide templates and other devices necessary for presetting anchorage devices to accurate locations. 3. Refer to Section 05_50_01, Anchorages, for anchorage requirements. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_12_00-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 1i00 STRUCTURAL STEEL.doc (CONFORMED) F. Setting Bases And Bearing Plates 1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 2. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on steel wedges or other adjusting devices. 3. Tighten anchorage devices after supported members are positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. 4. Place grout between bearing surfaces and bases or plates in accordance with Section 03_60_00, Grout. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure in accordance with grout manufacturer's instructions, and as otherwise required. 5. Do not use leveling plates or wood wedges. G. Field Assembly 1. Set structural frames accurately to the lines and elevations shown and indicated. Align and adjust the various members forming part of a complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 2. Level and plumb individual members of structure within tolerances as specified in AISC 325. For members requiring accurate alignment, provide clip angles, lintels, and other members, with slotted holes for horizontal adjustment at least 3/8 -inch in each direction, or more when required. 3. Splice members only where shown or indicated. H. Erection Bolts: On exposed -to -view, welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill holes with plug welds, and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. Connections 1. Comply with AISC 325 for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and the removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Do not enlarge inadequate holes in members by burning or by using drift pins, except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. J. Gas Cutting: Do not use gas -cutting torches for correcting fabrication defects in structural framing. Cutting will be allowed only on secondary members that are not under stress, as approved by Engineer. Finish gas -cut sections equal to a sheared appearance, when allowed. K. Touch -Up Painting 1. Unless otherwise specified, comply with touch-up painting requirements in Section 09_91_00, Painting. 2. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and damaged or abraded areas of shop -applied paint. Apply paint to exposed areas with the same paint or coating material applied in the shop. Apply by brush or spray to provide not less than the dry film thickness specified in Section 09_91_00, Painting. 3. Repair damage to any galvanized surfaces using cold galvanizing compound. September 2018 - CONFORMED 0512_00-8 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/CIIenUTX/Fort Worth/9585A101Specifications/JQ Specs/05 I _ 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL.doc (CONFORMED) 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests and Inspections: Materials and erection procedures shall be subject to inspection and tests at the Site conducted by qualified inspection laboratory. Such inspections and tests do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Contractor shall engage independent testing and inspection laboratory to inspect high-strength bolted connections and welded connections and to perform tests and prepare test reports. a. Testing laboratory shall conduct and interpret tests, prepare and state in each report of results whether test specimens comply with the Contract Documents and specifically indicate all deviations. b. High-strength Bolted Connections: Each high-strength bolted connection shall be visually inspected. Inspection shall identify whether the Work complies with Sections 2, 3, and 8 of RCSC Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 1) For connections that are slip -critical or subject to axial tension, inspector shall verify proper pre -tensioning. 2) For connections that are not slip critical and not subject to direct tension, bolt does not need to be inspected for bolt tension, but shall be visually inspected to verify that plies of connected elements are in snug contact. 3) Where bolts or connections are defective, correct defective workmanship, remove and replace, or correct as required defective bolts and connections. Contractor shall pay for correcting defective Work and tests required to confirm integrity of corrected Work. c. Welds: Each weld shall be visually inspected. 1) Where visually defective welds are evident, further test welds using non-destructive methods. Contractor shall pay for non-destructive testing. 2) Correct, or remove and replace, defective Work as directed by Engineer. 3) Contractor shall pay for corrections and subsequent tests required to determine weld compliance with the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_12_00-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TkFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/0512 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION 05_21_00 STEEL JOISTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate, deliver, and erect steel joists and joist girders, including all bridging, ceiling extensions, bearing plates, side wall anchors, and extended ends. B. This Section includes the following: 1. K -series steel joists. 2. KCS -type K -series steel joists. 3. K -series steel joist substitutes. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for installing bearing plates in concrete. 2. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies" for installing bearing plates in unit masonry. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. SJI "Specifications": Steel Joist Institute's "Standard Specifications, Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders." B. Special Joists: Steel joists or joist girders requiring modification by manufacturer to support nonuniform, unequal, or special loading conditions that invalidate load tables in SJI's "Specifications." 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide special joists and connections capable of withstanding design loads indicated. B. Design special joists to withstand design loads with live load deflections no greater than the following: 1. Roof Joists: Vertical deflection of 1/240 of the span. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Division 1 Section "Submittals." September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_21_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/4 Specs/05 2100 STEEL JOISTS.docx (CONFORMED) B. Submittals For Review 1. Shop Drawings: Show layout, designation, number, type, location, and spacings of joists. Include joining and anchorage details, bracing, bridging, camber, coatings, material properties, configuration, joist accessories; splice and connection locations and details; and attachments to other construction. C. Submittals For Information 1. Design calculations for all joists for which the standard load tables are not applicable. Submit prior to, or with the shop drawings. Calculations shall bear the seal of a Registered Professional Engineer, licensed in the State of Texas. Shop drawings submitted without corresponding calculations will be returned unchecked as an incomplete submittal. Calculations will be retained for the Engineer's file and will not be approved or returned. 2. Welders Certificates: Submit certificates to Owner's Testing Laboratory, certifying that welders to be employed on the project have passed AWS qualification tests within the previous 12 months. If recertification of welders is required, recertification shall be contractor's responsibility. 3. Product Data: For each type of joist, accessory, and product indicated. 4. Indicate locations and details of bearing plates to be embedded in other construction. 5. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that joists comply with requirements. 6. Mill Certificates: Signed by bolt manufacturers certifying that bolts comply with requirements. 7. Field quality -control test and inspection reports. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer certified by SJI to manufacture joists, including headers and other supplemental framing, complying with applicable standard specifications and load tables of SJI "Specifications." Manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years documented experience in the design and fabrication of open -web joists and joist girders 1. Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services for designing special joists to comply with performance requirements. B. SJI Specifications: Comply with standard specifications in SJI's "Specifications" that are applicable to types of joists indicated. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle joists as recommended in SJI's "Specifications." B. Protect joists from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. 1.08 SEQUENCING A. Deliver steel bearing plates to be built into cast -in-place concrete and masonry construction. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_21_00-2 9585A10 pw:/lCarollo/Documents/ClientfrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 2100 STEEL JOISTS.docx (CONFORMED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel: Comply with SJI's "Specifications" for web and steel -angle chord members. B. Structural Steel For Supplementary Framing and Joist Leg Extensions: ASTM A36, minimum C. Steel Bearing Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Carbon -Steel Bolts and Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, carbon -steel, hex -head bolts and threaded fasteners; carbon -steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C E. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon -steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 2.02 PRIMERS A. Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, Type 1 red oxide, or manufacturer's standard shop primer complying with performance requirements in SSPC-Paint 15. B. Primer: Provide shop primer that complies with Division 9 Painting. 2.03 K -SERIES STEEL JOISTS A. Manufacture steel joists of type indicated according to "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K -Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel -angle top- and bottom -chord members, underslung ends, and parallel top chord. 1. Joist Type: K -series steel joist. B. Steel Joist Substitutes: Manufacture according to "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K -Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel -angle or - channel members. C. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for shop welding, appearance, quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. Refer to Section 2.7 C. for additional welding requirements. D. Provide holes in chord members for connecting and securing other construction to joists. Do not make or enlarge holes by burning. E. Top -Chord Extensions: Extend top chords of joists with SJI's Type S top -chord extensions where indicated, complying with SJI's "Specifications." F. Extended Ends: Extend bearing ends of joists with SJI's Type R extended ends where indicated, complying with SJI's "Specifications." September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_21_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 2100 STEEL JOISTS.docx (CONFORMED) G. Do not camber joists. H. Camber joists according to SJI's Specifications. I. Equip bearing ends of joists with manufacturer's standard beveled ends or sloped shoes if joist slope exceeds 1/4 inch per 12 inches. 2.04 JOIST ACCESSORIES A. Bridging: Provide bridging anchors and number of rows of horizontal bridging of material, size, and type required by SJI's "Specifications" for type of joist, chord size, spacing, and span. Furnish additional erection bridging if required for stability. B. Bridging: Schematically indicated. Detail and fabricate according to SJI's "Specifications." Furnish additional erection bridging if required for stability. C. Bridging: Fabricate as indicated and according to SJI's "Specifications." Furnish additional erection bridging if required for stability. D. Fabricate steel bearing plates with integral anchorages of sizes and thicknesses indicated. Shop prime and paint. E. Steel bearing plates with integral anchorages are specified. F. Supply ceiling extensions, either extended bottom -chord elements or a separate extension unit of enough strength to support ceiling construction. Extend ends to within 1/2 inch of finished wall surface, unless otherwise indicated. G. Supply miscellaneous accessories, including splice plates and bolts required by joist manufacturer to complete joist installation. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Splices: Shop splices may occur in chord or web members. Members containing a butt weld splice shall develop an ultimate tensile force of at least 57,000 psi times the full design area of the chord or web. B. Holes shall not be made or enlarged by burning with a torch. C. Welds shall meet the following criteria for acceptance: 1. Remove slag from welds prior to inspection. 2. Cracked welds are not acceptable and must be repaired. 3. Thorough fusion shall exist between the weld and base metal, as determined by visual inspection. 4. Unfilled weld craters shall not be included in the design length of the weld. 5. Undercut shall not exceed 1/16" provided that it is oriented parallel to the principal stress. 6. The sum of surface (piping) porosity diameters shall not exceed 1/16" in any 1" of design weld length. 7. Weld spatter that does not interfere with paint coverage is acceptable. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_21_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienYTX/Fort Worth/9585AlO/Specifications/JQ Specs/05 2100 STEEL JOISTS.docx (CONFORMED) 2.06 CLEANING AND SHOP PAINTING A. Clean and remove loose scale, heavy rust, and other foreign materials from fabricated joists and accessories by power -tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 3. 1. Apply 1 coat of shop primer to joists and joist accessories to be primed to provide a continuous, dry paint film not less than 1 mil thick. B. Shop priming of joists and joist accessories is specified in Division 9, Painting. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates, embedded bearing plates, and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Do not install joists until supporting construction is in place and secured. B. Install joists and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supporting construction according to SJI's "Specifications," joist manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements in this Section. 1. Before installation, splice joists delivered to Project site in more than one piece. 2. Space, adjust, and align joists accurately in location before permanently fastening. 3. Minimum bearings and anchorage shall conform to referenced SJI standards and the Drawings. 4. Allow for erection loads. Install temporary bracing and erection bridging, connections, and anchors to ensure that joists are stabilized during construction. Construction loads shall not be applied until joists are permanently fastened to supports and all bridging has been installed. 5. Delay rigidly connecting bottom -chord extensions to columns or supports until dead loads have been applied. C. Field weld joists to supporting steel bearing plates and framework. Coordinate welding sequence and procedure with placement of joists. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. D. Bridging shall conform to SJI standards and the shop drawings. Provide and install extra bridging, where indicated or where required due to loading, in addition to the minimum SJI requirements. Install and connect bridging concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords if terminating at walls or beams. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_21_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 200 STEEL JOISTS.docx (CONFORMED) 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: CONTRACTOR will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds and bolted connections and to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test and inspection reports. B. Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. C. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following procedures, as applicable: 1. Radiographic Testing: ASTM E 94. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709. 3. Ultrasonic Testing: ASTM E 164. 4. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. D. Bolted connections will be visually inspected. E. High-strength, field -bolted connections will be tested and verified according to procedures in RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 Bolts." F. Correct deficiencies in Work that test and inspection reports have indicated are not in compliance with specified requirements. G. Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. 3.04 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime -painted joists, bearing plates, abutting structural steel and accessories. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by hand -tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 2, or power -tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 3. 2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Division 9 painting. D. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure that joists and accessories are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_21_00-6 9585A1 0 pw://Camilo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 21 00 STEEL JOISTS.docx (CONFORMED) SECTION 05_30_00 METAL ROOF DECKING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to furnish and install the galvanized metal decking as shown and specified. 2. Metal decking Work shall include roof sump pans, cant strips, ridge and valley plates, and metal closure strips. The Work also includes: a. Cutting and flashing of openings to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections, and providing for the metal decking at all items required for which provision is not specifically included under other Sections. 3. Finish painting shall be as specified in Section 09_91_00. B. Coordination 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the Work that must be installed with or attached to the metal decking. C. Related Sections 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of CONTRACTOR's Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of ten (10) years of experience in the production of substantially similar equipment, and shall show evidence of satisfactory operation in at least ten (10) installations. B. Reference Standards and Codes: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. AISI, Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members. 2. AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code. 3. SDI, Steel Roof Deck Design Manual. 4. ASTM A 36, Structural Steel. 5. ASTM A 446, Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. 6. MIL -P-21035, (Ships) Paint, High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair. C. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, design, fabrication and erection shall be in accordance with the current edition of the American Iron and Steel Institute's "Light Gauge Steel Design Specification." Steel decking shall be delivered, stored, handled and installed in such a manner that it will not be damaged or deformed. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_30_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUiX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 30 00 METAL ROOF DECKING.doc (CONFORMED) D. Design Of Decking And Connections 1. All details shown are typical, similar details apply to similar conditions, unless otherwise shown or specified. Verify dimensions at the site without causing delay in the Work. E. Qualification Of Welding Work 1. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 5 - Qualification. 2. Decking welded in place is subject to inspection and testing. Expense of removing and replacing any portion of decking for testing purposes will be borne by the OWNER if welds are found to be satisfactory; otherwise CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs involved. Remove Work found to be defective and provide new acceptable Work. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Compute the properties of metal deck sections on the basis of the effective design width as limited by the provisions of the AISI Specifications. Provide no less than the deck section properties shown, including section modulus and moment of inertia per foot of width. B. Allowable Deflection: Design and fabricate deck for a maximum deflection of 1/240 of the clear span under the total uniform dead and live load. C. Uplift Loading: Install and anchor roof deck units to resist gross uplift loading of 50 pounds per square foot at areas within 8'0" of roof edges and 30 pounds per square foot for other roof areas. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Shop Drawings showing layout of deck panels, anchorage details and every condition requiring closure panels, supplementary framing, special jointing or other accessories. 2. Submit complete erection drawings, including type of decking section, adaptations around openings and other special conditions, method of welding sections to supporting structural steel, procedure for attaching end closure plates and butt joint cover plates, and miscellaneous flashing. 3. Where the steel beams or decking are to support loads, framing, monorails, hangers or any other items effecting design and detailing of connections, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain Shop Drawings from all subcontractors, review these Shop Drawings, coordinate all interrelated work and submit a complete combined submittal to the ENGINEER for written approval prior to the start of the metal decking Work. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_30_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 30 00 METAL ROOF DECKING.doc (CONFORMED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446, Grade A. Before forming, the steel shall receive a protective metal coating of zinc conforming to ASTM A 525, with a minimum of class G90 coating. The decking shall be 20 -gauge, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. Deck sections shall be as shown on the Drawings. Decking having cross-sectional properties, which differ from the indicated, may be used provided that the structural properties of the proposed decking are equal to or greater than, the structural properties of the decking indicated. The diaphragm shear values established by testing shall be equal to shear values established for the decking indicated. C. Decking, where indicated, shall have sheet lengths that cover three or more spans wherever practicable. D. Accessories shall be formed of the same material as used for the steel deck. Deck units receiving concrete fill shall be formed with integral locking lugs or emboss- ments to provide a mechanical lock between the steel deck and the concrete. E. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36. F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc -dust content paint for repair of damaged galvanized surfaces complying with Military Specifications MIL -P-21035. G. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Vulcraft. 2. CSI Manufacturing. 3. Verco Manufacturing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR shall examine conditions under which decking is to be installed and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of any unsatisfactory condition existing or whenever design of decking and connection may not be clearly indicated. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions or deficiencies have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. Prior to commencement of any Work, the decking manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit certifying to the yield strength, unit design stress and gauge of the metal, which will be used for the decking fabrication, and test -established diaphragm shear values for the decking supplied using indicated connections. B. Metal decking shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The decking manufacturer's recommendations, as approved, are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Failure to conform to this requirement shall be ample justification for rejection of the material. September 2018 - CONFORMED 0530_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/SpecificationsW Specs/05 30_ 00 METAL ROOF DECKING.doc (CONFORMED) C. Steel decking shall be provided complete, including all cutting, shaping, fitting, drilling, welding, ridge plates, valley plates, reinforcing plates for all openings in the deck and miscellaneous pieces necessary for proper installation and weathertight construction. D. Special care shall be exercised not to damage or overload the decking during installation. The maximum uniform distribution load shall not exceed 20 psf. The decking shall not be used for storage or as a working platform until the sheets have been welded into position. Decking stored at the site before erection shall be stacked on platforms or pallets and covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight covering. E. Deck units shall not be placed on supporting members until all connections are completed and the supporting assembly has its final design strength and capacity. F. Decking shall be installed in a continuous operation to avoid delays in the construc- tion. G. The steel deck units shall be placed on the supporting framework, aligned, and adjusted to final position before being permanently fastened. H. If the supporting beams are not properly aligned or sufficiently level to permit proper bearing of steel units, CONTRACTOR shall take corrective action to ensure properly aligned Work. The decking sheet shall be formed at the longitudinal sides in such a manner that they will overlap and/or interlock. All interlocking seams shall be button punched at 12 -inches on center, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. End laps shall occur over bearings only. Where the end of sheets overlap, they shall be die -formed in such manner that the sheet in the next row telescopes and snugly overlaps the sheet laid previously; end overlaps at bearings shall not be less than 2 -inches. Sheets that abut at supports without overlapping may be provided, in which case, steel underlapping die -formed sleeves, having a minimum width of 2 -inches, shall be provided to connect the abutting sheets. Where the ends of the decking sheets abut without overlapping at the supports, each end of the decking sheets shall have a minimum bearing of 3 - inches on the supports and shall be welded to the supports as the underlapping sleeve connectors are installed. K. The steel decking shall provide a continuous uniform slope, with practically flush top surfaces, and shall be installed in straight and continuous rows, as far as practicable, with ribs at right angles to the supporting members. L. All sheets shall be 36 -inches wide. Narrower closure the strips shall not be less than 18 -inches wide and shall be welded to adjacent full sheet with 1 -inch long seam welds at 12 -inches on center. M. Flashing: Provide zinc coated continuous flashing for deck units at openings and at deck perimeters, if necessary, in order to contain concrete fill. Flashing shall be detailed and installed to prevent concrete leakage. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_30_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientfTX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 30 00 METAL ROOF DECKING.doc (CONFORMED) N. Connection Plates: Provide 14 -gauge galvanized bent plate sections as shown or required over perimeter and interior framing to allow specified welding to parallel supports. O. Where suspended ceilings occur, appropriate hanger supports shall be provided; coordinate with ceiling system manufacturer and installer. P. After erection, all damaged surfaces shall be primed with a zinc dust type primer paint. Q. All Work not in conformance with these Specifications and/or generally accepted standards of the trade shall be deemed defective by the ENGINEER and shall be rejected. All Work which is defective shall be corrected or replaced as directed by the ENGINEER. Corrections, redesign, and replacement of defective Work shall be at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. R. After erection, all surfaces shall be cleaned and left free of all grime and dirt. Decking shall be cleaned with solvents, if necessary, to provide a surface which will readily bond with concrete fill. Remove unused materials, tools, scaffolding and debris from the premises, and leave the area broom clean. 3.03 WELDING A. Steel deck units shall be fastened to steel framework by the arc welding process. Welds shall be free of sharp points or edges. All welds shall be cleaned immediately, by chipping or wire brushing, and shall be coated with a zinc dust type primer paint. B. Welding shall conform to the applicable requirements of the AISC "Light Gauge Steel Design" and all welding shall be done by qualified welders. Welder qualifications shall be in accordance with AWS Specification B3.0, "Standard Qualification Procedures." C. Decking sheets shall be fastened to the steel framework at all supports as indicated on the drawings. D. Weld all connection angles and plates to supporting members and decking with specified welds indicated on the drawings. E. Any weld found to be defective shall be replaced before concrete is placed. Decking shall be erected and properly aligned prior to welding. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_30_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 30 00 METAL ROOF DECKING.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION 05_50_00 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope 1. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown on the Drawings, specified and required to furnish miscellaneous metal fabrications, including surface preparation and shop priming. 2. The Work also includes: a. Providing openings in the miscellaneous metal fabrications to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections and attaching to the miscellaneous metal fabrications all items such as sleeves, bands, studs, fasteners and all items required for which provision is not specifically included in other Sections. B. The extent of miscellaneous metal fabrications Work is shown on the Drawings and includes items fabricated from iron, steel and aluminum shapes, plates, bars, castings and extrusions, which are not a part of the structural steel or other metal systems covered by other Sections of these Specifications. C. The types of miscellaneous metal items include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Aluminum ladders. 2. Aluminum ladder safety cages. 3. Loose steel lintels. 4. Shelf angles. 5. Extruded aluminum stair nosings. 6. Fall prevention system. 7. Bollards. 8. Metal grating. 9. Miscellaneous framing and supports. 10. Miscellaneous accessories and fasteners. 11. Seat Angles, supports and brackets. D. Related Sections 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor's Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown and specified: 1. ASTM A 36, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Casting. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_00-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/J0 Specs/05 5000 MISCELLANEODS METAL FABRICATION S.doc (CONFORMED) 3. ASTM A 53, Specification for Pipe Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless. 4. ASTM A 123, Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM A 153, Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 6. ASTM A 240, Specification for Heat -Resisting Chromium and Chromium - Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels. 7. ASTM A 276, Stainless and Heat -Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes. 8. ASTM A 320, Specification for Alloy Steel Bolting Material for Low Temperature Service. 9. ASTM A 500, Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 10. ASTM A 572, Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Columbium -Vanadium Structural Steel. 11. ASTM A 992, Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. 12. ASTM B 209, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 13. ASTM B 211, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Bars, Rods and Wire. 14. ASTM B 221, Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. 15. ASTM B 308, Specification for Aluminum -Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles. 16. ANSI A14.3, Safety Requirements for Fixed Ladders. 17. AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code. 18. NAAMM, Metal Finishes Manual. 19. OSHA. B. Field Measurements 1. Take field measurements where required prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting of the Work. C. Shop Assembly 1. Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Fabrication and erection details of all assemblies of miscellaneous metal Work. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include setting drawings and templates for location and installation of miscellaneous metal items and anchorage devices. 2. Copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions for products to be used in miscellaneous metal Work. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_00-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientrrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/SpecificationsW Specs/05 50 00 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATION S.doc (CONFORMED) PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36. B. Aluminum 1. Alloy and Temper: Provide alloy and temper as shown on the Drawings or specified, or as otherwise recommended by the aluminum producer or finisher. 2. Extruded Shapes and Tubes: ASTM B 221. 3. Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209. 4. Bars, Rods and Wre: ASTM B 211. C. Stainless Steel 1. Plates, Sheets and Bars: ASTM A 240 or A 276, Type 304L or Type 316 stainless steel. 2. Submerged or intermittently submerged: Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Non -submerged: Type 304L stainless steel unless noted otherwise in the Drawings or specs. D. Stainless Steel Fasteners and Fittings: ASTM A 320, Type 304L or Type 316 Stainless Steel. E. Zinc Coated Hardware: ASTM A 153. F. Surface Preparation and Shop Priming: All steel shall be primed in the shop. Surface preparation and shop priming requirements are included herein, but are specified in Section 09_91_00. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS A. Aluminum Ladders 1. Fabricate ladders for the locations shown on the Drawings, with dimensions, spacings, details and anchorages as shown on the Drawings, and specified. Comply with the requirements of ANSI A14.3, except as otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified. a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide 1-1/2 inch diameter schedule 40 side rails spaced 18 -inches apart, minimum. b. Provide extruded square rungs, spaced 12 -inches on centers, maximum with non -slip surface on the top of each rung. Adhesive strips for non -slip surfaces will not be allowed. 2. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails, plug weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 3. Support each ladder at top and bottom and at intermediate points spaced not more than five feet on centers. Use welded or bolted brackets, designed for adequate support and anchorage, and to hold the ladder clear of the wall surface with a minimum of 7 -inches clearance from wall to centerline of rungs. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, or approved by the Engineer, extend rails 42 -inches above top rung, and return rails to wall or structure, unless other secure handholes are provided. If the adjacent structure does not extend above the top rung, goose neck the extended rails back to the structure to provide secure ladder access. 4. Use extruded aluminum conforming to alloy and temper 6061 T6. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_00-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVMFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 50 00 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS.doc (CONFORMED) 5. Aluminum Ladder Safety Cages 6. Fabricate ladder safety cages from extruded flat bars, assembled by welding or riveting. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide 1/2 -inch by 3 - inch top, bottom and intermediate hoops spaced not more than five feet on centers; and 3/8 -inch by 2 -inch vertical bars, secured to each hoop. Space vertical bars approximately 9 -inches on centers. Fasten assembled safety cage to ladder rails and adjacent construction as shown on the Drawings. Grind all welds, sharp edges and projections smooth. 7. Comply with the requirements of ANSI A14.3. 8. Use extruded aluminum conforming to alloy and temper 6061 T6. B. Loose Steel Lintels 1. Provide loose structural steel lintels for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions as shown on the Drawings. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where shown on the Drawings. Provide not less than 8 -inches bearing at each side of openings, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. a. Galvanize loose steel lintels to be installed in exterior walls and other exposed conditions. C. Shelf Angles 1. Provide structural steel shelf angles of sizes shown on the Drawings for attachment to concrete or masonry construction. Provide slotted holes to receive 3/4 -inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 -inches from ends and not more than 24 -inches on centers, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. a. Galvanize shelf angles shall be installed on exterior construction. D. Extruded Aluminum Stair Nosings 1. Fabricate of sizes and configurations as shown on the Drawings. a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide ribbed abrasive filled type, using black abrasive filler. 2. Provide anchors for embedding in concrete, either integral or applied to treads, as standard with the manufacturer. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide stair nosings by one of the following: a. American Abrasive Metals Company. b. Wooster Products Incorporated. E. Fall Prevention System: All ladders longer than 12 -feet shall be provided with a fall prevention system. The system shall meet OSHA standards. 1. The system shall consist of a rail permanently attached to the ladder to which a harness belt is attached. The rail shall be notched and constructed of aluminum. Ladder attachments shall b provided as required by the manufacturer. A removable extension section shall be provided at the top of the ladder. 1. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Saf-T-Climb by Norton Company. b. Or approved equal. F. Bollards: Provide 8 -inch diameter, Schedule 40 black steel pipe, 4 -feet -0 -inches above grade, 4 -feet -0 -inches below grade. Fill with concrete and mound top. Bollards shall be primed in the shop. Surface preparation and painting shall conform to the requirements of Section 09_91_00. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_00-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Cllent/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/J0 Specs/05 50 00 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS.doc (CONFORMED) G. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: 1. Provide miscellaneous metal framing and supports, which are not a part of the structural steel framework and are required to complete the Work. 2. Fabricate miscellaneous units to the sizes, shapes and profiles shown on the Drawings or, if not shown on the Drawings, of the required dimensions to receive adjacent grating, plates, tanks, doors, or other work to be retained by the framing. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, fabricate from structural shapes, plates, and bars, of all welded construction using mitered corners, welded brackets and splice plates and a minimum number of joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items to be anchored to the Work. 3. Furnish units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. a. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, space anchors, 24 -inches on centers, and provide units the equivalent of 1-1/4 by 1/4 by 8 -inch strips. b. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous frames and supports. c. Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports where indicated. H. Fasteners and Fittings: Provide Type 316 stainless steel, for all aluminum fabrications, and zinc coated hardware for all galvanized fabrications, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified. Surface Preparation and Shop Priming: All miscellaneous metal fabrications shall be primed in the shop, unless noted otherwise. Surface preparation and shop priming requirements are included herein, but are specified in Section 09_91_00. J. Galvanizing: All galvanizing of fabricated steel items to comply with the requirements of ASTM A 123. K. Aluminum Finish: Provide an Architectural Class 1 anodized finish, AA M32C22 A41, clear, as specified in NAAMM Manual. L. Metal Gratings 1. General: a. Fabricate grating to cover areas indicated on the Drawings. b. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, grating over an opening shall cover entire opening. c. Make cutouts in grating where required for equipment access or protrusion, including valve operators or stems, and gate frames. d. Band ends of grating and edges of cutouts in grating: 1) End banding: 1/4 inch less than height of grating, with top of grating and top edge of banding flush. 2) Cutout banding: Full -height of grating. 3) Use banding of same material as grating. 4) Panel layout: Enable installation and subsequent removal of grating around protrusions or piping. 5) Openings 6 inches and larger: Lay out grating panels with edges of 2 adjacent panels located on centerline of opening. 6) Openings smaller than 6 inches: Locate opening at edge of single panel. September 2018 - CONFORMED 0550_00-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Spec cations/JQ Specs/05 50_ 00 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS.doc (CONFORMED) 7) Where an area requires more than 1 grating section to cover area, clamp adjacent grating sections together at 1/4 -points with fasteners acceptable to Engineer. a) Fabricate steel grating sections in units weighing not more than 80 pounds each. 2. Heavy-duty steel grating: a. Heavy-duty type, fabricated from structural steel and designed in accordance with AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, using H-20 loading. b. Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 123. c. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Reliance Steel Products Company, Heavy -Duty Steel Grating. 2) Seidelhuber Metal Products, Inc., equivalent product. M. Aluminum Stairs 1. Stringers: 6061-T6 aluminum alloy. 2. Stair Treads: a. Aluminum shall be of the same type specified under Aluminum Grating. b. Shall be of sizes indicated in the Drawings and 1-3/4 inch minimum depth with cast abrasive type safety nosings. 3. Handrails and Guardrails: Aluminum pipe as specified under Aluminum Handrails and Guardrails (Nonwelded Pipe). 4. Fasteners: Type 316 stainless steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be performed and notify the Engineer, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Set miscellaneous metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Brace temporarily or anchor temporarily in formwork where fabrications are to be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction. B. Anchor securely as shown on the Drawings or as required for the intended use, using concealed anchors wherever possible. C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld steel connections, which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind steel joints smooth and touch up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units, which have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. D. Protection Of Aluminum From Dissimilar Materials September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_00-6 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienUTX/Fort Worth/9585A101Specifications/iQ Specs/05 50 00 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS.doc (CONFORMED) Coat all surfaces of aluminum in contact with dissimilar materials, such as concrete, masonry and steel. a. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean. b. Shop Prime: 1) Generic Description: Polyamide Epoxy. 2) Product and Manufacturer: Tnemec 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline, 2.0-3.0 dry mils. E. Coordinate all embedded metal assemblies to be embedded in concrete with the fabricator/manufacturer prior to construction. F. Metal Gratings 1. General: a. Allow 1/8 -inch maximum clearance between ends of grating and inside face of vertical leg of shelf angles. b. Horizontal bearing leg of shelf angles shall be 2 inches minimum. c. Install aluminum plate or angles where necessary to fill openings at changes in elevation and at openings between equipment and grating. d. Install angle stops at ends of grating. e. Installed grating shall not slide out of rebate or off support. f. Weld stops in place, unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. g. Top surfaces of grating sections adjacent to each other shall lie in same plane. 2. Heavy-duty steel grating: a. Support on hot -dip galvanized structural steel rebates embedded and anchored in concrete. b. Use for roadways, traffic areas, and where indicated on the Drawings. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_00-7 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/05 50 00 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATION S.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION 05_50_01 ANCHORAGES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope 1. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown on the Drawings, specified, and required to furnish and install anchorages, including anchor bolts, toggle bolts and concrete inserts. B. This Section includes all anchor bolts, toggles and inserts required for the Work, but not specified under other Sections. C. The types of Work using the anchor bolts, toggles and inserts include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Rails. 2. Sluice and slide gates. 3. Hangers and brackets. 4. Equipment. 5. Piping. 6. Grating and floor plate. 7. Electrical, Plumbing and HVAC Work. 8. Metal, wood and plastic fabrications. 9. Shelf angles and masonry lintels. D. Related Sections 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor's Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown and specified. 1. ASTM A 36, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A 123, Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A 153, Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 4. ASTM A 307, Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 5. ASTM A 484, Specification for General Requirements for Stainless and Heat - Resisting Steel Bars, Billets and Forgings. 6. ASTM A 525, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. September 2018 - CONFORMED 0550_01-1 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientlrX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 50_ 01 ANCHORAGES.doc (CONFORMED) 7. ASTM A 536, Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 8. ASTM A 570, Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot -Rolled, Structural Quality. 9. ASTM B 633, Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 10. ASTM F 593, Stainless Steel Bolts; Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. 11. Federal Specification FF -S-325 for Concrete Expansion Anchors. 12. Federal Specifications WW -H-171 E for Malleable Iron. 13. ICBG, International Conference of Building Officials. 14. International Building Code. B. Inserts shall be ICBO, UL or FM approved. C. Toggle Bolts: Federal Specification FF -B -588C, Type I, Class A, Style 1. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Setting drawings and templates for location and installation of anchorage devices. 2. Copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams and installation instructions for the devices. 3. Copies of ICBG, UL or FM Reports certifying load carrying capacities and installation requirements for the anchorage devices. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DESIGN CRITERIA A. When the size, length or load carrying capacity of an anchor bolt, toggle bolt, or concrete insert is not shown on the Drawings, provide the following: 1. For anchor bolts (cast -in-place), provide the size, length and capacity required to carry the design load based on the values and requirements given in the International Building Code. 2. For concrete anchors (adhesive types) and concrete inserts, provide the size, length, type, and capacity required to carry the design load based on the values and requirements given in the ICBO Evaluation Report, or similar certifications by UL or FM, for the anchor to be used. Alternately the capacity may be based on independent testing lab capacities for tension and shear strength using a minimum safety factor of four. Consideration of reduced capacity due to spacing and edge distance shall be made. B. Determine design loads as follows: 1. For equipment anchors, use the design load recommended by the equipment manufacturer and approved by Engineer. 2. For pipe hangers and supports, use one half of the total weight of: pipe, fittings, and water contained in pipe, plus the full weight of valves and accessories located between the hanger or support in question. 3. Concrete anchors shall develop ultimate shear and pull-out loads of not less than the following values in 4,000 psi concrete: September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_01-2 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVTX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 50 01 ANCHORAGES.doc (CONFORMED) Bolt Diameter Min. Shear Min. Pull -Out Load Inches Pounds Pounds 1/2 5,000 7,600 5/8 8,000 12,000 3/4 11,500 17,000 7/8 15,700 20,400 1 20,500 28,400 2.02 MATERIALS A. Anchor Bolts 1. For equipment, provide stainless steel bolts and hardware complying with ASTM F 593, AISI Type 316 headed or non -headed type with nitronic 60 stainless steel nuts and locknuts, unless otherwise indicated. Provide A307 galvanized anchor bolts at structural columns unless indicated otherwise in the Drawings. 2. For equipment, provide anchor bolts, which meet the equipment manufacturer's recommendations for size, material, and strength. Anchors shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Provide anchor bolts as shown on the Drawings or as required to secure structural steel to concrete or masonry. 4. Locate and accurately set the anchor bolts using templates or other devices as required. 5. Protect threads and shank from damage during installation of equipment and structural steel. 6. Comply with manufacturer's required embedment length and necessary anchor bolt projection. B. Adhesive Anchors 1. Provide stainless steel adhesive anchors complying with ASTM F 593, AISI Type 316 with nitronic 60 stainless steel nuts and locknuts unless indicated otherwise. 2. Anchors shall be of the size required for the concrete strength specified. 3. Adhesive anchors shall consist of threaded rods or bolts anchored with an adhesive system into hardened concrete or grout -filled masonry. The adhesive system shall use a two -component adhesive mix and shall be injected with a static mixing nozzle following manufacturer's instructions. The embedment depth of the rod/bolt shall provide a minimum allowable bond strength that is equal to the allowable tensile capacity of the rod/bolt, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 4. Product and Manufacturer: a. HIT HY-200 with Safe Set Technology, Injection Adhesive Anchor System, as manufactured by Hilti. b. Set -Anchoring Adhesive System, as manufactured by Simpson. c. No substitutes will be considered. C. Sleeved Expansion Anchors For Installation In Concrete Masonry 1. Provide Type 316 stainless steel anchors complete with nuts and washers. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide anchors by one of the following: a. Sleeve Anchors, as manufactured by Hilti Fastening Systems, Incorporated. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_01-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/4 Specs/05 50 01 ANCHORAGES.doc (CONFORMED) b. No substitutes will be considered. D. Concrete Inserts 1. For piping, grating, floor plate and masonry lintels, provide malleable iron inserts. Comply with Federal Specification WW -H-171 E (Type 18). Provide those recommended by the manufacturer for the required loading. 2. Finish shall be black. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide inserts by one of the following: a. Figure 282, as manufactured by Anvil International. b. No. 380, as manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Incorporated. c. Blue Banger Hanger by Simpson. E. Toggle Bolts 1. Provide spring -wing toggle bolts, with two-piece wings. 2. Provide Type 316 stainless steel bolts. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide toggle bolts by one of the following: a. The Rawlplug Company, Incorporated. b. Haydon Bolts, Incorporated. F. Powder activated fasteners and other types of bolts and fasteners not specified herein shall not be used, unless approved by Engineer. G. Expansion anchors will not be allowed except where approved by the Engineer in writing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall examine areas and conditions under which anchor bolts, toggle bolts and concrete insert Work is to be installed, and notify Engineer, in writing, of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of Work. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Engineer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Assure that embedded items are protected from damage and are not filled in with concrete. B. Use concrete inserts for pipe hangers and supports for the pipe size and loading recommended by the insert manufacturer. Do not use adhesive anchors for pure tension applications such as pipe hangers. C. Use toggle bolts for fastening brackets and other elements onto masonry units. D. For the adhesive anchors and adhesive material, Contractor shall comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions on the hole diameter and depth required to fully develop the tensile strength of the adhesive anchor or reinforcing bar. Contractor shall properly clean out the hole utilizing a wire brush and compressed air to remove all loose material from the hole, prior to installing adhesive capsules or material. Refer to the Drawings for details. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_01-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client rX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/4 Specs/05 50 01 ANCHORAGES.doc (CONFORMED) E. Use torque wrench for all anchor installations and torque to manufacturer recommendations. 3.03 CLEANING A. After embedding concrete is placed, remove protection and clean bolts and inserts. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall employ a testing laboratory to perform field quality testing of installed anchors. Field engineer or Owner inspector is to determine the level of testing which is required for the various types of adhesive anchors and anchor bolts. A minimum of ten percent of the adhesive anchors are to be tested to 50 percent of the ultimate tensile capacity of the adhesive anchor as published in the manufacturer's catalogue. B. If failure of any of the adhesive anchors occurs, Contractor will be required to pay for the costs involved in testing the remaining 90 percent. C. Contractor shall correct improper workmanship, remove and replace, or correct as directed by the Engineer, all adhesive anchors found unacceptable or deficient, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Contractor shall pay for all corrections and subsequent tests required to confirm the integrity of the adhesive anchor. E. The independent testing and inspection agency shall complete a report on each area. The report should summarize the observations made by the inspector and be submitted to Engineer. F. Provide access for the testing agency to places where Work is being produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished. END OF SECTION September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_50_01-5 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/SpecificationsW Specs/05 50 01 ANCHORAGES.doc (CONFORMED) SECTION ADDED IN ITS ENTIRETYADI SECTION 05_52_13 ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals as shown on the Drawings, specified and required to furnish and install aluminum handrail and railing systems. The Work also includes: a. Providing openings in, and attachments to, aluminum handrail and railing systems to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections and providing for the aluminum handrail and railing systems all items such as anchor bolts, fasteners, studs and all items required for which provision is not specifically included under other Sections. 2. Extent of aluminum handrail and railing systems is shown on the Drawings and specified. 3. Types of products required include the following: a. Top and two intermediate horizontal railing systems. b. Handrail system. c. Toeboards. d. Anchors and fasteners. e. Sleeves, castings, reinforcing inserts, wall brackets, gates, gate latches, stops and hinges, chains, and other miscellaneous accessories. f. Custom finished architectural Class I anodized finish for all system components. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the Work that must be installed with or attached to the handrail and railing. 2. Coordinate all handrail and railing locations as required for Work meeting all governing authorities. C. Related Sections: 1. The Contract Documents are complementary, what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the CONTRACTOR's Work. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Aluminum handrail and railing system shall consist of three equally spaced horizontal rails with totally concealed mechanical fasteners, internally threaded tubular rivets and adhesively bonded components fastened to posts spaced not more than 5 feet - 0 inches on center and a system of handrails supported from adjacent construction by mounting brackets spaced at not more than 5 feet - 0 inches on center. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-1 9585A1 0 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/05 5I-3 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAI LINGS.docx (CONFORMED) B. Aluminum handrail and railing system shall include all components and features shown on the Drawings and specified and all system components and features available from specified manufacturers necessary to provide a complete aluminum handrail and railing system complying with these Specifications. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Engage a single firm, with undivided responsibility for performance of handrail and railing systems Work. 2. Engage a firm, which can show five years previous successful experience in the fabrication of handrail and railing systems of scope and type similar to the required Work. 3. Materials and fabrication procedures shall be subject to inspection and tests in the mill, shop, and field, conducted by a qualified inspection agency. Such inspections and tests shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with specified requirements. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. Engage a single installer skilled, trained and with a record of successful experience in the installation of aluminum handrail and railing systems and who has a successful record of performing Work in accordance with the approved recommendations and requirements of the fabricator or who can submit evidence in writing of being acceptable to the fabricator; and who agrees to employ only tradesmen with specific skill and successful experience in this type of Work. Submit names and qualification to ENGINEER along with the following information on a minimum of three successful projects: a. Names and telephone numbers of owner, architects or engineers responsible for projects. b. Approximate contract cost of the handrails and railings. c. Amount of area installed. C. Codes: 1. Comply with the applicable requirements of OSHA and the Uniform Building Code. 2. If there is a conflict between the OSHA requirements and the Uniform Building Code, comply with whichever requirement is more stringent. D. Allowable Tolerances: 1. Limit variation of cast -in-place inserts, sleeves and field -drilled anchor and fastener holes to the following: a. Spacing: ±3/8 -inch. b. Alignment: ±1/4 -inch. c. Plumbness: ±1/8 -inch. 2. Minimum Handrails and Railings Systems Plumb Criteria: a. Limit variation of completed handrail and railing system alignment to 1/4 - inch in 12 feet - 0 inches with posts set plumb to within 1/16 -inch in 3 foot - 0 inches. b. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and from parallel with rake of stairs and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 -inch in 12 feet - 0 inches. 3. Provide "pencil -line" thin butt joints. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-2 9585A10 pw,//Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Wor h/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/05 52 13 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAI LINGS.docx (CONFORMED) E. Source Quality Control: 1. Obtain all handrails and railings systems components and accessories from the same manufacturer. F. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. 1. ASTM B 26, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sand Castings. 2. ASTM B 117, Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 3. ASTM B 136, Method for Measurement of Stain Resistance of Anodic Coatings on Aluminum. 4. ASTM B 137, Test Method for Measurement of Coating Mass Per Unit Area of Anodically Coated Aluminum. 5. ASTM B 210, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes. 6. ASTN B 221, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles and Tubes. 7. ASTM B 241, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube. 8. ASTM B 244, Test Method for Measurement of Thickness of Anodic Coatings on Aluminum and of Other Nonconductive Coatings on Nonmagnetic Basis Metals with Eddy -Current Instruments. 9. ASTM B 247, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Die Forgings, Hand Forgings, and Rolled Ring Forgings. 10. ASTM B 429, Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. 11. ANSI Al264.1, Safety Requirements for Workplace Floor and Wall Openings, Stairs and Railing Systems. 12. The Aluminum Association, AA ASD -1, Aluminum Standards and Data. 13. The Aluminum Association, AA SAA -46, Standards for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. 14. The Aluminum Association, AA DSA -45, Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 15. Architectural Metal Products Division of The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, AMP/NAAMM, Pipe Railing Manual. 16. Architectural Metal Products Division of The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, AMP 501, Finishes for Aluminum. 17. OSHA, Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations Part 1910.23 - Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes. 18. The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336), Appendix A to Title 28 Code of Federal Regulations Part 36 (Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities - ADAAG. 19. American National Standard Institute, A117.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 20. Uniform Building Code. G. Field Measurements: Take field measurements, where required, prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting of the Work. H. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinate installation. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-3 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 5:3 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS.docx (CONFORMED) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit for approval the following: 1. Full size sample, 2 foot - 0 inches long, of assembled railing system at post and rail intersections with all associated components including typical mechanical and adhesively fastened connections, mounted toeboard and sleeve, and handrail at wall return complete with mounting brackets, all with specified controlled uniform metal finish. 2. Color Samples: Maximum range of clear anodized aluminum that shall appear in finished Work. Prepare range samples, to show the highest level of color control feasible for actual handrail and railing components, as determined by the licensor of the finishing process specified, on actual extrusions and castings of the Work. 3. Samples will be reviewed for finish, color, joinery tolerances, workmanship and general component assembly only. Compliance with all other requirements is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR. B. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Drawings for the fabrication and erection of handrail and railing systems with sizes of members, components and anchorage devices, all based on specified requirements. Include copies of manufacturer's specifications, standard detail drawings and installation instructions for handrail and railing systems. Include all plans and elevations identifying the location of all handrail and railing systems, and details of sections and connections. Show all anchorage items. 2. Profiles of handrail and railing systems components, and the details of forming, jointing, sections, connection, internal supports, trim, and accessories. Provide details drawn at 1 -1/2 -inch scale. 3. All calculations for complete structural analysis of the handrail and railing systems including calculations showing compliance with system performance criteria specified. The calculations shall be prepared, signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 4. Manufacturer's catalogs showing complete selection of standard and custom components and miscellaneous accessories for selection by ENGINEER. 5. Maintenance Manuals: Upon completion of the Work, furnish copies of detailed maintenance manual including the following information: a. Product name and number. b. Name, address and telephone number of fabricator and manufacturer's local distributor. c. Detailed procedures for routine maintenance and cleaning, including cleaning materials, application methods and precautions as to use of materials that may be detrimental to finish when improperly applied. d. Supply six copies of handrails and railings systems manufacturer's current catalog to OWNER. C. Certification: Submit for approval the following: 1. Copies of material purchase receipts indicating actual materials purchased for this job, signed by a certified and licensed Notary Public, verifying that material purchased for the Work complies with material designations specified as confirmed by approved Shop Drawings. 2. Manufacturer's certificate on results of load testing the completed handrail and railing systems, demonstrating compliance with all applicable OSHA, ANSI and Uniform Building Code, Building Construction Code requirements and the September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-4 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClientlTX/Fort Worth19585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 52 13 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS.docx (CONFORMED) system performance criteria specified for superimposed loadings and deflection limitations. 3. Finish: Furnish a written certificate confirming specified anodized coating film thickness, coating weight, sealing treatment and stain test performance. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Materials: 1. Deliver handrails and railings and all accessories dry and undamaged, with manufacturer's protective coating intact, bearing original intact factory labels identifying component's location and use within the completed systems. 2. Handrail and railing systems components, which are damaged during delivery or while being unloaded, shall not be stored on site. Remove such units from site and replace with new, undamaged material. B. Storage of Materials: 1. Store handrail and railing systems components and accessory materials in a dry location and in a manner that will protect strippable coating from exposure to sun and condensation; with good air circulation around each piece and with protection from wind blown rain. 2. Store handrail and railing systems components and accessory materials under tarpaulin covers and in an area protected from dirt, damage, weather and from the construction activities of all contractors. Do not store outside or allow items to become wet or soiled in any way while on site. 3. Do not store in contact with concrete, earth or other materials that might cause corrosion, staining, scratching or damage to finish. Do not install system components, which become dented, scratched or damaged in any way. Remove such components from site and replace with new, undamaged material. C. Handling of Materials: 1. Do not subject handrail and railing systems components and accessory materials to bending or stress. 2. Do not damage edges or handle material in a manner that will cause scratches, warps or dents. 3. Keep on-site handling to a minimum. 4. Maintain protective covering on railings and handrails. All surface protective coverings such as non -adhesive papers, adhesive papers and strippable plastic films shall be removed after receipt at the site as soon as there is no longer a need for the protection. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection: Protect cast -in-place sleeves from debris and water intrusion by use of temporary covers or removable foam inserts. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Performance Criteria: 1. Maintain the visual design concept shown on the Drawings, and the technical requirements specified, including modules, profiles, alignment of components and requirements for finish. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-5 9585A10 pw:HCarollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/SpecificationsW Specs/05 5213 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAI LINGS.docx (CONFORMED) 2. Provide handrail and railing systems that conform to the Uniform Building Code, Building Construction Code and OSHA, Part 1910.23, including the 200 pound loading requirement. In addition, the system shall conform to the following requirements: a. Completed railing and handrail systems shall withstand a uniform lateral force of 40 pounds per linear foot and a vertical uniform force of 50 pounds per linear foot, both applied simultaneously at the top of the handrail and railing. b. Intermediate and bottom rails shall withstand simultaneously applied lateral uniform forces of 40 pounds per linear foot and a vertical load of 50 pounds per linear foot, however, lateral and vertical loads on intermediate and bottom railings need not be considered in the detailing and fabrication of posts and anchorages. c. For railings having panels, the panels shall be detailed and fabricated to withstand a uniform lateral load of twenty pounds per square foot. d. Concentrated 200 pound load and uniform force conditions shall not be applied simultaneously. e. Other pertinent requirements ceded to ANSI A1264.1 by the Uniform Building Code. f. Bending stresses shall not exceed 60 percent of the yield stress of the material. Applied loads shall not produce permanent deflection in the completed Work when loads are removed. g. Select schedule of pipe using alloys, minimum diameter, loadings and maximum post spacing specified in order to limit deflection in each single -span of railing and handrail to 1.5 -inches maximum and on railing posts to 1.4 -inches maximum and with a safety factor of 1.65:1 for all Work. h. Load test completed handrail and railing systems and submit results to ENGINEER. Provide written report identifying and documenting the testing methods used, the loads superimposed and how and where they were applied, and the results of such tests on actual complete handrail and railing systems including all anchors and fasteners to be used in the Work. The written report shall be signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. Testing setup shall simulate actual conditions of installation to be used in the Work. 3. Thermal Control: Provide adequate expansion within fabricated systems that allows for a thermal expansion and contraction caused by a material temperature change of 140°F to -20°F without warp or bow of system components. Distance between expansion joints shall be based on providing a 1/4 -inch wide joint at 70°F, which accommodates a movement of 150 percent of the calculated amount of movement for the specified temperature range. 4. Provide expansion joints in handrail and railing systems where systems cross expansion joints in structure. 5. Provide handrail and railing systems as shown on the Drawings. Where handrail or railing systems are required by either the governing authority or the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, or the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, aluminum handrail and railing systems of the type specified herein shall be provided. 6. Configuration of all handrail and railing systems components shall be as shown on the Drawings. Verify dimensions at the site without causing delay in the Work. 7. Except where detailed dimensions are shown on the Drawings, indicate required locations for posts, space posts maximum 5 foot -0 inches on centers. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-6 9585A10 pw:/)Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585AlO/Specifications/JO Specs/05 5213 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS.docx (CONFORMED) 8. Where details show post location requirements at or near end of runs, uniformly space intermediate posts as required to meet loading and deflection criteria specified, but not greater than maximum spacing specified. Where posts are shown at straight walkways and other locations where railing is provided on each side, locate railing system posts opposite each other; do not stagger. 9. Comply with handrail and railing systems details shown on the Drawings. Provide fabricator's standard details for conditions not shown on the Drawings and for general system assembly, unless otherwise specified. All details shown are typical; similar details apply to similar conditions, unless specifically otherwise shown on the Drawings. 10. Fabricator is responsible for structural analysis and detailing of handrails and railings systems. Provide complete structural calculations and verification of other system performance criteria and Shop Drawings for all handrail and railing members, anchors and all other support system components prepared, signed and stamped with the seal of a Licensed Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Texas and recognized as an expert in the specialty involved. B. Fasteners and Supports: 1. Provide the size, length and load carrying capacity required to carry the specified loadings required by performance criteria times a minimum safety factor of four. 2. Where sizes are shown on the Drawings, the sizes shown shall be considered minimum. Increase size to comply with required system performance criteria loadings and minimum safety factor specified. 3. All railing system posts shall be provided with a circular profile solid reinforcing bar with outside diameter equal to inside diameter of post. Each post shall receive one reinforcing bar. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum Architectural and Ornamental Shapes: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T52. B. Aluminum Forgings: ASTM B 247. C. Extruded or Drawn Aluminum Pipe and Tube: 1. ASTM B 429 or ASTM B 241, Alloy 6063-T5, 6063-T52 or 6063-T832 as required by loadings, deflections and post spacings specified. 2. Provide Schedule 40 pipe minimum, unless conditions of detail and fabrication require extra heavy pipe to comply with performance criteria specified. 3. Provide all rails and posts with minimum outside diameter of 1.900 -inches. D. Reinforcing Bars: Solid, circular profile, 24 -inch long, 6061-T6 aluminum reinforcing bars with same outside diameter as inside diameter of post. E. Toeboards: 1. Provide extruded ASTM 6063-T5 or T52 alloy aluminum toeboards, unless railing is mounted on curbs or other construction of sufficient height and type to meet the requirements of OSHA 1910.23. Bars or plates are not acceptable. 2. Unless otherwise specified, toeboards shall meet requirements of OSHA Part 1910.23, Section (e). F. Anchors and Fastenings: September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-7 9585A10 pw:HCarollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 52 13 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS.docx (CONFORMED) 1. Type 316 stainless steel; minimum 1/2 -inch diameter. 2. Provide minimum of four bolt fasteners for each post where surface mounted posts are shown on the Drawings. Components shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as acceptable to ENGINEER as shown on approved Shop Drawings. 3. Concrete and Masonry Anchors: As specified in Section 05 50 01, Anchorages. 4. Bolting Materials: As specified in Section 05 50 01, Anchorages. G. Castings: 1. Provide high strength aluminum alloy brackets, flanges and fittings suitable for anodizing as specified. 2. Aluminum -Alloy Sand Castings: ASTM B 26. H. Connector Sleeves: Schedule 40, 5 -inches long by 1.610 -inches diameters. Brackets and Flanges: Provide manufacturer's complete selection of standard and custom brackets and flanges for railing system posts and for handrail supports. J. Sockets: Provide 6 -inch deep by 2 -1/2 -inch outside diameter aluminum sockets with 3 -1/2 -inch wide socket cover on bottom of all sockets and on top and bottom of removable post sockets. K. Hinges: Provide two self-closing aluminum hinges for each railing system gate shown on the Drawings. L. Latches and Stops: Provide one latch and stop with rubber bumper and 1 -inch diameter plastic knob for each railing system gate shown on the Drawings. M. Chain, Snaps and Eye Bolts: Provide oblong 0.250 -inch welded link, Type 316 stainless steel chain weighing 57 pounds per cubic foot, each link 1 -1/8 -inch by 7/16 -inch. Provide stainless steel eyebolts, 1/4 -inch stainless steel threaded quick links and heavy-duty swivel snaps with spring-loaded latch. N. Custom Cover Flanges: 1/4 -inch high by 4 -inch diameter; aluminum. O. System Components and Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide a complete selection of manufacturer's standard and custom aluminum handrail and railing systems components and miscellaneous accessories as may be required based on conditions and requirements shown on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, fascia flanges, post brackets, complete selection of one and two-piece handrail brackets for selection by ENGINEER including protective inserts, threaded bushing brackets, interlocking panel clips, clamps, channel adapters, end caps, post caps, adapters, ADA -compliant accessories and similar items. Show the type and location of all such items on Shop Drawings. P. Adhesive: Two part waterproof epoxy -type as recommended by handrail and railing systems manufacturer. Q. Non -Shrink, Non -Metallic Grout: 1. Pre -mixed non -staining cementitious grout requiring only the addition of water. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Euco N -S by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Masterflow 713 by Master Builders Company. c. Or equal. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-8 9585A10 pw:HCarollo/Documents/Client/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/05 52 13 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAI LINGS.docx (CONFORMED) 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified in the Contract Documents provide typical non -welded construction details and fabrication techniques as recommended by AMP/NAAMM publications specified. B. Form exposed Work true to line and level with accurate angles, surfaces and straight edges. Fabricate all corners without the use of fittings. C. Form bent -metal corners to the radius shown on the Drawings without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the Work. Use radius bends to form all changes in direction of handrail and railing systems. Form elbow bends and wall returns to uniform radius, free from buckles and twists, with smooth finished surfaces, or use prefabricated bends. Provide not less than 4 -inch outside radius. D. Provide chains across openings in railings where shown on the Drawings. Attach one end of each chain to a 1/4 -inch eye bolt in the post and the other end attached by means of an approved heavy stainless steel swivel eye snap hook to a similar eye bolt in the opposite post. E. Remove burrs from all exposed edges. F. Locate intermediate rails equally spaced between top rail and finished floor. G. Close aluminum pipe ends by using prefabricated fittings. H. Weep Holes: 1. Fabricate joints, which will be exposed to the weather so as to exclude water. 2. Provide 15/64 -inch diameter weep holes at the lowest possible point on all handrail and railing systems posts. 3. Provide pressure relief holes at closed ends of handrail and railing systems. Toeboards: 1. Provide manufacturer's toeboard detail, which accommodates movement, caused by thermal change specified without warping or bowing toeboards. 2. Provide manufacturer's toeboard detail, which accommodates storage for removable socket covers. 3. Coordinate and cope toeboard as required to accommodate cover flanges at posts. 4. Toeboards shall follow curvature of railing. Where railing is shown on the Drawings to have curved contours at corners, or other locations, the toeboard shall likewise be curved to follow line of railing system. J. Reinforcing Bars: Provide reinforcing bar friction -fitted at all railing system posts. Extend reinforcing bars or tubes 6 -inches into cast -in-place sleeves or other types of supporting brackets. K. Mechanically Fitted Component Pipe Handrail and Railing: 1. Use a nonwelded pipe handrail and railing system with posts, top and intermediate rail(s) and flush joints. 2. Provide a top and two intermediate horizontal rail(s), equally spaced. 3. Blind rivets, pop rivets or other exposed fastening devices shall not be used in the Work. Fasteners used for side mounting fascia flanges where shown on the Drawings or specified may be exposed in the Work. Provide internal threaded September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-9 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/ClienVMFort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 52 13 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS.docx (CONFORMED) tubular aluminum rivets, stainless steel through bolts with lock nuts, stainless steel sheet metal screws with lockwashers and epoxy adhesive for fastening all components of the Work. 4. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Connectorail System by Julius Blum & Company, Incorporated. b. Custom Fabricated Series 500 Non -Welded Aluminum Pipe Aluminum handrails and railings system by Superior Aluminum Products, Incorporated. c. Or equal. 2.04 ALUMINUM COATINGS A. General: 1. Prepare surfaces for finishing in accordance with recommendations of the aluminum producer and the finisher or processor. 2. Adjust and control the direction of mechanical finishes specified to achieve the best overall visual effect in the Work. 3. Color and Texture Tolerance: Provide uniform color and continuous mechanical texture for all aluminum components. ENGINEER reserves the right to reject aluminum materials because of color or texture variations, which are visually objectionable, but only where the variation exceeds the range of variations established by the manufacturer prior to fabrication, by means of range samples which have been accepted by ENGINEER. 4. Anodize all aluminum components of the Work. B. Mechanically finish aluminum by wheel or belt polishing with aluminum oxide grit of 180 to 220 size, using peripheral wheel speed of 6,000 feet per minute; Aluminum Association Designation - M32 Medium Satin Directional Texture. 1. Hand Rubbed Finish: Where required to complete the Work and provide uniform, continuous texture, provide hand rubbed finish to match medium satin directional texture specified in order to even out and blend in satin finishes produced by other means. C. Provide non -etching chemical cleaning by immersing the aluminum in an inhibited chemical solution, as recommended by the coating applicator, to remove all lard oil, fats, mineral grease and other contamination detrimental to providing specified finishes. 1. Clean and rinse with water between steps as recommended by the aluminum manufacturer. D. Exposed Aluminum Anodic Coating: Provide anodic coatings as specified, which do not depend on dyes, organic or inorganic pigments, or impregnation processes to obtain color. Apply coatings using only the alloy, temperature, current density and acid electrolytes to obtain specified colors in compliance with the designation system and requirements of the Aluminum Association and AMP 501 of AMP/NAAMM. Comply with the following: 1. Provide Architectural Class I high density anodic treatment by immersing the components in a tank containing a solution of 15 percent sulfuric acid at 70°F with 12 amperes per square foot of direct current for minimum of sixty minutes; Aluminum Association Designation A41. 2. Physical Properties: a. Anodic Coating Thickness, ASTM B 244: Minimum of 0.7 mils thick. September 2018 - CONFORMED 05_52_13-10 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Specifications/JO Specs/05 5213 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAI LINGS.docx (CONFORMED) b. Anodic Coating Weight, ASTM B 137: Minimum of 32 mg/sq. in. c. Resistance to Staining, ASTM B 136: No stain after five minutes dye solution exposure. d. Salt Spray, ASTM B 117: 30,000 hours exposure with no corrosion or shade change. 3. Seal finished anodized coatings using deionized boiling water to seal the pores and prevent further absorption. 4. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Alumilite 215 Clear by Aluminum Company of America, Incorporated. b. Or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the substrate and conditions under which the aluminum handrails and railings systems Work is to be performed and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory tolerances which exceed specified limits and other conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. B. Verify to ENGINEER gage of aluminum pipe railing posts and rails brought to the site by actual measurement of on-site material in the presence of ENGINEER. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Do not erect components, which have become scarred, dented, chipped, discolored or otherwise damaged or defaced. Railing and handrail system components, which have holes, cuts, gouges, deep scratches or dents of any kind, shall be removed from the site before installation. Repairs to correct such Work will not be approved by ENGINEER. Remove and replace with new material. 2. Comply with installation and anchorage recommendations of AMP/NAAMM publications specified in addition to the requirements specified and approved Shop Drawings. B. Fastening to In -Place Construction: 1. Remove protective plastic immediately before installation. 2. Adjust handrails and railings prior to securing in place, to ensure proper matching at butting joints and correct alignment throughout their length. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and rail ends to building construction as follows: a. Anchor posts in concrete by means of sockets set and anchored into the concrete floor slab. Provide closure secured to the bottom of sleeve. Before installing posts remove all debris and water from sleeves. Verify that reinforcing bars have been inserted into posts before installation. Do not install posts without reinforcing bar. For all non -removable handrail and railing systems sections, after the posts have been inserted into the sockets, fill the annular space between posts and sockets solid with grout as specified in Section 03 60 00, Grout. Crown grout and slope it to drain away from posts. June 2018 — Addendum No. 1 05_52_13-11 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Spec cations/JO Specs/05 52 13 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAI LINGS.docx (CONFORMED) b. Anchor posts to stair stringers with stringer or support flanges, angle type or floor type as required by conditions, shop -connected to posts and bolted to the steel supporting members. Flanges shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Verify that reinforcing bars have been inserted into posts before installation. Do not install posts without reinforcing bar. c. Side mount posts by fastening them securely in brackets attached to steel or concrete fascia as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. d. Provide removable railing sections where shown on the Drawings. Removable railing system posts shall be provided with friction fitted reinforcing bar in each post. Provide sockets with socket covers stored in extruded toeboard. Provide aluminum pipe collars for all removable posts. Accurately locate sleeves to match post spacings. e. All posts set in concrete shall be provided with an aluminum floor cover flange. 3. Use devices and fasteners recommended by the handrail and railing systems manufacturer and as shown on the approved Shop Drawings. C. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: 1. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation. Set the Work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. 2. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Do not cut or abrade the surfaces of units, which have been finished after fabrication, and are intended for field connections. 3. Permanent field splice connections shall be made using manufacturer's recommended epoxy adhesive and 5 -inch minimum length connector sleeves. Tight press-fit all field splice connectors and install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Follow epoxy manufacturer's recommen- dations for requirements of installation and conditions of use. 4. Make all splices as near as possible to posts but not exceeding 12 -inches from nearest post. 5. Field welding will not be permitted. Make all splices using a pipe splice lock employing a single Allen screw to lock joint. 6. Provide hinged railings sections as shown on the Drawings. Provide hinges and latch for connection to adjacent railing. 7. Provide chain sections as shown on the Drawings. Provide one chain length with fastening accessories for top and each intermediate rail. 8. Secure handrails to walls with wall brackets and end fittings as shown on the Drawings. Locate brackets as shown on the Drawings or, if not shown on the Drawings, at not more than 5 feet — 0 inches on centers. 9. Provide flush -type wall return fittings with the same projection as that shown for wall brackets. Drill wall plate portion of the bracket to receive one bolt, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 10. Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows: a. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use anchor bolt expansion shields and lag bolts. b. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts having square heads. 11. Securely fasten toeboards in place with not more than 1/4 -inch clearance above floor level. 12. Drill one 15/64 -inch diameter weep hole not more than 1/4 -inch above the top of location of solid reinforcing bar in each post. June 2018 — Addendum No. 1 05_52_13-12 9585A10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Cllent/TX/FortWorth/9585A10/Specifications/JQ Specs/05 52 13_ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAI LINGS.docx (CONFORMED) D. Expansion Joints: 1. Provide slip joint with internal sleeve extending 2 -inches minimum beyond joint on each side. 2. Construct expansion joints as for field splices, except fasten internal sleeve securely to one side of rail only. 3. Locate joints within 6 -inches of posts. 4. Submit locations and details of all expansion joints to ENGINEER. E. Protection from Dissimilar Materials: 1. Coat all surfaces of aluminum in contact with dissimilar materials such as concrete, masonry and steel as specified in Section 09 91 00, Painting. 2. Do not extend coating beyond contact surfaces. Remove coating where exposed -to -view in the finished Work. 3.03 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Cleaning: Installer shall clean exposed surfaces of handrail and railing systems of every substance after completion of installation. Comply with recommendations of both the handrail and railing, and finish manufacturer. Do not use abrasives or non - approved solvent cleaners. Test cleaning techniques on an un -used section of railing before employing cleaning technique. 1. Remove all stains, dirt, grease or other substances by washing handrails and railings systems thoroughly using clean water and soap; rinse with clean water. 2. Do not use acid solution, steel wool or other harsh abrasives. 3. If stain remains after washing remove defective sections and replace with new material conforming to the requirements of the Specification. B. Leave handrails and railings, free from dents, burrs, scratches, holes and other blemishes. Replace damaged or otherwise defective Work with new material that conforms to the Specification requirements at no additional cost to OWNER. C. At the completion of Work, replace adjacent work, marred by the Work of this Section. END OF SECTION AD' Addendum No. 1 June 2018 — Addendum No. 1 05_52_13-13 9585A1 0 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Fort Worth/9585A10/Spec cations/JO Specs/05 52 13 _ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND RAILINGS.docx (CONFORMED) 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Heavy and Highway Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate Asphalt Distributor Operator $ 15.32 Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $ 13.99 Asphalt Raker $ 12.69 Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 11.74 Concrete Finisher, Paving and Structures $ 14.12 Concrete Pavement Finishing Machine Operator $ 16.05 Concrete Saw Operator $ 14.48 Crane Operator, Hydraulic 80 tons or less $ 18.12 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less $ 17.27 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom Over 80 Tons $ 20.52 Crawler Tractor Operator $ 14.07 Electrician $ 19.80 Excavator Operator, 50,000 pounds or less $ 17.19 Excavator Operator, Over 50,000 pounds $ 16.99 Flagger $ 10.06 Form Builder/Setter, Structures $ 13.84 Form Setter, Paving & Curb $ 13.16 Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted $ 17.99 Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted $ 21.07 Front End Loader Operator, 3 CY or Less $ 13.69 Front End Loader Operator, Over 3 CY $ 14.72 Laborer, Common $ 10.72 Laborer, Utility $ 12.32 Loader/Backhoe Operator $ 15.18 Mechanic $ 17.68 Milling Machine Operator $ 14.32 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade $ 17.19 Motor Grader Operator, Rough $ 16.02 Off Road Hauler $ 12.25 Pavement Marking Machine Operator $ 13.63 Pipelayer $ 13.24 Reclaimer/Pulverizer Operator $ 11.01 Reinforcing Steel Worker $ 16.18 Roller Operator, Asphalt $ 13.08 Roller Operator, Other $ 11.51 Scraper Operator $ 12.96 Servicer $ 14.58 Small Slipform Machine Operator $ 15.96 Spreader Box Operator $ 14.73 Truck Driver Lowboy -Float $ 16.24 Truck Driver Transit -Mix $ 14.14 Truck Driver, Single Axle $ 12.31 Truck Driver, Single or Tandem Axle Dump Truck $ 12.62 Truck Driver, Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi Trailer $ 12.86 Welder $ 14.84 Work Zone Barricade Servicer $ 11.68 The Davis -Bacon Act prevailing wage rates shown for Heavy and Highway construction projects were determined by the United States Department of Labor and current as of September 2013. The titles and descriptions for the classifications listed are detailed in the AGC of Texas' Standard Job Classifications and Descriptions for Highway, Heavy, Utilities, and Industrial Construction in Texas. Page 1 of 1 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Commercial Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate AC Mechanic $ 25.24 AC Mechanic Helper $ 13.67 Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16.83 Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper $ 12.70 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19.45 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee $ 13.31 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91 Carpenter $ 17.75 Carpenter Helper $ 14.32 Concrete Cutter/Sawer $ 17.00 Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Finisher $ 15.77 Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Form Builder $ 15.27 Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11.00 Drywall Mechanic $ 15.36 Drywall Helper $ 12.54 Drywall Taper $ 15.00 Drywall Taper Helper $ 11.50 Electrician (Journeyman) $ 19.63 Electrician Apprentice (Helper) $ 15.64 Electronic Technician $ 20.00 Floor Layer $ 18.00 Floor Layer Helper $ 10.00 Glazier $ 21.03 Glazier Helper $ 12.81 Insulator $ 16.59 Insulator Helper $ 11.21 Laborer Common $ 10.89 Laborer Skilled $ 14.15 Lather $ 12.99 Metal Building Assembler $ 16.00 Metal Building Assembler Helper $ 12.00 Metal Installer (Miscellaneous) $ 13.00 Metal Installer Helper (Miscellaneous) $ 11.00 Metal Stud Framer $ 16.12 Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12.54 Painter $ 16.44 Painter Helper $ 9.98 Pipefitter $ 21.22 Pipefitter Helper $ 15.39 Plasterer $ 16.17 Plasterer Helper $ 12.85 Plumber $ 21.98 Plumber Helper $ 15.85 Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12.87 Page 1 of 2 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $ 11.08 Roofer $ 16.90 Roofer Helper $ 11.15 Sheet Metal Worker $ 16.35 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11 Sprinkler System Installer $ 19.17 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14.15 Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00 Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74 Waterproofer $ 15.00 Equipment Operators Concrete Pump $ 18.50 Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel $ 19.31 Forklift $ 16.45 Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50 Front End Loader $ 16.97 Truck Driver $ 16.77 Welder $ 19.96 Welder Helper $ 13.00 The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted and published by the North Texas Construction Industry (Fall 2012) Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman Trubitt, PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXO's (The Construction Association) website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp Page 2 of 2